H1000e 6

2017
Standard
Hydraulic
Equipment
Using the NACHI Standard Hydraulic Equipment Catalog
As a comprehensive manufacturer of a full range of hydraulic equipment, Nachi-Fujikoshi

manufactures, markets, and provides a wide range of other services for a full lineup of
outstanding products.
This general catalog introduces standard hydraulic equipment that has been carefully
selected from the wide range of products manufactured by Nachi-Fujikoshi.
We hope that this catalog will be of assistance in planning your hydraulic system and for
providing some guidelines for your inquiries about Nachi-Fujikoshi products.
■ Interpreting Model Numbers

Model numbers are assigned in accordance with Nachi-Fujikoshi standards as described below.
Example: PVS Series Variable Volume Piston Pump

PVS — 1 B — 16 N 2 — (*) — 12
Type Classification Mounting Method/Size Function Class Auxiliary Symbol Design Number
(Note)Design numbers are always two digits.

A change in the right digit of the design number indicates there is no component compatibility.
However, installation method compatibility still exists. This is subject to change without notice.
■ Using the Model Number Index
The Model Number Index at the back this catalog lists the model numbers for NACHI standard
hydraulic equipment. Use the index when looking up equipment details.
I
Hydraulic Equipment and Device Safety Precautions
■■ Before using any Nachi-Fujikoshi hydraulic equipment or device, carefully read the precautions and the "Handling" section for each
of the standard hydraulic equipment products.
■■ Precautions are classified according to the three types described below. All three indicate important information that you need to
know to ensure safety. Be sure to read all precautions and carefully follow the advice that they provide.
This type of precaution indicates a condition in which incorrect handling creates the immediate risk of death or
Danger
serious personal injury.
This type of precaution indicates a condition in which incorrect handling creates the risk of death or serious
Warning
personal injury.
This type of precaution indicates a condition in which incorrect handling creates the risk of personal injury or
Caution
material damage.
*Danger, Warning, and Caution precautions are not comprehensive. Other risks may exist, even though they are not specifically
mentioned. Before actually using any Nachi-Fujikoshi product, be sure to read its user documentation. You should use the product or
device only after you thoroughly understand its user documentation, always keeping safety first and foremost in your mind.
*Be sure that you always comply with the following laws in order to ensure safe operation of a product.
• High Pressure Gas Safety Law
• Industrial Safety and Health Act
• The Fire Laws
■■ Hydraulic Operating Fluid Precautions

•Use of improper hydraulic fluid creates the risk of malfunction and breakdown.
Many hydraulic operating fluids are flammable, so do not use open flame and do not perform welding in the vicinity
Danger of hydraulic devices and equipment.
Failure to follow this precaution creates the risk of fire.
Use only anti-wear type hydraulic operating fluid that is ISO3448 viscosity grade VG32 to VG68.
Never use any other type of hydraulic operating fluid or fluid that is contaminated with foreign matter.
Caution
Always check your user documentation for information before using non-mineral type hydraulic operating fluid
(water based, synthetic, etc.)
Use the proper type of hydraulic operating fluid, ensuring that oil temperature, viscosity, contaminant level, and
Caution other factors are all within their prescribed ranges. Using hydraulic operating fluid outside of its prescribed ranges
creates the risk of fire due to operational problems, mechanical damage, and fluid leaks.
Configure circuits and operate the system to ensure that the contamination level of the hydraulic operating fluid
being used is always within the manufacturer's recommended values. Check the contamination level and the
Caution condition of the filter at regular intervals. Also periodically check hydraulic fluid for oxidation, deterioration, and
moisture, and replace the hydraulic operating fluid whenever these levels exceed the recommended values of the
fluid manufacturer.
Whenever changing to another type of hydraulic operating fluid, be sure to thoroughly flush out the interior of the
Caution circuit. Never mix hydraulic operating fluids of different types. Continued use creates the risk of malfunction of and
damage to the equipment.
Make sure to avoid splashing hydraulic operating fluid on you and others. Should fluid get on your skin, wash the
Caution area thoroughly with soap and water. Allowing hydraulic operating fluid to remain on the skin creates the risk of
rough skin.
Before replacing the hydraulic operating fluid, allow the fluid in the system to cool sufficiently. Hot fluid creates the
Caution
risk of burn injury.
Allowing the hydraulic operating fluid level in the tank to become too low creates the risk of malfunction and
Caution
breakdown.
■■ Precautions when Preparing for a Test Run
Warning Always leave product installation, removal, piping, wiring, and other work up to specialists.
Warning Never attempt any unauthorized modification of the hydraulic system or control circuit.
Never attempt any unauthorized modification of the setting values of the pressure and flow rate with adjusting
Warning
devices.
Always check new hydraulic devices for looseness of internal components that may have occurred during shipment
Caution
and check to make sure that all components are fitted securely.
Whenever suspending a product, make sure that you use all of the attached eye plates or eye bolts. Using any other
Caution
method (such a using a single eye plate) to suspend the product creates the risk of it falling.
1. Checking the Product Model Number

In any atmosphere where there is the danger of explosion or fire, be sure to use only products that are designed
Danger
for operation in such atmospheres.
Whenever installing a valve, pump, or motor, check its plate and engravings to confirm that it is the proper type.
Caution In many cases, you cannot tell the difference between different hydraulic equipment types by their outward
appearance only.
II
2. Product Handling
Never climb onto, strike, drop down, or apply excessive force to a product. Doing so creates the risk of malfunction,
Caution
damage, fluid leaks, etc.
Wipe up any hydraulic operating fluid that gets on the product or floor. Failure to do so creates the risk of personal
Caution injury due to the product slipping out of your hand and falling, and due to someone slipping on the fluid left on the
floor.
3. External Piping
• Be sure to perform sufficient flushing.
• Anchor pipe supports to a secure surface.
Caution • Use pipe that has a sufficient pressure rating. (The rated pressure of the pipe should be quadruple the pressure
that you plan to be using.)
• The finish of the O-ring seal surface should be within the equivalent of 6.3S. Make sure there is no scratch, etc.
4. Electrical
Leave all electrical work up to a qualified professional. Be sure to turn off power before performing electrical work.
Warning
Failure to do so creates the risk of electric shock.
Failure to check the condition of the gate valve and relief valve when checking the rotation direction of a hydraulic
Warning
pump creates the risk of accident, malfunction, and breakdown.
5. Coupling Alignment
Though motor and pump shaft alignment is checked at the factory prior to shipment, they may go out of alignment
Caution during shipping or due to installation conditions. Because of this, you should always check for proper alignment
during the test run.
6. Valve, Pump, and Motor Installation
Make sure installation holes and surfaces are clean. Insufficient tightening torque for bolt can allow fluid to leak,
Caution
creating the risk of fire.
Whenever installing a product, always use bolts of the specified strength and specified number, and tighten them
Caution to the specified torque. Failure to observer proper specified values during installation creates the risk of fire due to
malfunction, mechanical damage, and hydraulic fluid leaks.
During installation and removal, never strike the pump shaft or motor shaft with a hammer or otherwise subject
Caution
them to impact. Doing so can damage the product.
In the case of a pump or motor that requires a drain pipe, the drain pipe that is used should not allow the pressure
inside the casing to exceed the specified value. In the case of a pump or motor structure where operating fluid
Caution needs to be filled within the casing during operation, use a drain pipe that constantly replenishes operating fluid but
does not allow air to collect inside of the casing. The drain pipe also should not let the level of operating fluid inside
of the case to drop (does not allow fluid to return to the tank) during long periods of non-operation.
Check to make sure the check valve is attached in the correct direction. Attaching the check valve in the incorrect
Caution
direction may create abnormal pressure.
7. High-pressure Restrictions
When using a pump that does not have a pressure compensation function (with maximum pressure adjustment), be
Warning
sure to install a hydraulic circuit maximum pressure regulating relief valve near the pump discharge side.
When using a pump that has a pressure compensation function, piping capacity and additional conditions may
delay the pump’s response and cause pressure surges. Install a surge-cutting relief valve to limit the maximum
Warning
pressure in the circuit if the surge pressure could exceed the maximum pressure of the hydraulic piping and
hydraulic equipment.
8. Accumulator
When using an accumulator, use only nitrogen gas. Be sure to read and understand all pertinent user documentation
Warning
before using an accumulator.
Warning Never attempt to modify an accumulator by mechanical processing or welding.
9. Fluid Supply
Supply fluid up to the standard quantity through the prescribed oil supply port. Take care to ensure that no foreign
Caution matter or moisture contaminates the fluid. Also, check to make sure that the standard oil quantity is maintained
even when the actuator is operated.
■■ Precautions During a trial operation

Authorized personnel only should be allowed in the vicinity of hydraulic devices during operation. Never touch
Warning
devices during operation.
Warning Never remove covers of rotating parts nor operate hydraulic devices with covers open.
Warning Before turning on the power supply, first check to make sure that all operation switches are off.
Caution Start up a pump with no-load state, and check to make sure that the rotation direction is correct.
Caution Valves, pumps, and motor casings can become very hot during operation. Do not touch them.
III
Should you ever notice abnormal noise, abnormal heat, abnormal vibration, leaking oil, smoke, abnormal odor, or
anyother abnormal operation in a valve, pump, or motor, immediately shut down operation and take the necessary
Caution
steps to correct the condition. Installation of sensors designed to detect abnormalities is recommended. Continued
use under the above conditions creates the risk of damage, fire, and personal injury.
1. Hydraulic Pump Operation
Before starting operation, check to make sure that all stop valves are correctly open or closed as required. Particular
Warning
attention is required in the case of the suction line and return line.
Though there is some vibration during normal operation, extreme vibration may indicate a defective fitting.
Caution
Continued use creates the risk of accident or breakdown.
Use a current meter to check for abnormally high loads on the motor. A large load can indicate a defective fitting,
Caution
sticking, etc. Correct the abnormality before operating the pump.
2. Priming (Air Bleeding)

Set the pressure to a value that does not operate the actuator (normally 0.5 to 1.5MPa). Perform operation carefully
Warning
while monitoring the pressure with a pressure gauge.
When bleeding air while the actuator is being operated, be careful about the movement of the machinery. Shut
Warning
down the machinery immediately whenever there is the danger of accident.
Performing work while operating fluid is below the prescribed level or using a mixture of different types of operating
Caution
fluid creates the risk of malfunction or breakdown of the pump or other devices.
3. Actuator Operation
Operate the actuator manually at low speed for initial operation. While carefully observing the operation of the
Warning machinery, perform the sequence operation and automatic operation. Trying to perform the sequence operation
and automatic operation for the initial operation creates the risk of unexpected accident and breakdown.
4. Cleaning the Filter
The filter can become clogged right from the first test run. Be sure to watch the filter indicator for signs of clogging.
Caution
Continued use of a clogged filter creates the risk of unexpected accident and breakdown.
5. Valve Control
All Valves
Warning Use valves within their prescribed maximum operating pressures (including surge pressure).
Sudden operation of the handle (screw) is dangerous. Be sure to unload the valve before gradually increasing
Warning
pressure. Never keep a valve at a pressure that is greater than its design specification pressure value.
Make sure you understand the hydraulic circuit diagram and switching valve structure, and check the electrical
operation circuit and solenoid valve before performing any operation.
Warning
• An incorrect switching direction can cause reverse operation of the actuator and create the risk of unexpected
accident and breakdown.
Make sure you understand the hydraulic circuit diagram and flow control valve structure before performing any
operation.
Warning
• Sudden operation can change the operating speed of the actuator and create the risk of unexpected accident or
breakdown.
Solenoid Valves, Proportional Valves, Servo Valves
Warning Use valves within their prescribed maximum operating pressures (including surge pressure).
Warning Never charge both coils of a double solenoid valve at the same time.
Caution The pump casing and solenoid coil surface can become very hot. Never touch them.
Caution Be sure to use the appropriate model in environments that require water resistance.
■■ Maintenance Precautions During Normal Daily Operation

1. Operating Fluid
In order to ensure proper performance of hydraulic devices, check the oil temperature, fluid level, and fluid color
Caution
(for discoloration and deterioration) everyday. Any abnormalities create the risk of malfunction and breakdown.
Whitish fluid indicates that water has contaminated the fluid, and blackish fluid indicates that the fluid has been
Caution
subjected to high temperatures. Replace the operating fluid whenever these symptoms are noticed.
Operating fluid that is below the prescribed level can cause improper pump suction. Keep fluid filled to prescribed
Caution
level.
As it is used for normal operations, operating fluid deteriorates and gradually loses its rust prevention, lubrication,
Caution and anti-forming tendency. Deteriorated operating fluid creates the risk of malfunction and breakdown. As a general
standard, replace operating fluid at least once a year.
IV
2. Hydraulic Pumps
High temperature on the surface of pump indicates the possibility of malfunction and breakdown. Immediately shut
Caution
down the pump and investigate the causes.
3. Fluid Leakage
Leakage from welding seam of piping, from a hydraulic pump, from hydraulic machinery, or from other sources
Warning
creates the risk of serious accident. Always be cautious about the leakage strictly.
4. Filters
Continued use of a clogged filter creates the risk of unexpected accident and breakdown. Replace a filter as soon
Caution as possible after it shows signs of clogging.
Never operate devices without filter elements.
5. Pressure Gauges
Always be sure to tighten the gauge cock whenever you do not need to check the pressure gauge. Vibration of the
Caution
pointer can damage the pressure gauge.
6. Tank
It depends on the contamination level of the hydraulic fluid to make an inspection inside the tank. As a general
Caution
standard, the tank should be emptied and cleaned up once a year.
7. Hydraulic Devices
Caution Never allow cutting oil, grinding oil, clippings, water, or other similar matter to get on hydraulic devices.
8. Coolers
For a water cooler, adjust the temperature adjusting valve to keep the water temperature below 60°C.
Caution
Install a fan cooler to allow proper intake, outflow, and flow of cooling air.
■■ Handing Precautions During Non-use

If the system will not be operated for long periods, be sure to take proper anti-rust measures.
• Not operating the system for long periods without taking anti-rust measures creates the risk of malfunction and
Caution breakdown due to rust.
• Be sure to flush the system before using it again after a long period of non-use. Failure to flush out anti-rust oil
creates the risk of malfunction and breakdown.
■■ Disassembly and Inspection Work Precautions

Never attempt to modify or reassemble valves, pumps, or motors. If not, it may cause the insufficient performance,
Warning
and creates the risk of malfunction and breakdown.
All disassembly and inspection should be left up to persons with required special knowledge for such work.
Warning Attempting disassembly without the required knowledge creates the risk of unexpected accident. Incorrectly
performed disassembly and inspection work creates the risk of malfunction and breakdown.
Before starting disassembly or maintenance work, make sure that all electrical breakers are cut off, and use an
Warning electroscope to check for the electricity.
If not, it creates the risk of unexpected accident such as actuator runs out of control, electric shock, etc.
Warning Electricity work while turning on the power creates the risk of unexpected accident due to electric shock.
Always make sure to release all residual pressure before starting disassembly work. Performing disassembly work
Warning without releasing residual pressure creates the risk of accident due to spurting fluid, the arbitrary movement of
actuator, or dropping, and also creates the risk of malfunction and breakdown.
Always place valves, pumps, and motors on a secure surface, and never place them on top of hydraulic machinery.
Caution
If so, it creates the risk of damage to the hydraulic machinery.
Caution Never strike or drop valves, pumps, or motors, and never subject hydraulic equipment to strong external force.
During reassembly, failure to tighten to proper torque and contaminants getting into piping creates the risk of
malfunction and breakdown.
Caution
• Take care to ensure that the tightening torque is at prescribed level and equal level.
• Take care that sealing materials, welding scales, and other contaminants do not get inside of piping.
After disassembly and reassembly, double check to make sure that you did not forget to open stopper valves, and
Caution that you have properly tightened all bolts, stopper plugs, couplings, and other required parts before starting the
first operation.
■■ Storage Precautions
Caution Seals may need to be replaced before using a product for the first time after long storage.
V
Standard Hydraulic Equipment Contents
[NACHI Hydraulic Pumps]
Hydraulic Pump Features or Handling .................................... A- 1
Hydraulic Pump Selection Table ........................................... A- 2
A Piston Pumps
PVS PVS Series Variable Volume Piston Pumps ............................................... A- 3
PZS PZS Series Variable Volume Piston Pump ................................................ A- 22
PZ PZ Series Load Sensitive Variable Piston Pump ........................................ A- 35
B Vane Pumps
VDS VDS Series Small Variable Volume Vane Pump ........................................ B- 1
VDR·22D VDR22 Design Series Variable Volume Vane Pump ................................... B- 6
VDR·13D VDR13 Design Series Variable Volume Vane Pump ................................... B- 15
VDC VDC Series High-Pressure Type Variable Volume Vane Pump ..................... B- 25
VDC Series High-Pressure Type Variable Volume Double Vane Pump
UVN UVN Series Variable Volume Vane Uni-pump (NSP Uni-pump) .................... B- 40
C Gear Pumps
IPH IPH Series IP Pump ............................................................................ C- 1
IPH Series Double IP Pump .................................................................. C- 14
[NACHI Hydraulic Valves]

Hydraulic Valve Features or Handling ..................................... D- 1
Hydraulic Valve Selection Table ............................................ D- 2
D Modular Valve
Modular Valve Series ....................................................................................... D- 4
G01 Modular Valve Series ................................................................................. D- 7
OR Relief Modular Valve ........................................................................... D- 13
ORO Brake Modular Valve ........................................................................... D- 19
ORD Direct Relief Modular Valve .................................................................. D- 23
OG Pressure Reducing Modular Valve ......................................................... D- 28
OGB Balanced Piston Type Pressure Reducing Modular Valve ........................... D- 35
OG Pressure Reducing Modular Valve ......................................................... D- 37
OGS Two-Pressure Reducing Modular Valve .................................................. D- 44
OQ Sequence Modular Valve ..................................................................... D- 47
OCQ Counter Balance Modular Valve ............................................................ D- 50
OW Pressure Switch Modular Valve ............................................................. D- 55
OY,OCY Flow Regulator Modular Valve . ............................................................. D- 58
OF,OCF Flow Control Modular Valve
(Pressure and temperature compensated) .............................................. D- 66
OC,OCV Check Modular Valve .......................................................................... D- 72
OCP Pilot Operated Check Modular Valve ...................................................... D- 79
OK Gauge Modular Block ......................................................................... D- 84
OB High-low System Block ....................................................................... D- 86
MOB End Plate, Free Flow Plate, 03/01 Change Plate ....................................... D- 88
MSA,MDS Solenoid Valve/Modular Valve Subplate .................................................. D- 90
OTH,OTD Valve Installation Bolt List .................................................................... D- 93
MOB 01, 03 Base Block .............................................................................. D- 96
High-pressure M35 Series ................................................................... D- 98
VI
E Solenoid Valve
SS SS Series (Wiring System: Central Terminal Box)
Wet Type Solenoid Valve ...................................................................... E- 1
Piston Pumps A
SA SA Series (Wiring System: DIN Connector Type)
Wet Type Solenoid Valve ...................................................................... E- 13
SE SE Series (Wiring System: Central Terminal Box) Vane Pumps B
Lower Power Solenoid Valve ................................................................. E- 25
SED SED Series (Wiring System: DIN Connector Type)
SL SL Series (Wiring System: Central Terminal Box) Gear Pumps C
DSS DSS (DSA) 22 Design Series Solenoid Control Valve .................................. E- 45
SF
SNH
Fine Solenoid Valve SF Series . .............................................................. E- 53
SNH Series Non-leak Type Solenoid Valve ............................................... E- 57 Modular Valve D
SAW SAW Series Solenoid Valve With Monitoring Switch ................................... E- 66
SCW SCW Series Poppet Type Solenoid Valve With Monitoring Switch ................. E- 75
F Pressure Control Valve Solenoid Valve E

R Relief Valve ........................................................................................ F- 1
RI
RC,RCD
RI Series Relief Valve (ISO Mounting, Balanced Piston Type) .......................
Remote Control Relief Valve ..................................................................
F- 5
F- 8
Pressure Control
Valve F
RSS,RSA Solenoid Controlled Relief Valve . ........................................................... F- 10
RIS RI Series Solenoid Controlled Relief Valve . .............................................. F- 15
(C)G Pressure Reducing (and Check) Valve ..................................................... F- 18 Flow Control Valve G
GR Balancing Valve (Pressure Reducing and Relief Valve) ................................ F- 23
(C)Q Pressure Control (and Check) Valve ........................................................ F- 25
G Flow Control Valve

Direction Control
Valve H
(C)FR Throttle (and Check) Valve ................................................................... G- 1
(C)FT FT Type Flow Control (and Check) Valve
(With Pressure and Temperature Compensation) ...................................... G- 4
Electro-hydraulic
control valve I
(C)F F Type Flow Control (and Check) Valve
(With Pressure Compensation) ............................................................. G- 8
(C)TN TN Type Flow Control (and Check) Valve
(Fine Adjustment Type With Pressure and Temperature Compensation) . ...... G- 11
Hydro-logic Valve J
(C)TS TS Type Flow Control (and Check) Valve
(Fine Adjustment Type With Pressure and Temperature Compensation) . ...... G- 14
TL,TLT TL (TLT) Type Feed Control Valve Hydraulic Cylinder K
(Fine Control Type With Pressure Compensation) ..................................... G- 16
H Direction Control Valve

Hydraulic Unit L
CA,CN Right Angle Check Valve In-line Check Valve ........................................... H- 1
CP Pilot Check Valves .............................................................................. H- 4
K2
DMA
Gauge Cock ......................................................................................
DMA Type Manual Valve ......................................................................
H- 7
H- 8 Hydraulic Accessories M
Flange Type Series ............................................................................. H- 10
I Electro-hydraulic control valve Technical data N

Electro-hydraulic Proportional Valve Series ............................................... I- 1
EPR Electro-hydraulic Proportional Pilot Relief Valve ......................................... I- 2
ER
EGB
Electro-hydraulic Proportional Relief Valve ................................................
Electro-hydraulic Proportional Relief and Reducing Valve ............................
I- 4
I- 6
Model No. Index O
(C)ES Electro-hydraulic Proportional Flow Control Valve ...................................... I- 8
ESR Load Response Electro-hydraulic Proportional
Relief and Flow Control Valve ................................................................. I- 11
ESD Electro-hydraulic Proportional Flow and Direction Control Valve ................... I- 14
EOG Modular Type Electro-hydraulic Proportional Reducing Valve ....................... I- 22
EOF Modular Type Electro-hydraulic Proportional Flow Control Valve ................... I- 24
VII
EMA,EMC Power Amplifier Series for Electro-hydraulic Proportional Valve Drive . ........... I- 26
EBA Small Type Power Amplifier Series for
Electro-hydraulic Proportional Valve Drive ................................................ I- 30
EDA,EDC Small Type Multi-function Power Amplifier ................................................ I- 34
ESH High-response proportional flow control valve ESH-G01 ............................. I- 38
ESH High-response proportional flow control valve ESH-G03, 04, 06 ................... I- 40
EHA High-speed Response Proportional Control Valve
Amplifier EHA Series ............................................................................. I- 42
EA Electro-hydraulic Servo Valve Driver Servo Amplifier ................................... I- 44
J Hydro-logic Valve
Composite Valve Series Logic Valve .................................................................... J- 1
K Hydraulic Cylinder
FJ FJ Series General Purpose Hydraulic Cylinder .......................................... K- 1
L Hydraulic Unit
NCP Series (Standard Variable Pump Unit) ........................................................... L- 1
NSP Series (Compact Variable Pump Unit) ............................................................ L- 18
Inverter Drive NSP Series (Energy-saving Variable Pump Unit with Inverter Drive) ......... L- 24
NNP Series (Low-noise Standard Variable Pump Unit) ............................................. L- 28
Inverter Drive NCP/NSP Series (Energy-saving Variable Pump Unit with Inverter Drive) .... L- 33
Power Meister ................................................................................................. L- 35
Power Fit ........................................................................................................ L- 44
M Hydraulic Accessories
Hydraulic Accessories ...................................................................................... M- 1
N Technical data
Operating Fluid ............................................................................................... N- 1
Water-Glycol Type Operating Fluid Hydraulic Devices ............................................ N- 3
SI Units and Conversion Formulas ...................................................................... N- 7
O Model No. Index

Model No. Index . ............................................................................................ O- 1
VIII
A
Piston Pumps
NACHI
Features Terms Used in This Catalog
B
Hydraulic Pumps
qNACHI-FUJIKOSHI guarantees the shaft when attaching or removing The following describes the meanings
C
high quality and performance on all couplings. of the following terms used in this cat-
products through finishing with our !0C
0 onnect to the suction port above the alog:
unique and precise machining tech- horizontal to keep oil inside hydraulic • Rated pressure:
nology based on the selected materi- pumps. The maximum pressure at
al and traditional heat treatment. !1Provide an air bleed valve in circuits which a hydraulic pump can
wNoise has been thoroughly reduced
on hydraulic pumps, a general source
where it is difficult to release air at
startup.
!2Be sure to use only specified bolts on
be used continuously.
• Maximum operating pressure: D
of noise on machinery and equip- The maximum pressure (in-
ment. All models such as the low hydraulic pumps. Use bolts of 12.9 cluding surge pressure) at
noise type IP series can be operated strength classification or equivalent. which a hydraulic pump can
quietly with little noise.
eAttention has been paid to surface Uni-pumps
be used within six seconds at
most within 1/10 of the cycle E
treatment and selection of materials time.
in NACHI hydraulic pumps so that Uni-pumps are compact pump/motor • Allowable peak pressure:
they can be applied extensively with units which have a motor directly cou- The maximum pressure (set
fire-resistant hydraulic fluid. pled to the hydraulic pump. Variable
volume type vane pumps and piston
pressure + surge pressure)
that can be momentarily al-
F
Installation and pumps are available. As each of these
pumps are ideally integrated with the
lowed
Maintenance motor, they can be easily installed, and
• The following shows the standards in
qLimit the eccentricity between the

more compact equipment configura-
tions can be achieved economically.
Lists of Sealing Parts:
JIS standard B2401 (O-ring)
JIS standard B2407 (backup ring)
G
drive shaft and hydraulic pump shaft • Standard motor: SAE standard AS568 (O-ring)
to 0.05 mm, keep the angle error totally-enclosed splashproof
within 1° and use flexible couplings • Pipe thread type mentioned in this
H
housing surface flange cooled catalog that are indicated as "G*/*"
for connections. self-actuating type (totally en-
wOn operating hydraulic pumps with comply with JIS B2351 O-ring seal
closed fan-cooled type) systems. Note, however, that G3/4
belts, gears and chains, prevent a 0.4 kW to 4P or less: Class E
radial or thrust load exceeding the al- adopts dimensions before JIS revi-
insulation sions were made in 1990. Nachi Fu-
I
lowable value from being applied on 0.75 kW to 4P or more: Class
the pump shaft. Also, if necessary, jikoshi adopts P24 as the O-ring size
B insulation whereas P22.4 is stated in current JIS
install a device that prevents a load Voltage 200V…50/60 Hz
(bending force) from being applied at standards.
220V…60 Hz
right angles on the shaft. Mount hy-
Calculation Formula
draulic pumps so that the pump shaft
is horizontal.
Management of Hydraulic
Operating Fluid
Required when Selecting J
eUse a rigid mounting base.
rThe direction of rotation is deter- Hydraulic Pumps and
mined on each hydraulic pump. qUse mineral oil-based hydraulic oper- Motor
Operate the hydraulic pump in the
correct direction of rotation after
ating fluid.
wProvide a suction filter of about 100 to 1.Pump discharge flow rate K
checking the indicated model No. on 150 mesh on the suction port.
q·N·ηυ
the nameplate or the arrow indicating eWhen operating hydraulic pumps at Qp= (ℓ/min)
1000
the direction of rotation on the body. a high pressure or when using fire-
The direction of rotation is clockwise
when viewed from the shaft end.
resistant hydraulic operating fluid, oil
contamination greatly affect pump
q=discharge volume per rotation
N=revolution speed(min-1)
(cm3/rev) L
tLimit the suction pressure to within service life. So, use a filter of 25μm
or less.
ηυ =volume efficiency
the range -0.03 to +0.03 MPa {-0.3 to
rConsult your agent when using firere-
M
+0.3 kgf/cm2}. 2.Power required for pump drive
yOn external drain type hydraulic sistant hydraulic operating fluid.
pumps, directly connect the drain to When using water- or glycol-based P·Qp
WP1= (kW)
the tank, insert the drain pipe under hydraulic operating fluid, refer to 60η
the oil level, and limit the drain back page N-3 for details on applicable P·Qp
= (PS)
N
pressure to 0.03 MPa {0.3 kgf/cm2}. models of hydraulic pumps. 44η
uWhen connecting steel pipes to the tFor details on the viscosity of hydrau- P=discharge pressure(MPa)
suction and discharge sides, Never lic operating fluid, refer to the sep- η =overall efficiency
apply the abnormal force to the pump arate section "Hydraulic Operating
by the piping. Fluid." 3.Motor revolution speed
iKeep the fitting length of couplings
and hydraulic pump shafts so that it N=
120·f
P
·(1–S)(min-1) O
is within at least 2/3 or more of the
coupling width. Also, use a size of f=frequency(50Hz, 60Hz)
coupling that matches the shaft di- P=number of motor poles
ameter. S=slip rate
oWhen inserting couplings into shafts,
insert them gently. When removing
couplings from shafts, be sure to use
a pulley extractor. Avoid hitting the
A-1
Hydraulic Pump Selection Table
A Pump
Name
Type
Classifi-
Rated
Pressure Displacement cm3/rev
Page
Type MPa
cation
Hydraulic Pumps
{kgf/cm2} 1 2 5 10 20 50 100 200 500 1000 2000 5000
B PVS series variable piston 21

Variable piston pumps
PVS 3 45 A-3
pump {214}
21
3 45
C
Uni-pump UPV A-19
{214}
PZS series variable piston 21
PZS 42 220 A-22
pump {214}
D PZ load-sensitive variable
piston pump
PZ
21
{214}
8 220 A-35
VDS series compact variable 7

VDS 3 8.3 B-1
E {71.4}
vane pump
7
Uni-pump USV 3 8.3 B-4
Variable discharge volume vane pumps
{71.4}
F VDR22 design series variable

vane pump
VDR
14
{143}
5 44.4 B-6
7
Uni-pump UVD 5 33.3 B-12
{71.4}
G VDR13 design series variable
VDR
6
4 27.8 B-15
vane pump {61.2}
6
H Uni-pump UVD
{61.2}
4 27.8 B-22
VDC series high-pressure 14 5 88.9

VDC B-25
variable vane pump {143}
I Uni-pump UVC
7
{71.4}
5 33.3 B-37
UVN series variable vane 8 8.1 26.0

UVN B-40
J uni-pump {81.6}
Internal gear
25
IPH series IP pump IPH 3.6 125.9 C-1
{255}
pump
K IPH series double IP pump IPH

21
{214}
7.2 251.8 C-14
A-2
Discharge
PVS SERIES port
VARIABLE VOLUME PISTON PUMP *
PVS Series Variable Volume 8.0 to 45.0cm3/rev M

*
A
Piston Pumps 21MPa 0
Suction Drain
port port
Piston Pumps
Design No. 30 is applied on PVS-0B to make the pump more compact and lighter, and reduce noise.
Production of PVS-3B has been discontinued. Use PZS-3B.
B
Pressure adjustment 3 type has been added to PVS-1B-22 and PVS-2B-45. (Design No. 20 is applied only on
PVS-2B-45*3.)
Features C
Energy-saving Type with discharge volume, and enables the ef- Silent Type That Demon-
Drastically Reduced Loss fective use of power corresponding to strates Its Power Quietly
A NACHI-proprietary semi-circular bar-
the load cycle.
Proprietary low-noise mechanisms are D
rel swash plate that receives pressure incorporated on the shoe, swash plate,
This "energy-saving type" conserves
on its surface ensures a stable dis- valve plate, and other locations to en-
energy, reduces power loss, and helps
E
charge volume at all times. This elimi- sure silent operation. In particular, a
to reduce hydraulic costs.
nates excess semi-circular barrel swash plate stabi-
lizes operation characteristics to ensure
silent operation.
Specifications
Pressure Permitted
F
Volume Discharge volume at no-load ℓ/min adjustment range peak Rotating speed min-1 Mass
Model No. pressure
cm3/rev MPa MPa kg
G
1000min-1 1200min-1 1500min-1 1800min-1 {kgf/cm2} {kgf/cm2} Min. Max.
PVS-0B-8*0-30 2 to 3.5 {20.4 to 35.7}
1 8.0 2 to 7 {20.4 to 71.4} 25
8.0 9.6 12.0 14.4 500 2000 7.7
2 (3.0 to 8.0) 3 to 14 {30.6 to 143 } {255}
H
3 3 to 21 {30.6 to 214 }
PVS-1B-16*0-(*)-12 2 to 3.5 {20.4 to 35.7}
1 16.5 2 to 7 {20.4 to 71.4} 25
16.5 19.8 24.7 29.7 500 2000 10.5
2 (5.0 to 16.5) 3 to 14 {30.6 to 143 } {255}
3 3 to 21 {30.6 to 214 }
PVS-1B-22*0-(*)-12
1 22.0
2 to 3.5 {20.4 to 35.7}
2 to 7 {20.4 to 71.4} 25
I
22.0 26.4 33.0 39.6 500 2000 10.5
2 (7.0 to 22.0) 3 to 14 {30.6 to 143 } {255}
3 3 to 21 {30.6 to 214 }
PVS-2B-35*0-(*)-12
1 35.0
2 to 3.5 {20.4 to 35.7}
2 to 7 {20.4 to 71.4} 25
J
35.0 42.0 52.5 63.0 500 2000 21
2 (8.0 to 35.0) 3 to 14 {30.6 to 143 } {255}
3 3 to 21 {30.6 to 214 }
PVS-2B-45*0-(*)-12
1 45.0
45.0 54.0 67.5 81.0
2 to 3.5 {20.4 to 35.7}
2 to 7 {20.4 to 71.4} 25
500 2000 21
K
2 (11.0 to 45.0) 3 to 14 {30.6 to 143 } {255}
3-(*)-20 3 to 21 {30.6 to 214 }
Note) Direction of rotation is clockwise when viewed from the shaft end.
•Handling piping into the hydraulic fluid. Also, ob- x The operating temperature range is 5 to
L
•Cautions during Pump Installation serve the values in the following table to 60°C. When the oil temperature at start-
and Piping limit the drain back pressure to 0.1 MPa. up is 5°C or less, warm up the hydraulic
M
z Use flexible couplings for connecting Model pump by low-pressure, low-operation
PVS-0B
the pump shaft to the drive shaft, and No. PVS-2B speed operation until the oil tempera-
Item PVS-1B
prevent a radial or thrust load from be- ture reaches 5°C.
ing applied on the pump shaft. Pipe joint size 3/8" or more 1/2" or more c Provide a suction strainer with a filter-
x For centering of the pump shaft, limit φ 7.6 dia ing grade of about 100μm (150 mesh).
N
Pipe I.D
ormore φ 12 dia ormore Besure to provide a return line filter of
the eccentricity between the drive shaft
and hydraulic pump shaft to 0.05 mm, Pipe length 1m or less 1m or less grade 20μm or less on the return line
and keep the angle error within 1°. to the tank. (When the hydraulic pump
c Set the length of insertion between cou- m Mount the pump so the pump shaft is is used at ahigh pressure of 14 MPa or
pling and hydraulic pump shafts so that oriented horizontally. more, we recommend providing a filter
it is within at least 2/3 or more of the
coupling width.
•Management of Hydraulic Operat-
ing Fluid v
of 10μm or less.
Manage the hydraulic operating fluid O
v Use a sufficiently rigid pump mounting Use good-quality hydraulic operating
z so that contamination is maintained at
base. fluid, and use within a kinematic viscos- class NAS10 or lower.
b Set the pressure on the pump suction ity range of 20 to 200 mm2/sec during b Use hydraulic operating fluid within an
side to -0.03 MPa or more (suction port operation. Use an R&O type and an- operating ambient temperature of 0 to
flow velocity within 2 m/sec). ti-wear hydraulic fluid of ISO-VG32 to 60°C.
n Raise part of the drain piping to above 68. The optimum kinematic viscosity
the topmost part of the pump body, and during operation is 20 to 50 mm2/sec. (continued on following page)
insert the return section of the drain
A-3
•Inverter Drive Precautions c Make sure that the pump operates in [Pressure
Discharge
volume
z Set the revolution speed within the the direction of rotation the same as adjustment]
range of the pump specification revolu- that indicated by the arrow on the pump Turning the pres- CCW
A tion speed. body. sure adjusting CW

screw CW increas-
x Changing the revolution speed may also v Air entering to the pump or pipes may es the pressure.
cause noise or vibration. At startup, set
Discharge
Pressure
affect the pump performance curves.
volume
Pressure
Before using the inverter, check if the the pump discharge side to a no-load
Piston Pumps
adjustment range
pressure and motor load factor are state, and operate the pump in the inch- [Discharge volume
B
Discharge volume
adjustment range
within the range of use. ing mode to release any air in the pump adjustment]
or pipes. Turning the flow CCW
•Cautions at Startup rate adjusting CW
z Before you start pump operation, fill the b Provide an air bleed valve in circuits screw CW
pump body with clean hydraulic fluid via where it is difficult to release air at start- decreases the
up. discharge volume.
C
Pressure
the lubrication port.
(See "IP Pumps" on page C-13.)
Note)
Model No. Injection amount cm3 •How to Set Pressure and Discharge · For details regarding the relationship between
Volume flow rate adjustment length ℓ and pump capac-
PVS-0B-8 220 For the factory default pump discharge ity q, see the tables provided in the installation
D PVS-1B-16, 22 300
volume is set to "maximum" and dis-
charge pressure is set to "minimum".
dimension drawings for each of the pumps.
· Firmly tighten the lock nuts after you have fin-
ished adjustments.
PVS-2B-35, 45 650 Change the discharge volume and dis-
charge pressure settings according to [Note]
x An unload is required when the motor your particular operating conditions. • Variable control mechanism
E is started under condition λ−∆. Consult

your agent regarding the circuit.
Standard type
N* : Pressure compensation
(manual mode)
type
Option type
P* :
Pressure compensation type (re-
F Explanation of model No. mote control mode)

N*Q* : 2-pressure, 2-flow rate control
A
PVS – 1 B – 16 N 2 – (*) – 12 R* ○
S*
: Solenoid cutoff control
A
G
Design No. 30: PVS-0* W* ○ : 2-pressure control
12: PVS-1*, PVS-2* S*
20: PVS-2*-45N3 only A
RQ* ○ : 2-pressure, 2-flow rate
S*
control w/ solenoid cutoff
Auxiliary symbol None: Side port type
A
Z: Axial port type C* ○* : 2-cutoff control
H
S
(PVS-1*, PVS-2*)
• * : Pressure adjustment range
Pressure adjustment range [Note] Reference
0 : 2 to 3.5MPa {20.4 to 35.7kgf/cm2}
Variable control mechanism [Note] Reference 1 : 2 to 7MPa {20.4 to 71.4kgf/cm2}
I
2 : 3 to 14MPa {30.6 to 143kgf/cm2}
Max. pump capacity (cm3/rev) 3 : 3 to 21MPa {30.6 to 214kgf/cm2}
Nominal 8, 16, 22, 35, 45 •○* : Applicable to solenoid specifications A, S
A○* : SA-G01
Mounting method S○* : SS-G01
J
B: Mounting flange type A: Mounting foot type 1 : 100V 50/60Hz
2 : 200V 50/60Hz
Pump size 3 : DC12V
0, 1, 2 4 : DC24V
PVS series variable piston pump
K
Discharge volume
Discharge volume
Discharge volume
P2:3-14MPa [Example 3]
Q1:2-7MPa
[Example 1] [Example 2]
N*: Pressure P*: Pressure N*Q*: 2-pressure,
compensation type compensation type 2-flow rate control
(manual mode) (remote control mode) PVS-1B-16N2Q1
L
PVS-1B-16N2 PVS-1B-16P2 N2:3-14MPa
N2:3-14MPa
Discharge pressure Discharge pressure Discharge pressure
M
Discharge volume
Discharge volume
Discharge volume
[Example 6]
[Example 4] P2:3-14MPa [Example 5]
W2:3-14MPa RQ*S*: 2-pressure,
R*S*: Solenoid W*S*: 2-pressure control 2-flow rate control w/ R2:3-14MPa
cutoff control PVS-1B-16W2S1 solenoid cutoff
PVS-1B-16R2S2 Solenoid specifications PVS-1B-16RQ2S1
Solenoid specifications sol"ON" 100V 50/60Hz sol"ON" Solenoid specifications
200V 50/60Hz SS-G01 100V 50/60Hz sol"ON"
N
SS-G01 sol"OFF" SS-G01
sol"OFF" sol"OFF"
Discharge pressure Discharge pressure Discharge pressure
Discharge volume
[Example 7]
O
C*S*:
2-cutoff control
PVS-1B-16C2S2
C2:3-14MPa
Solenoid specifications
200V 50/60Hz
SS-G01 sol"ON"
sol"OFF"
Discharge pressure
■ NQ, RS, WS, RQS and CS types are not available for the PVS-0B-8.
■ NQ, RQS and CS types are not available for the PVS-1B-16 -Z and PVS-2B-35-Z.
22 45
A-4
Variable Control Mechanisms
Standard type
A
Symbol External View Characteristics Hydraulic Circuit Explanation
Piston Pumps
Pressure Discharge port
Discharge volume
Drain port adjusting screw Pressure compensation type
B
Flow rate
adjusting screw (manual system)
* When the discharge pressure
reaches the preset pressure
N set by the pressure compen-
sator, the discharge rate is au-
C
M
tomatically reduced to hold the
NACHI
0 *
pressure at the set pressure
Suction Drain
Discharge pressure port port (full cutoff pressure).
Option type
D
Discharge
Discharge volume
Pilot port Drain port Differential pressure Pilotport port Pressure compensation type
Flow rate adjusting screw (remote control mode)
adjusting screw (adjustment forbidden)
E
* This mode demonstrates the
same characteristics as the
P manual mode.
The full cutoff pressure can be
M adjusted by external pilot pres-
NACHI
0 * sure. The discharge rate can be

Discharge pressure
Suction Drain
port port
adjusted manually. Note 2)
F
q1 flow rate adjusting screw
q2 flow rate P2 pressure Discharge port
Discharge volume
Drain port 2-pressure, 2-flow rate control type

adjusting screw adjusting screw
The discharge volume changes
G
q1 in two stages by the pump's
built-in sequence valve. This
NQ P1 allows conventional high/ low
q2 pressure control to be per-
* M
NACHI
N * formed on a single pump unit,

0
H
P2 Suction Drain and save energy in the hydrau-
port port lic circuit.
P1 pressure adjusting screw Discharge pressure
Discharge port
Discharge volume
Pressure Solenoid cutoff control type
I
SOL b
adjusting screw Drain port A solenoid valve for unload is

(at solenoid ON) integrated into the pressure
RS
SOL SOL compensation type to minimize
(RA) Flow rate "OFF" "ON" energy loss when pump output
adjusting screw * M
is not required. Only a slight
*
J
0
amount of heat is generated.
NACHI
Suction Drain
Discharge pressure port port
Discharge port
Discharge volume
Pressure Pressure 2-pressure control type
K
SOL b
adjusting screw adjusting screw Two pressure compensation

(at solenoid OFF) (at solenoid ON) types can be obtained by
WS Drain port switching the solenoid valve
SOL SOL
(WA) Flow rate "OFF" "ON" ON/OFF.
adjusting screw * M Two types of pressure control
*
L
0 are possible with the actuator
P1 P2
NACHI
Suction Drain set to a constant speed.

Discharge pressure port port
P2 pressure
Discharge volume
adjusting screw q1 2-pressure, 2-flow rate control type

Discharge port
M
(at solenoid ON) SOL b w/ solenoid cutoff
The discharge volume can be
q2 flow rate Drain port
adjusting screw changed in two stages by the
RQS
q2 P1 SOL ON sequencer valve and solenoid
(RQA) *
q1 flow rate valve for unload mounted on
M the pump, and unloading is
N
adjusting screw N *
NACHI
SOL OFF P2
0 Suction Drain possible when pressure oil is
port port not required.
q1 flow rate adjusting screw Differential pressure
Discharge volume
q2 flow rate Drain port adjusting screw q1
O
adjusting screw (adjustment forbidden) Discharge port
2-cutoff control type
Two types of pressure - flow
CS rate characteristics can be
(CA) q2 SOL ON obtained by the solenoid
valve and cylinder mounted
NACHI
* M
*
N
0 Suction Drain
on the pump.
P1 SOL OFF P2 port port
Note 1) Many other variable control mechanism are also available in addition to those in the above table. Please consult your agent for details.
Note 2) We recommend ZR-T02-*-5895* as the remote control valve. For details, consult your agent. The pipe volume up to the remote control valve
should be less than 150cm3.
A-5
Pressure Compensation Type Manual mode: standard type
A PVS-0B-8N*-30
Installation Dimension Drawing

Piston Pumps
214( MAX) PVS-0B-8N*-30
B
164.5(MAX) 49.5 10
Drain port 18 6
Pump capacity q cm3/rev

(flow rateadjustmentlength) Rc(Former PT)3/8 14 Pressure Pressure compensator 47
10 5 MIN adjusting screw 29 3 Lubrication port
Lock nut 8
0
*-3
Lock nut 8N
6
0 B-
S-
C PV
0
Key width 4.76–0.012
Flow rate 4
78
77
adjusting screw 42.5
25.4 5
142
11
2
127
82.6 –0.036
–0.071
19.05 –0.021
21.2 –0.25
0
0
D
0
R 46
5 10 15
49
Discharge port
G(Former PF)1/2
Flow rate adjustment length mm
11 53.2
127.5 106.4
Suction port Set a flow rate adjustment length within
Discharge port G(Former PF)3/4
149.5 G(Former PF)1/2 110 the above range. Oil will leak if the pump
130 is operated below the adjustment range
E Cross-sectional Drawing Part No. Part Name Part No. Part Name
lower limit.
Part No. Part Name
1 Body 15 Spring S 29 Parallel pin
2 Case 16 Control piston 30 Spring pin
33 34 27 17 22 25 16 20 10 35 38 28 15 12 11 24 26 21 18
3 Shaft 17 Guide pin 31 Hexagon socket head bolt
F 4
5
6
Cylinder barrel
Valve plate
Piston
18
19
20
Parallel key
Retainer
Needle
32
33
Cross-recessed countersunk
head screw
Hexagon socket set
7 Shoe 21 Ball bearing screw
8 Shoe holder 22 Needle bearing 34 Hexagon nut
9 Barrel holder 23 Oil seal 35 Hexagon plug
G 10
11
12
Swash plate
Thrust bush
Spring holder
24
25
26
Snap ring
Snap ring
Snap ring
36
37
38
Metal plug
Nameplate
Lubrication port plate
13 Gasket 27 O-ring 39 CAUTION plate
14 Spring C 28 O-ring 40 Rivet
H
40
List of Sealing Parts (Kit Model Number PSCS-100000)
39
Part PVS-0B-8
37 Part Name Q'ty
No. Size Remarks
36 29 2 5 30 19 14 4 6 9 7 13 8 1 31 32 23 3 * 13 Packing 1 PSC46-100000 3 Bond
23 Oil seal 1 TCV-254511-V N.O.K
I 27
28
O-ring
O-ring
1
1
NBR-90 P9
NBR-90 P11
JIS B 2401
JIS B 2401
Parts marked by an asterisk "*"are not available on the market.
Consult your agent.
Performance Curves Typical characteristics at hydraulic operating fluid kinematic viscosity of 32 mm2/s
J General Performance Pressure - Discharge
Volume Characteristics
Axial Input
15
Discharge volume
Discharge volume
Discharge volum
14 14 eQ 7
Discharge volume Q 1800min–1 1800min–1
13
K 12 12 6
Q ℓ/min
Q ℓ/min
1500min–1 1500min–1 Q=14.4

Volume efficiency ηυ ℓ/min
Axial Input kW
Efficiency
100 5
η,ηυ%
Q=12
90 ℓ/min
80 Overall efficiency η 4 Q=10
ℓ/min
L 70
60
50 0m
in
–1 6 6 3
Q=8
ℓ/min
Q=6
180 Input Lin ℓ/min
Drain volume
Input Lin kW
Input Lin kW
Input Lin 1 4 4 –1 4 2
n– in –1
0mi 0m 0min
DR ℓ/min
150 180 150
M
2 2 2 1
Drain volume DR
0 0 0 0
0 7 14 21 0 7 14 21 0 7 14 21
{71.4} {143} {214} {71.4} {143} {214} {71.4} {143} {214}
Discharge pressure P MPa {kgf/cm2} Discharge pressure P MPa {kgf/cm2} Discharge pressure P MPa {kgf/cm2}
N Axial Input at Full Cutoff

Noise Characteristics
Measurement position: 1m rear of pump
2.0 80
Axial input at full cutoff kW
Noise level dB(A)
O 1.5
70
1.0 –1 –1
min min
1800 0/1 800
60 150 1
in–
1 in–
0.5 1500m 1800m
1
in–
1500m
0 At full cutoff
50
0 7 14 21 0 7 14 21
{71.4} {143} {214} {71.4} {143} {214}
Full cutoff pressure MPa {kgf/cm2} Discharge pressure P MPa {kgf/cm2}
A-6
Installation Dimension Drawings
16
PVS-1B- N*-(Z)-12
22 Relationship between flow rate adjustment
length (r) and pump capacity (q)
A
(side port type)
30
Piston Pumps
Flow rate adjustment range
B
237(MAX)

Flow rate 77.5 49.5
adjustment length r Drain port Pressure 23 6 42 Lubrication port
adjusting screw (MIN)
22
3
Flow rate Rc3/8
adjusting screw 20
2
43 Key width *-1
16.5 2N
-12
0
4.76 –0.012
2
B- N*
C
88
1
82
73
-
-16
25.4 5
VS B
55
S-1
P
137
φ 82.6 –0.036
–0.071
10 PV
47.5±0.2
NACHI
11
5
52
φ 24 Flow rate adjustment range
φ 19.05 –0.021
D
21.2 –0.25
4-M10X16 22±0.2 12.5
0
0
0
158.5 106.4
181.5 Discharge port 124 Suction port 5 10 15 20
SAEJ518b-3/4 130 SAEJ518b-1
Flow rate adjustment lengthr mm
Set a flow rate adjustment length
E
within the above range. Oil will
leak if the pump is operated
below the adjustment range lower
limit.
(axial port type)

F
237(MAX)
77.5 49.5
Flow rate 23(MIN) 6
G
120 adjustment length r Drain port Pressure Pressure compensator 42 Lubrication port
adjusting screw
3
Flow rate Rc3/8
adjusting screw
42.5 Key width

0
4.76 –0.012
88
H
82
73
25.4 5
55
137
φ 82.6 –0.036
–0.071
52.4±0.2
47.5±0.2
NACHI
11
I
52
SAE J518b-1 SAE J518b-3/4
21.2 –0.25
φ 19.05 –0.021
(discharge port
0
(suction port 12.5

0
24 mm dia.) 26.2±0.2 22±0.2 24 mm dia.)

183.5 106.4
30 30 4-M10X16 130
4-M10X16
110
J
Cross-sectional Drawing
Part No. Part Name
1 Body
Part No. Part Name
22 Ball bearing
K
2 Case 23 Needle bearing
31 41 16 17 35 6 7 38 15 21 39 30 22 12 28 25 3 Shaft 24 Oil seal
4 Cylinder barrel 25 Snap ring
19 24
5
6
7
Valve plate
Piston
Shoe
26
27
28
Snap ring
Snap ring
O-ring
L
8 Shoe holder 29 O-ring
9 Barrel holder 30 O-ring
34 3
10 Swash plate 31 Pin
29 18
11
12
13
Thrust bush
Seal holder
Gasket
32
33
Hexagon socket head bolt
Cross-recessed coun-
tersunk head screw
M
14 Spring C 34 Hexagon socket set screw
15 Spring S 35 Metal plug
23 16 Control piston 36 Nameplate
27 17
18
19
Needle
Key
Nut
37
38
39
CAUTION plate
Spring holder
Lubrication port plate
N
20 Retainer 40 Rivet
40 21 Plug 41 Guide pin
36 2 5 26 14 4 20 9 8 13 10 11 33 1 32 37
List of Sealing Parts (Kit Model Number PSS-101000-2A) O
Part No. Part Name Q'ty Size Remarks
* 13 Gasket 1 PSC46-101000 Nihon Gasket
24 Oil seal 1 TCN-254511-V N.O.K
28 O-ring 1 NBR-90 G55 JIS B 2401
29 O-ring 1 NBR-90 P9 JIS B 2401
30 O-ring 1 NBR-90 P14 JIS B 2401
Parts marked by an asterisk "*"are not available on the market.
Consult your agent.
A-7
Performance Curves Typical characteristics at hydraulic fluid kinematic viscosity of 32 mm2/s
A PVS-1B-16N*-(Z)-12
General Performance Pressure - Discharge Axial Input
Discharge volume
Discharge volume
30 30
Piston Pumps
28 28 14
Discharge volume Q 1800min–1 Discharge 1800min–1
B 26 volume Q
Q r/min
Q r/min
24 24 12
1500min–1 1500min–1 Q=30
22 ℓ/min
Axial Input kW
100 Volume efficiency ηυ
10 Q=25
90 ℓ/min
Efficiency
C
80 Overall efficiency η 8
η,ηυ%
Q=20
70 ℓ/min
60 –1 12 12 6
in Q=15
50 18 00m 10 Input Lin ℓ/min
Drain volume
Input Lin kW
Input Lin kW
40 Input Lin –1 8 4 in
–1 –1 8 4 Q=10
n
0mi 00m 0min
DR r/min
150 6 18 150 ℓ/min
D 4
2
2
Drain volume DR
4
0
2
0 0 0
0 7 14 21 0 7 14 21 0 7 14 21
{71.4} {143} {214} {71.4} {143} {214} {71.4} {143} {214}
E
Axial Input at Full Cutoff
2.0 80
Noise level dB(A)
F 1.5
70 – 1
min
in –1
1800
1.0 1800m in–1
1500m
G
1
in– 60
0.5 1500m
At full cutoff
0
0 7 14 21 0 7 14 21
H
{71.4} {143} {214} {71.4} {143} {214}
Full cutoff pressure MPa {kgf/cm2} Discharge pressure P MPa {kgf/cm2}
I Performance Curves Typical characteristics at hydraulic operating fluid kinematic viscosity of 32 mm2/s
PVS-1B-22N*-(Z)-12
Pressure - Flow Rate
J General Performance Characteristics Axial Input
Discharge volume
Discharge volume
40 16
Discharge 1800min–1 Discharge volume Q Q=40
volume Q 35 40
1800min–1 14 ℓ/min
1500min–1 30
Q r/min
Q r/min
25 30 1500min–1 Q=35
Volume efficiency ηυ 12 ℓ/min
K
100
Axial Input kW
Efficiency
Q=30
η ,ηυ%
90
Overall efficiency η 10 ℓ/min
80 Input Lin Q=25
70 16 –1
16 ℓ/min
8
Input Lin kW
60 14 0 min Q=20
50 –1 12 180 12 ℓ/min
L m i n 6
00 10 –1
18 min
Drain volume
–1 4 0 8
Input Lin kW
Input Lin m in 8 150 4

DR r/min
0
150 6
4 2 4 2
2 Drain volume DR
M 0 7
{71.4}
14
{143}
21 0
{214}
00 7
{71.4}
14
{143}
21
{214}
0 00 7
{71.4}
14
{143}
21
{214}
N 2.0
Axial Input at Full Cutoff Noise Characteristics

80
Noise level dB(A)
1.5
1
70 in–
1800m –1
O 1.0
1800m
–1
in
–1 60
150 0 m in
0.5 1500min At full cutoff
0 50
0 7 14 21 0 7 14 21
{71.4} {143} {214} {71.4} {143} {214}
Discharge pressure P MPa {kgf/cm2}
A-8
35
PVS-2B- N*-(Z)-12(20)
45
Relationship between flow rate adjustment
length (r) and pump capacity (q)
A
(side port type) 50
Flow rate adjustment range
Piston Pumps
317.5 (MAX) 45
88.5 60

B
Drain port Pressure compensator 45 Lubrication port
Flow rate Lock nut
Pressure adjusting screw 40
3
6
0)
adjustment length r Rc1/2 60 MIN
Flow rate 35 2(2
adjusting screw Key width
6.3 +0.015 30 N *-1
45
–0.010
B- *-1
2
-2
104
53 S 5N
20 PV 3
69.5
B-
C
38 3
2
S-
172
φ101.6 –0.051
13
PV
0
11
52.4±0.2
NACHI
10
8
φ28 Flow rate adjustment range
65
0
D
20 25 30 35
B
A
4-M10X16 26.2±0.2 15 144
192.5
222.5
Discharge port
SAEJ518b-1
146
172
Suction port
SAEJ518b-11/4
Flow rate adjustment lengthr mm
3 Pressure Design
cm /rev Range A B
Set a flow rate adjustment length
No.
35 0 to 3 within the above range. Oil will leak
φ22.23 –0.021
0 0
0 to 2 12D 24.9 –0.5
if the pump is operated below the
E
45 0 0
3 20D φ25.385 –0.025 27.85–0.25 adjustment range lower limit.
257.5 (MAX)
(axial port type) 88.5 60
60(MIN) 6
128 Flow rate Lock nut Drain port Pressure Pressure compensator 45 Lubrication port
3
adjustment length ℓ Rc1/2 adjusting screw
Flow rate
F
0.015
6.3 +–0.010
104
53
69.5
38 4
101.6 –0.051
172
13
0
58.7±0.2
52.40.2
NACHI
SAE J518b-11/4 SAE J518b-1

G
65
(suction port (discharge port
28 mm dia.) 28 mm dia.)
B
30.2±0.2 26.2±0.2 A
15 146
4-M10X16 220.5
37 37 4-M10X16 172
140
H
cm3/rev Pressure Design A B
Range No. Part Part Name Part Part Name Part Part Name
35 0 to 3 No. No. No.
12D φ22.23 –0.021
0 0
24.9 –0.5
0 to 2
45 3 20D φ25.385 –0.025 27.85–0.25
0 0 1 Body 16 Control piston 31 Backup ring
2 Case 17 Needle 32 Pin
3 Shaft 18 Key 33 Hexagon socket
4 Cylinder barrel 19 Nut head bolt
Cross-sectional Drawings 5 Valve plate 20 Retainer 34 Cross-recessed coun-
35
6
7
8
Piston
Shoe
Shoe holder
21
22
23
Plug
Ball bearing
Needle bearing
tersunk head screw
35 Flow rate adjust-
ing screw
I
PVS-2B- N*-(Z)-12 9 Barrel holder 24 Oil seal 36 Metal plug
45 10 Swash plate 25 Snap ring 37 Nameplate
11 Thrust bush 26 Snap ring 38 CAUTION plate
35 19 31 30 32 42 16 36 17 6 7 39 15 21 41 29 22 12 28 25 12 Seal holder 27 Snap ring 39 Spring holder
J
13 Gasket 28 O-ring 40 Guide
14 Spring C 29 O-ring 41 Lubrication port plate
3 15 Spring S 30 O-ring 42 Orifice
43 Rivet
18 List of Sealing Parts (Kit Model Number PSS-102000-2A)
PVS-2B-35/45
K
40 Part No. Part Name Q'ty
Size Remarks
23 * 13 Gasket 1 PS46-102000-0A Nihon Gasket
28 O-ring 1 1B-G70 JIS B 2401
29 O-ring 1 1B-P14 JIS B 2401
L
30 O-ring 1 1B-P11 JIS B 2401
31 Backup ring 1 T2-P11 JIS B 2407
Parts marked by an asterisk "*" are not available on the market. Consult your agent.
43 Part Part Name Part Part Name Part Part Name

No. No. No.
37 2 5 27 14 4 20 9 8 13 10 11 34 26 24 1 33 38
1 Body 17 Needle 33 Hexagon socket
M
2 Case 18 Key head bolt
3 Shaft 19 Nut 34 Cross-recessed coun-
4 Cylinder barrel 20 Retainer tersunk head screw
5 Valve plate 21 Plug 35 Flow rate adjust-
PVS-2B-45N3-(Z)-20 6
7
Piston
Shoe
22
23
Roller bearing
Needle bearing
ing screw
36 Metal plug
8 Shoe holder 24 Oil seal 37 Nameplate
35 19 31 30 32 42 16 36 17 6 7 39 15 21 41 29 22 12 28 25 9 Barrel holder 25 Snap ring 38 CAUTION plate
3
10
11
12
13
Swash plate
Thrust bush
Seal holder
Gasket
26
27
28
29
Snap ring
Snap ring
O-ring
O-ring
39 Spring holder
40 Guide
41 Lubrication port plate
42 Orifice
N
14 Spring C 30 O-ring 43 Rivet
18 15 Spring S 31 Backup ring 44 Orifice
16 Control piston 32 Pin 45 Pin
O
40 46 O-ring
47 Plug
23
List of Sealing Parts (Kit Model Number PSBS-102220)
PVS-2B-45N3
Part No. Part Name Q'ty
47 Size Remarks
* 13 Gasket 1 PS46-102000-0A Nihon Gasket
46
45 28 O-ring 1 1B-G70 JIS B 2401
29 O-ring 1 1B-P14 JIS B 2401
43
30 O-ring 1 1B-P11 JIS B 2401
37 2 5 27 14 4 20 9 8 13 10 11 34 44 26 24 1 33 38 46 O-ring 2 1B-P5 JIS B 2401
31 Backup ring 1 T2-P11 JIS B 2407
A-9
A PVS-2B-35N*-(Z)-12
Pressure - Discharge
General Performance Volume Characteristics Axial Input
Piston Pumps
65
Discharge volume
Discharge volume
B
60 28
Discharge volume Q 1800min–1 70 Discharge
55 Q=60
volume Q
1500min–1 50 24 ℓ/min
Q r/min
60 1800min–1
Q r/min
Volume efficiency ηυ Q=50
Axial input kW
100 20 ℓ/min
50 1500min–1
90
Efficiency
C
Q=40
η,ηυ%
80 Overall efficiency η 16 ℓ/min

70
60 30 12 Q=30
1 30 ℓ/min
50 mi n–
800
Input Lin kW
Drain volume
Input Lin
Input Lin kW
Input Lin 1 20 8
–1 4 20
D
DR r/min
–1
0min 0m
in
150 10 180 4
2 –1
Drain volume 10
0min DR
0 150 0
0 7 14 21 0 0 0 7 14 21
0 7 14 21 {71.4} {143} {214}
{71.4} {143} {214} {71.4} {143} {214}
E Discharge pressure P MPa {kgf/cm2} Discharge pressure P MPa {kgf/cm2}


4

80
F
Noise level dB(A)
3
70 –1
min
–1
1800min–1
2 1800
60 1500min
G
–1 At full cutoff
min
1 1500
50
0 7 14 21
{71.4} {143} {214}
0
0 7 14 21 Discharge pressure P MPa {kgf/cm2}
H
{71.4} {143} {214}
Full cutoff pressure MPa {kgf/cm2}
I Performance Curves Typical characteristics at hydraulic operating fluid kinematic viscosity of 32 mm2/s
PVS-2B-45N*-(Z)-12(20)
Pressure - Discharge
J General Performance
80
32
Axial Input
Discharge volume
Discharge volume
Discharge 1800min–1 Discharge volume Q Q=80

75 80 ℓ/min
volume Q 1800min–1 28
1500min–1 70 Q=70
65 70 1500min–1 ℓ/min
Volume efficiency ηυ
K
24 Q=60
Q ℓ/min
100
Q ℓ/min
Efficiency
Axial input kW
η,ηυ%
90 60 ℓ/min
Overall efficiency η 20
80 Q=50
70 ℓ/min
Input Lin 16
60 Q=40
–1
Input Lin kW
min
L
50 30 30 ℓ/min
0 12
180
Input Lin kW
–1
in
Drain volume
m
Input Lin 1 800 20 4 –1 20 8
0min
DR ℓ/min
–1
0m in 150
150 10 2 10 4
Drain volume DR
M 0 7
{71.4}
14
{143}
21 0
{214}
00 7
{71.4}
14
{143}
21 0
{214}
00 7
{71.4}
14
{143}
21
{214}
N
4 Measurement position: 1m rear of pump

80
Noise level dB(A)
3
70
in–1
O 2 1800m
in–1
min
–1
1500m
0m in–1 1500 60
1 180 At full cutoff
50
0 0 7 14 21
0 7 14 21 {71.4} {143} {214}
{71.4} {143} {214}
Full cutoff pressure MPa {kgf/cm2}
A-10
Response Performance
A
Test Circuit Graph Legend
Piston Pumps
Piping volume 400 cm3
t1
Q
t2 B
Ps
Pressure
FC
(Q=0) C
MPa 14MPa
M 1MPa 1MPa
D
M (Q=MAX)
SOL ON
0 SOL OFF SOL OFF
Time s
E
Response Time (s) Surge Pressure MPa{kgf/cm2}
Model No.
PVS-0B-8
t1
0.03 to 0.04
t2
0.04 to 0.06
PS
2 to 4{20.4 to 40.8}
F
PVS-1B-16 0.05 to 0.06 0.07 to 0.08 4 to 7{40.8 to 71.4}
PVS-1B-22
PVS-2B-35
0.05 to 0.06
0.05 to 0.06
0.07 to 0.08
0.05 to 0.07
5 to 8{51 to 81.6}
6 to 9{61.2 to 91.8}
G
PVS-2B-45 0.05 to 0.06 0.05 to 0.07 6 to 9{61.2 to 91.8}
Response performance changes according to pipe volume and size.
Use an anti-surging valve to prevent surge voltage. H
Pressure Compensator
Part No. Part Name Part No. Part Name
I
12 11 10 2 3 5 14 13 1 9 4 6 8 7
1 Body 8 Nut
2 Spool 9 O-ring
3
4
5
Holder
Plunger
Spring
10
11
12
O-ring
O-ring
Plug
J
6 Retainer 13 Plug
7 Pressure 14 Mounting bolt
adjusting bolt
K
List of Sealing Parts
Part Size
Name Q'ty
No.
9
10
O-ring
O-ring
1
3
For 0B, 1B, 2B
NBR-70-1 P14
NBR-90 P6
L
11 O-ring 1 NBR-90 P10
Note) The materials and hardness of the O-ring
conform with JIS B2401.
M
A-11
Pressure Compensation Type (remote control mode)
A Explanation of model No.: PVS – 0 B – 8 P * – 30

Design No.
P-Q Characteristics
Max. pump capacity q

30: PVS-0*
12: PVS-1*, PVS-2* Set by remote
Piston Pumps
cm3/rev
20: PVS-2*-45P3 only control V
B Pressure adjustment range

0: 2- 3.5MPa {20.4- 35.7kgf/cm2}
1: 2- 7MPa {20.4- 71.4kgf/cm2}
2: 3-14MPa {30.6-143kgf/cm2}
3: 3-21MPa {30.6-214kgf/cm2} Discharge pressure P MPa
C P: Pressure compensation type (remote control mode)

Max. pump capacity (cm3/rev)
Nominal 8, 16, 22, 35, 45
Pump size 0, 1, 2
D
The ZR-T02-*-5895* is the recommended remote control valve.
Installation Dimension Drawings Provide piping to the remote control valve at a pipe volume of
E PVS-0B-8P*-30
150 cm3 or less.
214(MAX)
164.5(MAX) 49.5
93.5 6
(flow rate adjust-
F
r ment length) 18 Drain port 47
Pilot port 29 3
10 5 Rc
Rc(Former PT)1/4 (Former PT)3/8 Lubrication port
Lock nut
Flow rate
0
4.76–0.012
77
78
42.5
25.4 5
142
127
11
φ 82.6 –0.036
–0.071
R46
Discharge port
49
G(Former PF)1/2
H
–0.25
φ 19.05 –0.021
11 53.2 Suction port

0
0
127.5 Discharge port 106.4 G(Former PF)3/4

21.2
149.5 110
G(Former PF)1/2
130
16
PVS-1B- P*-12
I 22
237(MAX)
77.5 49.5
Drain port
Pilot port Rc3/8
J
Flow rate adjust- Rc1/4 Differential pressure adjusting screw 60 Lubrication port
ment length ℓ (adjustment forbidden) 42 3
Flow rate adjust- 6
ing screw
43 Key width
0
4.76 –0.012
88
82
73
K
25.4 5
55
137
φ82.6 –0.036
–0.071
47.5±0.2
24
NACHI
φ
11
52
L
–0.25
φ19.05 –0.021
4–M10x16 22±0.2 12.5

0
0
158.5 106.4
21.2
181.5 Discharge port 124 Suction port

SAEJ518b-3/4 130 SAEJ518b-1
35
PVS-2B- P*-12(20)
45
M Flow rate
adjustment
317.5(MAX)
Drain port Differential pressure
length ℓ Rc1/2 adjusting screw
Pilot port pp (adjustment forbidden)
Flow rate
adjusting screw Rc1/4 88.5 60 45 Lubrication port
3
N
Lock nut 6
Key width
+0.015
6.3 –0.010
104
53
69.5
38 3
O
φ101.6 –0.051
172
13
52.4±0.2
0
NACHI
28
φ
65
B
A
Discharge port
4–M10x16 26.2±0.2 15 144 Suction port
SAEJ518b-1
192.5 146 SAEJ518b-11/4
222.5 172
cm3 /rev Pressure Design A B

Range No.
35 0 to 3 0 0
12D φ 22.23 –0.021 24.9 –0.5
0 to 2
45
20D φ 25.385 –0.025 27.85 –0.25
0 0
3
A-12
2-pressure, 2-flow Rate Control Type
Explanation of model No.: PVS – 1 B – 16 N 3 Q 1 – 12
Design No. q1
P-Q Characteristics
A
Pump capacity q
cm3/rev (Note 2)
12: PVS-1*, PVS-2*
20: PVS-2*-45N3Q*
Piston Pumps
B
Pressure adjustment range q2
N*: High-pressure adjustment range,
P2 (Set to lowest pressure before shipping)
Q*: Low-pressure adjustment range,
P1 (Set to 3.5 MPa before shipping)
0 P1 P2
C
0: 2- 3.5MPa {20.4- 35.7kgf/cm2} Discharge pressure P MPa
1: 2- 7MPa {20.4- 71.4kgf/cm2}
2: 3-14MPa {30.6-143kgf/cm2}
3: 3-21MPa {30.6-214kgf/cm2}
NQ: 2-pressure, 2-flow rate control
Max. pump capacity (cm3/rev) Nominal 16, 22, 35, 45
Pump size 1, 2
P-Q Characteristics
q1
D
Pump capacity q
cm3/rev (Note 2)
q2
16
PVS-1B- N*Q*-12
22
301.5(MAX)
Drain port
77.5
P2 pressure 23
49.5
6 Pressure compensator 42 Lubrication port 0 P1 P2
F
3
Rc3/8 adjusting screw (MIN)
Discharge pressure P MPa
P1 pressure
43 Key width adjusting screw
G
0
4.76 –0.012
88
82
73
25.4 5
q1 flow rate
–0.036
φ82.6 –0.071
137
adjusting screw
47.5±0.2
NACHI
24
φ
q2 flow rate
adjusting screw
11
52
H
φ19.05 –0.021
21.2 –0.25
4–M10x16 22±0.2 12.5

0
158.5 107.5(MAX)
0
181.5 106.4
Discharge port 124 Suction port
SAEJ518b-3/4 130 SAEJ518b-1
35
PVS-2B- N*Q*-12(20)
45 I
357.5(MAX)
88.5 60
P2 pressure
J
Drain port adjusting screw Pressure compensator 45 Lubrication port
3
Rc1/2 60.5(Min) 6
P1 pressure
Key width adjusting screw
+0.015
6.3 –0.010
q1 flow rate
104
adjusting screw 53
38 3
q2 flow rate
K
φ101.6 –0.051
172
13
adjusting screw
0
52.4±0.2
28
NACHI
φ
65
4–M10x16
B
A
Discharge port
26.2±0.2 15 107.5(MAX) Suction port
L
SAEJ518b-1
192.5 SAEJ518b-11/4
144
222.5 146
172

Range No.
35 0 to 3 0
φ22.23 –0.021 0
0 to 2 12D 24.9 –0.5
45
20D φ 25.385 –0.025 27.85 –0.25
0 0
M
3
ℓ1
Flow adjustment length and pump capacity
ℓ2
PVS-1B PVS-2B N
q2, ℓ2 q1, ℓ1 q2, ℓ2 q1, ℓ1
Pump capacity q1, q2 cm3/rev
Pump capacity q1, q2 cm3/rev
25 50
q2 Adjustment Default q2
Pump Model No.
O
Range (cm3/rev) (Setting cm3/rev) 20 40
PVS-1B-16 2 to 10 3.3 q1 flow rate
adjusting screw 15 30
PVS-1B-22 2 to 13 4.4
q2 flow rate 10 20
PVS-2B-35 2 to 19 7 adjusting screw (22) (45)
5 10
(16) (35)
PVS-2B-45 3 to 24 9
Note 1) The setting range of maximum pump capacity q1 varies according to the 0 10 20 30 40 50 0 10 20 30 40 50
setting of q 2.
Note 2) Overall efficiency at a low flow rate is lower than at the maximum flow Flow adjustment length ℓ1, ℓ2 mm Flow adjustment length ℓ1, ℓ2 mm
rate. Pay attention to this when selecting the motor capacity for the drive.
A-13
Solenoid Cutoff Control Type
A Explanation of model No.: PVS – 1 B – 16 R 2 S 1 – 12 P-Q Characteristics
Pump capacity q
Solenoid power supply 1: AC100V
Piston Pumps
cm3/rev
2: AC200V
B

3: DC12V
4: DC24V SOL
"OFF"
SOL
"ON"
Solenoid specifications A: SA-G01

S: SS-G01
C Pressure adjustment range

0: 2- 3.5MPa {20.4- 35.7kgf/cm2}
1: 2- 7MPa {20.4- 71.4kgf/cm2}
2: 3-14MPa {30.6-143kgf/cm2}
D
3: 3-21MPa {30.6-214kgf/cm2}
R A : Solenoid cutoff control

S
Nominal 16, 22, 35, 45
E Pump size 1, 2

F 16 A
PVS-1B- R* *-12
22 S
200.3
42
G SOL b
Drain port
Rc3/8 Differential pressure
Differential pressure adjusting screw
Pressure adjusting adjusting screw (adjustment forbidden)
screw
(at solenoid ON) (adjustment forbidden)
215(SS-G01)
Lubrication
177(SA-G01)
H
77.5 49.5 port
3
47.4 6
Flow rate adjusting
screw
43 Key width
108
0
4.76 –0.012
82
25.4 5
55
137
11
I
–0.036
φ82.6 –0.071
47.5±0.2
4
NACHI
φ2
52
19.05 –0.021
–0.25
4–M10x16 22±0.2 12.5

0
0
158.5 106.4
21.2
Discharge port Suction port
J
181.5 124
SAEJ518b-3/4 SAEJ518b-1
130
35 A
PVS-2B- R* *-12(20)
45 S
K 317.5(MAX)
Pilot port
45
Rc1/4
Drain port
Pressure adjusting Rc1/2
screw SOL b Differential pressure
L
(at solenoid ON)
adjusting screw (adjustment forbidden)
(adjustment forbidden)
236(SS-G01)
Lock nut
194.5(SA-G01)
88.5 60 Lubrication port

3
6
Flow rate adjust- Key width
ing screw +0.015
6.3 –0.010
104
M
90.5
53
69.5
38 3
172
φ101.6 –0.051
13
0
52.4±0.2
NACHI
28
φ
65
4–M10x16
B
A
N
26.2±0.2 15
Discharge port 144 Suction port
192.5
SAEJ518b-1 146 SAEJ518b-11/4
222.5
172
cm3 /rev Pressure Design A B

Range No.
35 0 to 3 0 0
0 to 2 12D φ22.23–0.021 24.9 –0.5
O
45
20D φ25.385 –0.025 27.85–0.25
0 0
3
■ The coil surface temperature increases if this pump is kept continuously energized.
Do not touch the surface of the coil directly with your hands.
A-14
2-pressure Control Type
Explanation of model No.: PVS – 1 B – 16 W 2 S 1 – 12 P-Q Characteristics

A
Piston Pumps
Pump capacity q
B
2: AC200V
cm3/rev
3: DC12V SOL SOL
4: DC24V "OFF" "ON"
C
S: SS-G01 P1 P2
Pressure adjustment range
0: 2- 3.5MPa {20.4- 35.7kgf/cm2}
1: 2- 7MPa {20.4- 71.4kgf/cm2}
2: 3-14MPa {30.6-143kgf/cm2}
3: 3-21MPa {30.6-214kgf/cm2}
W A : 2-pressure control
D
S
Pump size 1, 2
E
Installation Dimension Drawings F

16 A
PVS-1B- W* *-12
22 S
42 G
Drain port
Pressure adjusting Rc 3/8
H
screw SOL b Differential pressure
(at solenoid OFF) Pressure adjusting screw adjusting screw
(at solenoid ON) (adjustment forbidden)
Differential pressure
233(SS-G01)
adjusting screw
(adjustment forbidden) Lubrication port
195(SA-G01)
77.5 49.5
3
Flow rate
adjusting screw 6
43 Key width
I
127
0
4.76 –0.012
82
25.4 5
55
11
137
φ82.6 –0.036
–0.071
47.5±0.2
NACHI
4
φ2
J
52
φ19.05–0.021
21.2 –0.25
4–M10x16 22±0.2 12.5

0
0
158.5 Discharge port 106.4 Suction port

181.5 SAEJ518b-3/4 124 SAEJ518b-1
130
35 A
PVS-2B- W* *-12(20)
45 S
K
317.5 (MAX ) 45
L
Pilot port pp
Rc 1/4
Drain port
Rc 1/2
Pressure adjusting SOL b Pressure adjusting
screw screw (at solenoid ON) Differential pressure
(at solenoid OFF) adjusting screw
Differential pressure (adjustment forbidden)
adjusting screw
254(SS-G01)
M
Lock nut
212.5(SA-G01)
88.5 60 Lubrication port

3
6
Flow rate adjusting
screw Key width
+0.015
6.3 –0.010
104
90.5
53
69.5
38 3
N
172
φ101.6 –0.051
13
52.4±0.2
8
NACHI
φ2
65
4–M10x16
B
A
26.2±0.2 15 Discharge port 144
O
Suction port
192.5 SAEJ518b-1 146 SAEJ518b-11/4
222.5 172

Range No.
35 0 to 3 0
φ22.23 –0.021 0
12D 24.9 –0.5
0 to 2
45
20D φ 25.385 –0.025 27.85 –0.25
0 0
3
A-15
2-pressure, 2-flow rate Control Type w/ Solenoid Cutoff
A Explanation of model No.: PVS – 1 B – 16 RQ 2 S 1 – 12

q1
P-Q Characteristics
Pump capacity q
Piston Pumps
2: AC200V
SOL "ON"
cm3/rev
B
3: DC12V
4: DC24V
q2
S: SS-G01 SOL "OFF"
C Pressure adjustment range P1 P2

0: 2- 3.5MPa {20.4- 35.7kgf/cm2}
1: 2- 7MPa {20.4- 71.4kgf/cm2}
2: 3-14MPa {30.6-143kgf/cm2}
3: 3-21MPa {30.6-214kgf/cm2}
D RQ A : 2-pressure, 2-flow rate control w/

S
solenoid cutoff
Pump size 1, 2
E
F 16 A
PVS-1B- RQ* *-12
22 S
301.5(MAX) 42
G P2 pressure adjusting
screw
(at solenoid ON) Differential pressure
SOL b adjusting screw
q1 flow rate (adjustment forbidden)
adjusting screw Drain port Differential pressure
215(SS-G01)
Rc 3/8 adjusting screw
q2 flow rate
H
77.5 49.5
177(SA-G01)
adjusting screw
6 Lubrication port
3
P1 pressure
43 Key width adjusting screw
0
4.76 –0.012
82
25.4 5
I
137
φ82.6 –0.036
–0.071
47.5±0.2
NACHI
4
φ2
11
52
φ19.05 –0.021
21.2 –0.25
22±0.2 12.5 107.5(MAX)

0
4–M10x16
0
J
158.5 106.4
181.5 Discharge port Suction port
SAEJ518b-3/4 124 SAEJ518b-1
221.5 130
35 A
PVS-2B- RQ* *-12(20)
K 45 S
357.5(MAX) 45
Drain port
Rc 1/2
L
P2 pressure adjusting
screw SOL b Differential pressure Differential pressure
(at solenoid ON) adjusting screw adjusting screw
q1 flow rate (adjustment forbidden)
236(SS-G01)
adjusting screw
194.5(SA-G01)
q2 flow rate 88.5 60 Lubrication port

3
adjusting screw 6
Key width P1 pressure
M
+0.015
6.3 –0.010 adjusting screw
104
90.5
53
172
38 3
φ101.6 –0.051
13
52.4±0.2
28
NACHI
N
65
B
A
4–M10x16 26.2±0.2 15 107.5(MAX)

192.5 Discharge port 144 Suction port
222.5 SAEJ518b-1 146 SAEJ518b-11/4
172
O
Range No.
35 0 to 3 0 0
12D φ 22.23 –0.021 24.9 –0.5
0 to 2
45
20D φ 25.385 –0.025 27.85 –0.25
0 0
3
A-16
2-cutoff Control Type
Explanation of model No.: PVS – 1 B – 16 C 2 S 1 – 12 P-Q Characteristics

A
q1
Piston Pumps
B
2: AC200V
Pump capacity q
3: DC12V
cm3/rev
4: DC24V SOL "ON"
q2
SOL
C
S: SS-G01 "OFF"
Pressure adjustment range P1 P2

0: 2- 3.5MPa {20.4- 35.7kgf/cm2}
1: 2- 7MPa {20.4- 71.4kgf/cm2}
2: 3-14MPa {30.6-143kgf/cm2}
3: 3-21MPa {30.6-214kgf/cm2}
D
C A : 2-cutoff control
S
Pump size 1, 2
E
Installation Dimension Drawings F

16 A
PVS-1B- C* *-12
22 S
G
301.5(MAX) 49.5
(P2 pressure Differential pressure adjusting screw
77.5 6
q1 flow rate adjusting screw adjusting screw) (adjustment forbidden)
H
Drain port Differential pressure 80
q2 flow rate adjusting screw Rc 3/8 adjusting screw 42 Lubrication port
3
(P1 pressure
43 Key width adjusting screw)
0
4.76 –0.012
88
82
25.4 5
137
φ82.6 –0.036
–0.071
NACHI
φ 24
11
52
47.5±0.2
φ19.05 –0.021
21.2 –0.25
22±0.2 102
J
0
12.5
0
4–M10x16 106.4
Discharge port Suction port
158.5 SAEJ518b-3/4 124 SAEJ518b-1
25 181.5 130
295.5(SA-G01)
331.5(SS-G01)
P2 pressure adjusting screw
K
Opposite side: P1 pressure adjusting screw
35 A
PVS-2B- C* *-12(20)
45 S
357.5(MAX) 60
L
88.5 6
q1 flow rate adjusting screw Differential pressure (P2 pressure (adjustment forbidden)
Drain port adjusting screw adjusting screw) 45
M
Lubrication port
3
q2 flow rate adjusting screw Rc 1/2 (adjustment forbidden)
Key width (P1 pressure adjusting

screw)
6.3 +0.015
–0.010
104
90.5
53
38 3
172
φ101.6 –0.051
N
52.4±0.2
8
φ2
NACHI
13
65
B
A
Discharge port
26.2±0.2 15 SAEJ518b-1 102 Suction port
4–M10x16
O
192.5 144 SAEJ518b-11/4
222.5 146
351.5(SA-G01) 172
387.5(SS-G01)
Range No.
P2 pressure adjusting screw 35 0 to 3 0
φ22.23 –0.021 0
12D 24.9 –0.5
Opposite side: P1 pressure adjusting screw 0 to 2
45
20D φ 25.385–0.025 27.85 –0.25
0 0
3
A-17
Foot Mounting Kit
A
Piston Pumps
C
Accessories Dimensions
Kit Model No. Applicable Pump Model No.
D
Bolt Q'ty Washer Q'ty A B C E F
PVS-0B
IHM-2-10 TB-10×30 2 WP-10 2 127 152.5 69.8 1 50.8
PVS-1B
IHM-4-10 PVS-2B TB-12×30 2 WP-12 2 220.7 246 107.95 1 114.3
E
Dimensions Weight
Kit Model No.
H (I) (J) K N P Q (S) T φD φ d1 φ d2 φ d3 φ d4 kg
IHM-2-10 96 64.5 32 17.5 13 M10 135 32.5 36.5 82.6 22 11 106.4 50 2.0
IHM-4-10 140 56.7 44 16 16 M12 195.5 12.7 53 101.6 22 11 146 40 5.5
When only the mounting feet are required, the pump mounting bolts, washers and other parts are sold together as the Foot Mounting Kit.
F Coupling kit
Kit for PVS-0B: PSCF-100000
G Applicable Pump Model No. PVS-0B-8
Plunger Kit model No. Suction port Discharge port
L 46 40
H L1
φK
16
φ 36
14
φ 27
φD φ 16 φ 12
H 36 27
G screw size G¾ G½
I Rc screw size
O-ring size
Rc¾
1B-P24
Rc½
1B-P18
Notes) 1. Joints are on sale in the Joint Kit which includes O-rings.
2. The dimensions of the O-ring seal section on the connector
conforms with JIS B2351.
J
3. O-ring 1B/B-** refers to JIS B2401-1B.
Piping Flange Kit

For PVS-1B, 2B
K B
D T
RcX
L
φd2
20
C
A
M
φd1
Applicable Pump Model No. PVS-1B-16, 22 PVS-2B-35, 45

PSF-101000 PSF-102000
Plunger Kit model No.
Suction port Discharge port Suction port Discharge port
N A
B
70
59
65
52
79
73
70
59
C 52.4 47.5 58.7 52.4
D 26.2 22.0 30.2 26.2
O
T 24 24 28 24
φ d1 φ 11 φ 11 φ 11 φ 11
φ d2 φ 28 φ 22 φ 37 φ 28
X 1 3/4 1-1/4 1
Mounting bolt TH-10×40 TH-10×40 TH-10×45 TH-10×40
Washer WS-B-10 WS-B-10 WS-B-10 WS-B-10
O-ring NBR-90 G35 NBR-90 G30 NBR-90 G45 NBR-90 G35
Weight kga 0.6 0.5 0.75 0.6
Notes) 1. The piping flange is on sale in the Flange Kit which includes mounting bolts, washers and O-rings.
2. The materials and hardness of the O-ring conform with JIS B2401
3. For details on tightening torque, see page C-11.
A-18
Uni-pump Specifications (CE mark standard compliant)
Explanation of model No.
UPV – 1 A – 16 N 1 – 1.5 * – 4 * – * – 30(50)

A
Piston Pumps
B
Design No. 30: PVS-1B 0.75-5.5kW
PVS-2B 3.7 -7.5kW
50: PVS-0B 0.75-3.7kW
Auxiliary symbol None: Side port type

Z: Axial port type (PVS-1B, 2B)
Abnormal Voltage symbol (See Motor Abnormal Voltage Specification list) C

Number of motor poles 4: 4 poles
Motor terminal None: Right side viewed from pump side

A: Left side viewed from pump side
Motor output 0.7: 0.75kW 3.7: 3.7kW

0A
Note) UPV-1A is 0.75-5.5kW
D
1.5: 1.5 kW 5.5: 5.5kW UPV-2A is 3.7-7.5kW
2.2: 2.2 kW 7.5: 7.5kW

0: 2- 3.5MPa {20.4- 35.7kgf/cm2}
E
1: 2- 7MPa {20.4- 71.4kgf/cm2}
2: 3-14MPa {30.6-143kgf/cm2}
F
3: 3-21MPa {30.6-214kgf/cm2} (Note) Not available at 45 cm3/rev
Variable control mechanism

N: pressure compensation type (Note) Control option is also standard on the PVS pump.

Nominal 8, 16, 22, 35, 45
Motor mounting method

G
Mounting foot type
Pump size 0: PVS-0B, 1: PVS-1B, 2: PVS-2B
PVS series uni-pump H
Motor selection curves I

UPV-0A UPV-1A UPV-2A
(ℓ/min)
(ℓ/min) (ℓ/min)
16
14
3.7kW
40
5.5kW 80
7.5kW J
Discharge volume Q
3.7kW
Discharge volume Q
5.5kW
Discharge volume Q
12 30
2.2kW 60
3.7kW
10
2.2kW 1.5kW
K
8 20
40
6
4 10
1.5kW 20
2
0.75kW 0.75kW
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 21
{20.4}{40.8}{61.2}{81.6} {102} {122} {143} {163} {184} {204} {214}
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 21
{20.4}{40.8}{61.2}{81.6} {102} {122} {143} {163} {184} {204} {214}
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 21
{20.4}{40.8}{61.2}{81.6} {102} {122} {143} {163} {184} {204} {214}
L
• How to select the motor
The lower side of the output curves for each of the motors shown above indicates the operating range under rated output M
for that motor.
* Select a uni-pump that has a pressure and flow rate that is within the range of the drive so that the drive will not overload.
N
* When the startup current of the uni-pump becomes higher for the IE1 motor, breakers may need to be changed.
Motor Abnormal Voltage Specification list
O
Abnormal Abnormal
Voltage - Frequency Voltage - Frequency
Voltage symbol Voltage symbol
None AC 200V-50/60Hz, AC 220V-60Hz M AC 230V - 60Hz
D AC 380V - 50Hz N AC 230V - 50Hz
E AC 415V - 50Hz R AC 400V - 50Hz
F AC 440V - 60Hz S AC 440V - 50Hz
G AC 460V - 60Hz U AC 380V - 60Hz
H AC 480V - 60Hz V AC 400V - 60Hz
L AC 220V - 50Hz W AC 420V - 50HZ
A-19
A UPV-0A-8**-**-4-50
(side port type)
Piston Pumps
Hanging bolt Hanging bolt Pressure adjusting screw M8

Flow rate adjusting screw M8
B (3.7kW only)
KL
3
D
KL
MAX.164.5
18 IL
O
L
A
Rotation direction plate
Lubrication port Drain port Motor rating plate A,B terminal
Rc3/8 (Terminal box side) common fan side
Terminal box
A terminal Terminal box
C B terminal
12 (3.7kW only)
77
50
I1
H
Uni-pump
C -0.5
D
φKD (Name sticker)
G 0
Suction port (Terminal box side)
G3/4 (Round drain hole)
127.5
Discharge port (suction port, discharge port position) F F T
110 G1/2 149.5
J N
S
E E
E M
Pump model 2.2kW
R
0.75, 1.5kW
View R: Mounting foot hole shape
(4 locations)
I1
I1
(nameplate) Electric drive conceptual diagram Electric drive conceptual diagram
F
16
UPV-1A- **-**-4-30
22
(side port type)
Hanging bolt Hanging bolt Flow rate adjusting screw M8
Pressure adjusting screw M8 Rotation direction plate
G
(3.7/5.5kW only) D MAX.187.5 L
KL KL 77.5 IL A
Drain port O
Lubrication port Rc3/8 Motor rating plate
A,B common
(Terminal box side) terminal fan side
Terminal box
B terminal
12 (3.7/5.5kW only)
H
82
55
I1
H
φ2
4
Uni-pump
±0.2
C -0.5
(Name sticker)
I
0
φKD Pump model

47.5
(Terminal box side)

(Round drain hole) (nameplate)
4- M10X16
22 ±0.2
4- M10X16 158.5 F F
G
Suction port 124 J (suction port, discharge port position) N

SAEJ518b-1 Discharge port
E E SAEJ518b-3/4 181.5 T φ2
4
M R
J
±0.2
S
26.2 ±0.2 52.4

View R: Mounting foot hole shape Suction port shape
(4 locations)
I1
2.2kW 0.75, 1.5kW

I1
Electric drive conceptual diagram Electric drive conceptual diagram
K 35
UPV-2A- **-**-4-30
45
(side port type)
Hanging bolt Hanging bolt Flow rate adjusting screw M12 Pressure adjusting screw M8
L
Rotation direction plate
D MAX.257.5 L
KL KL 88.5 IL A
Lubrication port Drain port Motor rating plate O
Rc1/2 (Terminal box side) A,B common
Terminal box terminal fan side
M
B terminal
104
69.5
I1
12
φ2
8
Uni-pump
±0.2
C -0.5
N
(Name sticker)
0
φKD
Pump model
52.4
(Terminal box side)

(Round drain hole) (nameplate)
4- M10X16
4- M10X16
26.2 ±0.2 F F
G
Suction port 144 J 192.5 N

SAEJ518b-1 1/4 E E Discharge port (suction port, discharge port position)
T
M SAEJ518b-1 222.5 R φ28
O ±0.2
S
30.2
±0.2
View R: Mounting foot hole shape Suction port shape

58.7
(4 locations)
1. Drive motor is fully enclosed fan cooled, 0.75 to 3.7 kW is E type, and 5.5 to 7.5 kW is B type.
2. Standard voltage for drive motor is 200 VAC, 50/60 Hz or 220 VAC, 60 Hz.
3. Viewed from the pump side, suction port is on the left and discharge port is on the right.
4. Broken lines indicate instances for the A terminal. Broken lines pass through to the other side of the pump along its center.
5. See page (A-21) for the dimension table and characteristics of drive motor.
A-20
Motor Specifications
Output
kW
Motor Dimensions [mm]
Frame Weight
No. [kg]
A
A IL C D E F G H I1 I2 J L M N S×T φKD KL O
Piston Pumps
0.75 137 107.5 80 152 62.5 50 4.5 160 193 − 47.5 244.5 165 130 25×10 27 137 65 80M 19
1.5
2.2
160.5 118.5
179 133
90
100
183
206
70
80
62.5
70
4.4
7
183
203
204
226
−
−
22
39
279
312
165
206
152.5 16×10
170 14×12
27
27
142
153
68
83
90L
100L
22
36
B
3.7 199 143.5 112 233 95 70 10 228 253 242 24 342.5 214 164 14×12 27 182 90 112M 40
5.5
7.5
212
231
163.5
182.5
132
132
275
275
108
108
70
89
16
16
270
269
299
299
285
285
30
30
375.5
413.5
243
243
187
226
14×12
14×12
33
33
212
212
86
105
132S
132M
52
60
C
Characteristics of drive motor for unipump (domestic standard 3 rating)

D
Output (Note1).
Model Number Voltage Frequency Current rating RPM rating Heat
Poles
kW TYPE (N) [V] [Hz] [A] [min-1] resistance
VBEA-
200 50 2.20 1420 E
0.4 4 200 60 1.90 1710 E
(VDS series only)
220 60 1.91 1720
F
200 50 3.5 1430
0.75 4 V*EA-*A4*07 200 60 3.2 1720 F
220 60 3.1 1730
200 50 6.9 1450
G
1.5 4 V*EA-*A4*15 200 60 6.2 1740 F
220 60 6.0 1750
200 50 9.5 1460
2.2 4 V*EA-*A4*22 200 60 8.8 1750 F
H
220 60 8.5 1760
200 50 15.4 1460
3.7 4 V*EA-*A4*37 200 60 14.3 1760 F
220 60 13.5 1760
200 50 23.0 1470
5.5 4 V*EA-*A4*55 200
220
60
60
21.0
19.9
1760
1770
F I
200 50 30.0 1460
7.5 4 V*EA-*A4*75 200 60 27.0 1760 F
220 60 26.0 1770
J
1. The asterisks * indicate variations in the hydraulic pump series, size, and position of
terminal box. Check the ratings sticker on the side of the drive motor (terminal box side).
2. Contact us for variations in voltage.
3. The allowable fluctuating range of the voltage value is ±5%. K
4. Paint Color: Nachi standard color Mancel No. 5B6/3
A-21
PZS SERIES Discharge port
*
VARIABLE VOLUME PISTON PUMP *
A PZS Series 70 to 220cm3/rev M

0 *
70 to 100cm3/rev 28MPa Drain port
Suction port
Variable Volume Piston Pump 130 to 220cm3/rev 25MPa

Piston Pumps
B Features
qHigh pressure, high reliability rigidity, making it possible to increase A wide range of possible
r
C These pumps deliver the perfect combi- the number of pistons (from nine to 11)
and equip optimal valve plates, all of applications
nation of high pressure (28MPa {286kgf/ In addition to use as a stand-alone
cm2}maximum) and high reliability. Hy- which make low-noise operation pos-
sible. pump, a PVS Series pump can be com-
draulic device energy efficiency is en- bined with another IP pump in a wide
sured because variable volume capa-
D
range of possible applications.
bilities provide the means to keep the eHigh reliability, long life
discharge rate to the desired level. O-ring seals used for mating surfac-
es eliminate worries about oil leaks. A
Low noise, low vibration
w spherical valve plate maintains optimal
hydraulic pressure balance, for stable
E operation
The semi-cylindrical swash plate of the
operation across a wide range and bet-
ter contamination resistance character-
PVS series provides high support and istics.
F Specifications
Pump Revolution Speed min −1 Fixed Discharge Pump (Note 1)
Rated Maximum
Capacity Pressure Adjustment
G
Voltage Working Weight Pressure
Model No. cm3/rev Range MPa Capacity
MPa Pressure MPa Min. Max. kg MPa
(Adjustment {kgf/cm2} cm3/rev
{kgf/cm2} {kgf/cm2} {kgf/cm2}
Range)
PZS-3B-170* 1-10 2 to 7 {20.4 to 71.4} 3.6 to 15.8
70 21 28 21
H
3 2 to 21 {20.4 to 214 } 500 1800 37 (IPH-
(45 to 70) {214} {286} {214}
4 2 to 28 {20.4 to 286 } 2.3 type)
PZS-4B-100* 1-10 2 to 7 {20.4 to 71.4} 3.6 to 15.8
100 21 28 21
3 2 to 21 {20.4 to 214 } 500 1800 58 (IPH-
(40 to 100) {214} {286} {214}
I
4 2 to 28 {20.4 to 286 } 2.3 type)
PZS-5B-130* 1-10 2 to 7 {20.4 to 71.4} 3.6 to 32.3
130 21 25 21
3 2 to 21 {20.4 to 214 } 500 1800 86 (IPH-
(51 to 130) {214} {255} {214}
4 2 to 25 {20.4 to 255 } 2.3.4 type)
PZS-6B-180* 1-10 2 to 7 {20.4 to 71.4} 3.6 to 63.9
J 3
4
180
(101 to 180)
21
{214}
25
{255}
2 to 21 {20.4 to 214 }
2 to 25 {20.4 to 255 }
500 1800 123 (IPH-
2.3.4.5 type)
21
{214}
PZS-6B-220* 1-10 2 to 7 {20.4 to 71.4} 3.6 to 63.9

220 21 25 21
3 2 to 21 {20.4 to 214 } 500 1500 126 (IPH-
K
(124 to 220) {214} {255} {214}
4 2 to 25 {20.4 to 255 } 2.3.4.5 type)
Note 1. Fixed discharged pump of IP pump can be configured by combining with PZS.
2. Pump capacity adjustment ranges are for control codes N, RS, and WS. For information about control code NQ, see page A-27.
3. Direction of rotation is clockwise when viewed from the shaft end.
L •Handling
•Pump Installation and Piping Pre- the drain piping into the hydraulic op- •Management of Hydraulic Operat-
cautions erating fluid. Also, observe the values in ing Fluid
M zUse flexible couplings for connecting
the pump shaft to the drive shaft, and
the following table in order to limit the
drain back pressure to 0.1 MPa.
zUse only good-quality hydraulic oper-
ating fluid with a kinematic viscosity
prevent radial or thrust load from being Model No. during operation within the range of 20
applied to the pump shaft. 3B, 4B, 5B 6B to 200 mm2/sec. Normally, you should
Item
xEccentricity between the drive shaft use an R&O type and wear-resistant
N and pump shaft should be no greater
than 0.05mm, with an eccentric angle
Pipe joint
size
At least 3/4" At least 1" type of ISOGV32 to 68 or equivalent.
The optimum kinematic viscosity during
error of 1° or less. Pipe I.D. At least φ17 At least φ22 operation is 20 to 50 mm2/sec.
cKeep the fitting length of couplings and xThe operating temperature range is 5
pump shafts at least 2/3 the length of Pipe length 1 m or less 1 m or less
O
to 60°C. When the oil temperature at
the coupling width. startup is 5°C or less, run the pump at
vUse a sufficiently rigid pump mounting mMount the pump so the pump shaft is low pressure and low speed until the oil
base. oriented horizontally. temperature reaches 5°C.
bSet pump suction side pressure to -0.03 ,Use of rubber hose is recommended in cProvide a suction strainer with a filtering
MPa or more (suction port flow velocity order to minimize noise and vibration. grade of about 100μ (150 mesh).
less than 2 m/sec). .Check valve is located on the discharge vManage hydraulic operating fluid so
nRaise part of the drain piping so it is side of the pump. (To prevent reverse contamination is maintained at class
above the topmost part of the pump rotation and damage to the pump when NAS10 or lower.
body, and insert the return section of it is off) (Continued on following page)
A-22
bUse hydraulic operating fluid when the xAn unload circuit is required when the •Configuring Pressure and Dis-
operating ambient temperature is in the motor i s started under condition λ−Δ. charge Rate Settings
range of 0 to 60°C. Contact your agent about the unload The factory default pump discharge rate
•Inverter Drive Precautions
zSet the revolution speed within the
circuit.
cCheck to make sure that the rotation di-
setting is the setting's maximum value,
while the default discharge pressure is
A
range of the pump specification revolu- rection of the pump is the same as the
rotation direction indicated by the arrow the settings minimum value. Change
tion speed.
Piston Pumps
xChanging the revolution speed may also on the pump body. the discharge rate and discharge pres-
affect the pump performance curves.
Before using the inverter, check if the
vAir entering the pump or pipes can
cause noise or vibration. At startup, set
sure settings in accordance with your
particular operating conditions.
B
pressure and motor load factor are the pump discharge side to a no-load
within the range of use. state, and operate the pump in the inch- [Pressure Adjust-
ing mode to remove any air that might
C
ment]
Discharge
•Startup Precautions
rate
be in the pump or pipes. Rotating the
zBefore starting up the pump, fill the Rotate left
bEquip an air bleed valve in circuits where pressure adjusting
pump body with clean hydraulic oper- Rotate
it is difficult to release air before startup. screw clockwise
ating fluid through the lubrication port. right
(See "IP Pumps" on page C-13.) increases pressure. Pressure
D
Model No. Oil Amount cm3 nInstall a check valve on the discharge
side to protect the pump if the load is
PZS-3B 1000 [Discharge Volume
Discharge rate adjustment range

Discharge rate
large or if there is an accumulator in
Adjustment]
PZS-4B 1800 the circuit on the discharge side of the Rotating the flow Rotate left
pump. rate adjusting
E
PZS-5B 2200 mDo not release the pressure in the hy- Rotate right
screw clockwise
PZS-6B 3000 draulic circuit by switching the solenoid decreases the
valve (RS/WS type) on the pump. discharge rate. Pressure
Note: Securely tighten the lock nut after making

adjustments.
F
Standard type
Pressure compensation(N) G
PZS – 4 B – 100 N * – 10 P-Q characteristics
H
Pump capacity
Design number
cm3 / rev
1: 2 to 7MPa
{20.4 to 71.4kgf/cm2}
3: 2 to 21MPa
{20.4 to 214kgf/cm2}
I
4: 2 to 28MPa
Discharge pressure MPa
{20.4 to 286kgf/cm2}
Note: PZS-5B/6B maximum operating pressure: 25MPa (255kgf/cm2)

* port
Discharge J
N: Pressure compensation control
*
Pump capacity (cm3/rev)
70, 100, 130, 180, 220
Mounting method B: Flange type mounting A: Foot type mounting

K
M
Pump size 3, 4, 5, 6 0 *
Suction Drain
Option type port port L
2-Pressure, 2-Flow Rate Control Type (NQ)
PZS – 4 B – 100 N * Q * – 10 P-Q characteristics
M
Pump capacity
Design number
qH
cm3 / rev
N*: High-pressure adjustment range, PH

Q*: Low-pressure adjustment range, PL qL
1: 2 to 7MPa
{20.4 to 71.4kgf/cm2} N
3: 2 to 21MPa
{20.4 to 214kgf/cm2} PL PH
4: 2 to 28MPa Discharge pressure MPa
{20.4 to 286kgf/cm2}
Note: PZS-5B maximum operating pressure: 25MPa (255kgf/cm2) * Discharge O
port
NQ: 2-pressure, 2-flow rate control
*
Pump capacity (cm3/rev)

70, 100, 130
M
0 *
Pump size 3, 4, 5 Suction port Drain port
A-23
Solenoid Cutoff Control Type (WS)
P-Q characteristics
PZS – 4 B – 100 R * S * – 10
A Design number
Pump capacity
Solenoid power supply
cm3 / rev
1: AC100V
Piston Pumps
Pressure adjustment range 2: AC200V
B
1: 2 to 7MPa 3: DC12V
{20.4 to 71.4kgf/cm2} 4: DC24V
SOL"OFF"
3: 2 to 21MPa SOL"ON"
{20.4 to 214kgf/cm2}
4: 2 to 28MPa Discharge pressure MPa
C
{20.4 to 286kgf/cm2}
Note: PZS-5B/6B maximum operating pressure: 25MPa (255kgf/cm2) Discharge
Variable Control Mechanisms * port
RS: Solenoid cutoff control (S: SS-G01) *
D Pump capacity (cm3/rev)

70, 100, 130, 180, 220
Mounting method B: Flange type mounting A: Foot type mounting M

0 *
E
Pump size 3, 4, 5, 6
Suction port Drain port
■Do not use the solenoid valve to release the pressure in the hydraulic circuit.
2-Pressure Control System (WS)
F PZS – 4 B – 100 W * S * – 10
Design number
P-Q characteristics
Pump capacity
cm3 / rev
1: AC100V
G
Pressure adjustment range 2: AC200V
1: 2 to 7MPa 3: DC12V
{20.4 to 71.4kgf/cm2} 4: DC24V
3: 2 to 21MPa SOL"OFF" SOL"ON"
{20.4 to 214kgf/cm }
2
H
4: 2 to 28MPa
{20.4 to 286kgf/cm2} PL PH
Note: PZS-5B/6B maximum operating pressure: 25MPa (255kgf/cm2) Discharge pressure MPa
Variable Control Mechanisms Discharge

WS: 2-pressure control type (S: SS-G01) * port
I Pump capacity (cm3/rev)
*
70, 100, 130, 180, 220
J Pump size 3, 4, 5, 6
M
0 *
Suction port Drain port
K Pressure Compensation Type
Installing a remote control relieve valve to the pilot port provides
remote control of pressure compensation. (PVS series "P type")
L PZS-3B-70N*-10
Pilot port Pressure adjusting Lubrication
(Rc 1/4) screw port GPF 3/8 57
34 Drain port (G3/4)
M Key width
(P
CD
18
18
0
7.94 –0.05 1)
174.5
Flow rate
147
136
adjusting screw Suction port
N
48 5
φ 127 –0.051
128
0
58.7
70
30
φ
75 φ 38
85
O
36
φ 31.75–0.051
35.33–0.25
Discharge port M10X16 Discharge port

0
0
30.2 18 128 Suction port 4-M12X20

223 SAEJ518b-11/4
8 164 SAEJ518b-11/2
279 85 172
296 (MAX)
306 (MAX)
A-24
PZS-4B-100N*-10
Flow rate adjusting screw Pressure Lubrication port GPF 3/8 58
adjusting screw
A
Pilot port (Rc 1/4)
91 Drain port (G3/4) (P
CD
22
Key width 8.
5)
21
0
9.53 –0.015
195
Piston Pumps
167
153
Suction port
55 10
B
161.6
φ152.4 –0.05
0
77.8
77.8
33
φ
81
100
φ 48
42.9
C
φ 38.1–0.030
Discharge port
42.2 –0.15
M12X20
0
0
25 8 4-M12X20
42.9 161.6
257 90 Discharge port Suction port
320 200
SAEJ518b-2 SAEJ518b-2
PZS-5B-130N*-10
347 (MAX)
D
Pressure adjusting screw Lubrication port GPF 3/8
Pilot port (G1/4) 70
E
Key width
φ2
0
11.113 –0.051
2
206
185
Flow rate Suction port
155
224.6
–0.040
(265)
F
0
88.9
88.9
φ3
φ 165.1
8
87 φ 60
50.8
φ 44.45–0.051
G
Discharge
49.43 –0.25
M12X20
0
portg 110 110 4-M12X20

50.8 25 10
268 100 Discharge port 224.6 Suction port
334 (265) SAEJ518b-21/2
362 (MAX) SAEJ518b-21/2
H
364 (MAX)
PZS-6B-180N*-10
PZS-6B-220N*-10
76
I
Pressure adjusting screw Lubrication port GPF 3/8
Pilot port (G1/4)
99 Drain port (G1)
φ 2
Key width
J
Flow rate 0
2
245
adjusting screw 14 –0.018

209
Suction port
194
52
φ
60 5
–0.040
0
106.4
88.9
K
φ 165.1
(224.6)
(265)
74
Discharge φ 70
port
+0.008
φ 50 +0.021
53.5 –0.3
0
61.9
50.8 M12X20
L
25 12 (224.6)
Suction port 4-M16X25
333 88 Discharge port 130 130
411 (265) SAEJ518b3
SAEJ518b21/2
Flow Adjustment Rotation Angle (ℓ) and Pump Capacity (q)

140 Flow rate adjustment
length: ℓ
225
220
M
130
120 200
20
N
-2
180
30
6B
100 175
Pump capacity q
Pump capacity q
-1
0
S-
10
5B
0
PZ
- 8
4B -1
S-
cm3/rev
cm3/rev
S- 6B
PZ
80 150
PZ S-
139
PZ
O
70
70 Flow rate
60 3 B- adjusting screw
125
S-
51
45 PZ 113
42
40 Lock nut End plug 100
20 75
5 10 15 20 25 5 10 15 20 25
Flow rate adjustment length mm Flow rate adjustment length mm
Use a flow adjustment length that is within the range noted in Use a flow adjustment length that is within the range noted in
the above chart. Using a length that is outside the lower limit the above chart. Using a length that is outside the lower limit
adjustment range can lead to oil leaks. adjustment range can lead to oil leaks.
A-25
2-Pressure, 2-Flow Rate Control Type
PZS-3B-70N*Q*-10
A qL flow rate PH pressure PL pressure

adjusting screw Lubrication port
adjusting screw adjusting screw 127.5 GPF 3/8
qH flow rate
adjusting screw
Piston Pumps
Key width 18
B
0
7.94 –0.05
177
Suction port
136
48 5
128
φ 127–0.051
58.7
70
0
C
30 φ 38
85
75
Discharge 36
φ 31.75 –0.051
port
35.33 –0.25
M10x16 (P
CD
0
0
30.2 18 1 4-M12X20
223 8 Discharge 128 Suction 81)
D 411 (MAX)
279 85
SAEJ518b-11/4
port 164
172
port
SAEJ518b-11/2
PZS-4B-100N*Q*-10
E qL flow rate
adjusting screw
PH pressure
adjusting screw
PL pressure adjusting screw
129
Lubrication port
GPF 3/8
Drain port (G3/4)
qH flow rate
adjusting screw 91
F Key width 21
0
9.53 –0.015
197
Suction port
55 10
153
161.6
φ 152.4–0.05
G
0
77.8
77.8
φ3
3
81
100
Discharge φ 48
port (P 42.9
CD
φ 38.1–0.030
42.2–0.15
M12x20 22
H
25 8 4-M12X20
0
0
42.9 8.
5
257 90 Discharge Suction )
320 port 161.6 port
452 (MAX) SAEJ518b-2 200 SAEJ518b-2
I
PZS-5B-130N*Q*-10
PH pressure
adjusting screw PL pressure adjusting screw 141
qL flow rate Lubrication port
adjusting screw 35 GPF 3/8
qH flow rate Drain port (G3/4)
J
adjusting screw
Key width
0
11.113 –0.051
215
Suction port
φ2
155
67 6
2
224.6
(265)
φ 165.1–0.040
K
0
88.9
88.9
φ3
8 φ 60
87
Discharge
port
φ 44.45–0.051
50.8
49.43–0.25
M12x20
L
0
0
50.8 25 10 4-M12X20
268 100 110 110
334 Discharge
port 224.6 Suction port
466 (MAX) (265)
SAEJ518b-21/2 SAEJ518b-21/2
M
P-Q characteristics
N
Pump capacity q
Pump Volume Adjustable Range qH
Volume Adjustment Range cm3/rev Factory Default

Pump Model No.
O qH Note 1 qL Note 2 qL Setting (cm3/rev) qL
PZS-3B- 70N*Q*-10 5 to 70 5 to 40 14 cm /rev

3
PZS-4B-100N*Q*-10 16 to 100 7 to 60 20
PZS-5B-130N*Q*-10 17 to 130 8 to 70 26 PL PH
Discharge pressure MPa
Note1: The setting range for pump maximum capacity qH depends on the qL setting.
Note2: Overall efficiency at a low flow rate is lower than at the maximum flow rate. Keep this in
mind when deciding on the drive motor capacity.
Note3: PL is set to 3.5 MPa before shipping. (PH is the lowest pressure)
A-26
PZS Pump 2-Pressure 2-Flow Rate Control Flow Rate Adjustment Graph
• Be sure to adjust the low flow rate first, and then adjust the maximum flow rate.
• Remember that the maximum flow rate adjustment range (lower limit) changes in accordance with the low flow rate
adjustment. The maximum flow rate adjustment lower limit is equivalent to the low flow rate adjustment length (L1) plus
11mm.
A
• Pump efficiency at a low flow rate is worse than at the maximum flow rate. Keep this in mind when deciding on the
Piston Pumps
drive motor capacity.
qH (maximum capacity) B
adjusting screw
qL (small capacity)
Pump small capacity Pump maximum capacity

adjusting screw
C
adjustment length adjustment length
100 140
90
80
130
120
D
Pump capacity qH (cm3/rev)
Pump capacity qL (cm3/rev)
70 110
B
60 100 S-5
PZ
50
PZ
5B -4B
S- PZS 90
PZ
S -4
B
E
40 3B 80 L1
S-
30 PZ 70 3B L2
S-
PZ
F
20 60
10 50
0 40
14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 32 36 40 44 48 52
Adjustment length: L1 (mm) Adjustment length: L2 (mm)
A-27
Solenoid Cutoff Control Type 127.5 Pressure adjusting
Lubrication screw
PZS-3B-70R*S*-10 port GPF 3/8 57.5
A 34
Drain port (G3/4)
Key width
0
7.94 –0.05 18
202
Piston Pumps
174.5
B
136
102.5
φ 127–0.051
128
58.7
70
30
φ 75 φ 38
85
C 36
φ 31.75 –0.051
M10x16
35.33 –0.25
30.2 18 (P
128 CD 4-M12X20
0
0
223 8
Discharge port 164 Suction 181
279 85 Discharge port port )
172
296 (MAX)
D
SAEJ518b-11/4 SAEJ518b-11/2
306 (MAX)
PZS-4B-100R*S*-10 Lubrication 128.5

port GPF 3/8 Pressure adjusting screw
58.5
Drain port (G3/4)
E
Flow rate 91
adjusting screw
Key width
222
21
195
0
9.53 –0.015 Suction port
153
122.5
F
55 10
161.6
φ 152.4 –0.05
0
77.8
77.8
33
φ
100
81 φ 48
G 42.9
φ 38.1 –0.030
Discharge (P
42.2 –0.15
42.9 M12x20 25 8 CD
port 161.6 4-M12X20
0
0
90 22
257 200 Suction 8.5
320 Discharge port port )
347 (MAX) SAEJ518b-2 SAEJ518b-2
H PZS-5B-130R*S*-10 Lubrication
port GPF 3/8
141
70 Pressure adjusting screw
Flow rate
adjusting screw 35 Drain port (G3/4)
2
I
φ2
Key width
0
11.113 –0.051
232
Suction port
155
132.5
67 6
224.6
(225)
φ 165.1 –0.040
J
88.9
0
88.9
φ3
8 φ 60
87
50.8
φ 44.45 –0.051
49.43 –0.25
K
Discharge port M12x20
0
4-M12X20
50.8 25 10 110 110
Suction port
268 100 Discharge 224.6
334 port (265) SAEJ518b-21/2
362 (MAX) SAEJ518b-21/2
364 (MAX)
L PZS-6B-180R*S*-10
PZS-6B-220R*S*-10
Flow rate Lubrication 146.5
adjusting screw port GPF 3/8 76.5 Pressure adjusting screw
M 99 Drain port (G1)

22
Key width φ
N
256
0
245
14 –0.018
Suction port
194
156.5
52
φ 60 5
φ 165.1–0.040
106.4
88.9
O
(224.6)
(265)
74
φ 70
Discharge
port
+0.021
φ 50 +0.008
53.5 –0.3
61.9
0
50.8 M12x20 25 12 (224.6) Suction 4-M16X25

Discharge
333 88 port 130 130 port
411 (265) SAEJ518b3
SAEJ518b21/2
■Using the installed solenoid valve so it is continuously conducting current can cause the coil surface to become hot.
A-28
2-Pressure Control Type
PZS-3B-70W*S-10 127.5
57.5 PH pressure
A
Lubrication PL pressure adjusting screw
port GPF 3/8 adjusting screw
18
242
Piston Pumps
Key width
0
7.94 –0.05
174.5
B
Flow rate
adjusting screw Suction port
102.5
136
48 5
φ 127–0.051
128
58.7
70
φ3
0 φ 38
75
85
36
C
φ 31.75 –0.051
Discharge port M10x16
35.33 –0.25
(P 4-M12X20
CD
0
30.2 18 1
223 8 128 Suction 81)
279 85 Discharge port 164 port
296 (MAX) 172 SAEJ518b-11/2
SAEJ518b-11/4
D
306 (MAX)
PZS-4B-100W*S*-10 128.5
58.5
Lubrication PL pressure PH pressure adjusting screw
E
port GPF 3/8 adjusting screw
Drain port (G3/4)
91
Flow rate
adjusting screw 21
Key width
262
0
9.53 –0.015
195
F
122.5
55 10 Suction port
153
161.6
φ 152.4–0.05
0
77.8
77.8
φ3
3
100
81 φ 48
Discharge port 42.9

G
φ 38.1 –0.030
42.2 –0.15
M12x20 (P 4-M12X20
CD
0
0
42.9 25 8 2
257 90 Suction 28.5
Discharge port 161.6 port )
320
H
347 (MAX) SAEJ518b-2 200 SAEJ518b-2
PZS-5B-130W*S*-10
141
PL pressure 71 PH pressure
Lubrication
I
adjusting screw adjusting screw
port GPF 3/8
22
φ
Key width
272
0
11.113 –0.051
J
155
132.5
(265)
224.6
φ 165.1–0.040
88.9
88.9
φ3
8
K
87 φ 60
Discharge port 50.8
φ 44.45 –0.051
M12x20
49.43 –0.25
0
50.8 25 10 4-M12X20
268 100 110 110
334
L
Discharge port 224.6
362 (MAX) Suction port
(265)
364 (MAX) SAEJ518b-21/2 SAEJ518b-21/2
PZS-6B-180W*S*-10
PZS-6B-220W*S*-10
M
147
Lubrication PL pressure 76.5 PH pressure
port GPF 3/8 adjusting screw adjusting screw
99 Drain port (G1)
N
2
296
Flow rate Key width φ2

245
adjusting screw 0
14 –0.018 Suction port
2
194
φ5
156.5
60 5
φ 165.1 –0.040
O
106.4
0
88.9
(224.6)
74 φ 70
(265)
Discharge port
+0.021
φ 50 +0.008
53.5 –0.3
0
M12x20 61.9
50.8 25 12 (224.6)
333 88 Discharge port 130 130 Suction port 4-M16X25
411 SAEJ518b21/2 (265) SAEJ518b3
■Using the installed solenoid valve so it is continuously conducting current can cause the coil surface to become hot.
A-29
Performance Curves Typical Characteristics at a Hydraulic Operating Fluid Kinematic Viscosity of 46 mm2/s
A PZS-3B-70N*-10
Pressure - Flow Rate Axial Input

General Performance
Piston Pumps
Characteristics Q=126
B
130 60
Discharge volume
1800min–1 ℓ/min
120 140
Discharge volume
Q
1500min–1 110 1800min–1 Q Q=100
50
100 120 ℓ/min
Q ℓ/min
Volume efficiency ηυ 1500min–1
Q=80
Q ℓ/min
Axial Input kW
C
100 100 40 ℓ/min
90
Efficiency
Overall efficiency η
η ,ηυ%
80 Q=60
30
70 ℓ/min
60 60 60
50 50
D
20
Input Lin kW
Drain volume
–1 40 10 in
–1
40
in
Input Lin kW
m
00m 800
–1 –1
in in
18 0m 30 DR ℓ/min 1 0m
Lin 150 20 5
Lin 150 20
10
DR
10
0 0 0
E
0 7 14 21 28 0 7 14 21 28 0 7 14 21 28
{70.4} {143} {214} {286} {70.4} {143} {214} {286} {70.4} {143} {214} {286}
Discharge pressure P MPa{kgf/cm } 2 Discharge pressure P MPa{kgf/cm } 2
Discharge pressure P MPa{kgf/cm2}

F 8
Axial input at full cutoff
Noise Level dB(A)
6 80
4 70 1800min–1
G
kW
–1
in
18 00m –1 1500min–1
2 0 min 60
150
0
0 7 14 21 28 0 7 14 21 28
{70.4} {143} {214} {286} {70.4} {143} {214} {286}
H Discharge pressure P MPa{kgf/cm } 2 Discharge pressure P MPa{kgf/cm2}
I PZS-4B-100N*-10 Typical Characteristics at a Hydraulic Operating Fluid Kinematic Viscosity of 46 mm2/s

General Performance Characteristics Axial Input
J
Discharge volume
1800min–1 1800min–1
180 180
Discharge volume
Q Q
160 1500min–1
100
140 140
1500min–1
Q ℓ/min
Q=180
K
Q ℓ/min
100 100 80
Axial Input kW
90 Overall efficiency η Q=140

Efficiency
η ,ηυ%
80 80 80 ℓ/min
–1 60
70 n
mi
60 60 00 60 Q=100
18
Input Lin kW
L
Input Lin kW
50 i n
–1
in
–1
ℓ/min
m 40
00
–1
0 0m mi
n
15
40 40
Drain volume
18 00 10
15 Lin Q=60
ℓ/min
DR ℓ/min
Lin 20
20 5 20
DR
M
0 0 0
0 7 14 21 28 0 7 14 21 28 0 7 14 21 28
{70.4} {143} {214} {286} {70.4} {143} {214} {286} {70.4} {143} {214} {286}
Discharge pressure P MPa{kgf/cm } 2 Discharge pressure P MPa{kgf/cm } 2
N Axial Input at Full Cutoff Noise Characteristics

8
Noise Level dB(A)
80
6
O 4 –1
1800min–1
kW
in 70
00m
–1
n
18 mi
00 1500min–1
15
2
60
0
0 7 14 21 28 0 7 14 21 28
{70.4} {143} {214} {286} {70.4} {143} {214} {286}
Discharge pressure P MPa{kgf/cm2} Discharge pressure P MPa{kgf/cm2 }
A-30
PZS-5B-130N*-10 Typical Characteristics at a Hydraulic Operating Fluid Kinematic Viscosity of 46 mm2/s
General Performance
A
Characteristics Axial Input
240
Discharge volume
120
1800min 220 240
Discharge volume
–1
Q Q=234
200 1800min–1
ℓ/min
180 200 100
Piston Pumps
1500min–1
Q ℓ/min
B
1500min–1 Q=200
Q ℓ/min
100 160 80 ℓ/min
Axial Input kW
90
Efficiency
Q=150
η,ηυ%
80 Overall efficiency η
60 ℓ/min
70
60 120 120 Q=100
50 100 ℓ/min
C
Input Lin kW
40
Input Lin kW
Drain volume
–1 80 10 80
0 min –1
60 in
–1
180 min
–1
00m
DR ℓ/min
0 in 20
Lin 150 0m 15 40
40 5 180
20
0 7
{70.4}
14
{143}
21 25
{214} {255}
0 0
0 7
{71}
14
{143}
21
{214}
25
{255}
0
0 7
{70.4}
14
{143}
21
{214}
25
{255}
D
Discharge pressure P MPa{kgf/cm2} Discharge pressure P MPa{kgf/cm2} Discharge pressure P MPa{kgf/cm2}

E
14
12 Noise Characteristics
10
F
Noise Level dB(A)
8 m in
–1
80 1800
kW
–1
n
6 mi
00 70
18
–1
min
G
1500
–1
4 m in
00 60
15
2
0
0 7 14 21 25 0 7 14 21 25
{71} {143} {214} {255} {70.4} {143} {214} {255}
H
Discharge pressure P MPa{kgf/cm } 2 Discharge pressure P MPa{kgf/cm2}
Pressure - Flow Rate I

330
Discharge volume
Q=324
1800min–1 300 330 Q 140 ℓ/min
Discharge volume
J
Q 1500min–1
270 1800min–1
240 270 120
Q=250
Q ℓ/min
1500min–1
Q ℓ/min
100 210 100

Q=200
Axial Input kW
90 ℓ/min
Efficiency
K
η,ηυ%
80 160 80
Q=150
70 140
ℓ/min
60 120 120 60
Input Lin kW
Input Lin kW
–1 –1
50 n 100
mi mi
n
00
–1
Drain volume
18 80 10 00 in 80 40
18 0m
L
–1
n 0
mi 60 Lin 15
DR ℓ/min
00
Lin 15 40 5 DR 40 20
20
0 0 0
0 7 14 21 25 0 7 14 21 25 0 7 14 21 25
{70.4} {143} {214} {255} {71} {143} {214} {255} {70.4} {143} {214} {255}
M
16
14
N
12
Noise Level dB(A)
80
O
10 n
–1
mi 1800m
in–1
00 in
–1
18
kW
8
15 00m in–1
6 70 1500m
4
2 60
0
0 7 14 21 25 0 7 14 21 25
{70.4} {143} {214} {255} {70.4} {143} {214}{255}
Discharge pressure P MPa{kgf/cm2} Discharge pressure P MPa{kgf/cm2}
A-31
A 330 160
Discharge volume
1500min–1 1500min–1 Q=330
300 330 ℓ/min
Discharge volume
Discharge volume Q 1200min–1
270 Discharge volume Q 140
1200min–1
240 270
Piston Pumps
Q ℓ/min
120 Q=250
B
Q ℓ/min
100 210 ℓ/min
Axial Input kW
90 100
Q=200
Efficiency
η ,ηυ%
80 160 ℓ/min
80
70 140
–1 Q=150
in
C
60 120 120 ℓ/min
0 0m 60
Input Lin kW
50 –1
100 15 n
–1
Input Lin kW
in mi
m 00
Drain volume
00 –1 80 10 12 80
15 mi
n 40
00
DR ℓ/min
1 2 60
Input Lin Input Lin
40 5 40 20
D 20 Drain volume DR
0 0 0 10
0 7 14 21 25 0 7 14 21 25 0 7 14 21 25
{70.4} {143} {214} {255} {71.4} {143} {214} {255} {70.4} {143} {214} {255}
Discharge pressure P MPa{kgf/cm2} Discharge pressure P MPa{kgf/cm } 2
E
Axial Input at Deadhead
Axial input at Deadhead kW
16
14
12
Noise Level dB(A)
80
F
–1
in 1 in
–1
10
00m n
–
0m
15 mi 150
8 00 in
–1
12 0 m
70 120
6
4
G
2 60
0 7 14 21 25 0 7 14 21 25
{70.4} {143} {214} {255} {70.4} {143} {214} {255}
Discharge pressure P MPa{kgf/cm } 2 Discharge pressure P MPa{kgf/cm2}
Cross-sectional Drawings
H Part No. Part Name
1 Body
Part No. Part Name
28 Needle bearing
PZS-3B-70N*-10 2 Case 29 Oil seal
PZS-4B-100N*-10 3 Shaft 30 Snap ring
I
PZS-6B-**N*-10 5 Valve plate 32 Snap ring
6 Piston 33 O-ring
3 22 29 33 27 31 15 11 42 43 35 19 7 21 25 52 40 44 14 6 24 16 18 36 37 41 17 26
7 Shoe 34 O-ring
10 Swash plate 37 O-ring
J 11
12
13
Thrust bush
Seal holder
Thrust plate
38
39
40
O-ring
O-ring
O-ring
14 Spring C 41 Backup ring
15 Spring S 42 Orifice
K
16 Control piston 43 Flat philips head screw
17 End plug 44 Plug
18 Guide screw 45 Pin
19 Spring holder 46 Bolt
20 Retainer 47 Plug
21 Needle 48 O-ring
L
22 Key 49 Plate
23 Plug 50 Washer
24 Pin 51 Bolt
25 Orifice 52 Eye bolt
30 12 1 46 47 34 10 13 8 9 4 23 38 20 32 5 28 2 39 45 48 49 50 51 26 Nut
27 Ball bearing
M List of Sealing Parts (Kit Model Number 3B : PZBS-103000, 4B : PZAS-104100, 6B : PZBS-106000)

Part Product Number
Name Remarks
No.
N
PZS-3B Q'ty PZS-4B Q'ty PZS-6B Q'ty
29 Oil seal TCN-456812 1 TCN-507212 1 TCN-659013 1 NOK
33 O-ring NBR-90 G95 1 NBR-90 G105 1 NBR-90 G135 1 JIS B 2401
34 O-ring NBR-90 G130 1 NBR-90 G155 1 NBR-90 G200 1 ″
O
35 O-ring NBR-90 G50 1 NBR-90 G50 1 NBR-90 G65 1 ″
36 O-ring NBR-90 P34 1 NBR-90 P36 1 NBR-90 P41 1 ″
* 38 O-ring NBR-90 P14 2 NBR-90 P14 3 NBR-90 P14 3 ″
39 O-ring Note 1 1 NBR-90 P9 1 NBR-90 P10 1 ″
41 Backup ring T2-P12 1 T2-P16 1 T2-P16 1 JIS B 2407
48 O-ring Note 1 1 NBR-90 G85 1 NBR-90 G85 1 JIS B 2401
Note 1: Contact your agent about this type of O-ring. * Hydraulic fluid input changed to GPF 3/8. (from May 2008)
A-32
PZS-5B-130N*-10
1 Body 28 Ball bearing
3
23
31 34 42 1 15 10 9 11 20 7 35 24 6 47 53 45 25 16 17 37 36 41 18 27 2
3
Case
Shaft
29
30
Needle bearing
Oil seal
A
5 Valve plate 32 Snap ring
Piston Pumps
B
6 Piston 33 Snap ring
7 Shoe 34 O-ring
C
11 Thrust plate 38 O-ring
12 Seal holder 39 O-ring
13 Gasket 40 O-ring
14 Spring C 41 Backup ring
15 Spring S 42 Bolt
16
17
Control piston
End plug
43
44
Flat philips head screw
Plug D
51 18 Guide screw 45 Plug
50 19 Thrust bush 46 Plug
20 Spring holder 47 Orifice
E
49
21 Retainer 48 O-ring
30 12 32 28 43 19 40 26 13 8 22 4 52 38 14 21 33 5 29 2 44 46 48
22 Needle 49 Plate
23 Key 50 Washer
24 Plug 51 Bolt
25 Pin 52 Plug
26
27
Connector
Nut
53 Eye bolt
F
PZS-5B (Kit Model Number 5B : PZAS-104000)
Part No. Name Q'ty Size Remarks
G
13 Gasket 1 * 3 Bond
H
30 Oil seal 1 TCN-608212 N. O. K
34 O-ring 1 NBR-90 G125 JIS B 2401
35 O-ring 2 NBR-90 P14 JIS B 2401
36 O-ring 1 NBR-90 P16 JIS B 2401
37 O-ring 1 NBR-90 P42 JIS B 2401 I
38 O-ring 1 NBR-90 P14 JIS B 2401
39 O-ring 5 NBR-90 P8 JIS B 2401
40
41
O-ring
Backup ring
2
1
NBR-90 P7
T2-P16
JIS B 2401
JIS B 2407
J
48 O-ring 1 NBR-90 G85 JIS B 2401
K
* Lubrication port changed to GPF 3/8. (from May 2008)
Pressure Compensator
Part No. Part Name
1 Valve body
Part No. Part Name
12 Collar
L
2 Spool 13 Plug
3 Spring guide 14 Plug
M
4 Sprint bearing 15 Nut
5 Spring 16 Socket head screw
7 Needle valve 18 O-ring
8 Valve seat 19 O-ring
N
9 Spring 20 O-ring
10 Adjustment screw kit 21 O-ring
10-1 Adjustment screw 22 Plug
10-2 Nut
10-3 O-ring
10-4
10-5
Nut
Spring pin O
11 Retainer
A-33
Part Part Number
Name Remarks
A
No. PZS-3B, 4B Q'ty PZS-5B, 6B Q'ty
10-3 O-ring NBR-90 P10A 1 NBR-90 P10A 1 JIS B 2401
17 O-ring NBR-90 P8 1 NBR-90 P11 2 ″
18 O-ring NBR-90 P9 4 NBR-90 P9 5 ″
Piston Pumps
19 O-ring NBR-90 P5 1 NBR-90 P14 1 ″
B 20
21
O-ring
O-ring
NBR-90 P12
NBR-90 P14
1
1
NBR-90 P22
NBR-90 P14
1
1
″
″
Foot Mounting Kit Foot Mounting Installation Measurement Chart

C PZM-*-10
R I
IHM-55-10
R
L 4 to P L 4-P K (J)
K J
φ d4
M
φD
φD
Q
Q
C
φ d1
E
φ d1
φ d2 φ d2
T T G S (I)
T T
E
E
N
A H
N
A F G S
B B H
F Foot Mounting
Kit Model No.
Applicable Pump
Model No. Bolt
Accessories
Q'ty Washer Q'ty A B C
Measurements (mm)
E F G H (I)
PZM-3-10 PZS-3B TH-16×40 4 WP-16 4 295.3 334 152.4 1 − 139.7 203 104.5
PZM-4-10 PZS-4B TH-20×45 4 WP-20 4 290 334 160 1 − 135 198 95
G IHM-55-10
Foot Mounting
PZS-5B, 6B TH-20×50 4 WS-B-20 4
Measurements (mm)
330 370 200 1 125 125 300 40
Weight
Kit Model No. (J) K L M N P Q R (S) T φD φ d1 φ d2 φ d4 kg
H
PZM-3-10 60 25 128 128 25 M16 259 - 44.5 61 127 35 18 86 13.5
PZM-4-10 62 28 161.6 161.6 25 M20 270 220 33 62 152.4 34 18 φ152.4 18.0
IHM-55-10 70 (Note) 30 224.6 224.6 30 M20 340 275 20 90 165.1 34 18 140 32.0
Note The IHM-55-10 (J) dimension (70) is the value for the PZS-5B. This dimension becomes 58 in the case of the PZS-6B.
The IHM-55-10 (I) dimension (40) is the value for the PZS-5B. This dimension becomes 28 in the case of the PZS-6B.
I
See the IHM-45-10 on pages B-36 and C-12 to see what the PZM-3-10 looks like.
Piping Flange Kit

Screw In Type
J Screw In Type
Flange Kit model No.
Applicable Pump
Model No.
IN Flange
Flange Part No. Bolt Washer O-ring
PJF-10300T PZS-3B IH03J-100120 1 TH-12×55 4 WS-B-12 4 NBR-90 G50 1
K
OUT Flange
L Flange Part No.

IH03J-100100 1 TH-10×55
Bolt
4 WS-B-10
Washer
4 NBR-90 G40
O-ring
1
IH03J-100160 1 TH-12×60 4 WS-B-12 4 NBR-90 G60 1
IH03J-100200 1 TH-12×65 4 WS-B-12 4 NBR-90 G75 1
M Welded Type
IH03J-100200 1 TH-12×65 4 WS-B-12 4 NBR-90 G75 1
Welded Type Applicable Pump IN Flange

Flange Kit model No. Model No.
N
PJF-10300E PZS-3B IH03J-200120 1 TH-12×55 4 WS-B-12 4 NBR-90 G50 1
O
OUT Flange
IH03J-200100 1 TH-10×55 4 WS-B-10 4 NBR-90 G40 1
IH03J-200160 1 TH-12×60 4 WS-B-12 4 NBR-90 G60 1
IH03J-200200 1 TH-12×65 4 WS-B-12 4 NBR-90 G75 1
IH03J-200200 1 TH-12×65 4 WS-B-12 NBR-90 G75 1
• See page C-11 for dimensions.
• The materials and hardness of the O-ring conform with JIS B2401
• See page C-11 for details on tightening torque.
A-34
PZ SERIES PROPORTIONAL
VOLUME PISTON PUMP
PZ Series 35 to 220cm3/rev A
Load Sensitive Variable Piston Pump 21MPa
Piston Pumps
Features B
qThe PZ Series load sensitive variable that is even quieter than that of PVS control valve uses the proven force
C
piston pump employs the semi-cylin- Series pumps. feedback system for improved hys-
drical swash plate that is part of the wThe pump body houses an electro- teresis, repeatability, and response.
basic technology used by the PVS hydraulic proportional control valve, rThe ability to create a double pump
series variable piston pump. To this compensator, and surge cutoff configuration with an IP pump further
it adds a hydrostatic bearing mech- valve, which eliminates the need for expands the range of possible appli-
anism, valve plate, and other noise
reducing mechanisms for operation
superfluous piping.
eThe electro-hydraulic proportional
cations.
D
Specifications
Pump System Specifications
E
Maximum Flow Control Revolution Speed min−1 Fixed Discharge Pump Note 1
Pump Working Pressure Adjustment
Limit Range Weight
Capacity Pressure
F
Model No. Capacity Pressure Range
MPa ℓ/min Min. Max. kg MPa
cm3/rev MPa {kgf/cm2} cm3/rev {kgf/cm2}
{kgf/cm2} Note 3
PZ-2B-*- 35E1A-11 2 to 7 {20.4 to 71.4}
21 21
2 35 2 to 14 {20.4 to 143 } 1 to 63 600 2000 36 3.6 to 8.18
3 {214} {214}
2 to 21 {20.4 to 214 }
PZ-2B-*- 45E1A-11
2
45
14
{143}
2 to 7 {20.4 to 71.4}
2 to 14 {20.4 to 143 }
1 to 80 600 2000 36 3.6 to 8.18
21
{214}
G
PZ-3B-*- 70E1A-10 2 to 7 {20.4 to 71.4}
21 21
2 70 2 to 14 {20.4 to 143 } 1 to 126 600 1800 60 3.6 to 15.8
H
3 {214} {214}
2 to 21 {20.4 to 214 }
PZ-4B-*-100E1A-10 2 to 7 {20.4 to 71.4}
21 21
2 100 2 to 14 {20.4 to 143 } 1 to 180 600 1800 76 3.6 to 15.8
3 {214} {214}
2 to 21 {20.4 to 214 }
I
PZ-5B-*-130E1A-10 2 to 7 {20.4 to 71.4}
21 21
2 130 2 to 14 {20.4 to 143 } 3 to 234 600 1800 100 3.6 to 32.3
(Note 2) 3 {214} {214}
2 to 21 {20.4 to 214 }
PZ-6B-*-180E1A-20 2 to 7 {20.4 to 71.4}
21 21
2 180 2 to 14 {20.4 to 143 } 3 to 324 600 1800 160 3.6 to 63.9
{214} {214}
J
3 2 to 21 {20.4 to 214 }
PZ-6B-*-220E1A-20 2 to 7 {20.4 to 71.4}
21 21
2 220 2 to 14 {20.4 to 143 } 3 to 330 600 1500 162 3.6 to 63.9
3 {214} {214}
2 to 21 {20.4 to 214 }
Note1. Can be used in combination with an IP pump to con- Note3. Maximum flow rate depends on the revolution speed. Values in the above table
figure a fixed discharge pump.
Note2. The PZ-4B-130 model number was changed to PZ-
5B-130.
are for a speed of 1800min-1 for the PZ-2B to PZ-6B-180, and 1500min-1 for the
PZ-6B-220. K
Pressure/Flow Rate Control System Specifications PZ-2B/3B/5B PZ-4B-100
Discharge
Pressure Control System port Discharge
L
T port T port port
*
Pressure Control 1 : 2 to 7{20.4 to 71.4} *
Range 2 : 2 to 14{20.4 to 143 }
MPa {kgf/cm2} 3 : 2 to 21{20.4 to 214 }
*
Rated Current mA
Coil Resistance Ω
800
20(20°C)
M
Hysteresis % 3% max. Note 1
M
N
M
0
* 0 *
Flow Rate Control System
Suction port PZ-6B Suction port
Valve Differential Discharge
Pressure 1{10} Note 2 T1 port port
*
O
MPa {kgf/cm2}
Rated Current mA 800
Coil Resistance Ω 20(20°C)
*
Hysteresis % 3% max. Note 1
Note 1. Value when a Nachi-Fujikoshi special amplifi-
er is used (with dithering).
Note 2. Pressure differential of pump discharge pres-
sure (valve IN side) and load pressure (valve
OUT side). M
Note 3. For information about power amplifiers, see 0
pages I-26 through I-37. T2 port Suction port
A-35
A PZ – 3 B – 10 – 70 E 2 A – 10
Design number 11: PZ-2B, 2A

Piston Pumps
10: PZ-3B to 5B
B
20: PZ-6B
Auxiliary symbol
Pressure adjustment range (See specifications.)

1, 2, 3
C
Control mechanism EA: Load response control
Variable pump capacity (cm3/rev)

35, 45, 70, 100, 130, 180, 220
D
Fixed discharge pump capacity (cm3/rev)
3.5 to 64 (See IP pump C-1.)
Mounting method B: Flange type mounting

A: Foot type mounting
E Pump size 2, 3, 4, 5, 6
PZ Series Piston Pump
F
•Handling
G •Pump Installation and Piping Pre-
cautions
•Management of Hydraulic Operat-
ing Fluid
•Startup Precautions
zBefore starting up the pump, fill the
zUse flexible couplings for connecting zUse only good-quality hydraulic op- pump body with clean hydraulic op-
the pump shaft to the drive shaft, and erating fluid with a kinematic viscos- erating fluid through the lubrication
H
prevent radial or thrust load from be- ity during operation within the range port.
ing applied to the pump shaft. of 20 to 200 mm2/sec. Model No. Oil Amount cm3
xEccentricity between the drive shaft Normally, you should use an R&O
and pump shaft should be no greater type and wear-resistant type of PZ-2B 650
than 0.05mm, with an eccentric angle ISOGV32 to 68 or equivalent.
I
error of 1° or less. PZ-3B 1000
The optimum kinematic viscosity
cKeep the fitting length of couplings during operation is 20 to 50 mm2/sec. PZ-4B 1800
and pump shafts at least 2/3 the xThe operating temperature range is 5
length of the coupling width. to 60°C. When the oil temperature at PZ-5B 2200
vUse a sufficiently rigid pump mount- startup is 5°C or less, run the pump at
J
PZ-6B 3000
ing base. low pressure until the oil temperature
bSet pump suction side pressure to − reaches 5°C. xCheck to make sure that the rotation
0.03 MPa or more (suction port flow cProvide a suction strainer with a filter- direction of the pump is the same as
velocity less than 2 m/sec). ing grade of about 100μ (150 mesh). the rotation direction indicated by the
nRaise part of the drain piping so it is Provide a return line filter of grade
K
arrow on the pump body.
above the topmost part of the pump 20μm or less on the return line to the cAir entering the pump or pipes can
body, and insert the return section of tank. (When the pump is used at a cause noise or vibration. At startup,
the drain piping into the hydraulic op- high pressure of 14 MPa or greater, a set the pump discharge side to a no-
erating fluid. Also, observe the values filter of 10μm or less is recommend- load state, and operate the pump in
in the following table in order to limit
L
ed.) the inching mode to remove any air
the drain back pressure to 0.1 MPa vManage hydraulic operating fluid so that might be in the pump or pipes.
3B contamination is maintained at class vEquip an air bleed valve in circuits
Item
PZ-2B PZ-4B PZ-6B NAS10 or lower. where it is difficult to release air be-
Model No.
5B bUse hydraulic operating fluid when fore startup. (See "IP Pumps" on
M the operating ambient temperature is

Pipe Joint At least At least page C-13.)
At least 1"
Size 1/2" 3/4" in the range of 0 to 60°C. bTo enable superior pressure and flow
Pipe I.D. At least φ12 At least φ17 At least φ22 control, loosen the air vent when
Pipe •Inverter Drive Precautions starting up the pump in order to re-
1 m or less 1 m or less 1 m or less zSet the revolution speed within the lease any air, and fill the inside of the
N
Length
range of the pump specification rev- solenoid with hydraulic operating flu-
mMount the pump so the pump shaft is olution speed. id. You can change the position of the
oriented horizontally. xChanging the revolution speed may air vent by rotating its cover.
,Use of rubber hose is recommended also affect the pump performance nBefore adjusting the manual adjust-
in order to minimize noise and vibra- ing screw from the first time or when
O
curves. Before using the inverter,
tion. check if the pressure and motor load there is no input current to the valve
factor are within the range of use. due to electrical malfunction or some
other reason, you can control pump
pressure and flow rate by rotating the
manual adjusting screw. Normally,
the manual adjusting screw should
be returned completely to its original
position and secured with the lock
nut.
A-36
35
PZ-2B-45
Connecting cord 133.5
A
diameter φ 8 to 10
Air vent T port Relief valve pressure
Piston Pumps
Manual pressure
B
adjusting screw 184
Drain port 88
Rc 1/2 Lubrication
port
237.5
Manual flow rate
3
adjusting screw
Key width
170.5
Air vent
C
6.3 +0.015
–0.010
104
66
38 3
φ 101.6–0.051
13
172
0
NACHI
22
53
65
4-M10x16
D
Note:φ a
P port
Note:b
47.5 15 6 Rc 1/4 119
192 (Suction port Suction port
Discharge port φ 23 position opposite side) 163 72 SAEJ518b-11/4
SAEJ518b-3/4 222 146
425 (MAX) 60 172
Suction port
φa b
E
Note
58.7
0 0
φ 28 Single Pump φ22.23 -0.021 24.9 -0.5
30.2 4-M10x16 Double Pump with Fixed Flow IP

0
φ25.385-0.025
0
27.85-0.25
F
PZ-3B-70
G
Connecting cord
diameter φ 8 to 10 148
T port Relief valve pressure
Air vent
219 Drain port
Lubrication port 58 Rc3/4 4– φ22
Manual pressure
2.5
adjusting screw
Key width
Manual flow rate
H
0
7.94 –0.05
adjusting screw
234
192
168.5
Air vent
26.2
48 5
124
φ 165.1 –0.040
66
265
I
224.6
75
M10x16
φ 34.9 –0.051
38.5
52.4
0
Discharge port φ 23 25 P port
J
SAEJ518b-1 225 (Suction port Rc 1/4 137 90
position opposite side) 224.6
258 265 Suction port
459.5 (MAX) 85 181 SAE J518b-1 1/2
Suction port
K
70
φ 38
36
4-M10x16
L
PZ-4B-100 Drain port G3/4
Air vent Manual pressure Lubrication port
Relief valve pressure adjusting screw
91
adjusting screw
Air vent 4–
21
Manual flow rate
adjusting screw
M
0
Key width 9.53–0.015
204
153
55 10
26.2
φ 152.4 –0.05
0
N
161.6
T port
81
100
RC 1/2
5)
8.
22
φ 38.1–0.03
4–M10x15
42.1 –0.2
Discharge port 23 52.4 CD

0
25 8 (P
SAEJ518b-1 161.6
O
223 Suction port
257 (Suction port 200 SAEJ518b-2
position opposite side) 205
278
347 90
Suction port
77.8
φ 48
4–M12x20
42.9
A-37
PZ-5B-130
Connecting cord
diameter φ 8 to 10 T port Rc3/4 Relief valve pressure adjusting screw
A
175
Air vent
Manual pressure 252
adjusting screw 35 Drain port G3/4
Lubrication port Lubrication port
Piston Pumps
Discharge 4-φ 22
port φ 28
B SAEJ518b-11/2 Key width
287
245
0
Air vent 11.113 –0.051
155
67 6
90
φ 165.1 –0.040
C
0
36
265
224.6
87
Manual flow rate
adjusting screw P port
Rc 1/2
φ 44.45 –0.051
49.428 –0.25
D
70 4-M12x20 165
0
0
25 10
268 (Suction 220 110
port position dimension) 224.6 Suction port
313 265 SAEJ518b-21/2
526 (MAX) 100
Suction port
E
88.9
φ 60
F 50.8 4-M12x20
180
PZ-6B-
G 220
Relief valve pressure

T1 port Rc 3/4 adjusting screw Lubrication port
361
T2 port Rc 3/8 195
H Air vent
317
99 Drain port
G1
Manual pressure
adjusting screw
I
Key width
2
Air vent
φ2
(287)
0
14 –0.018
245
60 5
221
194
123
90
φ 165.1–0.040
224.6
J
(265)
0
Manual flow rate 36

adjusting screw
74
53.5
+0.008
φ 50 +0.021
4-M12x20
Discharge port φ 28
K
P port
70 SAEJ518b-11/2 Rc 1/2 224.6
333 (Suction port 25 12 186 Suction port
position dimension) 241 131 SAEJ518b-3
378 (265)
591 88
L Suction port
M
106.4
φ 70
61.9 4-M16x24
A-38
Input Current−Discharge Rate Characteristics
35
A
PZ-2B- PZ-3B-70 PZ-4B-100
45
Piston Pumps
100 200
B
150
PZ-2B-45
80
Discharge rate Q ℓ/min

150
PZ-2B-35
60 100
40
50
100
C
50
20
0
0 200 400 600 800 1000
0
0 200 400 600 800 1000
0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 D
Input current mA Input current mA Input current mA
Input Current–Discharge E
Pressure Characteristics
PZ-5B-130 PZ-6B-180/220
F
350
Discharge pressure MPa (kgf/cm2)

300 E3A
21
{214}
300
200 E2A
14
G
200 {143}
100 E1A
7
100 {71.4}
0
0 200 400 600 800 1000
0
0 200 400 600 800 1000
0
0 200 400 600 800 1000
H
General Performance
I
PZ-2B-35 PZ-2B-45 PZ-3B-70

J
Discharge rate
Discharge rate
Discharge rate
65 80 130
Q ℓ/min
Q ℓ/min
Q ℓ/min
60 75 120
Discharge rate Q 1800min–1 Discharge rate Q 1800min–1 1800min–1
55 70 110
K
50 65 100
1500min–1 1500min–1 1500min–1
Volume efficiency ηυ Volume efficiency ηv Volume efficiency ηv
100 100 100
90 90 90
Efficiency
Efficiency
Efficiency
η ,ηυ%
η ,ηυ%
η ,ηυ%
80 80 80 Overall efficiency η
70 70 70
L
60 30 60 30 60
–1 –1
in 50
Input Lin kW
Input Lin kW
Input Lin kW
50 50 50 in
0m –1
0m
180 min 180 40
Input Lin –1
20 Input Lin 1 800 20 Input Lin
in –1
30
15 00m –1
0min
10 0min 10 150 20
150
10
0 7
{71.4}
14
{143}
21
{214}
0
0 3.5
{35.3}
7
{71.4}
10.5
{107}
14
{143}
0
0 7
{71.4}
14
{143}
21
{214}
0
M
Discharge pressure P MPa{kgf/cm } 2 Discharge pressure P MPa{kgf/cm } 2 Discharge pressure P MPa{kgf/cm2}
PZ-4B-100 PZ-5B-130 PZ-6B-180 PZ-6B-220 N

Efficiency Discharge rate
240
Q ℓ/min
Q ℓ/min
Q ℓ/min
Q ℓ/min
180 220 Discharge rate Q 1800min–1 330 330

160 Discharge rate Q 1800min–1 200 300 Discharge rate Q 1800min–1 300 Discharge rate Q 1500min–1
140 1500min–1 180 270 270
1500min–1 1500min–1 1200min–1
100
90
Volume efficiency ηυ 100
90
80
100
90
100
90
O
η,ηυ%
η,ηυ%
η,ηυ%
η,ηυ%
80 80 80
70 Overall efficiency η 70 70 Overall efficiency η 70 Overall efficiency η
60 –1 70 60 60 140 60 140
min
–1 –1
in
–1
in in
Input Lin kW
Input Lin kW
Input Lin kW
Input Lin kW
50 Input Lin 1800 60 50 0m 100 50 Input Lin

180
0m 120 50 Input Lin 0m 120
40 50 40 180 80 40 100 40 150 100
–1
in 40 Input Lin –1
80 –1
80
0 m –1
60 in in
150 30 0min 5 0 0m 60 2 0 0m 60
20 150 40 1 40 1 40
10 20 20 20
0 0 0 0
0 7 14 21 0 7 14 21 0 7 14 21 0 7 14 21
{71} {143} {214} {71} {143} {214} {71} {143} {214} {71} {143} {214}
2 2 2
Discharge pressure P MPa{kgf/cm } Discharge pressure P MPa{kgf/cm } Discharge pressure P MPa{kgf/cm } Discharge pressure P MPa{kgf/cm2}
A-39
A 35
PZ-2B- 45 E*A-11
1 Body 24 Oil seal
Piston Pumps
35 19 31 30 32 42 16 36 17 6 7 39 15 21 41 29 22 12 28 25 2 Case 25 Snap ring
B
3 Shaft 26 Snap ring
5 Valve plate 28 O-ring
3 6 Piston 29 O-ring
7 Shoe 30 O-ring
8 Shoe holder 31 Backup ring
C
18
9 Barrel holder 32 Pin
40 10 Swash plate 33 Screw
11 Thrust bush 34 Screw
23 12 Seal holder 35 Screw
13 Gasket 36 Plug
D 14
15
16
Spring C
Spring S
Control piston
37
38
39
Plug
Plug
Spring holder
46 17 Needle 40 Guide
18 Key 41 Hydraulic fluid input seal
E
45 19 Nut 42 Orifice
20 Retainer 43 Pin
43 21 Plug 44 Orifice
22 Ball bearing 45 Connector
37 2 5 27 14 4 20 9 8 13 10 11 34 44 26 24 1 33 38 23 Needle bearing 46 O-ring
F List of Sealing Parts (Kit Model Number PSBS-102220)

Part No. Part Name Q'ty Size Remarks
G
* 13 Gasket 1 PS46-102000-0A 3 Bond
24 Oil seal 1 TCN-305011 N. O. K
28 O-ring 1 NBR-90 G70 JIS B 2401
29 O-ring 1 NBR-90 P14 JIS B 2401
30 O-ring 1 NBR-90 P11 JIS B 2401
H 31
46
Backup ring
O-ring
Parts marked by an asterisk "*"
1
2
are
T2-P11
NBR-90 P5
JIS B 2407
JIS B 2401
not available on the market. Consult
your agent.
PZ-3/5B-*E*A-10
I Part No. Part Name Part No. Part Name
18 27 17 41 38 39 16 25 45 6 22 7 11 20 10 15 9 19 43 36 32 3 23 1 Body 24 Plug
2 Case 25 Pin
J
3 Shaft 26 Connector
4 Cylinder barrel 27 Nut
5 Valve plate 28 Ball bearing
6 Piston 29 Needle bearing
7 Shoe 30 Oil seal
8 Shoe holder 32 Snap ring
K 9
10
Barrel holder
Swash plate
33
34
Snap ring
Snap ring
11 Thrust plate 36 O-ring
13 Gasket 38 O-ring
L 14
15
16
Spring C
Spring S
Control piston
39
40
41
O-ring
O-ring
Backup ring
17 End plug 42 Bolt
49 18 Guide screw 43 Screw
M
19 Thrust bush 44 Plug
48
20 Spring holder 45 Plug
47 21 Retainer 46 Pin
46 42 2 29 5 33 14 4 21 24 37 8 13 26 40 1 44 34 28 30 12 22 Needle 47 O-ring
23 Key 48 Plate
49 Screw
N List of Sealing Parts (Kit Model Number 3B; PZAS-103200, 5B; PZAS-104000)
Part PZ-3B PZ-5B
Part Name Remarks
No. Size Q'ty Size Q'ty
O 13
30
Gasket
Oil seal
*
TCN-456812
1
1
*
TCN-608212
1
1
3 Bond
N. O. K
36 O-ring NBR-90 G95 1 NBR-90 G125 1 JIS B 2401
37 O-ring NBR-90 P14 2 NBR-90 P21 2 JIS B 2401
41 Backup ring T2-P12 1 T2-P16 1 JIS B 2407
A-40
PZ-4/6B-*
A
18 27 43 39 38 17 25 6 13 26 16 42 49 53 22 7 19 37 44 45 11 15 32 28 35 30 23 3 1 Body 31 Snap ring

2 Case 32 Snap ring
3 Shaft 33 Snap ring
Piston Pumps
4 Cylinder barrel 34 O-ring
5
6
7
Valve plate
Piston
Shoe
35
36
37
O-ring
O-ring
O-ring
B
C
11 Thrust bush 41 O-ring
13 Sleeve 43 Backup ring
14 Spring C 44 Orifice
15 Spring S 45 Screw
16
17
Control piston
End plug
46
47
Plug
Pin D
18 Guide screw 48 Bolt
19 Spring holder 49 Plug
20 Thrust plate 50 Plate
52 51 50 34 54 47 41 2 29 5 33 21 14 40 24 4 9 8 20 36 10 12 31 1 46 48
21
22
23
Retainer
Needle
Key
51
52
53
Washer
Bolt
Eye bolt
E
24 Plug 54 Electro-hydraulic proportional valve
25 Pin
F
26 Orifice
27 Nut
28 Ball bearing
29 Needle bearing
30 Oil seal
List of Sealing Parts (Kit Model Number 4B : PZAS-104100, 6B : PZBS-106000)
Part No. Part Name

PZ-4B PZ-6B
Remarks
G
Size Q'ty Size Q'ty
30 Oil seal TCN-507212 1 TCN-659013 1 N. O. K
35
36
O-ring
O-ring
NBR-90 G105
NBR-90 G155
1
1
NBR-90 G135
NBR-90 G200
1
1
JIS B 2401
JIS B 2401 H
40
41
O-ring
O-ring
NBR-90 P14
NBR-90 P9
3
1
NBR-90 P14
NBR-90 P10
3
1
JIS B 2401
JIS B 2401 I
43 Backup ring T2-P16 1 T2-P16 1 JIS B 2407
J
Foot Mounting Kit

Pump Model No. Mounting Model No.
PZ-2B
PZ-3B
PZ-5B
IHM-44-10
IHM-55-10
K
PZ-6B
PZ-4B PZM-4-10
Note: See pages C-12 and A-34 for information about mounting methods.
L
Piping Flange Kit
Applicable Pump
Model No. Flange Part No. Bolt
IN Flange
Washer O-ring
M
IHF -4-T-20 PZ-2B-35/45 IH03J-100100 1 TH-10×55 4 WS-B-10 4 NBR-90 G40 1
N
IHF -5-T-20 PZ-3B-70 IH03J-100120 1 TH-12×55 4 WS-B-12 4 NBR-90 G50 1
PZF - 4-T-10 PZ-4B-100 IH03J-100160 1 TH-12×60 4 WS-B-12 4 NBR-90 G60 1
IHF -7-T-10 PZ-5B-130 IH03J-100200 1 TH-12×60 4 WS-B-12 4 NBR-90 G75 1
PZF - 6-T-10 PZ-6B-180/220 IH03J-100240 1 TH-16×75 4 WS-B-16 4 NBR-90 G85 1
Flange Part No. Bolt

OUT Flange
Washer O-ring
Plug O
IH03J-100060 1 TH-10×50 4 WS-B-10 4 NBR-90 G30 1 TPHA-1/4 1
Note 1. See page C-11 for dimensions.
2. The materials and hardness of the O-ring conform with JIS B2401.
3. See page C-11 for details on tightening torque.
A-41
VDS SERIES SMALL VARIABLE
VOLUME VANE PUMP
8cm3/rev
VDS Series 15ℓ
Small Variable Volume Vane Pump 7MPa
Features B
qHigh efficiency operation high-pressure range. high-precision operation.
Vane Pumps
with minimal power loss
All the performance of the original new
Compact and simple de-
e tSolidly built for high effi- B
VDR series mechanisms combines with sign, easy operation ciency and long life
precision machining for a pump that Compact and quiet, VDS Series variable VDS Series pumps are built to last,
C
minimizes power loss, especially at full vane pumps are economical and easy with a design that incorporates years
cutoff. to handle. A simple design allows use in of NACHI experience and know-how.
a wide range of hydraulic systems. Specially selected materials and skilled
wQuiet operation workmanship provide outstanding du-
Journal bearings with a proven record rPrecise characteristics, rability along with stable, high-efficien-
on IP pumps plus new suction and
discharge port configurations reduce
prompt response
Prompt response at both ON-OFF and
cy operation.
D
operating noise and deliver quiet oper- OFF-ON ensures instantaneous, stable,
ation with minimal vibration, even in the
E
Specifications
Model No.
Capacity
No-load Discharge Rate
ℓ/min
Pressure
Adjustment
Range
Allowable
Peak
Pressure
Revolution Speed
min−1 Weight
F
cm3/rev kg
MPa MPa
1000min-1 1200min-1 1500min-1 1800min-1 {kgf/cm2} {kgf/cm2} Min. Max.
VDS-0A(B)-1A1-10
1 to 2
{10.2 to 20.4}
G
1.5 to 3.5 14 A : 6.5
″ -1A2 ″ 8.3 8 10 12.5 15 800 1800
{15.3 to 35.7} {143} B : 4.5
″ -1A3 ″
3 to 7
{30.6 to 71.4} H
•Handling However: Q=q × n × 10 −3 nThrust Screw
zThe direction of rotation for this pump Q : No-load Discharge Rate (ℓ/min) The thrust screw is precisely adjusted
is clockwise (rightward) when viewed
from the shaft side.
q : Capacity (cm3/rev)
N : Revolution Speed min−1
at the factory during assembly. Never
touch the thrust screw. See callout o I
xDrain piping must be direct piping in the cross-section diagram on page
up to a point that is below the tank Flow Adjustment Rotation Angle (θ ) and Pump Capacity (q) B-4.
10
fluid level, and back pressure due to mInitial Operation
pipe resistance should not exceed
0.03MPa. 8
Before operating the pump for the
first time, put the pump discharge
J
cWhen adjusting pressure, pressure side into the no-load state and then
Pump Capacity q cm3 /rev
is increased by clockwise (rightward) repeatedly start and stop the motor
K
rotation of the adjusting screw and 6 to bleed all air from inside the pump
decreased by counterclockwise (left- and the suction piping. After confirm-
ward) rotation. 4
ing that the pump is discharging oil,
vWhen adjusting the flow rate, the flow continue the no-load operation for at
rate is decreased by clockwise (right- 3 least 10 minutes to discharge all the
ward) rotation of the adjusting screw
and increased by counterclockwise
2 air from the circuit.
,For the hydraulic operating fluid, use
an R&O type and wear-resistant type
L
(leftward) rotation. The graph on the
right provides general guidelines for 0 90 180 270 360 450 of ISO VG32 to 68 or equivalent (vis-
the relationship between the rotation Rotation Angleθ ° (Clockwise) cosity index of at least 90). Use hy-
angle of the flow rate adjusting screw
and the noload discharge rate. The values indicated above are at max-
draulic operating fluid that provides
kinematic viscosity during operation M
bFactory Default P-Q Settings (Stan- imum pump discharge volume with the in the range of 20 to 150mm2/s.
dard Model) flow volume adjusting screw at the 0° .The operating temperature range is
• Flow Rate Setting = Maximum flow rate position. 15 to 60°C. When the oil temperature
for model as indicated in the catalog
• Pressure Setting = Pressure shown in
The broken line shows the flow volume
adjustment range lower limit value.
at startup is 15°C or less, perform a
warm-up operation at low pressure
N
table below until the oil temperature reaches
15°C. Use the pump in an area where
Factory Default
O
the temperature is within the range of
Pressure Settings 0 to 60°C.
MPa{kgf/cm2} (Continued on following page)
1 : 2.0 {20.4}
2 : 3.5 {35.7}
3 : 7.0 {71.4}
B-1
⁄0Suction pressure is -0.03 to +0.03MPa oration. Whitish fluid indicates that •Inverter Drive Precautions
(-0.3 to +0.3kgf/cm2), and the suction air has contaminated the fluid, and zSet the revolution speed within the
port flow rate should to greater than brownish fluid indicates the fluid is range of the pump specification rev-
2m/sec. dirty. olution speed.
⁄1Avoid pulley, gear, and other drive ⁄4At startup, repeat the inching oper- xChanging the revolution speed may
systems that impart a radial or thrust ation (start-stop) to prime the pump also affect the pump performance
load on the end of the pump shaft. and bleed air from the pump and curves.
B
Mount the pump so its pump shaft is pipes. (This pump has no fluid supply Before using the inverter, check if the
oriented horizontally. port.) pressure and motor load factor are
⁄2Provide a suction strainer with a fil- ⁄5Equip an air bleed valve in circuits within the range of use.
tering grade of about 100 μm (150 where it is difficult to bleed air before
Vane Pumps
mesh). For the return line to the tank, startup. See page C-13 for more in-
B use a 25 μm line filter.

⁄3Manage hydraulic operating fluid so
contamination is maintained at class
formation.
⁄6When centering the pump shaft, ec-
centricity with the motor shaft should
NAS10 or lower. Take care to avoid be no greater than 0.05mm.
contamination with water or other The angle error should be no greater
C foreign matter, and watch for discol- than 1°.
D Explanation of model No.

VDS – 0 * – 1 A * – 10
E Design number

1: 1 to 2MPa {10.2 to 20.4kgf/cm2} 2: 1.5 to 3.5MPa {15.3 to 35.7kgf/cm2}
F 3: 3 to 7MPa {30.6 to 71.4kgf/cm2}
Flow ate characteristics A: Constant discharge rate type
Ring size 1:15ℓ/min (1800 min-1 no load)
G Mounting method
A: Foot type mounting B: Flange type mounting
Pump size: 0
H Pump Type: VDS Series Compact Variable Vane Pump
I
VDS-0A-1A-*-10
J Foot Mounting Type
61
99.5 100
K Pressure adjusting screw 59.5 26
L
Rc 1/4 DR
20 17.5
DR
Rc 3/8 OUT Rc 1/2 IN
MAX 199.8
3.97 +0.03 PCD φ 106.4

M
OUT
65
0
25
33
M84
(135)
φ 15.875–0.025
17.73 –0.25
4 to φ 11
69.8 ±0.1
N
0
0
13
50.8 47 2-36.5
O Flow rate adjusting screw 96

118.5
14.5 127
152.5
Note) Foot Mounting Kit: IHM-2-10
B-2
VDS-0B-1A-*-10
Flange Mounting
61
100
Pressure adjusting screw 26 (IN-OUT port dimension)
Rc 1/4
DR
B
20
DR
Vane Pumps
MAX 130
Rc 3/8 3.97 +0.03 Rc 1/2
B
0
OUT IN
OUT
2-11
25
65
33
φ 82.55 –0.05
φ15.875 –0.025
M84
0
0
C
MAX 58
10
17.73–0.25
5.5
0
D
Width 4 42
across flats
82 32 106
118.5 125
Flow rate adjusting screw
Performance Curves Typical characteristics at hydraulic operating fluid kinematic

viscosity of 32 mm2 /s
E
1800m
F
15 in –1
Q
1500m
in –1
Input Lin (kW)

1A3
G
10 1A2
1A1
–1 1.5
min
00
18
H
–1
5 in 1.0
0m
150
0.5
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
{10.2} {20.4} {30.6} {40.8} {51.0} {61.2} {71.4} I
2
Discharge pressure P MPa{kgf/cm }
J
Axial Input At Full Cutoff Noise Characteristics
Measurement Position: 1 meter behind pump

K
1.0 80
L
0.8
Noise level dB(A)
70
0.6
–1
1800min
M
0.4 60
–1
min
1800
–1
in
0.2 1500m
–1
1500min
50
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
N
0 {10.2} {20.4} {30.6} {40.8} {51.0} {61.2} {71.4}
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 2
{10.2} {20.4} {30.6} {40.8} {51.0} {61.2} {71.4} Discharge pressure P MPa{kgf/cm }
2
B-3
VDS-0B-1A*-10
23
17
B 3
29 20 18 26 7 1 27 28 4 16
12
Vane Pumps
21 9
B 22 DR
13
14
11
C 6
15
25
5
19
D 8
10 2
E 22
24
30
14
F List of Sealing Parts Part No. Part Name Part No. Part Name
Seal Kit: VBAS-100B00 1 Body 16 Key
Applicable Pump Model: VDS-0A/B-1A*-10 2 Cover (A) 17 Nut
G Part No. Part Name Part Number Q'ty

3
4
Cover (B)
Shaft
18
19
O-ring
O-ring
18 O-ring AS568-023(NBR-90) 1 5 Cam ring 20 O-ring
6 Vane 21 O-ring
19 O-ring AS568-032(NBR-90) 1
7 Plate (S) 22 O-ring
H 20
21
O-ring
O-ring
S-71
NBR-70-1 P20
1
1
8
9
Plate (H)
Thrust screw
23
24
Screw
Bearing
10 Screw 25 Screw
22 O-ring NBR-70-1 P10 2
11 Piston 26 Screw
27 Oil seal TC-17358-V 1
I
12 Holder 27 Oil seal
Note) 1.Oil seals are manufactured by Nippon Oil Seal 13 Spring 28 Snap ring
Industry Co. Ltd. (NOK). 14 Nut 29 Pin
2.The materials and hardness of the O-ring con-
15 Cap 30 Nameplate
form with JIS B2401.
J
K Understanding Model Numbers Maximum Working Maximum Flow Rate ℓ/min

Pressure
USV – 0A – A3 – 1.5 – 4 – 30 MPa{kgf/cm2} 50Hz 60Hz
Design number
7 {71.4} 12.5 15
L Number of motor poles: 4 (P)

Motor output (kW)
0.4, 0.75, 1.5
M
1: 1.0 to 2.0MPa 2: 1.5 to 3.5MPa
{10.2 to 20.4kgf/cm2} {15.3 to 35.7kgf/cm2}
3: 3.0 to 7.0MPa
{30.6 to 71.4kgf/cm2} 1.
Standard drive motor is the fully enclosed fan-cooled E type
N Flow characteristics A: Constant discharge type

(0.4kW) and F type (0.75, 1.5kW).
2. Standard voltage for drive motor is 200 VAC, 50/60 Hz or 220
VAC, 60 Hz.
Motor mounting method A: Foot type mounting
3. Standard terminal box is B terminal (right side viewed from pump).
Pump size 0: VDS–0B
O Pump Type: VDS Series Uni-pump
B-4
Motor Selection Curves •How to select a motor
15 The area under a motor output curve in the
graph to the left is the operating range for that

motor under the rated output for that motor.
10 1.5kW Example:
To find the motor that can produce pressure
of 3.5MPa and a discharge rate of 12.5 ℓ/min.
5 0.75kW
Selection Process
Since the intersection of the two broken lines
B
0.4kW
from a pressure of 3.5MPa and discharge
Vane Pumps
rate of 12.5 ℓ/min intersect in the area under
60Hz 50Hz
areas areas
0 1
{10.2}
2
{20.4}
3
{30.6} {40.8}
4 5
{51}
6
{61.2}
7
{71.4}
the 1.5kW curve, it means that a 1.5kW motor
should be used. B
* Select a uni-pump that has a pressure and flow rate that
Discharge pressure P MPa{kgf/cm2 } is within the range of the drive so that the drive will not
C
overload.
* When the startup current of the uni-pump becomes high-
er for the IE1 motor, breakers may need to be changed.
0.4kW is not changed from IE 1.
USV-0A-A*-
0.4
-4-30
D
0.75
KL Pressure adjusting
Discharge port screw M10
E
D 86.5 L
61 Rc3/8 42 IL A
100 20 O Motor rating plate
26 Terminal box (Terminal box side)
Suction port Hanging bolt
Rc1/2 B terminal
Drain port
Rc1/4 Rotation direction plate
F
I (The height to the topmost
MAX.130
part of the hanging bolt)
Pump model
(nameplate)
65
15°
33
M84
H
Uni-pump
MAX.58
(Name sticker)
G
φKD
C -0.5
(Terminal box side)

0
(Round le)
G
o
drain h
Flow rate adjusting screw M12 T
J F F
E E N
M S
H
R View R: Mounting foot hole shape
0.4kW Electric drive conceptual diagram (4 locations)
USV-0A-A*-1.5-4-30
D
61
KL
Pressure adjusting
86.5
42 IL
L
A
I
100
screw M10 20 O
Discharge port
Suction port 26 Rc3/8 Motor rating plate
Rc1/2 Hanging bolt (Terminal box side) Rotation direction plate
Drain port
Rc1/4 J
MAX.130
I (The height to the topmost
Terminal box
part of the hanging bolt)
B terminal
65
33
K
M84
H
Uni-pump
MAX.58
(Name sticker)
C -0.5
0
φKD (Terminal box side)

Pump model (Round drain hole) T
(nameplate) J
G
L
E E Flow rate adjusting screw M12 F F
S
M N
(4 locations)
R
Uni-pump
Motor Dimensions [mm]
Frame
No.
Output
kW
Weight
kg
M
A IL C D E F G H I J L M N S×T φ KD KL O (4 poles)
USV-0A-A1-0.4-4-30
USV-0A-A2-0.4-4-30 113 107.5 71 139.5 56 45 4 141 − 42 220.5 150 115 20×7 27 132 43.5 71M 0.4 15.5 N
USV-0A-A3-0.4-4-30
USV-0A-A1-0.75-4-30
USV-0A-A2-0.75-4-30 137 107.5
USV-0A-A3-0.75-4-30
80 152 62.5 50 4.5 160 193 47.5 244.5 165 130 25×10 27 137 65 80M 0.75 23.5
O
USV-0A-A3-1.5-4-30 160.5 118.5 90 183 70 62.5 4.4 183 204 22 279 165 152.5 16×10 27 142 68 90L 1.5 26.5
* See page A-21 for the characteristics of the drive motor for the unipump (domestic standard 3 rating).
* The 0.4kW drive motor does not have hanging bolts.
B-5
VDR 22 DESIGN SERIES VARIABLE
VOLUME VANE PUMP
VDR22 Design Series 30ℓ/min 14MPa

Variable Volume Vane Pump 40ℓ/min 7MPa
B Features
Vane Pumps
qStable, highly efficient op- high-precision operation. rReduced power loss

B eration up to 14MPa
A biased piston that minimizes ring vi-
eSilent operation, even in
A combination of NACHI-original me-
chanical innovations and precision ma-
bration and leak-free pressure balance the high pressure range chining create a pump that minimizes
construction enables highly efficient Quiet journal bearings, a bias piston power loss, especially at full cutoff.
C highpressure operation, and very stable

performance up to 14MPa.
that allows a 3-point support system,
and new suction and discharge port tSolid construction stands
shapes all contribute to minimize oper- up to harsh operating con-
wHigh-precision instanta- ation noise. Silent, vibration-free oper-
ditions
ation is ensured, even in the high pres-
neous response
D Response has been improved by a spe-
sure range. The tough and rugged construction of
this pump is made possible by a long
history of quality pump designs. This,
cial bias piston mechanism. Prompt
response at both ON-OFF and OFF- in combination with specially selected
ON ensures instantaneous, stable, materials and skilled workmanship, pro-
E vides outstanding durability.
Specifications
Single Pump
F Capacity No-load Discharge Rate ℓ/min Pressure Adjustment Allowable Peak Revolution Speedmin-1
Weight
Model No. Range Pressure
cm3/rev 1000min -1
1200min -1
1500min-1
1800min -1
Min. Max. kg
MPa{kgf/cm2} MPa{kgf/cm2}
VDR-1A(B)-1A2-22 1.5 to 3.5 {15.3 to 35.7} 14
G 1A3
1A4
16.7 16.7 20 25 30
3 to 7 {30.6 to 71.4}
6.5 to 10.5 {66.3 to 107}
{143}
21
800 1800 9
1A5 9 to 14 {91.8 to 143} {214}

VDR-1A(B)-2A2-22 1.5 to 3.5 {15.3 to 35.7} 14
H 2A3
22 22 27 33 40
3 to 7 {30.6 to 71.4} {143}
800 1800 9
Double Pump
I Model No. Vent Side Shaft Side Vent Side Shaft Side
Revolution
Speedmin−1 Weight
Foot Mounting Type Discharge Pressure Adjustment Discharge Pressure Adjustment Allowable Peak Pressure kg
Range Range Min. Max.
(Flange Mounting Type) Rate ℓ/min MPa{kgf/cm2} Rate ℓ/min MPa{kgf/cm2} MPa{kgf/cm2}
J VDR-11A(B)-1A2-1A2-22
VDR-11A(B)-1A2-1A3-22
30
1.5 to 3.5
{15.3 to 35.7}
30
1.5 to 3.5 {15.3 to 35.7}
3 to 7 {30.6 to 71.4} 14
800 1800 17
3 to 7 {143}
VDR-11A(B)-1A3-1A3-22 3 to 7 {30.6 to 71.4}
{30.6 to 71.4}
K VDR-11A(B)-2A2-2A2-22
VDR-11A(B)-2A2-2A3-22
1.5 to 3.5
{15.3 to 35.7}
1.5 to 3.5 {15.3 to 35.7}
3 to 7 {30.6 to 71.4} 14
40 40 800 1800 17
3 to 7 {143}
VDR-11A(B)-2A3-2A3-22 3 to 7 {30.6 to 71.4}
{30.6 to 71.4}
L Note) 1. The discharge rate is the value at 1800min no-load.

−1
2. The change from design number 21 to design number 22 represents a change in the shaft key width from 3.2mm to 4.76mm. This means that
when using a 3.2mm key coupling, you need to use a stepped key (VD31J-301000) or add a new key groove at 4.76.
cDischarge Volume Adjustment

M
•Handling Flow Adjustment Rotation Angle (θ ) and Pump Capacity (q)
zRotation Direction The discharge flow rate is decreased 25
The direction of rotation is always is by clockwise (rightward) rotation of

clockwise (rightward) when viewed the discharge rate adjusting screw, 20
Pump capacity cm3/rev
from the shaft side. and increased by counterclockwise VD

R-
N
1-2
xDrain (leftward) rotation. Loosen the lock 15
VD A*-
22
R-
Drain piping must be direct piping nut before making adjustments. After 1-1
A*-
2
up to a point that is below the tank adjustment is complete, re-tighten 10 2
fluid level, and back pressure due to the lock nut. The graph on the right 7
pipe resistance should not exceed provides general guidelines for the 5
O 0.03MPa. When using a pump that

has drain ports at two locations, use
relationship between the rotation an-
gle of the flow rate adjusting screw 0 90 180 270 360 450
the drain port that is higher after the and the no-load discharge rate. Rotation Angle θ ° (clockwise)
pump is installed.
(Continued on following page)
B-6
However: Q=q × n × 10 −3 bFactory Default P-Q Settings (Stan- Factory Default
Q : No-load Discharge Rate Q ℓ/min dard Model) Pressure Settings
MPa{kgf/cm2}
q : Volume cm3/rev • Flow Rate Setting = Maximum flow rate
N : Revolution Speed min −1 for model as indicated in the catalog 2 : 3.5{35.7}
The broken line shows the flow volume • Pressure Setting = Pressure shown in 3 : 3 {30.6}
adjustment range lower limit value. table to the right 4 : 6.5{66.3}
Note) The values indicated above are at nThrust Screw 5 : 9 {91.8}
B
maximum discharge volume with The thrust screw is precisely adjusted
the flow volume adjusting screw at at the factory during assembly. Never
the 0° position. touch the thrust screw. See callout @1 side into the no-load state and then
vPressure Adjustment in the crosssection diagram on page repeatedly start and stop the motor
Vane Pumps
Pressure is decreased by clockwise B-11. to bleed all air from inside the pump
B
(rightward) rotation of the discharge mInitial Operation and the suction piping. After confirm-
rate adjusting screw, and increased by Before operating the pump for the ing that the pump is discharging oil,
counterclockwise (leftward) rotation. first time, put the pump discharge continue the noload operation for at
least 10 minutes to discharge all the
air from the circuit.

Provide an air bleed valve in circuits
where it is difficult to bleed air before C
startup.
Single pump ,Sub Plate
Use the following table for specifica-
VDR – 1 A – 1 A 2 – 22 tion when a sub plate is required.
For detailed dimensions, see pages D
B-17 through B-19.
Design number
Pump Model No. Sub Plate Number Motor(kW)
2: 1.5 to 3.5MPa {15.3 to 35.7kgf/cm2}
VDR-1A-1A*-22
MVD-1-115-10 0.75 to 1.5 E
3: 3 to 7MPa {30.6 to 71.4kgf/cm2} MVD-1-135-10 2.2 to 3.7
4: 6.5 to 10.5MPa {66.3 to 107kgf/cm2}
5: 9 to 14MPa {91.8 to 143kgf/cm2} MVD-1-115Y-10 0.75 to 1.5
F
VDR-1A-2A*-22
Note: Ring size: In the case of 2, maximum setting MVD-1-135Y-10 2.2 to 3.7
pressure is 7Mpa (71.4kgf/cm2).
VDR-11A-*A* MVD-11-135-10
Flow rate characteristics A: Constant discharge rate type 1.5 to 3.7
-*A*-22 MVD-11-135X-10
Ring size 1: 30ℓ/min

2: 40ℓ/min
} at 1800min-1
.For the hydraulic operating fluid,use
type ISO VG32 or equivalent (viscos-
G
ity index of at least 90) for pressures
Mounting method of 7MPa or lower, and type ISO VG68
H
A: Foot type mounting B: Flange type mounting or equivalent (viscosity index of at
least 90) for pressures greater than
Pump size: 1 7MP.
Pump Type: VDR Series Variable Discharge Rate Vane Pump
⁄0The operating temperature rangeis
15 to 60°C. When the oil temperature
warm-up operation at low pressure
until the oil temperature reaches
I
Double pump
VDR – 11 A – 1 A 2 – 1 A 3 – 22 the temperature is within the range of
Design number
0 to 60°C.
⁄1Suction pressure is -0.03 to+0.03MPa J
(-0.3 to +0.3kgf/cm2), and the suction
Shaft side pressure adjustment range port flow rate should be to greater
than 2m/sec.
K
2: 1.5 to 3.5MPa {15.3 to 35.7kgf/cm2}
3: 3 to 7MPa {30.6 to 71.4kgf/cm2} ⁄2Avoid pulley, gear, and other drive
systems that impart a radial or thrust
Shaft side flow rate characteristics load on the end of the pump shaft.
(based on single pump) Mount the pump so its pump shaft is
L
oriented horizontally.
Shaft side ring size ⁄3Provide a suction strainer with a fil-
(based on single pump) tering grade of about 100 μm (150
mesh). For the return line to the tank,
Head side pressure adjustment range use a 25μm line filter.
M
2: 1.5 to 3.5MPa {15.3 to 35.7kgf/cm2} (Continued on following page)
3: 3 to 7MPa {30.6 to 71.4kgf/cm2}
Head side flow rate characteristics

(based on single pump)
Head side ring size

(based on single pump)
N
Mounting method
O
Pump size: 11
Pump Type: VDR Series Variable Discharge Rate Vane Pump
B-7
⁄4Manage hydraulic operating fluid so and bleed air from the pump and •Inverter Drive Precautions
contamination is maintained at class pipes. (This pump has no fluid supply zSet the revolution speed within the
NAS10 or lower. Take care to avoid port.) range of the pump specification rev-
contamination with water or other for- ⁄7Equip an air bleed valve in circuits olution speed.
eign matter, and watch out for discol- where it is difficult to bleed air before xChanging the revolution speed may
oration. Whitish fluid indicates that air startup. See page C-13 for more in- also affect the pump performance
has contaminated the fluid, and brown- formation. curves. Before using the inverter,
B
ish fluid indicates the fluid is dirty. ⁄8When centering the pump shaft, ec- check if the pressure and motor load
⁄5Contact your agent about using water centricity with the motor shaft should factor are within the range of use.
and glycol-based hydraulic operating be no greater than 0.05mm. Use a
fluids. pump mounting base of sufficient ri-
Vane Pumps
⁄6At startup, repeat the inching oper- gidity. The angle error should be no
B ation (start-stop) to prime the pump greater than 1°.

C VDR-1A-*A*-22
Flow rate adjusting screw Rc 1/4 DR (1A4, 1A5 type only)
18
φ 19.05 –0.021
0
D Pressure adjusting screw
77.5
25 4.76 +0.024
+0.012
131.4
M102
50
53.9 –0.1
0
21.15–0.2
E
0
35
14
129.5 92.5 29.6 87 33

222 149.6
F IN ( φ 26) O-ring 1A-P22

φ 45 DR ( φ14) O-ring 1A-P10A
OUT ( φ 26) O-ring 1A-P22
120.6 ±0.2
140
51
H
25.5 ±0.2 46.75
I 59.5
96
J VDR-1B-*A*-22
Rc 1/4 DR (1A4,1A5 type only)
14 DR port position
Pressure adjusting screw
K
77.5
25
φ 95.02 –0.04
M102
A
50
L
16
55
35
129.5 92.5 22.5 4
φ 19.05 –0.021
222 29.6 87 33
21.15 –0.2
0
0
149.6
M Rc 1/2 IN
Rc 1/4 DR
4.76 +0.024
+0.012
4 to φ 11
Rc 3/8 OUT
N
90 ±0.2
113
37
37
O 90 ±0.2
113
130
Auxiliary View A
B-8
VDR-11A-*-*-22
227
Flow rate 53.6 77 63 33

adjusting 29.6 25
screw
φ 19.05 –0.021
B
0
Pressure adjusting
screw
77.5
4.76 +0.024
+0.012
131.4
M102
Vane Pumps
50
53.9 –0.1
21.15 –0.2
0
0
35
14
129.5 92.5
222 8 to φ 11
C
120.6 ±0.2
D
140
51
2 to IN (φ 26) O-ring 1A-P22 E
2 to DR (φ14) O-ring 1A-P10A
2 to OUT (φ 26) O-ring 1A-P22
25.5 ±0.2
45
46.75
96
F
77 59.5
G
VDR-11B-*-*-22
Flow rate adjusting
H
screw 77 59
16
–0.021
Pressure adjusting
0
screw
19.05
77.5
25 4.76 +0.024
I
+0.012
–0.04
M102
0
50
95.02
21.15–0.2
55
35 0
129.5
222
92.5
77 22.5
4
37
J
226.6
IN2 to Rc 1/2 4 to φ 11 hole

K
OUT 2 to Rc 3/8
L
113
90 ±0.2
37
37
90 ±0.2
M
113
130
N
DR 2 to Rc 1/4
B-9
Typical characteristics at hydraulic operating fluid kinematic vis-
Performance Curves cosity of 32 mm2 /s
VDR-1*-1A2-22 VDR-1*-1A3-22 VDR-1*-1A4-22

1800min–1 1800min –1 1800min –1
30 30 30
B 25
1500min–1
Q
25
1500min –1
Q
25
1500m
in –1
Q
5

20 2.0 20 4 20 4
Vane Pumps
Input Lin kW
Input Lin kW
Input Lin kW
B
Lin Lin
15 1.5 15 3 15 3
Lin
–1
n
mi
10 00 1.0 10 2 10 –1
2
18 –1
in
in
–1
in
m
m m –1
500 00
00
in
1 18 –1
m
18
n
5 0.5 5 mi 1 5 00 1
C
00 15
15
0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 3.5 7 10.5
{5.1} {10.2} {15.3} {20.4} {25.5}{30.6} {35.7} {10.2} {20.4} {30.6} {40.8} {51} {61.2} {71.4} {35.3} {71.4} {107}
Discharge pressure P MPa{kgf/cm2 } Discharge pressure P MPa{kgf/cm2 } Discharge pressure P MPa{kgf/cm2 }
D VDR-1*-1A5-22 VDR-1*-2A2-22 VDR-1*-2A3-22

1800min –1 1800min –1 1800min –1
30 40 40
Q
E
Q Q
1500m 1500min –1 1500min–1
25 in –1

30 30
20 8
Input Lin kW
Input Lin kW
Input Lin kW
2.5
15 20 20
F
6 2.0 4
Lin Lin
Lin in
–1
1.5 3
10 4 m –1
00 in
10 18 n
–1
1.0 10 00
m 2
mi
–1
in
00 18 –1
in
5 0 0m 2 15 m
00
–1
18 mi
n 0.5 15 1
00
G 0
0
15
3.5
{35.7}
7
{71.4}
10.5
{107}
14
{143}
0
0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5
{5.1} {10.2} {15.3} {20.4} {25.5} {30.6} {35.7}
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
{10.2} {20.4} {30.6} {40.8} {51} {61.2} {71.4}
0
Discharge pressure P MPa{kgf/cm2 } Discharge pressure P MPa{kgf/cm2 } Discharge pressure P MPa{kgf/cm2}
H Axial Input At Full Cutoff Noise Characteristics
Measurement Position: 1 meter behind pump

1.5 80
I
Noise level dB(A)
–1
1.0 in
00m 70
18 –1
1800min
–1
n
mi
00
15
J
0.5
60
–1
1500min
0 3.5 7 10.5 14
{35.3} {71.4} {107} {143}
50
K
2 0 3.5 7 10.5 14
{35.3} {71.4} {107} {143}
2
B-10
VDR-1A-*A*-22
40 39
4 18 25 12 11 7 8 34 21 22 15 16 33 32 17 24 38 41 31 29 10 47 1 9 19 27 28 23 5
B
30
14
36
37
3
35
Vane Pumps
20
B
13
46
26
42 43 42 D
Single Pump
Part No.
1
Part Name
Body (A)
Part No. Part Name
25 Pin
E
2 Body (B) 26 Spring pin
Applicable Pump Model No. VDR-1A-*-22
Part 3 Cover 27 Oil seal
Seal Kit Number VDBS-101A00
F
No. 4 Cover 28 Snap ring
Part Name Part Number Q'ty 5 Shaft 29 Backup ring
18 Packing VDB32-101000 1 6 Rotor 30 Backup ring
7 Ring 31 O-ring
27 Oil seal ISP1D-224211F 1
8 Vane 32 O-ring
G
29 Backup ring VDB34-101000 1 9 Plate (S) 33 O-ring
30 Backup ring VDB34-201000 1 10 Plate (H) 34 O-ring
31 O-ring S85(NOK) 1 11 Piston 35 O-ring
12 Spring 36 Screw
32 O-ring NBR-70-1 P22 1
13 Screw 37 Screw
H
33 O-ring NBR-70-1 P5 1 14 Nut 38 Nut
34 O-ring NBR-70-1 P14 1 15 Piston 39 Plug
35 O-ring NBR-70-1 P12 1 16 Holder 40 O-ring
17 Adapter 41 O-ring
40 O-ring AS568-036 1
18 Packing 42 O-ring
41
42
O-ring
O-ring
AS568-029
NBR-70-1 P22
1
2
19
20
Bearing (S)
Bearing (H)
43
44
O-ring
Screw
I
43 O-ring NBR-70-1 P10A 1 21 Thrust screw 45 Key
22 Nut 46 Nameplate
Note) 1. Oil seals are manufactured by Nippon Oil Seal Industry Co. Ltd. (NOK).
J
2. The materials and hardness of the O-ring conform with JIS B2401. 23 Key 47 Cap
3. For VDR-1B-*-22, the seal kit number becomes VDBS-101B00, without 24 Screw 48 Pin
the 42 and 43 O-rings.
Double Pump
Part
Applicable Pump Model No. VDR-11A-*-*-22 K
Seal Kit Number VDBS-111A00
No.
Part Name Part Number Q'ty
L
18 Packing VDB32-101000 2
27 Oil seal ISP1D-224211F 1
29 Backup ring VDB34-101000 2
30 Backup ring VDB34-201000 2
31
32
O-ring
O-ring
S85(NOK)
NBR-70-1 P22
2
2 M
33 O-ring NBR-70-1 P5 2
34 O-ring NBR-70-1 P14 2
35
40
O-ring
O-ring
NBR-70-1 P12
AS568-036
2
2
N
41 O-ring AS568-029 2
42 O-ring NBR-70-1 P22 4
43 O-ring NBR-70-1 P10A 2
O
3. For VDR-11B-*-*-22, the seal kit number becomes VDBS-111B00, without the
42 and 43 O-rings.
B-11
VDR-11A-*A*-*A*-22
48
40 39 39
4 18 25 12 11 7 8 34 21 22 47 15 16 33 32 17 24 38 41 30 31 29 10 45 2 9 19 1 19 27 28 44 5 23
B 14 36
37 3
Vane Pumps
35 20
B 13 46
6
26
D 42 43 42
F
G Understanding Model Numbers
Single Pump Double Pump
UVD –1 A – 2 A 2 – 1.5 – 4 – 60 UVD – 11 A – 2 A 2 – 2 A 2 – 3.7 – 4 – 60

H Design number Design number
Number of motor poles: 4 (P) Number of motor poles: 4 (P)
Motor output (kW) Motor output (kW)
I 0.75, 1.5, 2.2, 3.7 1.5, 2.2, 3.7
Shaft side pump pressure adjustment range

2: 1.5 to 3.5MPa
2: 1.5 to 3.5MPa
{15.3 to 35.7kgf/cm2}
{15.3 to 35.7kgf/cm2}
3: 3.0 to 7.0MPa
J
3: 3.0 to 7.0MPa
{30.6 to 71.4kgf/cm2}
{30.6 to 71.4kgf/cm2}
Shaft side pump flow rate characteristics
Flow characteristics A: Constant discharge type
A: Constant discharge type
Ring size
Shaft side pump ring size
None : 30ℓ/min
}
K
at 1800min-1
2 : 40ℓ/min
None: 30ℓ/min
2 : 40ℓ/min }
at 1800min-1
Pump size 1: VDR-1B (22D) Head side pump pressure adjustment range:
Same as the shaft side pump
Pump Type: VDR (22D) Series Uni-pump
L Head side pump flow rate characteristics

Head side pump ring size
None: 30ℓ/min
2 : 40ℓ/min }at 1800min-1
M A: Foot type mounting

Pump size 11: VDR-11B (22D)
Specifications
N Model No.
Maximum Working
Pressure
Maximum Flow Rate ℓ/min (A*) Maximum Flow Rate ℓ/min (2A*)
MPa{kgf/cm2} 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz
UVD-1A 7 {71.4} 25 30 33 39
O UVD-11A 7 {71.4} 25-25 30-30 33-33 39-39
B-12
Motor selection curves •Selecting a motor
motor under the rated output for that motor.

Example:
20
2.2kW of 3.5MPa and a discharge rate of 25ℓ/min.
10
1.5kW Selection Process
Since the intersection of the two broken lines
B
0.75kW
from a pressure of 3.5MPa and discharge
Vane Pumps
rate of 25ℓ/min intersect in the area under
60Hz 50Hz 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
the 2.2kW curve, it means that a 2.2kW motor
should be used. In the case of a double pump B
areas areas {10.2} {20.4} {30.6} {40.8} {51} {61.2} {71.4} configuration, select a motor that is larger
Discharge pressure P MPa{kgf/cm2 } than the total power required by both pumps.
C
D
UVD-1A
E
Hanging bolt
D Rc1/2(IN) 112.6 L
(3.7kW only) Rc3/8(OUT on opposite side)
KL 59 IL A
129.5
130
92.5
(IN-OUT port dimension)

Hanging bolt
22.5
Motor rating plate

O Rotation
direction plate
F
(Terminal box side)
G
Terminal box
I2 (3.7kW only)
B terminal
M102
I1
50
Uni-pump
(Name sticker)
55
H
Pressure (Terminal box side)
C -0.5
Flow rate adjusting

0
adjusting screw φKD

Width across flat 6 screw M12
(Round drain hole)
Rc1/4(DR)
T
G
Pump model J F F
(nameplate) E E N
I
S
I1
M 2.2kW
Electric drive conceptual diagram View R: Mounting foot hole shape
R (4 locations)
I1
0.75, 1.5kW
Electric drive conceptual diagram
J
Motor Dimensions [mm] Output
Frame Weight
Uni-pump kW
No. kg
K
A IL C D E F G H I1 I2 J L M N S×T φ KD KL O (4 poles)
UVD-1A-A2-0.75-4-60 137 105 80 152 62.5 50 4.5 160 193 − 47.5 242 165 130 25×10 27 137 65 80M 0.75 28
UVD-1A-A2-1.5-4-60
L
UVD-1A-A3-1.5-4-60 160.5 118.5 90 183 70 62.5 4.4 183 204 − 22 279 165 152.5 16×10 27 142 68 90L 1.5 31
UVD-1A-2A2-1.5-4-60
UVD-1A-A2-2.2-4-60
UVD-1A-A3-2.2-4-60 179 133 100 206 80 70 7 203 226 − 39 312 206 170 14×12 27 153 83 100L 2.2 45
UVD-1A-2A2-2.2-4-60 M
UVD-1A-A3-3.7-4-60
UVD-1A-2A2-3.7-4-60 199 140 112 233 95 70 10 228 253 242 24 339 214 164 14×12 27 182 90 112M 3.7 49
UVD-1A-2A3-3.7-4-60
1. Standard drive motor is the fully enclosed fan-cooled F type.
N
4. See page A-21 for the characteristics of the drive motor for the unipump (domestic standard 3 rating).
B-13
UVD-11A
Hanging bolt Rc1/2(IN)

D 189.6 L
(3.7kW only) KL Rc3/8(OUT on opposite side) 136 IL A
129.5 92.5 Hanging bolt 99.5
130 59 O
Motor rating plate Rotation direction plate
(IN-OUT port dimension) 22.5
(Terminal box side)
B Terminal box
Uni-pump
(Name sticker)
I2 (3.7kW only)
B terminal (Terminal box side)
M102
Vane Pumps
I1
50
H
B
55
Pressure
C -0.5
Flow rate adjusting
0
Width across flat 6 screw M12
(Round drain hole)
T
Rc1/4(DR)
G
C
Pump model J F F
(nameplate) E E N
S
M
I1
2.2kW View R: Mounting foot hole shape

Electric drive conceptual diagram R (4 locations)
I1
1.5kW
D

Frame Weight
E
Uni-pump kW
No. kg
UVD-11A-A2-A2-1.5-4-60
UVD-11A-A2-A3-1.5-4-60 160.5 118.5 90 183 70 62.5 4.4 183 204 − 22 279 165 152.5 16×10 27 142 68 90L 1.5 39
F UVD-11A-A3-A3-1.5-4-60
UVD-11A-A2-A2-2.2-4-60
UVD-11A-A2-A3-2.2-4-60
179 133 100 206 80 70 7 203 226 − 39 312 206 170 14×12 27 153 83 100L 2.2 53
G UVD-11A-A3-A3-2.2-4-60
UVD-11A-2A2-2A2-2.2-4-60
UVD-11A-A2-A2-3.7-4-60
H
UVD-11A-A2-A3-3.7-4-60
UVD-11A-A3-A3-3.7-4-60 199 140 112 233 95 70 10 228 253 242 24 339 214 164 14×12 27 182 90 112M 3.7 57
UVD-11A-2A2-2A2-3.7-4-60
UVD-11A-2A2-2A3-3.7-4-60
I 1. Standard drive motor is the fully enclosed fan-cooled F type.

B-14
VDR SERIES
VARIABLE VOLUME VANE PUMP
VDR13 Design Series 20 to 45ℓ/min

Variable Volume Vane Pump 6MPa
The new design number 13 was created by modifying some of the components of old design numbers 11 and
12, and the new design installation compatible with the old design.
B
Vane Pumps
Features
qEnergy efficient, economical opera- moves it to the center to make the crease of proportional input to pres- B
tion. discharge rate zero. sure which prevented increases in
wBuilt-in high-precision temperature rRelief valve and unloading valve can the temperature of the fluid.
compensation mechanism. be eliminated from the circuit. yNew design for lower noise and im-
eThe ring is displaced by a spring,
and a rise in pressure automatically
tIt was possible to reduce the size of
the unit because there was no in-
proved durability. C
Specifications D
Single Pump
Allowable Revolution Speed
E
No-load Discharge Rate (ℓ/min) Pressure
Capacity Peak Pressure min−1 Weight
Model No. Adjustment Range
cm3/rev MPa kg
1000min −1
1200min −1
1500min −1
1800min −1 MPa{kgf/cm2} Min. Max.
{kgf/cm2}
VDR-1A(B)-1A1-13 13.9 14 16.5 21 25 1 to 2 {10.2 to 20.6}
F
14
-1A2- 13.9 14 16.5 21 25 1.5 to 3.5 {15.3 to 35.7} 800 1800 8
{143}
-1A3- 11.1 11 13 17 20 3 to 6 {30.6 to 61.2}
VDR-2A(B)-1A1-13 25 25 30 38 45 1 to 2 {10.2 to 20.4}

14
-1A2- 25 25 30 38 45 1.5 to 3.5 {15.3 to 35.7} 800 1800 21
G
{143}
-1A3- 22.2 22 26.5 34 40 3 to 6 {30.6 to 61.2}
Double Pump
Model No. Vent Side Shaft Side Vent Side Shaft Side Revolution
min−1
Speed H
Pressure Pressure Adjustment Weight
Foot Mounting Type Discharge Adjustment Discharge Allowable Peak Pressure kg
Range Range Min. Max.
I
(Flange Mounting Type) Rate ℓ/min Rate ℓ/min MPa{kgf/cm2}
VDR-11A(B)-1A1-1A1-13 1 to 2 {10.2 to 20.4}
1 to 2 25 14
VDR-11A(B)-1A1-1A2-13 1.5 to 3.5 {15.3 to 35.7}
{10.2 to 20.4} {143} A : 13.6
VDR-11A(B)-1A1-1A3-13 25 20 3 to 5 {30.6 to 51}
J
800 1800
VDR-11A(B)-1A2-1A2-13 1.5 to 3.5 25 1.5 to 3.5 {15.3 to 35.7} 14
B : 13.9
VDR-11A(B)-1A2-1A3-13 {15.3 to 35.7} 20 3 to 5 {30.6 to 51} {143}
VDR-11A(B)-1A3-1A3-13 20 3 to 5 {30.6 to 51} 20 3 to 5 {30.6 to 51} 14 {143}
Note) 1. The discharge rate is the value at 1800min-1 no-load.

2. In addition to this model, the VDC Series (maximum working pressure: 14MPa) high-pressure variable vane pump is also available. See page
B-25 for more information.
3. The change from VDR-1 Series design number 11 to design number 12 represents a change in the shaft key width from 3.2mm to 4.76mm.
K
This means that when using a 3.2mm key coupling, you need to use a stepped key (VD31J-302000) or add a new key groove at 4.76.
4. There is no change in the mounting method with the change from the VDR-1 size design number 12 and VDR-2 design number 11 to design
L
number 13.
B-15
VDR – 1 A – 1 A 2 – 13 VDR – 1 1 A – 1 A 1 – 1 A 2 – 13
Design number
B Design number
Pressure adjustment range Shaft side pressure adjustment range

1: 1 to 2MPa 1: 1 to 2MPa
Vane Pumps
{10.2 to 20.4kgf/cm2} {10.2 to 20.4kgf/cm2}
B
2: 1.5 to 3.5MPa 2: 1.5 to 3.5MPa
{15.3 to 35.7kgf/cm2} {15.3 to 35.7kgf/cm2}
3: 3 to 6MPa 3: 3 to 5MPa
{30.6 to 61.2kgf/cm2} {30.6 to 51kgf/cm2}
Shaft side flow rate characteristics
C
Flow characteristics
A: Constant discharge type A: Constant discharge rate type
Ring size 1 Shaft side ring size 1
Mounting method
D A: Foot type mounting Head side pressure adjustment range

B: Flange type mounting Head side flow rate characteristics
Pump size 1, 2
Head side ring size 1
E
Pump Type: VDR Series
Variable Discharge Rate Vane Pump Mounting method A: Foot type mounting
B: Flange type mounting
Shaft side pump size 1
F Head side pump size 1
Pump Type: VDR Series

Variable Discharge Rate Vane Pump
H •Handling However: Factory Default

zRotation Direction Q : No-load Discharge RateQℓ/min Pressure Settings
The direction of rotation is always is q : Volume cm3/rev MPa{kgf/cm2}
clockwise (rightward) when viewed N : Revolution Speed min−1 1 : 2 {20.4}
I from the shaft side.

xDrain
vPressure Adjustment
Pressure is decreased by clockwise
2 : 3.5{35.7}
3 : 3 {30.6}
Drain piping must be direct piping up to (rightward) rotation of the discharge
a point that is below the tank fluid level, rate adjusting screw, and increased by
and back pressure due to pipe resis- counterclockwise (leftward) rotation. (Provide an air bleed valve in circuits
J tance should not exceed 0.03MPa.
cDischarge Volume Adjustment
bFactory Default P-Q Settings (Stan-
dard Model)
where it is difficult to bleed air before
startup.)
The discharge flow rate is decreased • Flow Rate Setting = Maximum flow rate mSub Plate
by clockwise (rightward) rotation of for model as indicated in the catalog When a sub plate is required, specify
a sub-plate type from the table in the
K
the discharge rate adjusting screw, • Pressure Setting = Pressure shown in
and increased by counterclockwise table to the rightn installation dimension diagram.
(leftward) rotation. Loosen the lock nInitial Operation ,For the hydraulic operating fluid, use
nut before making adjustments. After Before operating the pump for the an R&O type and wear-resistant type
adjustment is complete, re-tighten first time, put the pump discharge of ISO VG32 to 68 or equivalent (vis-
L the lock nut. The graph below pro- side into the no-load state and then cosity index of at least 90). Use hy-
vides general guidelines for the rela- repeatedly start and stop the motor draulic operating fluid that provides
tionship between the rotation angle to bleed all air from inside the pump kinematic viscosity during operation
of the flow rate adjusting screw and and the suction piping. After confirm- in the range of 20 to 150mm2/s.
the no-load discharge rate. ing that the pump is discharging oil, .The operating temperature range is
M 30
Flow Adjustment Rotation Angle (θ ) and Pump Capacity (q)
continue the no-load operation for at
least 10 minutes to discharge all the
15 to 60°C. When the oil temperature
air from the circuit. warm-up operation at low pressure
25 and low speed until the oil tempera-
ture reaches 15°C. Use the pump

N 20 VD
R-
2-1
A-
*-1
Note) The values indicated above are at
maximum pump discharge vol-
in an area where the temperature is
within the range of 0 to 60°C.
15
3 ume with the flow volume adjust- ⁄0Suction pressure is -0.03 to +0.03MPa
VDR
-1-1
A-*- ing screw at the 0°position. (-0.3 to +0.3kgf/cm2), and the suction
10 13
The broken line shows the flow port flow rate should be to greater
O
8
5 volume adjustment range lower than 2m/sec.
4
limit value.
0 45 90 135 180 225 270
Rotation angle θ ° (clockwise)
B-16
⁄1Avoid pulley, gear, and other drive that air has contaminated the fluid, pump mounting base of sufficient ri-
systems that impart a radial or thrust and brownish fluid indicates the fluid gidity. The angle error should be no
load on the end of the pump shaft. is dirty. greater than 1°.
Mount the pump so its pump shaft is ⁄4At startup, repeat the inching oper-
oriented horizontally. ation (start-stop) to prime the pump •Inverter Drive Precautions
⁄2Provide a suction strainer with a filter- and bleed air from the pump and zSet the revolution speed within the
ing grade of about 100μm (150 mesh). pipes. (This pump has no fluid supply range of the pump specification rev-
B
For the return line to the tank, use a port.) olution speed.
25μm line filter. ⁄5Equip an air bleed valve in circuits xChanging the revolution speed may also
⁄3Manage hydraulic operating fluid so where it is difficult to bleed air before affect the pump performance curves.
contamination is maintained at class startup. See page C-13 for more in- Before using the inverter, check if the
Vane Pumps
NAS10 or lower. Take care to avoid formation. pressure and motor load factor are
contamination with water and oth-
er foreign matter, and watch out for
discoloration. Whitish fluid indicates
⁄6When centering the pump shaft, ec-
centricity with the motor shaft should
be no greater than 0.05mm. Use a
within the range of use.
B
C
VDR-1A-*-13 (Foot Mounting)
188.5 147.6
D
75.5 113 33 65
φ 19.05 –0.021
E
0
21.15 –0.2
0
+0.024
4.76 +0.012 25
φ 106
25.5
53.9–0.1
F
0
14
H
120.6
2– φ 20 Pressure adjusting screw
C
M10 mounting bolt

h
10
B
16
Sub-plate
IN Rc Y
51
DR Rc 1/4
2– φ13 59.5
60
OUT Rc Z
G
(Opposite side) (Opposite side)
OUT Rc Z
Note: Sub-plate is not provided. Must be provided separately if needed.

(Plug closed before shipping)
H
Sub Plate Weight Motor Output
210
178
H h A B C Y Z
I
Number kg kW(4P)
MVD-1-115-10 1/2 3/8 DR Rc 1/4
3.7 115 61.1 188 32 26 0.75 to 1.5
MVD-1-115Y-10 3/4 1/2 (Plug closed before shipping)
MVD-1-135-10 1/2 3/8
4.9 135 81.1 208 40 40 2.2 to 3.7 IN Rc Y
MVD-1-135Y-10 3/4 1/2 (Plug closed before shipping)
J
VDR-1B-*-13 (Flange Mounting)
K
4- φ 21x0.5 counterbore 188.5 147.6
L
φ 19.05 –0.021
φ 11 holes 75.5 113 37 61

0
21.15–0.2
0
Flow rate adjusting screw +0.024

4.76 +0.012
M
73
25
φ 95.02 –0.04
0
φ 106
90
N
55
IN Rc 1/2 OUT Rc 3/8 4 16 Pressure adjusting screw

90
113 59.5 DR Rc 1/4
O
130
B-17
278 212.1
108 170 54 90
+0.024
4.76 +0.012
φ 25.4 –0.021
0
27.7 –0.1
B
96.75
0
Flow rate adjusting screw 40
M12 mounting bolt
φ 140
30
Vane Pumps
75 –0.1
A
B
0
16
159
H
Pressure
adjusting
h
screw
19
C
B
C
IN Rc Y Sub-plate model number MVD-2-135-10 86.5 OUT Rc 3/4
14
DR 2-Rc 1/4
D Sub-plate model number MVD-2-160*-10
38 38
256
228
Note: Sub-plate is not provided. Must be provided separately if needed.
F Sub Plate
Number
Weight
kg
H h A B C Y
Motor Output
kW(4P)
Applicable Pump
Model No.
MVD-2-135-10 7.0 135 60 231.75 33 29 1 2.2 to 3.7
MVD-2-160-10 1 VDR-2A-1A*-13 48 4 – φ 28x0.5 counterbore
φ 13.5 holes
G
8.2 160 85 256.75 48 48 5.5 (IN Rc Y)
MVD-2-160Z-10 1¼ 76
Closed plug
I
VDR-2B-*-13 (Flange Mounting)
278 212.1
J 108 170
+0.024
4.76 +0.012
42 102
20
4 16
K
96.75
50
40
171.75
φ 25.4 –0.021
φ 135 –0.04
75
φ 140
0
27.7 –0.1
0
L Flow rate
adjusting screw
4 – φ 25x1 counterbore 88.5 Pressure

φ 13.5 holes
M M124 adjusting
screw
M150
OUT Rc 3/4
O
DR Rc 1/4
IN Rc 1
B-18
188.5 222.1
75.5 113 2-pressure adjusting 32.5 65 77
screw
φ 19.05 –0.021
2-flow rate adjusting
B
0
screw
21.15 –0.2
0
+0.024
4.76 +0.012 25
73
φ 106
Vane Pumps
B
25.5 25.5
53.9 –0.1
0
208
120.6 ±0.35
14
135
C
M10 mounting bolt
81.1
2 to 43
25
20
77
OUT Rc Z
D
8 97.5
38 42 (Opposite side) OUT Rc Z
IN Rc 1 DR Rc 3/8
(Opposite side) (Opposite side)
2- φ 20x12 counterbore 137
φ 13 holes
DR Rc 3/8
(Plug closed before shipping)
E
Note: Sub-plate is not provided. Must be provided separately
if needed. F
185
158
15
Weight Applicable Pump Model
Sub Plate Number Z
kg No.
MVD-11-135-10 3/8
10.3 VDR-11A-1A*-1A*-13 G
MVD-11-135X-10 1/2
(IN Rc 1)
Plug closed before shipping
H
VDR-11B-*-*-13 (Flange Mounting)
I
4– φ 21x0.5 counterbore
φ 11 holes
2-flow rate 75.5

188.5
113 37 61
222.1
77
J
φ19.05 -0.021
adjusting screw
21.15 -0.2
0
4.76 +0.024
0
+0.012
K
73
25
φ95.02 -0.04
0
L
φ106
55
2-pressure
M90
4 16
59.5 77
adjusting screw
M
M113
130 DR 2-Rc 1/4
IN 2-Rc 1/2 OUT 2-Rc 3/8
B-19
Revolution Speed 1500min –1
1800min –1
VDR-1A-1A1-13 VDR-1A-1A2-13 25
VDR-1A-1A3-13
Q Q
B
25 25
Discharge rate Q ℓ /min

20 Q
Input Lin kW
20 20
Input Lin kW
Input Lin kW
15 3.0
15 1.5 15 1.5
Vane Pumps
Lin 10
B
Lin 2.0
10 10 Lin
1.0 1.0
5 1.0
5 0.5 5 0.5
0 0 0 0 0 0
0.5 1 1.5 2 0.5 1 1.5 2.0 2.5 3 3.5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
C
{5} {10.2}{15.7} {20.4} {5}{10.2}{15.3}{20.4}{25.4}{30.6}{35.7} {10.2}{20.4} {30.6} {40.8} {51} {61.2}{71.4}
2 2 2
Discharge pressure P MPa{kgf/cm } Discharge pressure P MPa{kgf/cm } Discharge pressure P MPa{kgf/cm }
VDR-2A-1A1-13 VDR-2A-1A2-13 VDR-2A-1A3-13

50 50 50
Q Q
D

40 40 40
Q
Input Lin kW
Input Lin kW
Input Lin kW
30 1.5 30 3.0 30
Lin
E
20 1.0 20 2.0 20 5.0
Lin
4.0
Lin
10 0.5 10 1.0 10 3.0
2.0
1.0
0 0 0 0 0 0
F
0.5 1 1.5 2 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3.0 3.5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
{5} {10.2} {15.7} {20.4} {5} {10.2}{15.7}{20.4}{25.4}{30.6}{35.7} {10.2}{20.4} {30.6}{40.8} {51} {61.2}{71.4}
2 2 2
Discharge pressure P MPa{kgf/cm } Discharge pressure P MPa{kgf/cm } Discharge pressure P MPa{kgf/cm }
Axial Input At Full Cutoff

G 2.5
VDR-1
2.5
VDR-2
2.0 2.0
H 1.5 1.5
–1
in
1.0 1.0 0m
180
I –1 –1
in
min 0m
1800 150
0.5 –1 0.5
min
1500
0 0
J
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
{10.2} {20.4} {30.6} {40.8} {51} {61.2} {71.4} {10.2} {20.4} {30.6} {40.8} {51} {61.2} {71.4}
2 2
Discharge pressure P MPa{kgf/cm } Discharge pressure P MPa{kgf/cm }
K 80
VDR-1
Measurement Position:
1 meter behind pump
80
VDR-2
Measurement Position:
1 meter behind pump
L 1800min–1
Noise level dB(A)
Noise level dB(A)
70 70
1800min–1
1500min–1
1500min–1
M
60 60
50 50
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
N
{10.2} {20.4} {30.6} {40.8} {51} {61.2} {71.4} {10.2} {20.4} {30.6} {40.8} {51} {61.2} {71.4}
2 2
Discharge pressure P MPa{kgf/cm } Discharge pressure P MPa{kgf/cm }
B-20
VDR-1A-*-13
VDR-2A-*-13 40 33 20 26 38 15 3 11 21 39 18 13 22 16 12 36 41 37 14 2 35 10 9 28 29 30 19
Vane Pumps
B
OUTLET INLET
C
4 25 23 17 6 7 8 32 1 31 34 24 27 5

Applicable Pump Model No. VDR-1A-*-13 VDR-2A-*-13
D
Part Part No. Part Name Part No. Part Name Part No. Part Name
Seal Kit Number VDAS-101A00 VDAS-102A00
No.
Part Name Part Number Q'ty Part Number Q'ty 1 Body 15 Shim 29 Oil seal
20
21
Packing
Square ring
VD32J-101000
VD33J-101000
1
1
VD32J-102000
NBR-70-1 G45
1
1
2
3
Cover
Cover
16
17
Retainer
Spring
30
31
Snap ring
O-ring E
4 Cover 18 Spring 32 O-ring
29 Oil seal ISRD-204010F 1 TCV-284811-V 1 5 Shaft 19 Key 33 O-ring
6 Piston 20 Packing 34 O-ring
F
31 O-ring NBR-70-1 P20 2 NBR-70-1 G30 2
7 Ring 21 Square ring (O-ring) 35 O-ring
32 O-ring NBR-70-1 P10A 1 NBR-70-1 P12 1
8 Vane 22 Needle 36 Nut
33 O-ring NBR-70-1 P12 1 NBR-70-1 P14 1 9 Plate (S) 23 Screw 37 Screw
34 O-ring NBR-70-1 P5 1 NBR-70-1 P9 1 10 Plate (H) 24 Screw 38 Screw
11 Plate 25 Nut 39 Screw
G
35 O-ring NBR-70-1 G70 1 NBR-70-1 G100 1
12 Holder 26 Pin 40 Screw
Note) 1. Oil seals are manufactured by Nippon Oil Seal Industry Co.Ltd.
(NOK). 13 Holder 27 Pin 41 Nameplate
2. The materials and hardness of the O-ring conform with JIS B2401. 14 Shim 28 Bearing
3. For VDR-*B-*-13, the seal kit number becomes VDBS-10*B00,
H
without the 31 and 32 O-rings.
VDR-11A-*-13
39 24 31 20 19 46 17 4 13 25 45 21 15 26 18 14 30 47 42 16 3 8 23 2 41 12 11 1 33 43 34 35 22
K
OUTLET INLET
44 5 29 27 7 9 10 38 37 40 28 36 32 6

Part No. Part Name
31 Pin
L
Part No. Part Name Part No. Part Name Part No. Part Name 32 Pin
Applicable Pump Model No. VDR-11A-*-*-13
Part 33 Bearing
Seal Kit Number VDAS-111A00 1 Body 11 Plate (S) 21 Spring
M
No. 34 Oil seal
2 Body 12 Plate (H) 22 Key 35 Snap ring
3 Cover 13 Plate 23 Key 36 Nut
24 Packing VD32J-101000 2 4 Cover 14 Holder 24 Packing 37 O-ring
25 Square ring VD33J-101000 2 5 Cover 15 Holder 25 Square ring 38 O-ring
N
34 Oil seal ISRD-204010F 1 6 Shaft 16 Shim 26 Needle 39 O-ring
7 Piston 17 Shim 27 Screw 40 O-ring
37 O-ring NBR-70-1 P20 4
8 Rotor 18 Retainer 28 Screw 41 O-ring
38 O-ring NBR-70-1 P10A 2 9 Ring 19 Spring 29 Nut 42 Screw
39 O-ring NBR-70-1 P12 2 10 Vane 20 Spring 30 Pin 43 Screw
40
41
O-ring
O-ring
NBR-70-1 P5
NBR-70-1 G70
2
2
44
45
Screw
Screw O
46 Screw
2. The materials and hardness of the O-ring conform with JIS B2401. 47 Nameplate
3. For VDR-11B-*-*-13, the seal kit number becomes VDBS-111B00, without the 37
and 38 O-rings.
B-21
Understanding Model Numbers

UVD –1 A – A 2 – 1.5 – 4 – 50 UVD – 11 A – A * – A * – * – 4 – 50
B Design number
Number of motor poles: 4 (P)
Design number
Number of motor poles: 4(P)

Vane Pumps
0.75, 1.5, 2.2, 3.7 (Type 2 only) 1.5, 2.2, 3.7
B Pressure adjustment range

1: 1.0 to 2.0MPa
Shaft side pump pressure adjustment range
1: 1.0 to 2.0MPa
{10.2 to 20.4kgf/cm2}
{10.2 to 20.4kgf/cm2}
2: 1.5 to 3.5MPa
2: 1.5 to 3.5MPa
{15.3 to 35.7kgf/cm2}
C
{15.3 to 35.7kgf/cm2}
3: 3.0 to 5.0MPa
3: 3.0 to 6.0MPa
{30.6 to 51kgf/cm2}
{30.6 to 61.2kgf/cm2}
Shaft side pump flow rate characteristics
Head side pump pressure adjustment range:
D
Same as the shaft side pump
Pump size 1: VDR–1B Head side pump flow rate characteristics
2: VDR–2B A: Constant discharge type
Pump Type: VDR (13D) Series Uni-pump A: Foot type mounting
E
Pump size 11: VDR–11B
G Specifications
Maximum Working Maximum Flow Rate ℓ/min
Model No. Pressure
MPa{kgf/cm2} 50Hz 60Hz
H UVD- 1A
UVD- 2A
6 {61.2}
5 {51.0}
21
38
25
45
UVD-11A 5 {51.0} 21-21 25-25
I Motor Selection Curves

•Selecting a motor
The area under a motor output curve
40 in the graph to the left is the operating
J range for that motor under the rated
UVD-2A
output for that motor.

UVD-2A
3.7kW Example:
30
To find the motor that can produce
K 20
pressure of 3.5MPa and a discharge
rate of 21 ℓ/min.
Selection Process
2.2kW
Since the intersection of the two bro-
UVD-1A
UVD-1A
L
0.75kW ken lines from a pressure of 3.5MPa
10 1.5kW
and discharge rate of 21ℓ/min in-
tersect in the area under the 2.2kW
curve, it means that a 2.2kW motor
should be used. In the case of a dou-
M
60Hz 50Hz 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
areas areas
ble pump configuration, select a mo-
{10.2} {20.4} {30.6} {40.8} {51.0} {61.2}
tor that is larger than the total power
Discharge pressure P MPa{kgf/cm2 } required by both pumps.
N * When the startup current of the uni-pump becomes higher for the IE1 motor, breakers may need to be changed.
B-22
UVD-1A
D 108.6 L
KL Rc1/2(IN) 61 IL A
113 75.5 Rc3/8(OUT on opposite side) 22.5
130
Hanging bolt O
Motor rating plate Rotation direction plate
(Terminal box side) B
Terminal box
Vane Pumps
B terminal
φ106
50
Uni-pump
H
(Name sticker)
55
Pressure (Terminal box side)
C -0.5
0
adjusting screw φKD Flow rate adjusting
screw M12
C
Width across flat 6 (Round drain hole)
T
Pump model J Rc1/4(DR)
(nameplate) E E G F F
S
M N
0.75,1.5kW View R: Mounting foot hole shape
(4 locations)
D
R

Frame Weight
Uni-pump [kW]
E
No. [kg]
A IL C D E F G H I J L M N S×T φ KD KL O (4 poles)
UVD-1A-A1-0.75-4-50
137 105 80 152 62.5 50 4.5 160 193 47.5 242 165 130 25×10 27 137 65 80M 0.75 27
UVD-1A-A2-0.75-4-50
F
UVD-1A-A2-1.5-4-50
160.5 118.5 90 183 70 62.5 4.4 183 204 22 279 165 152.5 16×10 27 142 68 90L 1.5 30
UVD-1A-A3-1.5-4-50
UVD-1A-A3-2.2-4-50 179 133 100 206 80 70 7 203 226 39 312 206 170 14×12 27 153 83 100L 2.2 44
4. See page A-21 for the characteristics of the drive motor for the unipump (domestic standard 3 rating). G
UVD-2A
Hanging bolt
H
D Rc1(IN)
(3.7kW only) Rc3/4(OUT on opposite side)
KL 166 L
170 108 98 IL A
I
Hanging bolt
150 42.5 O Rotation
(IN-OUT port dimension) direction plate
Motor rating plate
(Terminal box side)
Terminal box
J
B terminal
I2(3.7kW only)
Uni-pump
φ140
I1
66
(Name sticker)
75
(Terminal box side)

C -0.5
Pressure
0
φKD
K
adjusting screw Flow rate
(Round drain hole) adjustingscrew M16
Width across flat 6
20° T
Rc1/4(DR)
G
Pump model J F F
(nameplate) E E N
S
M
I1
2.2kW
L
I1
1.5kW
M
Frame Weight
Uni-pump [kW]
No. [kg]
UVD-2A-A1-1.5-4-50
160.5 118.5 90 183 70 62.5 4.4 183 204 − 22 279 165 152.5 16×10 27 142 68 90L 1.5 43
N
UVD-2A-A2-1.5-4-50
UVD-2A-A2-2.2-4-50
179 133 100 206 80 70 7 203 226 − 39 312 206 170 14×12 27 153 83 100L 2.2 57
UVD-2A-A3-2.2-4-50
UVD-2A-A2-3.7-4-50
O
199 140 112 233 95 70 10 228 253 242 24 339 214 164 14×12 27 182 90 112M 3.7 61
UVD-2A-A3-3.7-4-50
B-23
UVD-11A
Hanging bolt
D Rc1/2(IN) 188 L
(3.7kW only)
KL Rc3/8(OUT on 138 IL A
113 75.5 Hanging bolt
opposite side) 99.5
130 61 O Motor rating plate
(IN-OUT port dimension) 22.5 (Terminal box side) Rotation direction plate
B Terminal box
B terminal
Uni-pump
(Name sticker)
(Terminal box side)
I2(3.7kW only)
Vane Pumps
I1
φ106
50
H
B
55
Pressure
C -0.5
Flow rate
0
adjusting screw M12
Width across flat 6 (Round drain hole)
T
Rc1/4(DR)
G
C
Pump model J F F
(nameplate)
S
E E N
M
I1

R (4 locations)
1.5kW(steel plate)
I1
D

Frame Weight
Uni-pump kW
No. kg
E UVD-11A-A1-A1-1.5-4-50
UVD-11A-A1-A2-1.5-4-50
UVD-11A-A1-A3-1.5-4-50
F
160.5 118.5 90 183 70 62.5 4.4 183 204 − 22 279 165 152.5 16×10 27 142 68 90L 1.5 36
UVD-11A-A2-A2-1.5-4-50
UVD-11A-A2-A3-1.5-4-50
UVD-11A-A3-A3-1.5-4-50
G UVD-11A-A1-A2-2.2-4-50
UVD-11A-A1-A3-2.2-4-50
UVD-11A-A2-A2-2.2-4-50 179 133 100 206 80 70 7 203 226 − 39 312 206 170 14×12 27 153 83 100L 2.2 50
H
UVD-11A-A2-A3-2.2-4-50
UVD-11A-A3-A3-2.2-4-50
UVD-11A-A1-A3-3.7-4-50
UVD-11A-A2-A2-3.7-4-50
I UVD-11A-A2-A3-3.7-4-50
199 140 112 233 95 70 10 228 253 242 24 339 214 164 14×12 27 182 90 112M 3.7 54
UVD-11A-A3-A3-3.7-4-50
J
B-24
VDC SERIES HIGH PRESSURE TYPE
VARIABLE VOLUME VANE PUMP *
VDC Series 30 to 120ℓ/min M

0 *
High-Pressure Type Variable Volume Vane Pump 14MPa
Features B
qHighly efficient and stable stability. This minimizes ring vibration ensures a highly stable fixed discharge
Vane Pumps
B
and delivers quiet operation. rate, even in the high pressure range.
high-pressure operation
Innovative pressure control and pres- eOutstanding response, tHigh efficiency operation
sure balance mechanisms combine with
an original 3-point ring support system high-precision operation with minimal power loss
C
dramatically improves high-pressure An innovative new ring stopper elim- New mechanical innovations minimize
operation. The result is outstanding inates excessive ring displacement power loss, especially at full cutoff.
performance at high pressures up to and improves response. The result is
14MPa. high precision operation at all times, ySimplified maintenance
including during starts, stops, and load
and handling
wLow vibration and noise
A number of innovative new mecha-
changes.
Pressure adjusting and discharge rate
adjusting mechanisms are located on
D
nisms are adopted to minimize vibra- rPrecise characteristics for the same side of the pump for simplified
tion and noise. In particular, a 3-point a stable discharge rate maintenance and handling.
E
support system is used for the control A revolutionary new pressure compen-
piston and bias piston to increase ring sator type pressure control mechanism
Specifications
F
Pressure Adjustment Allowable Peak Revolution Speed
No-load Discharge Rate ℓ/min
Capacity Range Pressure min-1 Weight
Model No.
G
cm3/rev MPa MPa kg
1000min-1 1200min-1 1500min-1 1800min-1 Min. Max.
{kgf/cm2} {kgf/cm2}
VDC-1A(B)-1A2-20 1.5 to 3.5 {15.3 to 35.7}
14 {143}
1A3 2 to 7 {20.4 to 71.4}
16.7 16.7 20 25 30 800 1800 9.5
1A4 5 to 10.5 {51 to 107}
H
21 {214}
1A5 7 to 14 {71.4 to 143}
VDC-1A(B)-2A2-20 1.5 to 3.5 {15.3 to 35.7}
22 22 27 33 40 14 {143} 800 1800 9.5
2A3 2 to 7 {20.4 to 71.4}
VDC-2A(B)-1A2-20 1.5 to 3.5 {15.3 to 35.7}
14 {143}
I
1A3 2 to 7 {20.4 to 71.4}
30 30 36 45 54 800 1800 25
1A4 5 to 10.5 {51 to 107}
21 {214}
1A5 7 to 14 {71.4 to 143}
VDC-2A(B)-2A2-20 1.5 to 3.5 {15.3 to 35.7}
39 39 47 58 70 14 {143} 800 1800 25
2A3 2 to 7 {20.4 to 71.4}
VDC-3A(B)-1A2-20
1A3
67 67 80 100 120
1.5 to 3.5 {15.3 to 35.7}
2 to 7 {20.4 to 71.4}
14 {143}
800 1800
47
J
1A4 5 to 10.5 {51 to 107} (33)
21 {214}
1A5 7 to 14 {71.4 to 143}
Double Pump
Model No. Vent Side Shaft Side
K
Revolution
Pressure Adjust- Pressure Adjust- Speed min-1
Discharge Rate ℓ/min Discharge Rate ℓ/min Weight
Foot Mounting Type ment Range ment Range
L
kg
(Flange Mounting) MPa MPa
1800min-1 1500min-1 1800min-1 1500min-1 Min. Max.
{kgf/cm2} {kgf/cm2}
VDC-11A(B)-2A3-2A3-20 40 33 2 to 7 {20.4 to 71.4} Type A 27
40 33 2 to 7 {20.4 to 71.4} 800 1800
VDC-11A(B)-2A3-1A5-20 30 25 7 to 14 {71.4 to 143} Type B 20
M
VDC-12A(B)-2A3-2A3-20 70 58 2 to 7 {20.4 to 71.4}
40 33 2 to 7 {20.4 to 71.4}
VDC-12A(B)-2A3-1A5-20 54 45 7 to 14 {71.4 to 143} Type A 42
800 1800
VDC-12A(B)-1A5-2A3-20 70 58 2 to 7 {20.4 to 71.4} Type B 35
30 25 7 to 14 {71.4 to 143}
VDC-12A(B)-1A5-1A5-20 54 45 7 to 14 {71.4 to 143}
VDC-22A(B)-2A3-2A3-20 70 58 2 to 7 {20.4 to 71.4} Type A 62
N
70 58 2 to 7 {20.4 to 71.4} 800 1800
VDC-22A(B)-2A3-1A5-20 54 45 7 to 14 {71.4 to 143} Type B 50
VDC-13A(B)-2A3-1A3-20 2 to 7 {20.4 to 71.4}
40 33 2 to 7 {20.4 to 71.4}
VDC-13A(B)-2A3-1A5-20 7 to 14 {71.4 to 143} Type A 62
120 100 800 1800
VDC-13A(B)-1A5-1A3-20 2 to 7 {20.4 to 71.4} Type B 48
30 25 7 to 14 {71.4 to 143}
VDC-13A(B)-1A5-1A5-20
Note) 1. VDC-3A, VDC-11A, VDC-12A and VDC-13A are foot mounting types, and come with foot mountings.
2. VDC-1A and VDC-2A are sub plate types. Sub plates are not included.
7 to 14 {71.4 to 143}
O
B-25
•Handling bFactory Default P-Q Settings (Stan- ⁄1For the hydraulic operating fluid, use
zRotation Direction The direction of dard Model) type ISO VG32 or equivalent (viscos-
rotation is always is clockwise (right- • Flow Rate Setting = Maximum flow ity index of at least 90) for pressures
ward) when viewed from the shaft rate for model as indicated in the of 7MPa or lower, and type ISO VG68
side. catalog or equivalent (viscosity index of at
xDrain Drain piping must be direct • Pressure Setting = Pressure shown least 90) for pressures greater than
piping up to a point that is below the in table below 7MP.
B
tank fluid level, and piping should nThrust Screw and Stopper ⁄2The operating temperature range is
comply with the conditions shown in The thrust screw and stopper are 15 to 60°C. When the oil temperature
the table below to ensure that back precision adjusted at the factory at startup is 15°C or less, perform a
pressure due to pipe resistance does during assembly. Never touch them. warm-up operation at low pressure
Vane Pumps
not exceed 0.1MPa. When using See callouts 15/43 and 15/38 in the until the oil temperature reaches
B a pump that has drain ports at two

locations, use the drain port that is
VDC-1A and 2A/3A cross-section di-
agrams on pages B-33 and B-34.
the temperature is within the range of
higher after the pump is installed. mAn unload circuit is required when 0 to 60°C.
In the case of a double pump, run the motor is started under condition ⁄3Suction pressure is -0.03 to
separate pipes from both the shaft λ − Δ. Contact your agent about the +0.03MPa (-0.3 to +0.3kgf/cm2), and
C side and the head side drains directly
connect to the tank, so the drain pipe
unload circuit.
,Initial Operation
the suction port flow rate should be
no greater than 2m/sec.
is below the surface of the oil. Before operating the pump for the ⁄4Avoid pulley, gear, and other drive
first time, put the pump discharge systems that impart a radial or thrust
Model No.
side into the noload state and then load on the end of the pump shaft.
D
VDC-1 VDC-2 VDC-3
Item
repeatedly start and stop the motor Mount the pump so its pump shaft is
Pipe Joint At least At least At least
to bleed all air from inside the pump oriented horizontally.
Size 1/4" 1/4" 3/8" and the suction piping. After confirm- ⁄5Provide a suction strainer with a filter-
At least At least At least
Pipe I.D. ing that the pump is discharging oil, ing grade of about 100μm (150 mesh).
φ 7.6 φ 7.6 φ 9.6
E
continue the no-load operation for For the return line to the tank, use a
Pipe at least 10 minutes to discharge all 25μm line filter.
1m or less 1m or less 1m or less
Length the air from the circuit. Provide an air ⁄6Manage hydraulic operating fluid so
cDischarge Volume Adjustment bleed valve in circuits where it is diffi- contamination is maintained at class
The discharge flow rate is decreased cult to bleed air before startup. NAS10 or lower. Take care to avoid
F by clockwise (rightward) rotation of

the discharge rate adjusting screw,
.Sub Plate
Use the table below for to specify a
sub plate type when one is required.
contamination with water and oth-
er foreign matter, and watch out for
discoloration. Whitish fluid indicates
and increased by counterclockwise
(leftward) rotation. ⁄0Foot Mounting that air has contaminated the fluid,
Loosen the lock nut before mak- For a double pump with VDC-3 foot and brownish fluid indicates the fluid
G ing adjustments. After adjustment

is complete, re-tighten the lock nut.
mounting, the foot mounting kit and
pump are sold as a set. When only
is dirty.
⁄7Contact your agent about using wa-
The graph below provides general the mounting feet are required, pump ter- and glycol-based hydraulic oper-
guidelines for the relationship be- mounting bolts, washers and other ating fluids.
parts are sold together as the Foot ⁄8At startup, repeat the inching oper-
H
tween the rotation angle of the flow
rate adjusting screw and the no-load Mounting Kit. ation (start-stop) to prime the pump
discharge rate. See page B-36 for detailed dimen- and bleed air from the pump and
However: Q=q × N × 10 −3 sions. pipes. (This pump has no fluid supply
Q : No-load Discharge RateQℓ/min port.)
I q : Volume cm3/rev
N : Revolution Speed min−1
70
J
60
50
VD
C-
40 3
Factory Default
K 30
Pressure Settings
VD
VD
C- C-
2-2
MPa{kgf/cm2}
2-1 A*
A*
20 2 : 3.5 {35.7}
VDC-
1-1A* 3 : 3 {30.6}
12 VDC-
10 1-2A*
4 : 5 {51 }
L
8
6
5 : 7 {71.4}
0 90 180 270 360 450
Rotation angle θ °(clockwise)
Note)
M
The values indicated above are at
Sub Plate Number
maximum pump discharge volume
with the flow volume adjusting screw Pump Model No. Sub Plate Number Motor kW
at the 0° position. The broken line
MVD-1-115-10 0.75 to 1.5
shows the flow volume adjustment VDC-1A-1A*-20
N range lower limit value.

vPressure Adjustment Pressure is in-
MVD-1-135-10
MVD-1-115Y-10
2.2 to 3.7
0.75 to 1.5
VDC-1A-2A*-20
creased by clockwise (rightward) ro- MVD-1-135Y-10 2.2 to 3.7
tation of the discharge rate adjusting
MVD-2-135-10 2.2 to 3.7
O
screw, and decreased by counter- VDC-2A-*A*-20
clockwise (leftward) rotation. MVD-2-160-10 5.5
Loosen the lock nut before making
VDC-2A-2A*-20 MVD-2-160Z-10 5.5
adjustments. After adjustment is com-
plete, re-tighten the lock nut. Note) See pages B-17 and B-18 for detailed dimensions.
B-26
⁄9Equip an air bleed valve in circuits gidity. xChanging the revolution speed may
where it is difficult to bleed air before The angle error should be no greater also affect the pump performance
startup. See page C-13 for more in- than 1°. curves. Before using the inverter,
formation. check if the pressure and motor load
¤0When centering the pump shaft, ec- •Inverter Drive Precautions factor are within the range of use.
centricity with the motor shaft should zSet the revolution speed within the
be no greater than 0.05mm. Use a range of the pump specification rev-
B
pump mounting base of sufficient ri- olution speed.
Vane Pumps
Explanation of model No. B
Single Pump
VDC – 2 A – 1 A 2 – 20 C
Design number

2: 1.5 to 3.5MPa {15.3 to 35.7kgf/cm2} D
3: 2 to 7MPa {20.4 to 71.4kgf/cm2}
4: 5 to 10.5MPa {51 to 107kgf/cm2}
5: 7 to 14MPa {71.4 to 143kgf/cm2}
Note: Ring size: In the case of 2, maximum setting
pressure is 7Mpa (71.4kgf/cm2). E
Ring size
at 1800min-1 F
Ring size VDC-1 VDC-2 VDC-3
1 30ℓ/min 54ℓ/min 120ℓ/min
2
Mounting method
40ℓ/min 70ℓ/min −
G
Pump size
1: Type 1 2: Type 2 3: Type 3
H
Pump Type: VDC Series High-pressure Variable Discharge Rate Vane Pump
I
Double Pump
VDC – 1 2 A – 1 A 5 – 2 A 3 – 20
J
Design number
Shaft side pressure adjustment range K

3: 2 to 7MPa {20.4 to 71.4kgf/cm2}
5: 7 to 14MPa {71.4 to 143kgf/cm2}
Shaft side flow rate characteristics A: Constant discharge rate type

L
Shaft side ring size 1, 2
(Size 1 only for VDC-3)
Head side pressure adjustment range 3, 5
Head side flow rate characteristics A: Constant discharge rate type

M
Head side ring size 1, 2
Mounting method
A: Foot type mounting B: Flange type mounting N
Shaft side pump size 1, 2, 3
Head side pump size 1, 2
Pump Type: VDC Series High-pressure Variable Discharge Rate Vane Pump
O
B-27
Single Pump
VDC-1A-*A*-20 Pressure adjusting 153
screw 138
63 33
130 Rc 1/4 DR
B
18 (1A4, 1A5 type only)
106
Vane Pumps
MAX.174
21.15 –0.2
0
25 4.76 +0.024
+0.012
53
131.4
106.9
C φ 19.05 –0.021
53.9 –0.1
0
0
14
D
85 26.5
91 MAX.113 59.5
MAX.205
E 4 to φ 11
140
120.6 ±0.2
51 0
R1
± 0.2
F
25.5
45
OUT ( φ26) DR ( φ 14) IN ( φ 31)

G O-ring 1A-P22 O-ring 1A-P10A O-ring 1A-P25
VDC-1B-*A*-20 Pressure adjusting 153

screw
H
138
59 37
130
33 Rc 1/4 DR
106
22.5
14
I
MAX.120
77.5
25
53
J
–0.04
0
φ 95.02
Flow rate
adjusting screw
K
85
12 4
91 MAX.113
L MAX.205
21.15 –0.2
4 to φ 11
0
M +0.024
4.76 +0.012
O Rc 3/4 IN φ 19.05 –0.021

0 Rc 1/2 OUT
M90 ±0.2
113
65 65
B-28
VDC-2A-*A*-20
Pressure adjusting 224.6

screw 204
160
90 54 Rc 1/4 DR
148
20
+0.024 B
27.7–0.1
40 4.76 +0.012
0
MAX.194
Vane Pumps
B
168
149
75 –0.1
φ 25.4 –0.021
0
0
C
16
107 Flow rate adjusting screw

130 MAX.139.5 (32.5)
MAX.269.5 86.5
D
187
159 4
4 to φ 13
R1
76
4
to E
30
58
14
OUT ( φ 40) DR ( φ19) IN ( φ 40)

F
O-ring 1A-G35 O-ring 1A-P15 O-ring 1A-G35 Note) O-ring 1A-** refers to JIS B2401-1A-**.
VDC-2B-*A*-20
G
Pressure adjusting 224.6
H
screw
160 204
148 98 46 Rc 1/4 DR
28
MAX.119
I
φ 25.4 –0.021
0
–0.1
40
93
77
27.7
φ 135 –0.04
0
Flow rate
adjusting
J
screw
130
107
MAX.139.5
16 4 K
42.5
MAX.269.5
4 to φ 13.5 L
+0.024
4.76 +0.012
O
Rc 1 IN M124 ±0.2 Rc 3/4 OUT
M150
B-29
VDC-3A-1A*-20
Rc 3/8 (DR) MAX 286.6

38 298 MAX 154.6 132
Pressure adjusting
33 153 85 screw 122
93 25
B
0
23 4 to M16 7.938 –0.015
φ 31.75 –0.051
P.C.D181
MAX.119
35.3 –0.2
Vane Pumps
116
B 48
286.4
4– φ 35x1 handhold
C
152.4 ±0.1
φ 18 holes
25
D
Foot
5
139.7±0.2 104.5
203 Mounting Kit 295.3 ±0.2
OUT flange IHM-45-10
Screw-in type IH03J-100080 334
Welded type IH03J-200080 180 φ 26
52.4±0.2 4-M10x18
E
26.2 ±0.2

31.8 50.8
F
±0.2
70
IN flange
φ 40
G
Screw-in type IH03J-100120
Welded type IH03J-200120 4-M12x23
36±0.2
H VDC-3B-1A*-20
I 38
33 213
298
85
Rc 3/8 DR
Pressure adjusting
MAX 286.6
MAX 154.6
122
132
0
screw 7.938 –0.015
153 6 181
φ 31.75 –0.051
93 164
0
23
J
35.3 –0.2
20
0
MAX 119
48
MAX 216
φ 127 –00.051
K
198
164
150
2 to 17.5
L OUT flange
Welded type IH03J-200080 180 φ 26 Note) Use the following table when specifying
52.4 ±0.2
M
4-M10x18 the piping flange kit.
26.2 ±0.2
Type Flange Kit model No.

Screw in type IHF-5-T-20
Flow rate adjusting
Welded Type IHF-5-E-20
N
screw
31.8 50.8
For dimensions, components, and other de-

tails, see the IP pump piping flange kits on
70 ±0.2
pages C-10 and C-11.
O IN flange
φ 40
4-M12x23
Welded type IH03J-200120 36 ±0.2
B-30
Double Pump
VDC-11B-*A*-*A*-20
Pressure 259 51 MAX 113 92

adjusting screw
85 143 101 130
14 143 Rc 1/4 M113
Rc 1/4
(DR)
φ 19.05 –0.021
(DR) 14 M90
φ 95.02 –0.04
4
21.15 –0.2
4– φ 11hole
0
0
12
0
25
MAX 120
Vane Pumps
+0.024
77.5
4.76 +0.012
53
Flow rate
adjusting screw
2-Rc 3/4 2-Rc 1/2
C
(IN) (OUT)
143 22.5
VDC-12B-*A*-*A*-20
Pressure
D
adjusting screw 318 60 MAX139.5 130
107
φ 25.4 –0.021
145 158
130 14 174 28 4 85 4.76
+0.024
0
Rc 1/4 (DR)
27.7 –0.1
E
+0.012
(IN-OUT Rc 1/4 (DR) 16 150
0
port dimension) (IN-OUT port dimension)
MAX119
Flow rate adjusting
screw
40
93
77
φ 135 –0.04
F
0
Rc 3/4
Rc 1 (IN) (OUT)
Rc 3/4 (IN) 182 42.5 M124 ±0.2
G
Rc 1/2 (OUT) M150
VDC-22B-*A*-*A*-20
H
Pressure 369 60
adjusting screw 190.5 158
φ 25.4 –0.021
107 28 190.5 MAX 139.5 130

28 4 150
0
27.7 –0.1
Rc 1/4 (DR) Rc 1/4 (DR) +0.024

0
16 (IN-OUT port dimension) 4.76 +0.012

MAX 119
40 I
93
77
φ 135 –0.04
0
J
2-Rc
3/4 (OUT)
Flow rate 2-Rc 1 (IN) M124 ±0.2
adjusting screw 190.5 42.5 M150
4– φ13.5hole
VDC-13B-*A*-*A*-20 K
361 85
Pressure 218 128 6
L
210 (IN-OUT port dimension) 23 Rc 3/8 (DR) 170 132
52.4 (OUT)
130 20 155
φ 31.75 –0.051
(IN-OUT port dimension) Rc 1/4 (DR) 85

70 (IN)
35.3 –0.2
0
0
2—17.5
MAX 119
MAX 113
M
0
116
7.938 –0.015
48
75
φ 127 –0.051
0
82
Flow rate
adjusting screw
Rc 3/4 (IN)
36 (IN)
26.2 (OUT)
Flow rate
adjusting screw
181
OUT
N
Rc 1/2 (OUT) 74.5 193 IN
φ 40 (IN) 4-M12x23 (IN)
φ 26 (OUT) 4-M10x18 (OUT)
Note) 1. VDC-**A has the foot mounting kit shown on page B-36 installed. O
2. Rc-* previously was PT*.
B-31
VDC-1A(B)-1A3-20 VDC-1A(B)-2A3-20 VDC-2A(B)-2A3-20

1800min–1 Q 1800min–1
30
40
Q 1800min–1 Q
70
B 25
1500min–1
5 1500min –1
60
1500min –1

30 6
20 4 50 10
Input Lin kW
Input Lin kW
Input Lin kW
Vane Pumps
5
Lin 40 8
B
15 3 Lin
20 4 Lin
30 6
3
10 –1 2 –1 –1
n
mi mi
n 20 mi
n 4
00
Drain rate DR
Drain rate DR
10 4 00 2 00
Drain rate DR
18 –1 18 6 18
–1 –1
5 4
in 1 n
C
m mi 1 10 4
mi
n 2
00 2
00 00
2 15 DR 15 DR 2 15 DR
0 0 0 0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
{10.2}{20.4} {30.6} {40.8} {51.0} {61.2} {71.4} {10.2}{20.4} {30.6} {40.8} {51.0} {61.2} {71.4} {10.2} {20.4} {30.6} {40.8} {51.0} {61.2} {71.4}
Discharge pressure P MPa{kgf/cm } 2 Discharge pressure P MPa{kgf/cm } 2 Discharge pressure P MPa{kgf/cm } 2
VDC-2A(B)-1A3-20 VDC-3A(B)-1A3-20 VDC-1A(B)-1A5-20

D 60
1800min–1 Q
120
1800min–1 Q 15
30
1800min–1 Q
1500min–1 1500min–1
50

100 25
1500min–1
E 40 8 80 10 20 8
Input Lin kW
Input Lin kW
Input Lin kW
Lin
7
30
Lin
6 60 –1 15 6
Lin in
5 m
00
F 18
20 4 40 –1
5 10 –1 4
–1 n
mi
n in mi
Drain rate DR
Drain rate DR
Drain rate DR
Drain rate DR
6
0 3 m 0
80 00 180
1 15 –1
6
/min
10 –1 2 20 n 2
mi
4 5 4
0 min DR 4
00
2 150 1 2 DR
2 15 DR
0 0 0 0 10 0
G
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 3.5 7 10.5 14.0
{10.2} {20.4} {30.6} {40.8} {51.0} {61.2} {71.4} {10.2} {20.4} {30.6} {40.8} {51.0} {61.2} {71.4} {35.3} {71.4} {107.1} {142.8}
VDC-2A(B)-1A5-20 VDC-3A(B)-1A5-20
1800min –1 Q
H
60 120 30
1800min–1
Q
1500min–1
50 100 25
1500min–1
80
Lin
40 16 20
Input Lin kW
Input Lin kW
I 30
Lin
14
12 60
–1
15
10 in
m
20 8 40 00 10
–1
18
Drain rate DR
i n –1
0m in
Drain rate DR
J
6
1 80 6 0 0m
10 4 –1
in 4 20 15 5
0m 4
2 150 DR 2 2 DR
0 0 0 0
3.5 7 10.5 14.0 3.5 7.0 10.5 14.0
{35.3} {71.4} {107.1} {142.8} {35.3} {71.4} {107.1} {142.8}
K
2
Discharge pressure P MPa{kgf/cm } 2
L Axial input at full cutoff
VDC-1 VDC-2 VDC-3

M 2.0 4 5
4
1.5 3
–1
3 in
–1 –1
00m
1.0 min 2 min 18 –1
N
00 –1 00 –1 2 in
18 in 18 in 0 0m
0 0m 0 0m 15
0.5 15 1 15
1
0
0 3.5 7.0 10.5 14.0 0 3.5 7.0 10.5 14.0 0 3.5 7.0 10.5 14.0
{35.3} {71.4} {107.1} {142.8} {35.3} {71.4} {107.1} {142.8} {35.3} {71.4} {107.1} {142.8}
O Discharge pressure P MPa{kgf/cm }

2
2
2
B-32
VDC-1 VDC-2 VDC-3

Measurement Position: 1 meter behind pump Measurement Position: 1 meter behind pump Measurement Position: 1 meter behind pump
80 80 80
–1
–1 1800min
Noise level dB(A)
Noise level dB(A)
Noise level dB(A)

1800min
70 70 70
B
–1 –1 At full cutoff
1800min 1500min
–1
At full cutoff 1500min At full cutoff
60 –1 60 60
1500min
Vane Pumps
50 50 50
B
0 3.5 7.0 10.5 14.0 0 3.5 7.0 10.5 14.0 0 3.5 7.0 10.5 14.0
{35.3} {71.4} {107.1} {142.8} {35.3} {71.4} {107.1} {142.8} {35.3} {71.4} {107.1} {142.8}
Discharge pressure P MPa{kgf/cm2 }
C
VDC-1A-*A*-20 D
VDC-2A-*A*-20
45 40
44 43 31 22 42 4 30 14 11 7 10 23 29 32 21 47 32 20 2 25 9 38 15 17 28 6 8 12
31 26 46
20
E
41 36
3 1
27
24
16 37
13
39 19 5 F
18
48
42
G
H
34 35 33
58 59 50 51 53 61 60 49 57 52 54 56 55
Seal Component Table (VDC-1*,VDC-2*)
Part
Applicable Pump Model No. VDC-1A-*-20 VDC-2A-*-20
Part No. Part Name
I
Seal Kit Number VCBS-101A00 VCBS-102A00
No. 37 Backup ring
Part Name Part Number Q'ty Part Number Q'ty
38 Cap
24
25
Oil seal
O-ring
TCV-224211-V
S85(NOK)
1
1
TCN-325211-V
NBR-70-1 G115
1
1
39
40
Snap ring
Screw J
26 O-ring AS568-034 1 AS568-150 1 41 Screw
42 Screw
27 O-ring AS568-026 1 AS568-134 1 Part No. Part Name Part No. Part Name
43 Screw (stopper)
28
29
O-ring
O-ring
NBR-70-1 P14
NBR-70-1 P22
1
1
NBR-70-1 P18
NBR-70-1 G35
1
1
1
2
Body (1)
Body (2)
19
20
Key
Pin
44
45
Screw
Plug
K
30 O-ring NBR-70-1 P20 1 NBR-70-1 G35 1 3 Cover (1) 21 Holder 46 Plug
4 Cover (2) 22 Holder 47 Pole
31 O-ring NBR-70-1 P5 2 NBR-70-1 P9 2
L
5 Shaft 23 Orifice 48 Nameplate
32 O-ring NBR-70-1 P6 4 NBR-70-1 P7 4 6 Ring 24 Oil seal 49 Valve body
33 O-ring NBR-70-1 P25 1 NBR-70-1 G35 1 7 Vane 25 O-ring 50 Spool
8 Plate (S) 26 O-ring 51 Holder
34 O-ring NBR-70-1 P22 1 NBR-70-1 G35 1
9 Plate (H) 27 O-ring 52 Plunger
35 O-ring NBR-70-1 P10A 1 NBR-70-1 P15 1
M
10 Piston (1) 28 O-ring 53 Spring
36 Backup ring VCB34-101000 1 VCB34-102000 1 11 Piston (2) 29 O-ring 54 Retainer
12 Bearing 30 O-ring 55 Screw
37 Backup ring VCB34-201000 1 VCB34-202000 1
13 Bearing 31 O-ring 56 Nut
57 O-ring NBR-70-1 P14 1 NBR-70-1 P14 1 14 Spring 32 O-ring O-ring
57
58 O-ring NBR-90 P6
Note) 1. Oil seals are manufactured by Nippon Oil Seal Industry Co.
3 NBR-90 P6 3 15
16
17
Thrust screw
Screw
Nut
33
34
35
O-ring
O-ring
O-ring
58
59
O-ring
Plug N
Ltd. (NOK). 60 Plug
2. The materials and hardness of the O-ring conform with JIS 18 Nut 36 Backup ring 61 Screw
B2401.
3. For VDR-*B-*-20, the seal kit number becomes VDBS-10*B00,
without the 33, 24, and 35 O-rings. O
B-33
VDC-3A-1A*-20
40 41
30 34 35
39 38 29 21 5 27 14 12 8 28 17 32 7 11 22 27 21 29 16 18 2 13 42 24 25 10 15 1 9 13 23 33 3 19 6
B
Vane Pumps
C 37
36 26
4 31 43
D
20
E 54 53 45 46
56
44 48 52 47 49 51 50
F Part No. Part Name

33 Snap ring
34 Screw
35 Screw
G Seal Component Table (VDC-3*) 36 Screw

37 Screw
Applicable Pump Model No. VDC-3A(B)-*-20 38 Screw (stopper)
Part
Seal Kit Number VCBS-103B00 39 Screw
No. Part No. Part Name Part No. Part Name
Part Name Part Number Q'ty 40 Plug
H 23
24
Oil seal
O-ring
TCN-385811-V
NBR-70-1 G130
1
1
1
2
Body (1)
Body (2)
17
18
Nut
Nut
41
42
Washer
Nameplate
3 Mounting 19 Key 43 Pole
25 O-ring AS568-154(NBR-90) 1 4 Cover (1) 20 Pin 44 Valve body
5 Cover (2) 21 Holder 45 Spool
I
26 O-ring AS568-151(NBR-90) 1
6 Shaft 22 Orifice 46 Holder
27 O-ring NBR-70-1 G40 2
7 Ring 23 Oil seal 47 Plunger
28 O-ring NBR-70-1 P22 1 8 Vane 24 O-ring 48 Spring
29 O-ring NBR-70-1 P9 2 9 Plate (S) 25 O-ring 49 Retainer
10 Plate (H) 26 O-ring 50 Screw
J
30 O-ring NBR-70-1 P7 2
11 Piston (1) 27 O-ring 51 Nut
31 O-ring NBR-70-1 P7 2
12 Piston (2) 28 O-ring 52 O-ring
52 O-ring NBR-70-1 P14 1 13 Bearing 29 O-ring 53 O-ring
53 O-ring NBR-90 P6(NBR-90) 3 14 Spring 30 O-ring 54 Plug
K
15 Thrust screw 31 O-ring 55 Plug
Note) 1. Oil seals are manufactured by Nippon
16 Screw 32 Cap 56 Screw
Oil Seal Industry Co. Ltd. (NOK).
2. The materials and hardness of the
O-ring conform with JIS B2401.
B-34
VDC Series
Double Pump
10
4 7
9
2 5 6
8
1 3
B
Vane Pumps
B
F
Part No. Part Name
1 Body (2)
2
3
4
Body (3)
Shaft (S)
Shaft (H)
G
5 Joint
6 O-ring
7
8
O-ring
Screw H
9 Screw
10 Screw
I
Note) In the case of a double pump, use single
pump parts in addition to the 10 parts
listed above.
List of Sealing Parts J

Part VDC-11A-*-*-20 VDC-12A-*-*-20 VDC-22A-*-*-20 VDC-13A-*-*-20
Part Name
No. Part Number Q'ty Part Number Q'ty Part Number Q'ty Part Number Q'ty
6 O-ring − NBR-70-1 G60 1 NBR-70-1 G60 1 − K
7 O-ring NBR-70-1 G85 1 NBR-70-1 G45 1 NBR-70-1 G60 1 NBR-70-1 G85 1
Note) 1. See the description of the single pump for seal parts that are not included in the list.
L
B-35
Foot Mounting Installation Measurement Chart
For VDC-11A, VDC-12 and VDC-22 (for double pump)
B
Vane Pumps
E For VDC-3A and VDC-13A
J Foot Mounting Applicable Pump Accessories Dimensions mm

Kit Model No. Model No. Bolt Q'ty Washer Q'ty A B C E F H
K
VDC-1
VCM-11-20 TH-10×30 4 WS-B-10 4 171.45 204 107.95 1 95.25 150
VDC-11
VDC-2
VCM-22-20 VDC-12 TH-12×35 4 WS-B-12 4 235 267 139.7 1 127 193
L
VDC-22
VDC-3
IHM-45-10 TB-16×40 2 WP-16 2 295.3 334 152.4 1 139.7 203
VDC-13
M Foot Mounting
Kit Model No. (I) (J) K N P Q
Dimensions mm
S T U φD φ d1 φ d2 φ d3 φ d4
Weight
kg
VCM-11-20 66.5 33 18 18 M10 180 32.5 50 90 95.02 22 11 − 40 6.5
N
VCM-22-20 84.5 40 20 20 M12 232 44.5 57.5 124 135 22 14 − 40 12.0
IHM-45-10 104.5 60 25 25 M16 259 44.5 61 − 127 35 18 181 86 13.5
B-36
UVC – 1 A – 2 A 2 – 1.5 – 4 – 40 UVC – 11 A – 2 A 2 – 2 A 2 – 3.7 – 4 – 40

Design number
Design number
B
0.75, 1.5, 2.2, 3.7 1.5, 2.2, 3.7
Vane Pumps
Pressure adjustment range Shaft side pump pressure adjustment range
B
2: 1.5 to 3.5MPa 2: 1.5 to 3.5MPa
{15.3 to 35.7kgf/cm2} {15.3 to 35.7kgf/cm2}
3: 2.0 to 7.0MPa 3: 2.0 to 7.0MPa
{20.4 to 71.4kgf/cm2} {20.4 to 71.4kgf/cm2}
4: 5 to 10.5MPa Shaft side pump flow rate characteristics
{51 to 107kgf/cm2}

Shaft side pump ring size
C
None : 30ℓ/min
Ring size at 1800min-1
2 : 40ℓ/min
None : 30ℓ/min
D
at 1800min-1 Head side pump pressure adjustment range:
2 : 40ℓ/min
A: Foot type mounting Same as the shaft side pump
Head side pump flow rate characteristics
Pump size 1: VDC–1B(20D)
2: VDC–2B(20D)
Head side pump ring size
E
Pump Type: VDC Series Uni-pump
None : 30ℓ/min
at 1800min-1
2 : 40ℓ/min
Pump size 11: VDC–11B(20D)
Pump Type: VDC Series Uni-pump
F
Specifications G
Maximum Working Maximum Flow Rate ℓ/min (A*) Maximum Flow Rate ℓ/min (2A*)
Model No. Pressure
MPa{kgf/cm2} 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz
UVC- 1A
UVC- 2A
7 {71.4}
7 {71.4}
25
45
30
54
33
58
40
70
H
UVC-11A 7 {71.4} 25-25 30-30 33-33 40-40
Motor selection curves •Selecting a motor

I
60 motor under the rated output for that motor.
J
Example:
50
40 of 3.5MPa and a discharge rate of 25.0 ℓ/min.
30
Selection Process
Since the intersection of the two broken lines K
3.7kW from a pressure of 3.5MPa and discharge rate
20
of 25.0 ℓ/min intersect in the area under the
2.2kW
2.2kW curve, it means that a 2.2kW motor
10 1.5kW
0.75kW
should be used. In the case of a double pump
configuration, select a motor that is larger
L
60Hz 50Hz 0 2 4 6 7 8 10 than the total power required by both pumps.
areas areas Discharge pressure P MPa
M
B-37
UVC-1A
D
KL Rc3/4(IN) 116 L
91 MAX.113 Rc1/2(OUT on opposite side) 101 IL A
Hanging bolt 85 59
Hanging bolt Pressure adjusting screw M8
B
(3.7kW only) 130 22.5 O Motor rating plate
(IN-OUT port dimension) 14 (Terminal box side) Rotation direction plate
Rc1/4(DR)
MAX.120
Vane Pumps
Terminal box
I2(3.7kW only)
B terminal
53
I1
H
Flow rate Uni-pump
C -0.5
(Name sticker)
0
φKD adjusting screw M12
(Terminal box side)
C
(Round drain hole)
T
G
Pump model J F F
S
(nameplate) E E N
M View R: Mounting foot hole shape
I1
2.2kW
Electric drive conceptual diagram (4 locations)
R
D
I1
0.75,1.5kW
Output
Motor Dimensions [mm] Frame Weight
E
Uni-pump kW
A IL C D E F G H I1 I2 J L M N S×T φ KD KL O No. kg
(4 poles)
UVC-1A-A2-0.75-4-40 137 105 80 152 62.5 50 4.5 160 193 − 47.5 242 165 130 25×10 27 137 65 80M 0.75 28.5
UVC-1A-A2-1.5-4-40
UVC-1A-A3-1.5-4-40 160.5 118.5 90 183 70 62.5 4.4 183 204 − 22 279 165 152.5 16×10 27 142 68 90L 1.5 31.5
F UVC-1A-2A2-1.5-4-40
UVC-1A-A2-2.2-4-40
UVC-1A-A3-2.2-4-40 179 133 100 206 80 70 7 203 226 − 39 312 206 170 14×12 27 153 83 100L 2.2 45.5
UVC-1A-2A2-2.2-4-40
UVC-1A-A3-3.7-4-40
G UVC-1A-A4-3.7-4-40
UVC-1A-2A2-3.7-4-40
199 140 112 233 95 70 10 228 253 242 24 339 214 164 14×12 27 182 90 112M 3.7 49.5
UVC-1A-2A3-3.7-4-40
H
4. S
ee page A-21 for the characteristics of the drive motor for the unipump (domestic standard 3 rating).
I UVC-2A
Hanging bolt D
(3.7kW only) KL Rc1(IN) 178.6 L
130 MAX.139.5 Rc3/4(OUT on opposite side) 158 IL A
107 98
Hanging bolt
J
150 42.5 Rc1/4(DR) O Rotation
(IN-OUT port dimension) 28 direction plate
MAX.119
Terminal box
I2(3.7kW only)
B terminal
K
77
Uni-pump
I1
H
(Name sticker)
(Terminal box side)
C -0.5
0
φKD
(Round drain hole)
Flow rate
L
adjusting screw M16
T
G
Pump model J F F
(nameplate) E E Motor rating plate N
S
M (Terminal box side)

I1

M Motor Dimensions [mm]

Output
Frame Weight
Uni-pump kW
A IL C D E F G H I1 I2 J L M N S×T φ KD KL O No. kg
(4 poles)
N
UVC-2A-A2-2.2-4-40
179 133 100 206 80 70 7 203 226 − 39 312 206 170 14×12 27 153 83 100L 2.2 61
UVC-2A-A3-2.2-4-40
UVC-2A-A2-3.7-4-40
UVC-2A-A3-3.7-4-40
199 140 112 233 95 70 10 228 253 242 24 339 214 164 14×12 27 182 90 112M 3.7 65
UVC-2A-2A2-3.7-4-40
O UVC-2A-2A3-3.7-4-40
4. S
ee page A-21 for the characteristics of the drive motor for the unipump (domestic standard 3 rating).
B-38
UVC-11A
Pressure adjusting
D screw M8 259 L
KL 244 IL A
92 MAX.113 202 O
Hanging bolt 85 165.5 Rc1/4(DR)
Hanging bolt Rotation
(3.7kW only) 130 157
(IN-OUT port dimension) 101 Motor rating plate direction plate
59 (Terminal box side)
22.5
Uni-pump B
MAX.120
Terminal box (Name sticker)
I2(3.7kW only)
B terminal (Terminal box side)
53
Vane Pumps
I1
H
B
C -0.5
Flow rate adjusting
0
φKD
screw M12
(Round drain hole)
Rc3/4(IN) T
Rc1/2(OUT on opposite side)
G C
Pump model J F F
14
S
(nameplate) E E N
I1
M 2.2kW View R: Mounting foot hole shape

R (4 locations)
I1
1.5kW
D
Motor Dimensions [mm] Frame Output Weight
Uni-pump kW
A IL C D E F G H I1 I2 J L M N S×T φ KD KL O No. (4 poles) kg
UVC-11A-A2-A2-1.5-4-40
UVC-11A-A2-A3-1.5-4-40 160.5 118.5 90 183 70 62.5 4.4 183 204 − 22 279 165 152.5 16×10 27 142 68 90L 1.5 42 E
UVC-11A-A3-A3-1.5-4-40
UVC-11A-A2-A2-2.2-4-40
UVC-11A-A2-A3-2.2-4-40
F
179 133 100 206 80 70 7 203 226 − 39 312 206 170 14×12 27 153 83 100L 2.2 56
UVC-11A-A3-A3-2.2-4-40
UVC-11A-2A2-2A2-2.2-4-40
UVC-11A-A2-A2-3.7-4-40
UVC-11A-A2-A3-3.7-4-40
G
UVC-11A-A3-A3-3.7-4-40 199 140 112 233 95 70 10 228 253 242 24 339 214 164 14×12 27 182 90 112M 3.7 60
UVC-11A-2A2-2A2-3.7-4-40
UVC-11A-2A2-2A3-3.7-4-40
4. S
ee page A-21 for the characteristics of the drive motor for the unipump (domestic standard 3 rating). H
B-39
UVN SERIES OUT
VARIABLE VOLUME VANE UNI-PUMP
UVN Series Variable Volume Vane Uni-pump 3 to 26cm3/rev M

IN DR
(NSP Uni-pump) 8MPa{81.6kgf/cm2}
B Features
1. Energy efficient high performance 2.Lightweight, compact design 3.Low noise, long life
Vane Pumps
All the performance of a vane pump, The pump and motor are designed for The pump and motor shaft are linked by
B right from the low pressure range, is en-
hanced even further by eliminating the
exclusive uni-pump use, making them
lightweight, compact, easy to handle,
a joint, which minimizes noise by elimi-
nating the effects of shaft vibration and
external drain and optimizing the pres- and suitable for a wide range of appli- an off-center shaft.
sure balance, creating a design that cations. The coupling is constructed to allow
generates little heat. constant lubrication, for friction-free
C The result is a pump that contributes to
the energy efficiency of the mother ma-
long life.
chine, as well as to process precision.
D Specifications
Pump Capacity Pressure Adjustment Range No-load Discharge Rate ℓ/min
E
Model No.
cm3/rev MPa{kgf/cm2} 50Hz 60Hz
UVN-1A-0A2- 0.7
1.5
-4-12 1.5 to 4.0 {15.3 to 40.8}
UVN-1A-0A3- 0.7 -4-12 8.1 3.5 to 6.0 {35.7 to 61.2} 12 14.5
F
1.5
UVN-1A-0A4- 0.7
1.5
-4-12 5.5 to 8.0 {56.1 to 81.6}
UVN-1A-1A2- 1.5
2.2
-4-12 1.5 to 4.0 {15.3 to 40.8}
G UVN-1A-1A3- 1.5
2.2
-4-12 16.1 3.5 to 6.0 {35.7 to 61.2} 24 29
UVN-1A-1A4- 1.5
2.2
-4-12 5.5 to 8.0 {56.1 to 81.6}
UVN-1A-2A2- 2.2
H 3.7
-4-30 2.0 to 4.0 {20.4 to 40.7}
UVN-1A-2A3- 2.2
3.7
-4-30 26.0 3.5 to 6.0 {35.7 to 61.2} 39 46
UVN-1A-2A4-3.7-4-30 5.5 to 7.0 {56.1 to 71.4}
I Note1) Contact your agent for combinations other than those noted above.
Note2) Due to the change of designs from 11 to 12, 20 to 30, the color of paint is changed to black.
J Explanation of model No.

UVN – 1 A – 1 A 4 – 1.5 – 4 – 12
K
Design number
Number of motor poles 4P
Motor output (kW) *Power supply AC200V-50/60Hz AC220V-60Hz
0.7: 0.75kW 1.5: 1.5kW 2.2: 2.2kW
L
2: 1.5 to 4.0MPa {15.3 to 40.8kgf/cm2} 3: 3.5 to 6.0MPa {35.7 to 61.2kgf/cm2}
4: 5.5 to 8.0MPa {56.1 to 81.6kgf/cm2}
M
Discharge rate (At N=1800min –1)
0: 14.5 ℓ/min (max) 1: 29 ℓ/min (max)
Pump size 1: VDN-1B
N UVN Series Uni-pump
B-40
UVN –1 A – 2 A 3 – 3.7 A E – 4 * – 30
Design number
Voltage symbol
Number of motor poles 4P
Special processings None: Standard
E: Tropicalization
B
Terminal box position None: B terminal
A: A terminal
Motor output
2.2: 2.2kW 3.7: 3.7kW
Vane Pumps
B
2: 2.0 to 4.0MPa {20.4 to 40.7kgf/cm2} 3: 3.5 to 6.0MPa {35.7 to 61.2kgf/cm2}
4: 5.5 to 7.0MPa {56.1 to 71.4kgf/cm2}
C
Discharge flow rate (At N=1800min –1)
2: 46 ℓ/min (max)
Pump size 1: VDN-1B
D
UVN Series Uni-pump
•Handling 3.Management of Hydraulic Operat- After adjustment is complete, se-

1.Installation and Piping Precautions ing Fluid curely tighten the lock nut.
E
zProvide a mounting base of sufficient zUse only good-quality hydraulic op- cFactory Default P-Q Settings (Stan-
rigidity, and install so that the pump erating fluid with a kinematic viscosi- dard Model)
shaft is oriented horizontally. ty at a oil temperature of 40°C within • Flow Rate Setting = Maximum flow rate
xMake sure the flow rate of the suc- the range of 30 to 50mm2/sec (30 to for model as indicated in the catalog
tion piping is no more than 2m/s, and 50cSt). Normally, you should use an • Pressure Setting = Pressure shown in
that the suction pressure at the pump
suction port is in the range of -0.03 to
R&O type and wear-resistant type of
ISO VG32 or 46, or equivalent.
xThe operating temperature range is
table below
Factory Default
Pressure Settings
F
+0.03MPa. MPa{kgf/cm2}
cDrain piping must be direct piping 15 to 60°C. When the oil temperature
2 : 3.5 {35.7}
up to a point that is below the tank at startup is 15°C or less, perform a
G
3 : 5.0 {51.0}
fluid level, and back pressure due to warm-up operation at low pressure
until the oil temperature reaches 15°C. 4 : 7.0 {71.4}
pipe resistance should not exceed
0.01MPa. Use the pump in an area where the vAll adjustments, except the flow vol-
Provide a suction strainer with a fil- temperature is within the range of 10 ume adjusting screw, are precision
tering grade of about 100 μm (150 to 40°C.
H
adjusted at the factory during assem-
mesh). cFor the return line to the tank, use a bly, do not adjust them.
25μm line filter.
(Do not make any adjustments other than
2.Running Precautions vManage hydraulic operating fluid so
the pressure adjustment screw and the
zThe direction of rotation is clockwise contamination is maintained at class flow rate adjusting screw.)
NAS10 or lower. Take care to avoid
(rightward) when viewed from the
motor fan side. contamination with water, foreign
matter, and other oil, and watch out
Note) The values indicated above are at maxi-
mum pump discharge volume with the flow I
xAt startup, repeat the inching opera- volume adjusting screw at the 0° position.
tion with the pump discharge side at for discoloration. The broken lines show the flow volume
no-load to prime the pump and bleed adjustment range lower limit value.
air from the pump and suction piping.
(This pump has no fluid supply port.)
4.Setting the Pressure and Discharge
Rate
•Inverter Drive Precautions
J
cEquip an air bleed valve in circuits zWhen adjusting pressure, pressure is in-
where it is difficult to bleed air before creased by clockwise (rightward) rotation zSet the revolution speed within the
startup. of the adjusting screw and decreased by range of the pump specification rev-
vMake sure the maximum peak pres-
sure (setting pressure + surge pres-
counterclockwise (leftward) rotation.
After adjustment is complete, securely
olution speed.
xChanging the revolution speed may K
sure) during operation does not ex- tighten the lock nut. also affect the pump performance
ceed 14MPa. xTurn adjustment screw right to decrease curves. Before using the inverter,
or left to increase volume of discharge. check if the pressure and motor load
L
Refer to the following piping condi-
tions as a guideline to keep the max- Refer to guidelines in the following di- factor are within the range of use.
imum peak pressure below 14 MPa. agram for the relationship of the non-
1/2" x 2 m rubber hose (Discharge load volume of discharge and the po-
rate 0; Type 1 14MPa, Type 2 13MPa) sition of the flow adjustment screw.
(pipe volume: approximately 250 cm3)
bInstall a relief valve to cut surges in the
circuit if pressure exceeds 14 MPa.
30
M
UVN-1A-2A*(26cm /rev)
3
Note) The maximum peak pressure of the dis-

charge rate Type 2 is 13MPa. 25
20 N
16
15 UVN-1A-1A* Note) The values indicated above are at maximum
(16cm3/rev) pump discharge volume with the flow vol-
O
10 ume adjusting screw at the 0° position.
UVN-1A-0A* The broken line shows the flow volume ad-
(8cm3/rev) justment range lower limit value.
5
0
0 90 180 270 360 450
Rotation angle θ °(clockwise)
B-41
Installation Dimension Drawings Installation method is the same as design number 10D (old design).
(128) (61) 90.5 L

72 B terminal (standard) 68.5 P
83 O M8 eye bolt
(A terminal) Flow rate adjusting bolt Outlet terminal
B
(50) 50 A G3/4
Drain port Pump Discharge Port Rotation direction sticker
Rc 1/2 or SAE J518b 1/2 Motor plate (Opposite side)
Rc 1/4 Auxiliary
View X
Pressure adjusting bolt
Vane Pumps
H
17.5
(Vent hole diameter)

B
Flow rate adjusting bolt
I
descend P rise
J
68
increase Q decrease
56
11
38.1
28
φ KD
φ KB
21
C 52
C
4-M8 depth 15
S
G
Auxiliary View X
R* E E Pressure gauge F F
T connection port Pump suction port
M 26 N
Auxiliary View Y Rc 1/4 Rc 3/4
D
69.5 IL
Installation Hole Dimensions Auxiliary View Y
(4 Locations)
E
Output - Motor Dimensions (mm)
Weight
Model No. Poles
kg
(kW-4P) A IL C φ KD E F G H J L M N T×S R* φ KB O P I
0
UVN-1A- 1 A*-0.7*-4-12 0.75-4 20 90 80 157 62.5 50 2.3 120 72 230 155 120 15×10 R5 110 65 130 92 19
F
0
UVN-1A- 1 A*-1.5*-4-12 1.5-4 20 100 90 175 70 62.5 3.2 128 80 255 170 150 15×10 R5 120 65 130 100 23
0
UVN-1A- 1 A*-2.2*-4-12 2.2-4 20 110 100 195 80 70 3.2 138 90 285 200 165 17×12 R6 134 65 135 110 30
- Pump Capacity and Motor Output Category Combinations -
G 0A*
0.75kW
K
1.5kW
K
2.2kW
1A* K K
H Pump Discharge Port

Rc 1/2 or SAE
Hanging bolt J518b 1/2
(3.7kW only) D Hanging bolt Rc1/2 50 134 L
KL KL 17.5 104 IL A
I
Drain port (132) (63) (IN,OUT) Rotation
Rc1/4 O direction plate
72 21 54 Motor rating plate
A,B terminal
38.1
(DR) (Terminal Uni-pump

58
box side) common fan side

Terminal box (Name sticker)
Pressure Terminal box
A terminal 4-M8X15 (Terminal box side)
B terminal
adjusting screw
I2(3.7kW only)
Flow rate adjusting bolt

55 ±0.5 62 ±0.5
descend P rise
increase Q decrease
12
J
Auxiliary View X
I1
28
H
C –0.5
0
φ KD
(Round drain hole) Pump suction port
Pressure adjusting T Rc1
Flow rate adjusting bolt M12
K
screw M10
G
J Pressure gauge F F
S
I1
E E connection port N
M Rc1/4 View R: Mounting foot hole shape
(4 locations) R 2.2kW Electric drive conceptual diagram
L
Frame Weight
Model No. [kW]
No. [kg]
M
UVN-1A-2A*-2.2**-4*-30 179 133 100 206 80 70 7 203 226 − 39 312 206 170 14×12 27 153 83 100L 2.2 46
UVN-1A-2A*-3.7**-4*-30 199 140 112 233 95 70 10 228 253 242 24 339 214 164 14×12 27 182 90 112M 3.7 50
1. Standard drive motor is the fully enclosed fan-cooled E type.
N 2. Standard voltage for drive motor is 200 VAC, 50/60 Hz or 220 VAC, 60 Hz.
−Pump Pressure Classification and Motor Output Combinations−
2.2kW 3.7kW
O 2A2
2A3
K
K
K
K
2A4 K
B-42
Characteristics of drive motor for unipump (domestic standard 3 rating)
UVN-1A- 0 A*
1
Output Voltage Frequency Current rating RPM rating Heat re-
Poles Model Number
kW [V] [Hz] [A] [min-1] sistance
200 50 4.3 1440
0.75 4 200 60 3.6 1730 E
The drive motor is
specialized for the
220
200
60
50
3.6
7.3
1745
1440 B
1.5 4 unipump and is not 200 60 6.4 1730 E
220 60 6.2 1740
Vane Pumps
a specific model.
B
200 50 10.3 1450
2.2 4 200 60 9.2 1745 E
220 60 8.9 1755
UVN-1A-2A*
C
Output Voltage Frequency Current rating RPM rating Heat re-
Poles Model Number
kW [V] [Hz] [A] [min-1] sistance
200 50 9.5 1460
2.2 4 VAEA-1A4*22-B 200 60 8.8 1750 F
220 60 8.5 1760
3.7 4 VAEA-1A4*37-B
200
200
50
60
15.4
14.3
1460
1760 F D
220 60 13.5 1760
Performance Curves E
UVN-1A-*A*-*-4-12
Operating Fluid: ISO VG 32
Oil temperature: 40°C
F
Motor selection curves
The area under a motor output curve in the graph below is Selection Process
the operating range for that motor under the rated output for
that motor.
Since the intersection of the two broken lines from a pressure
of 3.5MPa and discharge rate of 12ℓ/min intersect in the area G
Example: under the 1.5kW curve, it means that a 1.5kW motor should
To find the motor that can produce pressure of 3.5MPa and a be used.
discharge rate of 12ℓ/min.
H
UVN -1A-0A*(50Hz) UVN -1A-0A*(60Hz)

I
15
15
1.5kW
10
1.5kW
10
J
0.75kW 0.75kW
5 5
K
L
0 2 4 6 8 0 2 4 6 8
{20.4} {40.8} {61.2} {81.6} {20.4} {40.8} {61.2} {81.6}
UVN -1A-1A*(50Hz) UVN -1A-1A*(60Hz)
M
35 35
30 30
2.2kW
25 25
2.2kW
20
1.5kW
20
1.5kW N
15 15
10 10
5 5 O
0 2 4 6 8 0 2 4 6 8
{20.4} {40.8} {61.2} {81.6} {20.4} {40.8} {61.2} {81.6}
Discharge pressure P MPa{kgf/cm2} Discharge pressure P MPa{kgf/cm2}
B-43
Motor selection curves (26cm3/rev)
50Hz
UNV-1A-2A* 60Hz
60
50
B
3.7kw
40
Vane Pumps
30
2.2kw
B 20
10
C
0 2 4 6 8
{20.4} {40.8} {61.2} {81.6}
D
E Motor Power Loss at Full Cutoff DR Volume a Full Cutoff
UVN-1A- 0 A*-2.2-4-12
F 1 UVN -1A-*A*-*-4-12(60Hz)
1.0 1.2
Motor axial input kW
0.8 1.0
Drain rate DR ℓ /min
G
0.8
0.6
0.6
0.4 60Hz
0.4
H
50Hz
0.2
0.2
0 2 4 6 8 0 2 4 6 8
Discharge pressure P MPa {20.4} {40.8} {61.2} {81.6}
I FC setting pressure P MPa{kgf/cm }

2
J 1.0
UVN-1A-2A*-3.7-4-30
1.2
UVN -1A-2A*-*-4-30(60Hz)
1.0
Motor axial input kW
0.8
Drain rate DR ℓ /min
K 0.6 60Hz
0.8
0.6
50Hz
0.4
L
0.4
0.2 0.2
0 2 4 6 8 0 2 4 6 8
M Discharge pressure P MPa {20.4} {40.8} {61.2}

FC setting pressure P MPa{kgf/cm2}
{81.6}
B-44
UVN-1A-0A* pump UVN-1A-2A* pump
20 50
1800min-1 Q
Q
B
1800min-1
15 40 1500min-1
2A4
1500min-1
Input Lin kW

0A4
2A3
Vane Pumps
0A3 2A2
B
10 2 30 6
Input Lin kW
0A2
1.5
Lin Lin
5 1 20 4
C
-1
min
00 1 0.5
18 -1
in
-
in
0m m
150 00
0 0 10 18 2
0 2 4 6 8 -1
in
D
{20.4} {40.8} {61.2} {81.6} 0 0m
Discharge pressure P MPa{kgf/cm2} 15
0 0
0 2 4 6 8
{20.4} {40.8} {61.2} {81.6}
E
UVN-1A-1A* pump
40
F
1800min-1
30 Q
1500min -1 G
Input Lin kW
1A4
1A3
20 1A2 4
Lin
3 H
10 2
-1
min
0
18
1 0
5
00 -1
0m
in
1
0
I
0 2 4 6 8
{20.4} {40.8} {61.2} {81.6}
J
*The pressure – flow rate characteristics are the characteristics for individual
UVN pumps. K
The pressure and flow rate must be within the output range of the motor.
See page B-43 for the output ranges of drive motors.
B-45
IPH SERIES IP PUMP
IPH Series 3.6 to 125.9cm3/rev B

IP Pump 30MPa
This is a new design series in which all pump types are installation compatible with previous designs. Note,
B
however, that there is no longer compatibility for some of the seal components between the IPH-3 and IPH-4
sizes and design numbers 10 and 12.
Features
C
Gear Pumps
A patented axial and radial pressure
q wOutstanding durability and very long ceptionally quiet operation.
loading system provides high effi-
ciency and generates pressures up
life.
A modified involute short-tooth gear
e
A simple structure makes mainte-
r
nance and inspection easier. D
to 30MPa {306kgf/cm2}. enables internal gearing for greatly
reduced pulsation and noise, and ex-
Specifications E
Maximum Operating Minimum Revolution Maximum Revolution Weight kg
Capacity Rated Voltage
F
Model No. Pressure Speed Speed
cm3/rev MPa Type A Type B
MPa{kgf/cm2} min−1 min−1
IPH-2A(B)- 3.5-11 3.60 4.4 2.4
5 5.24 4.5 2.5
25 {255} 30 {306} 600 2000
6.5 6.55 4.6 2.6
8
IPH-3A(B)- 10-20
8.18
10.2
4.8
10.5
2.8
4.8
G
13 13.3 25 {255} 30 {306} 600 2000 10.7 5.0
16 15.8 11.0 5.3
IPH-4A(B)- 20-20
25
20.7
25.7 25 {255} 30 {306} 500 2000
15.2
15.7
9.5
10.0
H
32 32.3 16.2 10.5
IPH-5A(B)- 40-21(11) 40.8 32.0 19.0
50
64
50.3
63.9
25 {255} 30 {306} 400 2000 33.0
34.0
20.0
21.0 I
IPH-6A(B)- 80-21(11) 81.3 62.0 39.0
100 101.6 25 {255} 30 {306} 300 2000 64.0 41.0
J
125 125.9 66.0 43.0
Note) 1.
Capacity: Logical discharge rate per •Handling pump in an area where the temperature
rotation. is within the range of 0 to 60°C.
Suction Pressure: +0.02 to +0.3MPa
2.
z For the hydraulic operating fluid, use
{−0.2 to +0.3kgf/cm2} an R&O type and wear-resistant type of c Suction pressure is -0.02 to +0.03MPa
3.Maximum working pressure shown here
is the pressure limit when there are fre-
quent pressure changes.
ISO VG32 to 68 or equivalent (viscos-
ity index of at least 90). Use hydraulic
(-0.2 to +0.3kgf/cm2), and the suction
port flow rate should be to greater than K
operating fluid that provides kinematic 2m/sec.
4.Avoid installation with the suction port-
towards the bottom of the pump. viscosity during operation in the range v Avoid pulley, gear, and other drive sys-
5.Specify using the model number format of 20 to 150mm2/s. tems that impart a radial or thrust load
shown below when pipe flanging is re-
quired.
x The operating temperature range is 5
to 65°C. When the oil temperature at
on the end of the pump shaft.
b Mount the hydraulic pump so its pump L
startup is 5°C or less, perform a warm- shaft is oriented horizontally. Provide a
up operation at low pressure until the suction strainer with a filtering grade of
oil temperature reaches 5°C. Use the about 100μm (150 mesh). For the return
n
line to the tank, use a 25μm line filter.
Manage hydraulic operating fluid so
M
Explanation of model No. contamination is maintained at class
NAS10 or lower. Take care to avoid con-
IPH – 4 B – 2 5 – LT – 20 tamination with water and other foreign
Design number
matter, and watch out for discoloration.
Whitish fluid indicates that air has con-
N
11: 2A (B) , 5B, 6B
taminated the fluid, and brownish fluid
20: 3A (B) , 4A (B)
indicates the fluid is dirty.
21: 5A, 6A
Auxiliary symbol None: Clockwise (viewed from shaft end)
L: Counterclockwise (viewed from shaft end)
m O perate within the RPM range in the
catalog for the minimum RPM of the
pump. Unload the pump's load pres-
O
T: With screw in type flange kit
E: With welded type flange kit sure to operate at variable speeds.

Capacity (cm3/rev) Auxiliary symbol must be provided in alphabetic order. Condition of inflow piping must produc-
es as little inflow load pressure as pos-
Mounting method
sible to minimize effect of cavitation.
Size 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 (Continued on following page)
IPH Series IP Pump
C-1
, When using water- or glycol-based ⁄1
To ensure proper lubrication of the ●Inverter Drive Precautions
hydraulic operating fluid, refer to page pump's rubbing surfaces, supply oil to Set the revolution speed within the
z
N-3 for details on applicable models the interior of the pump before starting range of the pump specification revolu-
B of hydraulic pumps.
. At startup, repeat the inching operation
operation.
⁄2 When centering the pump shaft, eccen-
tion speed.
Changing the revolution speed may
x
(start-stop) to bleed air from the pump tricity with the motor shaft should be also affect the pump performance
and pipes. no greater than 0.05mm. Use a pump curves.Before using the inverter, check
⁄ 0Equip an air bleed valve in circuits
B
mounting base of sufficient rigidity. if the pressure and motor load factor are
where it is difficult to bleed air before The angle error should be no greater within the range of use. Failure to fol-
startup. See page C-13 for more infor- than 1°. low these precautions creates the risk
mation. ⁄3 Contact your agent for information of damage to the pump and burnout of
about engines. the motor.
C Discharge Rate and Required Input for Each Pump Speed

Pressure Discharge Rate ℓ/min Required Input kW
Speed MPa
Gear Pumps
Model No. 0.7 7 14 21 25 30 0.7 7 14 21 25 30
D IPH-2A(B)- 3.5-11
5
3.60
5.24
3.49
5.09
3.39
4.93
3.28
4.78
3.23
4.70
3.15
4.60
0.09
0.12
0.62
0.79
1.12
1.47
1.63
2.26
1.93
2.63
2.30
3.19
6.5 6.55 6.37 6.19 6.03 5.93 5.82 0.16 0.97 1.82 2.79 3.25 3.95
8 8.18 7.95 7.74 7.54 7.40 7.26 0.19 1.19 2.24 3.45 4.01 4.86
E IPH-3A(B)-10-20
13
16
10.2
13.3
15.8
9.95
13.0
15.4
9.71
12.7
15.1
9.47
12.4
14.8
9.23
12.3
14.6
9.17
12.1
14.3
0.25
0.32
0.37
1.59
2.02
2.37
2.73
3.57
4.23
4.25
5.35
6.35
5.06
6.29
7.47
6.14
7.73
9.19
1000
IPH-4A(B)-20-20 20.7 20.2 19.8 19.3 19.1 18.8 0.50 3.13 5.56 8.24 9.80 11.7
min-1 25 25.7 25.2 24.7 24.2 23.9 23.6 0.61 3.79 6.89 10.3 12.1 14.6
F
32 32.3 31.6 31.0 30.4 30.1 29.6 0.75 4.71 8.67 12.8 15.3 18.4
IPH-5A(B)-40-21(11) 40.8 39.9 39.0 38.1 37.6 37.0 0.99 6.18 10.9 16.3 19.3 23.8
50 50.3 49.3 48.4 47.3 46.8 46.2 1.20 7.42 13.6 20.1 23.8 28.6
64 63.9 62.6 61.4 60.2 59.5 58.6 1.49 9.32 17.2 25.5 30.6 36.3
IPH-6A(B)-80-21(11) 81.3 79.5 77.7 76.0 75.1 73.8 1.98 11.8 21.8 32.3 38.4 46.7
G 100
125
101.6
125.9
99.6
123.4
97.7
121.1
95.8
118.7
94.6
117.2
93.2
115.6
2.42
2.94
14.6
17.8
27.3
33.9
40.5
50.1
48.1
59.6
57.7
71.5
IPH-2A(B)- 3.5-11 4.32 4.20 4.08 3.97 3.91 3.83 0.11 0.66 1.23 1.83 2.15 2.61
5 6.28 6.12 5.95 5.79 5.70 5.58 0.15 0.95 1.77 2.62 3.09 3.74
6.5 7.86 7.67 7.48 7.29 7.18 7.05 0.19 1.16 2.19 3.24 3.81 4.63
H
8 9.81 9.58 9.34 9.11 8.97 8.81 0.23 1.44 2.70 4.00 4.70 5.71
IPH-3A(B)-10-20 12.2 11.9 11.7 11.4 11.3 11.1 0.30 1.86 3.28 4.93 5.93 7.20
13 15.9 15.9 15.3 15.0 14.8 14.6 0.39 2.37 4.28 6.42 7.56 9.28
16 18.9 18.5 18.2 17.8 17.6 17.4 0.45 2.77 5.09 7.63 8.98 11.1
1200 IPH-4A(B)-20-20 24.8 24.3 23.8 23.4 23.1 22.8 0.62 3.76 6.67 9.88 11.8 14.2
I min-1 25
32
30.8
38.7
30.3
38.1
29.8
37.4
29.3
36.8
29.0
36.3
28.6
35.9
0.75
0.92
4.56
5.66
8.27
10.4
12.3
15.5
14.7
18.4
17.5
22.0
IPH-5A(B)-40-21(11) 48.9 48.0 47.1 46.1 45.5 44.9 1.22 7.42 13.2 19.5 23.1 28.4
50 60.3 59.3 58.3 57.3 56.6 56.0 1.47 8.91 16.2 24.0 28.6 34.3
64 76.6 75.3 74.0 72.8 72.0 71.2 1.83 11.2 20.6 30.5 36.3 43.5
J IPH-6A(B)-80-21(11)
100
125
97.5
121.9
151.0
95.7
119.7
148.4
93.8
117.7
145.9
91.9
115.8
143.4
90.9
114.5
141.9
89.5
113.1
140.3
2.42
2.96
3.60
14.3
17.5
21.5
26.2
32.3
40.1
38.7
48.4
60.1
46.2
57.7
71.6
56.1
69.2
85.9
IPH-2A(B)- 3.5-11 5.40 5.25 5.10 4.97 4.89 4.79 0.14 0.96 1.68 2.46 2.89 3.46
5 7.86 7.65 7.44 7.24 7.11 6.97 0.20 1.17 2.21 3.31 3.85 4.69
K 6.5
8
9.82
12.3
9.59
11.9
9.35
11.6
9.12
11.4
8.97
11.2
8.82
11.0
0.25
0.30
1.49
1.78
2.73
3.37
4.09
5.05
4.76
5.87
5.78
7.14
IPH-3A(B)-10-20 15.3 14.9 14.6 14.3 14.1 13.9 0.40 2.31 4.15 6.22 7.40 8.99
13 19.9 19.5 19.1 18.8 18.6 18.3 0.51 2.95 5.41 8.03 9.44 11.6
16 23.7 23.2 22.7 22.3 22.1 21.8 0.59 3.46 6.42 9.53 11.2 13.8
L 1500
min-1
IPH-4A(B)-20-20
25
32
31.0
38.5
48.4
30.4
37.8
47.6
29.8
37.2
46.8
29.3
36.6
45.9
28.9
36.1
45.4
28.4
35.7
44.9
0.81
0.98
1.20
4.70
5.69
7.07
8.33
10.4
13.1
12.4
15.4
19.3
14.7
18.3
22.9
17.6
21.9
27.5
IPH-5A(B)-40-21(11) 61.2 60.0 58.8 57.6 56.9 56.2 1.59 9.51 16.6 24.7 29.3 36.0
50 75.4 74.1 72.8 71.6 70.8 70.0 1.91 11.4 20.5 30.4 36.1 43.3
M 64
IPH-6A(B)-80-21(11)
100
95.8
121.9
152.4
94.2
119.5
149.7
92.5
117.3
147.3
91.0
115.0
144.7
90.0
113.5
143.2
89.0
111.9
141.5
2.38
3.16
3.86
14.4
18.3
22.5
26.0
33.1
41.4
38.6
49.0
61.4
45.9
58.4
73.0
55.1
70.9
87.6
125 188.8 185.5 182.5 179.3 177.5 175.3 4.69 27.5 51.3 76.0 90.4 108.1
IPH-2A(B)- 3.5-11 6.48 6.33 6.16 6.01 5.92 5.82 0.17 1.16 2.02 2.95 3.46 4.15
N 5
6.5
8
9.43
11.7
14.7
9.21
11.5
14.4
8.99
11.2
14.1
8.76
11.0
13.7
8.61
10.9
13.6
8.46
10.7
13.3
0.24
0.30
0.37
1.45
1.78
2.20
2.65
3.27
4.04
3.47
4.92
6.06
4.62
5.71
7.05
5.61
6.93
8.56
IPH-3A(B)-10-20 18.3 18.0 17.6 17.3 17.1 16.8 0.49 2.90 5.04 7.47 8.89 10.8
13 23.9 23.5 23.1 22.7 22.5 22.2 0.62 3.67 6.57 9.63 11.3 13.9
O
16 28.4 27.9 27.5 27.0 26.7 26.4 0.72 4.30 7.80 11.4 13.5 16.5
1800 IPH-4A(B)-20-20 37.2 36.6 36.0 35.4 35.0 34.5 0.99 5.64 10.0 14.9 17.6 21.2
min-1 25 46.2 45.6 44.9 44.3 43.8 43.3 1.20 6.83 12.4 18.5 21.9 26.3
32 58.1 57.3 56.5 55.5 55.1 54.5 1.48 8.47 15.6 23.1 27.5 33.0
IPH-5A(B)-40-21(11) 73.4 72.1 70.9 69.7 69.0 68.1 1.95 11.7 20.2 30.0 35.6 43.7
50 90.5 89.2 87.9 86.6 85.9 85.0 2.34 14.1 24.9 36.9 43.8 52.6
64 115.0 113.4 111.6 110.0 109.1 108.0 2.92 17.6 31.6 46.8 55.7 66.9
IPH-6A(B)-80-21(11) 146.3 143.7 141.4 139.0 137.5 135.8 3.88 22.4 40.2 59.6 70.9 86.1
100 182.8 180.2 177.6 174.9 173.5 171.7 4.74 27.7 50.3 74.4 88.6 106.0
125 226.6 223.3 220.1 216.9 215.0 212.7 5.75 33.8 62.2 92.3 110.0 131.5
Note) Values in the table are general values at an operating fluid viscosity of 46mm2/s. Use the values when selecting the model for your needs.
C-2
IPH-2A-*-11 (Foot Mounting, Clockwise Rotation)
B
96
4 to φ 22x1counterbore 50.8 32.5
φ 11holes
4 to M8x12
B
C
38.1
152.5
127
Suction port flange
51
Gear Pumps
SAEJ518b-1/2
φ 14
D
17.5
4 to M8x12
LA
LB
59
17.5
0
3.968 -0.018
E
34
17.73 –0.25
0
F
135
38.1
115.3
69.8 ±0.1
G
13
5.47
Discharge port flange 17.5 φD φ 15.875 –0.025

0
SAEJ518b-1/2
H
IPH-2B-*-11 (Flange Mounting, Clockwise Rotation)
4 to M8x12
I
38.1
Suction port flange J

51
SAEJ518b-1/2
φ 14
17.5
K
LA 59 130
LB 4 106.4
17.73 –0.25
4 to M8x12
L
3.968 –0.018
0
0
53
34
5.47
45.5
–0.035
11
0
M
φ 82.55
38.1
12
52
Discharge port flange

17.5
φD
φ 15.875 –0.025
0
N
SAEJ518b-1/2
Model No.
Dimensions (mm) O
LA LB φD
IPH-2*-3.5-*-11 107 51.0 8.9
IPH-2*-5 -*-11 112 53.5 11
IPH-2*-6.5-*-11 116 55.5 12 Note) IPH-2A (B)-*-L-11 (foot mounting/flange mounting, counterclockwise rotation) are the
mirror image of the drawings shown above. In the case the suction port flange is
IPH-2*-8 -*-11 121 58.0 13 facing upwards, the discharge port flange is positioned to the right when viewed from
the shaft side.
C-3
B 140
4 to φ 22×1counterbore 114.3 12.7
φ 11holes
B 4 to M10x15
C 52.4
220.7
246
64
Suction port flange
SAEJ518b-1
Gear Pumps
φ 25
D 26.2
LA 65
E
4.76 –0.018
0
4 to M8x15 LB 16
21.15 –0.25
38
F
195.5
165.2
107.95 ±0.1
6.8
16
38.1
G 17.5
Discharge port flange φD φ 19.05–0.025
0
SAEJ518b-1/2
H IPH-3B-*-20 (Flange Mounting, Clockwise Rotation)
4 to M10x15
I
52.4
J
64
Suction port flange

SAEJ518b-1
φ 25
26.2
K 168
φ 101.6 –0.051
LA 65 146
0
LB 5 4.76 –0.018
21.15 –0.25
4 to M8x15
0
L
58
38
38.1
13 +10
6.8
57.2
M 13
65.3

N
17.5 φD
SAEJ518b-1/2 φ 19.05 –0.025
0
O Model No.
Dimensions (mm)
LA LB φD
IPH-3*-10-*-20 128.5 60.0 14
IPH-3*-13-*-20 134.5 63.0 17 Note) IPH-3A (B)-*-L-20 (foot mounting/flange mounting, counterclockwise rotation) are the
IPH-3*-16-*-20 139.5 65.5 18 facing upwards, the discharge port flange is positioned to the right when viewed from
the shaft side.
C-4
4 to φ 22x1counterbore
φ 11holes
140
114.3 12.7 B
4 to M10x15
58.7
220.7
246
Suction port flange C
77
SAEJ518b-11/4
Gear Pumps
φ 32
30.2 D
LA 78
4 to M10x15 LB 16 6.375 –0.025
0
27.85 –0.25
60
0
8.7
F
195.5
47.5
174.3
107.95±0.1
16
Discharge port flange 22 φD
G
φ 25.385 –0.025
0
SAEJ518b-3/4

H
4 to M10x15
I
58.7
Suction port flange

77
SAEJ518b-11/4 J
φ 32
30.2
172 K
LA 78 146
LB 6
27.85 –0.25
4 to M10x15 6.375 –0.025

0
0
69.5
60 L
13.5
66.3
8.7
φ 101.6 –0.051
0
M
47.5
144
13

SAEJ518b-3/4
22 φD φ 25.385 –0.025
0
N
Dimensions (mm)
O
Model No.
LA LB φD
IPH-4*-20-*-20 164.5 71 18
IPH-4*-25-*-20 170.5 74 20 Note) IPH-4A (B)-*-L-20 (foot mounting/flange mounting, counterclockwise rotation) are the
IPH-4*-32-*-20 178.5 78 24 facing upwards, the discharge port flange is positioned to the right when viewed from
the shaft side.
C-5
B 4 to φ 35x 1counterbore
203
139.7 44.5
φ 18 holes
4 to M12x19
B
295.3
334
70
95
36
Gear Pumps
Suction port flange

D SAEJ518b-11/2
φ 42
LA 85
E 4 to M10x15 LB 25 7.938 –0.051

0
35.331–0.25
0
60
11.2
F
259
239.2
152.4 ±0.1
52.4
25
G
φD
Discharge port flange 26.2 φ 31.75 –0.051
0
SAEJ518b-1
H IPH-5B-*-11 (Flange Mounting, Clockwise Rotation)
4 to M12x19
I
J
70
95
Suction port flange

K SAEJ518b-11/2 36 φ 42
210
LA 85 181
L 7.938 –0.051
0
35.331–0.25
LB 6
0
4 to M10x15
76
65
52.4
17.5
11.2
86.8
M
φ 127–0.051
194.8
0
18
N Discharge port flange φD

26.2 φ 31.75 0
–0.051
SAEJ518b-1
O
Dimensions (mm)
Model No.
LA LB φD
IPH-5*-40-*-21(11) 201.5 91.0 24
IPH-5*-50-*-21(11) 208.5 94.5 26 Note) IPH-5A (B)-*-L-21 (11) (foot mounting/flange mounting, counterclockwise rotation) are
the mirror image of the drawings shown above. In the case the suction port flange is
IPH-5*-64-*-21(11) 218.5 99.5 28 facing upwards, the discharge port flange is positioned to the right when viewed from
the shaft side.
C-6
220.7
B
4 to φ 37x1counterbore
φ 20holes 149.2 49.5
B
4 to M12x23
77.8
C
330.2
374
120
42.9
Suction port flange
Gear Pumps
SAEJ518b-2
φ 50
LA 100
0
D
11.113 –0.051
49.428–0.25
4 to M12x20 LB 30
0
70
E
13.7
70
336.7
310.2
203.2 ±0.1
F
30
φD 0
Discharge port flange 36 φ 44.45 –0.051
SAEJ518b-11/2
G

H
4 to M12x23
I
77.8
J
120
Suction port flange

SAEJ518b-2
K
42.9
φ 50
264
φ 152.4 –0.063
LA 100 228.6
0
49.428 –0.25
0
11.113 –0.051
L
LB 6
0
4 to M12x20
92
70
13.7
22
107
M
70
244
20
Discharge port flange 36 φD

φ 44.45 –0.051
0 N
SAEJ518b -11/2
Model No.
Dimensions (mm) O
LA LB φD
IPH-6*- 80-*-21(11) 241.5 111.5 32
IPH-6*-100-*-21(11) 251.5 116.5 36 Note) IPH-6A (B)-*-L-21 (11) (foot mounting/flange mounting, counterclockwise rotation)
are the mirror image of the drawings shown above. In the case the suction port flange
IPH-6*-125-*-21(11) 263.5 122.5 38 is facing upwards, the discharge port flange is positioned to the right when viewed
from the shaft side.
C-7
Performance Curves
B Revolution Speed
Operating Hydraulic Fluid Viscosity
1200min-1
46mm2/s
Representative Characteristics Under Above Conditions
Volume efficiency
B 100
ηυ (%)
90
80
C
100 80
Gear Pumps
D 75
Overall efficiency
80
Noise level
70
η (%)
dB (A)
60
65
E 40
IPH-2B- 8-11
IPH-3B- 16-20
60
IPH-4B- 32-20 55
IPH-5B- 64-11 IPH-2B- 8-11
20 IPH-6B-125-11 IPH-3B- 16-20
50 IPH-4B- 32-20
F
IPH-5B- 64-11
IPH-6B-125-11
0 45
5 10 15 20 25
{51} {102} {153} {204} {255} 5 10 15 20 25
{51} {102} {153} {204} {255}
Pressure MPa {kgf/cm2}
G Cross-sectional Drawings
IPH-*B-*-**
24
H 31 30 4 1 7 25 9 3 5 17 14 10 11 9
Part No. Part Name
1 Body -1
2 Body -2
3 Mounting
4 Rear cover
I 5
6
Pinion shaft
Radial piston
7 Internal gear
8 Bushing
9 Knock pin
J 10
11
Stopper pin
Spring pin (guide pin)
12 Axial plate -1
13 Axial plate -2
14 Feeler piece
K 22 12
8
21 27 13
8
26 20 23 19 18 15 29 16 6
15
16
Spring holder
Spring
Note) Drawings shown above are the IPH-5 and IPH-6. 17 Key
The lower left cross-sectional drawing is the IPH-4, the radial seal #18 was removed and a wave 18 Radial seal
washer was added. The lower right cross-sectional drawing is the IPH-2 and IPH-3, the bushing
L
19 Radial backup ring
#8 was removed, the spring pin #11 was replaced with a guide pin, and the radial seal #18 was
removed and a wave washer #32 was added. 20 Axial backup ring
21 Backup ring
22 Bearing
10 14 11 9 14 10 11 9
23 Oil seal
M 24
25
Pin
O-ring
26 O-ring
27 O-ring
28 O-ring
N 29
30
Snap ring
Screw
31 Washer
32 Wave washer
O
28 32 19 16 29 15 6
28 32 19 16 29 15 6
C-8
IPH Series Seal Kit
Understanding Seal Kit
Model Numbers :
IHAS – 2 S * *** – 1 0 ( 2 0, 3 0) B
Design number (IPH3 : 20D, IPH4 : 30D)
Capacity classification D35 to 125
Size 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 B
S: Shaft side single pump or double pump
H: Head side double pump
C
Indoor/outdoor use sealing
IPH Series Seal Kit
Gear Pumps
Seal Kit Number
Applicable Pump
18 19
Component Part Numbers
20 21
D
Model No. Q'ty Q'ty Q'ty Q'ty
Radial Seal Radial Backup Ring Axial Backup Ring Backup ring
IHAS-2S2D35-10
2S2005-10
IPH-2A(B)-3.5-11
5
IH34J-102D35-1A
102005-1A
2
2
IH34J-202000
″
2 IH34J-402D35
2 402005
1
1
E
2S2D65-10 6.5 102D65-1A 2 ″ 2 402D65 1
2S2008-10 8 102008-1A 2 ″ 2 402008 1
IHAS-2S3010-20 IPH-3A(B)-10-20 IH34J-103010-1A 2 IH34J-203000 2 IH34J-403010 1 F
2S3013-20 13 103013-1A 2 ″ 2 403013 1
2S3016-20 16 103016-1A 2 ″ 2 403016 1
IHAS-2S4020-30
2S4025-30
IPH-4A(B)-20-20
25
IH34J-104020-2A
104025-2A
2
2
IH34J-204000-1A
″
2 IH34J-404020
2 404025
1
1
G
2S4032-30 32 104032-2A 2 ″ 2 404032 1
IHAS-2S5040-10
2S5050-10
IPH-5A(B)-40-21(11)
50
IH33J-105040-1A
105050-1A
2
2
IH34J-105040-1A
105050-1A
2
2
IH34J-205000
″
2 IH34J-405040
2 405050
1
1
H
2S5064-10 64 105064-1A 2 105064-1A 2 ″ 2 405064 1
IHAS-2S6080-10 IPH-6A(B)-80-21(11) IH33J-106080-1A 2 IH34J-106080-1A 2 IH34J-206000 2 IH34J-406080 1
2S6100-10 100 106100-1A 2 106100-1A 2 ″ 2 406100 1 I
2S6125-10 125 106125-1A 2 106125-1A 2 ″ 2 406125 1
Component Part Numbers J

Seal Kit Number 23 25 26 27 28
Q'ty Q'ty Q'ty Q'ty Q'ty
Oil seal O-ring O-ring O-ring O-ring
IHAS-2S2D35-10 ISD-20328 1 R68×2 3 R23×2 2 R10×2 1 R10×2 2
K
2S2005-10 ″ 1 ″ 3 ″ 2 R12×2 1 R12×2 2
2S2D65-10 ″ 1 ″ 3 ″ 2 R14×2 1 R14×2 2
2S2008-10
IHAS-2S3010-20
″
ISD-25388
1
1
″
R86×2
3
3
″
R30×2
2 R16×2
2 R15×2.5
1 R16×2
1 R15×2.5
2
2
L
2S3013-20 ″ 1 ″ 3 ″ 2 R18×2.5 1 R18×2.5 2
2S3016-20 ″ 1 ″ 3 ″ 2 R20×2.5 1 R20×2.5 2
IHAS-2S4020-30 ISD-32458 1 R108×3 3 R38×2.5 2 R21×2.5 1 R21×2.5 2 M
2S4025-30 ″ 1 ″ 3 ″ 2 R23×3 1 R23×3 2
2S4032-30 ″ 1 ″ 3 ″ 2 R26×3 1 R26×3 2
IHAS-2S5040-10 ISD-40558 1 R140×3 3 R49×3 2 R26×3 1
N
2S5050-10 ″ 1 ″ 3 ″ 2 R29×3.5 1
2S5064-10 ″ 1 ″ 3 ″ 2 R33×3.5 1
IHAS-2S6080-10
2S6100-10
ISD-50659
″
1
1
R172×4
″
3
3
R60×3.5
″
2 R34×3.5
2 R38×4
1
1
O
2S6125-10 ″ 1 ″ 3 ″ 2 R43×4 1
Note) 1.Oil seals are manufactured by Nippon Oil Seal Industry Co. Ltd. (NOK).
2.O-rings are not available through retail sources. Consult your agent for more information.
C-9
IPH Series Pipe Flange Kit IHF – 3 – T – 2 0
B Understanding Flange Kit Model Numbers : Design number

: 20 Design
The pipe flange kit combines the flanges, bolts, washers, and O-rings re- T : Screw in type
quired for each type of pump into a single kit. E : Welded type
B The component parts table shows the screw in type flange kit. In the case
of the welded type flange, the flange part number is IH03J-200040 (1 of
Pump size
: Single pump
IH03J-100040 changes to 2). All other included parts are the same. 2 to 6
: Double pump
C
22 to 46
IPH Series
Flange Kit
Gear Pumps
Note: O-ring 1B-**
D
refers to JIS B2401-1B-**
Screw in type Applicable Pump IN Flange
E Flange Kit model No. Model No. Flange Part No. Bolt Washer O-ring
IHF-2-T-20 IPH-2A(B)-*-11 IH03J-100040 1 TH- 8×45 4 WS-B- 8 4 NBR-90 P22 1
IHF-3-T-20 IPH-3A(B)-*-20 IH03J-100080 1 TH-10×50 4 WS-B-10 4 NBR-90 G35 1
F IHF-4-T-20 IPH-4A(B)-*-20 IH03J-100100 1 TH-10×55 4 ″ 4 NBR-90 G40 1
IHF-5-T-20 IPH-5A(B)-*-21(11) IH03J-100120 1 TH-12×55 4 WS-B-12 4 NBR-90 G50 1
IHF-6-T-20 IPH-6A(B)-*-21(11) IH03J-100160 1 TH-12×60 4 ″ 4 NBR-90 G60 1
G Note) 1.In the case of a double pump,

OUT Flange
Plug the flange kit includes three
Flange Part No. Bolt Washer O-ring flanges:
one for the common IN port
H IH03J-100040
IH03J-100040
1
1
TH- 8×45
TH- 8×45
4
4
WS-B- 8
″
4
4
NBR-90 P22
NBR-90 P22
1
1
TPHA-1/4
″
2
2
and two OUT port flanges.
When using separate IN ports,
use separate single pump
flange kits, one each for the
IH03J-100060 1 TH-10×50 4 WS-B-10 4 NBR-90 G30 1 ″ 1 head side and the shaft side.
Note) 2.There is no common IN port in
I IH03J-100080
IH03J-100120
1
1
TH-10×50
TH-12×60
4
4
″
WS-B-12
4
4
NBR-90 G35
NBR-90 G50
1
1
″
″
2
1
the case of the double pump
models IPH-55, IPH-56, and
IPH-66, or a single IN port is
used.
J Screw in type
Applicable Pump
Model No. Flange Part No. Bolt
IN Flange
Washer O-ring
IHF-22-T-20 IPH-22B-*-*-11 IH03J-100060 1 TH-10×50 4 WS-B-10 4 NBR-90 G30 1
IHF-23-T-20 23 IH03J-100080 1 ″ 4 ″ 4 NBR-90 G35 1
K IHF-24-T-20
IHF-25-T-20
24
25
IH03J-100120
IH03J-100160
1
1
TH-12×55
TH-12×60
4
4
WS-B-12
″
4
4
NBR-90 G50
NBR-90 G60
1
1
IHF-26-T-20 26 IH03J-100200 1 TH-12×65 4 ″ 4 NBR-90 G75 1
IHF-33-T-20 IPH-33B-*-*-11 IH03J-100100 1 TH-10×55 4 WS-B-10 4 NBR-90 G40 1
L IHF-34-T-20
IHF-35-T-20
34
35
IH03J-100120
IH03J-100160
1
1
TH-12×55
TH-12×60
4
4
WS-B-12
″
4
4
NBR-90 G50
NBR-90 G60
1
1
IHF-36-T-20 36 IH03J-100200 1 TH-12×60 4 ″ 4 NBR-90 G75 1
IHF-44-T-20 IPH-44B-*-*-11 IH03J-100120 1 TH-12×55 4 ″ 4 NBR-90 G50 1
M IHF-45-T-20
IHF-46-T-20
45
46
IH03J-100200
IH03J-100240
1
1
TH-12×65
TH-16×75
4
4 WS-B-16
″ 4
4
NBR-90 G75
NBR-90 G85
1
1
OUT Flange (Shaft Side) OUT Flange (Head Side)
N
Plug
Flange Part No. Bolt Washer O-ring Flange Part No. Bolt Washer O-ring
IH03J-100040 1 TH- 8×45 4 WS-B- 8 4 NBR-90 P22 1 IH03J-100040 1 TH- 8×45 4 WS-B- 8 4 NBR-90 P22 1 TPHA-1/4 3
IH03J-100040 1 ″ 4 ″ 4 NBR-90 P22 1 ″ 1 ″ 4 ″ 4 ″ 1 ″ 3
IH03J-100060 1 TH-10×50 4 WS-B-10 4 NBR-90 G30 1 ″ 1 ″ 4 ″ 4 ″ 1 ″ 3
O IH03J-100080
IH03J-100120
1
1
″
TH-12×60
4
4
″
WS-B-12
4
4
NBR-90 G35
NBR-90 G50
1
1
″
″
1
1
″
″
4
4
″
″
4
4
″
″
1
1
″
″
2
2
IH03J-100040 1 TH- 8×45 4 WS-B- 8 4 NBR-90 P22 1 IH03J-100040 1 TH- 8×45 4 WS-B- 8 4 NBR-90 P22 1 ″ 2
IH03J-100060 1 TH-10×50 4 WS-B-10 4 NBR-90 G30 1 ″ 1 ″ 4 ″ 4 ″ 1 ″ 3
IH03J-100080 1 ″ 4 ″ 4 NBR-90 G35 1 ″ 1 ″ 4 ″ 4 ″ 1 ″ 2
IH03J-100120 1 TH-12×60 4 WS-B-12 4 NBR-90 G50 1 ″ 1 ″ 4 ″ 4 ″ 1 ″ 2
IH03J-100060 1 TH-10×50 4 WS-B-10 4 NBR-90 G30 1 IH03J-100060 1 TH-10×50 4 WS-B-10 4 NBR-90 G30 1 ″ 3
IH03J-100080 1 ″ 4 ″ 4 NBR-90 G35 1 ″ 1 ″ 4 ″ 4 ″ 1 ″ 2
IH03J-100120 1 TH-12×60 4 WS-B-12 4 NBR-90 G50 1 ″ 1 ″ 4 ″ 4 ″ 1 ″ 2
C-10
Pipe Flange Installation Dimension Diagram
Gear Pumps
D
Screw in type
E
Pipe Flange Kit Nominal Dimensions (mm) Weight
SAE Standard Diameter
F
Part Number X" A B C D T φ d1 φ d4 kg
IH03J-100040 SAE J518b ½ ½ 54 46 38.1 17.5 33 9 12.7 0.4

-100060 SAE J518b ¾ ¾ 65 52 47.5 22.0 33 11 20 0.6
G
-100080 SAE J518b 1 1 70 59 52.4 26.2 33 11 27 0.6
✩ -100100 SAE J518b 1¼ 1¼ 79 73 58.7 30.2 38 11 33 1.0
-100120 SAE J518b 1½ 1½ 94 83 70.0 36.0 38 13 37.5 1.4
✩ -100160 SAE J518b 2 2 102 97 77.8 42.9 38 13 50 1.7
✩ -100200 SAE J518b 2½ 2½ 114 109 88.9 50.8 43 13 60 2.1 H
✩ -100240 SAE J518b 3 3 135 131 106.4 61.9 48 17.5 71 3.3
Welded Type
Dimensions (mm)
I
Pipe Flange Kit Pipe Weight
SAE Standard
Part Number Diameter A B C D T e φ d1 φ d2 φ d3 φ d4 kg
IH03J-200040
-200060
SAE J518b ½
SAE J518b ¾
½
¾
54
65
46
52
38.1
47.5
17.5
22.0
33
33
11
12
9
11
22.2
27.7
27
35
12.7
20
0.4
0.6
J
-200080 SAE J518b 1 1 70 59 52.4 26.2 33 14 11 34.5 42 27 0.6
K
✩ -200100 SAE J518b 1¼ 1¼ 79 73 58.7 30.2 38 16 11 43.2 48 33 1.0
-200120 SAE J518b 1½ 1½ 94 83 70.0 36.0 38 18 13 49.1 58 37.5 1.4
✩ -200160 SAE J518b 2 2 102 97 77.8 42.9 38 19 13 61.1 68 50 1.7
✩ -200200 SAE J518b 2½ 2½ 114 109 88.9 50.8 43 22 13 77.1 82 60 2.1
✩ -200240 SAE J518b 3 3 135 131 106.4 61.9 48 25 17.5 90.0 97 71 3.3 L
Recommended Tightening Torque for Flange Installation Bolts
For aluminum body For cast body (shared IN port)
M
Mounting bolt Tightening Torque N ∙ m {kgf ∙ cm} Mounting bolt Tightening Torque N ∙ m {kgf ∙ cm}
M8 19.6 to 23.5 {200 to 240} M10 50 to 65 { 510 to 662}

M10
M12
49.0 to 58.8 {500 to 600}
88.2 to 112.7 {900 to 1150}
M12
M16
88 to 112 { 898 to 1140}
215 to 275 {2192 to 2800}
N
Note 1) There is no RC (previously PT) 1/4 tap for the above flange numbers (exclusively for suction port use)
marked with a star (✩).
Note 2) The bolt's thread length should be more than 1.25 times the bolt's diameter and the bolt must not reach
the bottom of the bolt hole. O
C-11
IPH Series Foot Mounting Kit
B Understanding Foot Mounting Kit Num-
bers:
IHM – 2 – 1 0
When only the mounting feet are required Design number
for a single pump or double pump, pump
B
mounting bolts, washers and other parts Pump size : Single pump 2 to 6
are sold together as the Foot Mounting Kit. : Double pump 22 to 66
IPH Series
Foot Mounting Kit
C Foot Mounting Installation Measurement Chart

SAE-2BOLT-MOUNTING SAE-4BOLT-MOUNTING
Gear Pumps
G SAE-2BOLT-MOUNTING
Applicable Pump Model No. Accessories Dimensions (mm)
Foot Mounting Kit
SINGLE
H
Model No. DOUBLE PUMP Bolt Q'ty Washer Q'ty A B C E F H
PUMP
IHM-2-10 IPH-2 − TB-10×30 2 WP-10 2 127 152.5 69.8 1 50.8 96
IHM-4-10 IPH-3 − TB-12×30 2 WG-12 2 220.7 246 107.95 1 114.3 140
I
IHM-4-10 IPH-4 − TB-12×30 2 WG-12 2 220.7 246 107.95 1 114.3 140
IHM-22-10 IPH-22 TB-10×30 2 WP-10 2 171.45 204 107.95 1 95.25 150
IHM-44-10 IPH23, IPH-33 TB-12×30 2 WG-12 2 235 267 139.7 1 127 193
IHM-44-10 IPH-24, IPH-34, IPH-44 TB-12×30 2 WG-12 2 235 267 139.7 1 127 193
J IHM-45-10
IHM-46-10
IPH-5
IPH-6
IPH-25, IPH-35, IPH-45
IPH-26, IPH-36, IPH-46
TB-16×40
TB-20×50
2
2
WP-16
WP-20
2
2
295.3
330.2
334
374
152.4
203.2
1
1
139.7
149.2
203
220.7
Foot Mounting Kit Dimensions (mm) Weight
K Model No.
IHM-2-10 74
I (J)
41.5
K
17.5 13
N P
M10
Q
135
(S)
32.5
T
36.5
φD
82.55
φ d1
22
φ d2
11
φ d3
106.4
φ d4
50
kg
2.0
IHM-4-10 61.7 49 16 16 M12 195.5 12.7 53 101.6 22 11 146 40 5.5
L IHM-4-10
IHM-22-10
74.7
73.5
62
41
16
18
16
18
M12
M10
195.5
180
12.7
32.5
53
50
101.6
82.55
22
22
11
11
146
106.4
40
40
5.5
6.5
IHM-44-10 89.5 45 20 20 M12 232 44.5 57.5 101.6 22 14 146 40 12.0
IHM-44-10 102.5 58 20 20 M12 232 44.5 57.5 101.6 22 14 146 40 12.0
M IHM-45-10 104.5 60 25 25 M16 259 44.5 61 127 35 18 181 86 13.5

IHM-46-10 119.5 70 30 30 M20 337 49.5 64 152.4 37 20 228.6 100 22.0
N SAE-4BOLT-MOUNTING
Applicable Pump
Foot Mounting Kit Accessories Dimensions (mm)
Model No.
Model No.
DOUBLE PUMP Bolt Q'ty Washer Q'ty A B C E F G H I
O IHM-55-10 IPH-55 TH-20×50 4 WS-B-20 4 330 370 200 1 125 125 300 17
IHM-66-10 IPH56, IPH-66 TH-24×60 4 WS-B-24 4 380 430 260 1 140 140 340 17
Foot Mounting Kit Dimensions (mm) Weight

Model No. (J) K L M N P Q R (S) T φD φ d1 φ d2 φ d4 kg
IHM-55-10 47 30 224.6 224.6 30 M20 340 275 20 90 165.1 34 18 140 32.0
IHM-66-10 52 40 247.5 247.5 40 M24 415 310 25 105 177.8 34 18 150 48.0
C-12
Air Bleed-off Valve
Equipping an air bleed-off valve on the pump's
discharge side helps to simplify air bleeding
B
during test operation.
Specifications
B
q Air inside the pump and the suction pipe is ex-

hausted rapidly when the pump is started up.
When discharge pressure reaches 0.2MPa C
{2.0kgf/cm2} or greater after the pump intakes
oil, a valve closes to prevent oil from leaking.
Gear Pumps
w Maximum operating pressure: 30MPa {306kgf/
cm2} D
e Provide piping to ensure that the tank port is
under the oil level surface.
E
2 to Rc
(previously PT) 1/4

CAB – T 0 2 – 1 – 11
Design
F
number
Close pressure
1 : 0.24MPa
{2.4kgf/cm2}
A : 0.18MPa
G
{1.8kgf/cm2}
Piping (nominal diameter)
H
1 Valve body 1
Mounting method 2 Snap ring 1
T: Screw connection type
3 Valve 1
Air bleed-off valve
4 Spring 1
Note 1) If chattering occurs in a circuit when CAB-T02-1-11 is used, use CAB-T02-A-11 instead.
2) If chattering occurs in a circuit when CAB-T02-A-11 is used, use of a CAB air bleed-off valve is not required.
I
Application Examples
Example of Circuits that Require an Air Bleed-off Valve
J
qWhen using a Type 2 or Type 3 check valve (Sample Circuit A)
wWhen unload circuit function cannot be achieved (Sample Circuit A)
eWhen the discharge sides of multiple pumps run together (Sample Circuit B) K
Circuit Diagram A Circuit Diagram B
C-13
IPH SERIES DOUBLE IP PUMP
B IPH Series 3.6 to 125.9cm3/rev

Double IP Pump 30MPa
B All the types in this new design (11D) series are installation compatible with the previous design (10D). Note,
however, that there is no longer compatibility for some of the seal components between the IPH-3 and IPH-4
sizes and the 3 and 4 sizes.
C Features
Gear Pumps
qConfigured with the high-pressure, the range of application for the IP wA wide selection of pump combina-
D low-noise IPH Series and IP pumps,
these double pumps greatly expand
pump. tions provides options that are per-
fect for just about any type of appli-
cation imaginable.
Specifications
E
Discharge Rate (1200min-1 No-load) Revolution Speed Required Power at
Operating Pressure
Model No. Vent Side Shaft Side Min. Max. 1200min-1, 21MPa
MPa{kgf/cm2}
ℓ/min ℓ/min min-1 min-1 kW
F IPH-22B-*-*-(*)-11
IPH-23B
4.3 to 9.8
12.2 to 18.9
7.99
11.6
IPH-24B 4.3 to 9.8 24.8 to 38.7 19.5
IPH-25B 48.9 to 76.6 34.5
G IPH-26B
IPH-33B
97.5 to 151.0
12.2 to 18.9
600
Rated: 21
64.0
15.3
IPH-34B 24.8 to 38.7 23.1
12.2 to 18.9 {214}
IPH-35B 48.9 to 76.6 2000 38.1
Max: 30
IPH-36B 97.5 to 151.0 67.7
H IPH-44B
IPH-45B 24.8 to 38.7
24.8 to 38.7
48.9 to 76.6 500
{306}
31.0
46.0
IPH-46B 97.5 to 151.0 75.6
IPH-55B 48.9 to 76.6 61.0
48.9 to 76.6 400
I IPH-56B
IPH-66B 97.5 to 151.0
97.5 to 151.0
97.5 to 151.0 300
90.6
119.3
Note) 1. Maximum Pressure: Maximum pressure limit when there are frequent pressure changes. However, maximum pressure is the same as rated
pressure when load is applied to the head side and shaft side simultaneously.
2. Suction Pressure: -0.02 to +0.03 MPa {−0.2 to +0.3 kgf/cm2}

3. Avoid installation with the suction port towards the bottom of the pump. If the revolution speed will exceed 1800mm-1, provide separate piping
for shaft side and head size IN ports.
4. Specify using the model number format shown below when pipe flange is required.
5. Working pressure is continuous operating pressure when the same pressure exists on the head side and shaft side.
6. Individual pump perform performance on the head side and shaft side is the same as that of the single pumps. Required power is the sum of
the power required by each of the two pumps.
K
7. The "Required Power at 1200min-1, 21MPa (kW)" column in the above table are based on combinations that provide the maximum capacity
for each model number, when pressure at both the head side and shaft side is 21MPa. Examples of combinations that provide "the maximum
capacity for each model number" are IPH-22B-8-8-11 for IPH-22B, and IPH-46B-32-125-11 for IPH-46B. A capacity of 125 for all *6B Type 6
pumps is used for calculations.
•Handling
L Handling is in accordance with procedures for the IPH pump. See page C-1 for more information.

IPH – 4 6 B – 2 0 – 12 5 – LT – 1 1
M
Design number
•None: Clockwise (viewed from shaft end)
Auxiliary symbol •L : Counterclockwise (viewed from shaft end)
N Shaft side pump capacity (cm3 /rev)

•T

: Includes Screw In Flange Kit
(for shared IN port)
•TT : Includes Screw In Flange Kit
Head side pump capacity (cm3 /rev) (for individual IN port)
Mounting method B: Flange type mounting •E : Includes Welded Flange Kit
O Shaft side pump size (2 to 6)

(for shared IN port)
•EE : Includes Welded Flange Kit
(for individual IN port)
Head side pump size (2 to 6)
Auxiliary symbol must be provided in alphabetic order.
IPH Series IP Pump
•IPH Series Double IP Pump Foot •IPH Series Double IP Pump Pipe
Mounting Kit Flange
See the IPH Series (single) IP pump See the IPH Series (single) IP pump
section in page C-12. section in page C-10.
C-14
B
LA
IPH-22B-*-*-11
LB 130
(Flange Mounting, Clockwise
LD 59 106.4
Rotation) 0
12 4 3.968 –0.018
17.73 –0.25
B
45
11
A
Individual IN port C
Gear Pumps
51 53
LC
0
φ 15.875 –0.025 D
Specifications
45.5
Volume cm3/rev Weight Dimensions (mm)

Model No
kg E
132
Vent Side Shaft Side LA LB LC LD

OUT
port IPH-22B-3.5-3.5-11 3.60 5.8 211.5 160 105.5 51
70
-5 5.24 5.9 216.5 165 110.5 53.5

3.60
Auxiliary
View A
-6.5
-8
6.55
8.18
6.0
6.2
220.5
225.5
169
174
114.5
119.5
55
58
F
IPH-22B-5 -5 -11 5.24 6.0 221.5 167.5 110.5 53.5
Shared IN port
G
SAEJ518b-3/4 -6.5 5.24 6.55 6.1 225.5 171.5 114.5 55
-8 8.18 6.3 230.5 176.5 119.5 58
22
IPH-22B-6.5-6.5-11 6.55 6.2 229.5 173.5 114.5 55

6.55
-8 8.18 6.4 234.5 178.5 119.5 58
φ 20 47.5 4-M10x15 IPH-22B-8 -8 -11 8.18 8.18
Note) Dimensions shown in this diagram are for a single pump.
6.6 239.5 181 119.5 58
H
IPH-23B-*-*-11 LA
(Flange Mounting, Clockwise Rotation) LB
LD
13
65
5
168
146
0
4.76 –0.018
I
Individual IN port
50
21.15 –0.25
0
J
64
51
13 +10
A
57.2
K
45.5
163
OUT 58
port
87
0
LC φ 19.05 –0.025
L
Auxiliary Specifications
View A
M
Model No
Vent Side Shaft Side kg LA LB LC LD
26.2
Shared IN port
SAEJ518b-1 IPH-23B-3.5-10-11 10.2 8.2 230.5 179 126 60
-13 3.60 13.3 8.4 236.5 185 132 63
N
-16 15.8 8.7 241.5 190 137 65.5
φ 25
52.4 4-M10x15 IPH-23B-5 -10-11 10.2 8.3 235.5 181.5 126 60
-13 5.24 13.3 8.5 241.5 187.5 132 63
-16 15.8 8.8 246.5 192.5 137 65.5
IPH-23B-6.5-10-11 10.2 8.4 239.5 183.5 126 60 O
-13 6.55 13.3 8.6 245.5 189.5 132 63
-16 15.8 8.9 250.5 194.5 137 65.5
IPH-23B-8 -10-11 10.2 8.6 244.5 186 126 60
-13 8.18 13.3 8.8 250.5 192 132 63
-16 15.8 9.1 255.5 197 137 65.5
Note) IPH-22B (23B)-*-*-L-11 (foot mounting/flange mounting, counterclockwise rotation) are the mirror image of the drawings shown above. In the case
the individual port is facing upwards, the discharge port flange is positioned to the right when viewed from the shaft side.
C-15
IPH-24B-*-*-11 LA
(Flange Mounting, Clockwise Rotation) LB
B LD
13
78
6
172
146
0
Individual IN port 60 6.375 –0.025
–0.25
0
27.85
B
13.5
77
51
A
C
66.3
69.5
45.5
Gear Pumps
172
0
LC φ 25.385 –0.025
D OUT
port
87
Specifications
Model No
Auxiliary
E
View A IPH-24B-3.5-20-11 20.7 12.8 250.5 199 153 71
Shared IN port
SAEJ518b-1 1/2 -25 3.60 25.7 13.3 256.5 205 159 74
-32 32.3 13.8 264.5 213 167 78
F
36
IPH-24B-5 -20-11 20.7 12.9 255.5 201.5 153 71

-25 5.24 25.7 13.4 261.5 207.5 159 74
-32 32.3 13.9 269.5 215.5 167 78
φ 31 70 4-M12x17 IPH-24B-6.5-20-11 20.7 13.0 259.5 203.5 153 71
G -25
-32
6.55 25.7
32.3
13.5
14.0
265.5
273.5
209.5
217.5
159
167
74
78
IPH-24B-8 -20-11 20.7 13.2 264.5 206 153 71
-25 8.18 25.7 13.7 270.5 212 159 74
H -32 32.3 14.2 278.5 220 167 78
IPH-25B-*-*-11 LA
I (Flange Mounting, Clockwise Rotation) LB

LD 85 210
18 6 181
0
65 7.938 –0.051
J
35.331 –0.25
0
Individual IN port
17.5
95
K 51 A
76
L
86.8
45.5
0
LC φ 31.75 –0.051
228
OUT
port Specifications
120
M Model No
Volume cm3/rev
Vent Side Shaft Side
Weight
kg LA
Dimensions (mm)
LB LC LD
Auxiliary IPH-25B-3.5-40-11 40.8 24.1 298.5 247 197 91
View A
-50 3.60 50.3 25.1 305.5 254 204 94.5
N Shared IN port
SAEJ518b-2
-64 63.9 26.1 315.5 264 214 99.5
IPH-25B-5 -40-11 40.8 24.2 303.5 249.5 197 91
42.9
-50 5.24 50.3 25.2 310.5 256.5 204 94.5
O
-64 63.9 26.2 320.5 266.5 214 99.5
IPH-25B-6.5-40-11 40.8 24.3 307.5 251.5 197 91
φ 55 77.8 4-M12x20
-50 6.55 50.3 25.3 314.5 258.5 204 94.5
-64 63.9 26.3 324.5 268.5 214 99.5
IPH-25B-8 -40-11 40.8 24.5 312.5 254 197 91
-50 8.18 50.3 25.5 319.5 261 204 94.5
-64 63.9 26.5 329.5 271 214 99.5
the individual IN port is facing upwards, the discharge port flange is positioned to the right when viewed from the shaft side.
C-16
IPH-26B-*-*-11 LA
(Flange Mounting, Clockwise Rotation) LB 264
LD
20
100
6
228.6
0
11.113–0.051
B
49.428 –0.25
70
0
Individual IN port
22
120
51 A
C
107
92
Gear Pumps
288
OUT LC
0
φ 44.45 –0.051
port D
45.5
160
Specifications
Auxiliary Model No
Shared IN port
View A IPH-26B-3.5- 80-11
-100 3.60
81.3
101.6
45.8
47.8
345.5
355.5
294
304
240
250
111.5
116.5
E
50.8
SAEJ518b-21/2 -125 125.9 49.8 367.5 316 262 122.5

IPH-26B-5 - 80-11 81.3 45.9 350.5 296.5 240 111.5
-100 5.24 101.6 47.9 360.5 306.5 250 116.5
-125
IPH-26B-6.5- 80-11
125.9
81.3
49.9
46.0
372.5
354.5
318.5
298.5
262
240
122.5
111.5
F
-100 6.55 101.6 48.0 364.5 308.5 250 116.5
φ 60 88.9 4-M12x20 -125 125.9 50.0 376.5 320.5 262 122.5
IPH-26B-8 - 80-11 81.3 46.2 357 301 240 111.5
-100
-125
8.18 101.6
125.9
48.2
50.2
367
379
311
323
250
262
116.5
122.5
G
H
IPH-33B-*-*-11
(Flange Mounting, Clockwise Rotation)
LA 168
I
LB 146
0
LD 65 4.76 –0.018
13 5
J
21.15 –0.25
50
0
Individual IN port
13 +10 K
A
64
58
L
57.2
LC φ 19.05 –0.025
0
A
163
OUT Specifications
port
87

Model No
Vent Side Shaft Side kg LA LB LC LD M
IPH-33B-10-10-11 10.2 10.3 255.5 189 124.5 60
Auxiliary
View A -13 10.2 13.3 10.5 261.5 195 130.5 63
Shared IN port
SAEJ518b-11/4
-16
IPH-33B-13-13-11
15.8
13.3
10.8
10.5
266.5
267.5
200
198
135.5
130.5
65.5
63
N
13.3
30.2
-16 15.8 11.0 272.5 203 135.5 65.5
O
IPH-33B-16-16-11 15.8 15.8 11.3 277.5 205.5 135.5 65.5
Note) IPH-26B (33B)-*-*-L-11 (foot mounting/flange mounting, counterclockwise rotation) are the
φ 35 58.7 4-M10x15 mirror image of the drawings shown above. In the case the individual IN port is facing upwards,
the discharge port flange is positioned to the right when viewed from the shaft side.
C-17
IPH-34B-*-*-11
B Individual IN port
LA
LB 172
77
B
LD 78 146
64 0
13 6 6.375 –0.025
27.85 –0.25
60
13.5
66.3
C
57.2
172
OUT
port
Gear Pumps
87
D 69.5
LC φ 25.385 –0.025
0
Shared IN port
E SAEJ518b-1 1/2 Specifications
Model No
36
F
IPH-34B-10-20-11 20.7 14.9 272 209 153 71
-25 10.2 25.7 15.4 278 215 159 74
φ 38 70 4-M12x17
-32 32.3 15.9 286 223 167 78
IPH-34B-13-20-11 20.7 15.1 278 212 153 71
G -25
-32
13.3 25.7
32.3
15.6
16.1
284
292
218
226
159
167
74
78
IPH-34B-16-20-11 20.7 15.4 283 214.5 153 71
H -25
-32
15.8 25.7
32.3
15.9
16.4
289
297
220.5
228.5
159
167
74
78
IPH-35B-*-*-11
I (Flange Mounting, Clockwise Rotation)
LA
Individual IN port LB
LD 85 210
J 95
64
18 6
65
181
0
7.938 –0.051
35.331 –0.25
0
K
17.5
86.8
57.2
228
OUT
port
L
120
76
0
LC φ 31.75 –0.051
M Shared IN port
Specifications
SAEJ518b-2 Volume cm3/rev Weight Dimensions (mm)
Model No
42.9
N IPH-35B-10-40-11
-50 10.2
40.8
50.3
26.4
27.4
323.5
330.5
257
264
197
204
91
94.5
φ 55 77.8 4-M12x20
-64 63.9 28.4 340.5 274 214 99.5
IPH-35B-13-40-11 40.8 26.6 329.5 260 197 91
O -50 13.3 50.3 27.6 336.5 267 204 94.5
-64 63.9 28.6 346.5 277 214 99.5
IPH-35B-16-40-11 40.8 26.9 334.5 262.5 197 91
-50 15.8 50.3 27.9 341.5 269.5 204 94.5
-64 63.9 28.9 351.5 279.5 214 99.5
mirror image of the drawings shown above. In the case the individual IN port is facing upwards,
C-18
IPH-36B-*-*-11
Individual IN port
LA
B
LB 264
120 LD 100 228.6
B
0
64 20 6 11.113 –0.051
49.428 –0.25
70
0
107
22
C
288
OUT
57.2
port
160
Gear Pumps
D
92
0
LC φ 44.45 –0.051
Shared IN port
50.8
Specifications
E
SAEJ518b-21/2
Model No
IPH-36B-10- 80-11 81.3 47.8 370.5 304 240 111.5
-100 10.2 101.6 49.8 380.5 314 250 116.5
φ 60 88.9 4-M12x20
-125
IPH-36B-13- 80-11
125.9
81.3
51.8
48.0
392.5
376.5
326
307
262
240
122.5
111.5 F
-100 13.3 101.6 50.0 386.5 317 250 116.5
-125 125.9 52.0 398.5 329 262 122.5
IPH-36B-16- 80-11 81.3 48.3 381.5 309.5 240 111.5
-100
-125
15.8 101.6
125.9
50.3
52.3
391.5
403.5
319.5
331.5
250
262
116.5
122.5
G
IPH-44B-*-*-11 H
Individual IN port LA
I
172
LB
146
77 LD 78
J
0
13 6 6.375 –0.025
27.85 –0.25
0
60
13.5
66.3
K
186
OUT
port
101
69.5
Shared IN port
SAEJ518b-1 1/2
LC φ 25.385 –0.025
0
L
36
Specifications M
φ 40 70 4-M12x17 Volume cm3/rev Weight Dimensions (mm)
Model No
IPH-44B-20-20-11
-25 20.7
20.7
25.7
19.5
20.0
307
313
219
225
145
151
71
74
N
-32 32.3 20.5 321 233 159 78
O
IPH-44B-25-25-11 25.7 20.5 319 228 151 74
25.7
-32 32.3 21.0 327 236 159 78
IPH-44B-32-32-11 32.3 32.3 21.5 335 240 159 78
mirror image of the drawings shown above. In the case the individual IN port is facing upwards,
C-19
IPH-45B-*-*-11
B Individual IN port
LA
LB
LD 85 210
95 18 6 181
0
77 65 7.938 –0.051
35.331–0.25
0
17.5
86.8
66.3
C
228
OUT port
120
76
Gear Pumps
D φ 31.75 –0.051
0
Shared IN port LC
50.8
SAEJ518b-21/2
Specifications
E Model No
IPH-45B-20-40-11 40.8 30.1 357 276 203 91
φ 60 88.9 4-M12x20 -50 20.7 50.3 31.1 364 283 210 94.5
F -64
IPH-45B-25-40-11
63.9
40.8
32.1
30.6
374
363
293
279
220
203
99.5
91
-50 25.7 50.3 31.6 370 286 210 94.5
-64 63.9 32.6 380 296 220 99.5
G IPH-45B-32-40-11 40.8 31.1 371 283 203 91
-50 32.3 50.3 32.1 378 290 210 94.5
-64 63.9 33.1 388 300 220 99.5
H IPH-46B-*-*-11
I Individual IN port
LA
LB 264
120 LD 100 228.6
0
77 20 6 11.113 –0.051
J
49.428 –0.25
0
70
107
22
66.3
K
288
OUT port
160
L LC
92
φ 44.45 –0.051
0
Shared IN port
SAEJ518b-3
M Specifications
61.9

Model No
N φ 71 106.4 4-M16x25
IPH-46B-20- 80-11
-100
-125
20.7
81.3
101.6
125.9
52.1
54.1
56.1
404
414
426
323
333
345
250
260
272
111.5
116.5
122.5
IPH-46B-25- 80-11 81.3 52.6 410 326 250 111.5
-100 25.7 101.6 54.6 420 336 260 116.5
O -125
IPH-46B-32- 80-11
125.9
81.3
56.6
53.1
432
418
348
330
272
250
122.5
111.5
-100 32.3 101.6 55.1 428 340 260 116.5
-125 125.9 57.1 440 352 272 122.5
C-20
IPH-55B-*-*-11 φ 42 36
B
70
263
φ 165.1 h7 –0.040
IN port 4- φ 22
B
0
0
14 7.938 –0.051
35.331–0.25
0
65
76 C
86.8
224.6
φ 145
263
Gear Pumps
OUT port
D
95 26 12 φ 31.75 –0.051
0
LD 77 224.6
LA
LB
E
Specifications
F
Model No
Vent Side Shaft Side kg LA LB LD
IPH-55B-40-40-11 40.8 45.5 385 286 99
-50 40.8 50.3 46.5 392 293 102.5
-64 63.9 47.5 402 303 107.5 G
IPH-55B-50-50-11 50.3 47.5 399 296.5 102.5
50.3
-64 63.9 48.5 409 306.5 107.5
IPH-55B-64-64-11 63.9 63.9
49.5 419 311.5 107.5
H
IPH-56B-*-*-11
(Flange Mounting, Clockwise Rotation) φ 42 φ 50
36 42.9
I
77.8
70
J
φ 177.8h7 –0.040
300 4- φ 26
0
IN port 15
–0.25
0
0
70 11.113 –0.051
49.428
K
107
92
86.8
φ 150
247.5
300
OUT port
L
139.7
2-M16x20 70 30 12 φ 44.45 –0.051

0
(Tap hole for anchoring) 95 LD 92 247.5

120
LB
LC M
LA
Specifications
Model No
Volume cm3/rev
Weight
kg LA
Dimensions (mm)
LB LC LD
N
IPH-56B-40- 80-11 81.3 70.6 427 328 221 120.5
-100 40.8 101.6 72.6 437 338 231 125.5
-125
IPH-56B-50- 80-11
-100 50.3
125.9
81.3
101.6
74.6
71.6
73.6
449
434
444
350
331.5
341.5
243
221
231
131.5
120.5
125.5
O
-125 125.9 75.6 456 353.5 243 131.5
IPH-56B-64- 80-11 81.3 72.6 444 336.5 221 120.5
-100 63.9 101.6 74.6 454 346.5 231 125.5
-125 125.9 76.6 466 358.5 243 131.5
C-21
φ 50 42.9
IPH-66B-*-*-11
B
77.8
φ 177.8h7 –0.040
300
4- φ 26
0
15
B
–0.25
IN port
0
0
70 11.113–0.051
49.428
107
C
92
247.5
φ 150
300
OUT port
139.7
Gear Pumps
D 2-M16x20 70 30 12 φ 44.45 –0.051

0
(Tap hole for anchoring) 120 LD 92 247.5

LC
E LA
LB
Specifications
F Model No
Volume cm3/rev
Weight
kg LA
Dimensions (mm)
LB LC LD
IPH-66B- 80- 80-11 81.3 89.1 470 347.5 234 120.5
-100 81.3 101.6 91.1 480 357.5 244 125.5
-125 125.9 93.1 492 369.5 256 131.5
G IPH-66B-100-100-11
-125
101.6
101.6
125.9
93.1
95.1
490
502
362.5
374.5
244
256
125.5
131.5
IPH-66B-125-125-11 125.9 125.9 97.1 514 380.5 256 131.5
H Note) IPH-66B-*-L-11 (foot mounting/flange mounting, counterclockwise rotation) are the mirror image of the drawings shown above. In the case the
suction port flange is facing upwards, the discharge port flange position is to the right when viewed from the shaft side.
I Cross-sectional Drawing IPH Series Double IP Pump

Part No. Part Name
1 Pinion shaft -1
J
2 Pinion shaft -2
2 4 3 1 5 3 Body -3
4 Joint
5 Key
K
Note) In the case of a double pump, use single pump
parts in addition to the 5 parts listed above.
N
•IPS Series Double IP Pump Seal Kit 2H****-**) includes the same compo- •Air bleed-off valve
The double pump seal kit combines a nent parts as the single pump seal kit, See the IPH Series (single) IP pump
shaft side pump seal kit with a head except that it does not have a #23 oil section in page C-13.
O side pump seal kit. The shaft side
pump seal kit (IHAS-2S****-**) is the
seal.
See the IPH Series (single) IP pump
same as the single pump seal kit. section in page C-9 for more infor-
The head side pump seal kit (IHAS- mation.
C-22
C
eMake sure that the return piping from agent for information about other B
Features the hydraulic valve to the tank is be- fire-resistant hydraulic fluids and
low the fluid level surface. special fluids.
qMaximum operating pressure of 21 to rBe sure to use only specified bolts on rForeign matter in the hydraulic oper-
35MPa {214 to 357kgf/cm2} provides
smooth operation at high pressures.
hydraulic valves.
Use bolts of 12.9 strength classifica-
ating fluid can lead to frequent valve
operation problems. Use a 25μm line
C
Low leakage for high efficiency. tion or equivalent. filter to protect against contamina-
wExtremely stable performance across tInstallation bolts are not included tion.
all pressure ranges.
D
with any modular valves, the SS, SA,
eConformance with ISO recommend-
ed dimensions for most gasket in-
SF, SNH, SL, SE, SED, and SAW G01 Terms Used in This
size solenoid valves, the DMA-G01
stallations enables a high degree of manual valve, or with sub plates. Catalog
Modular Valve
international compatibility. Bolts are included with gasket type
E
rA highly reliable and quiet wet type valves other than those mentioned The following describes the meanings
solenoid valve series is available above. of the following terms used in this cat-
when the noise and reliability issues yUse O-rings with a hardness of Hs-90 alog:
of solenoid valves are a problem. for valve gasket O-rings. • Rated Flow Rate:
tA comprehensive pipe-less series Specific guaranteed flow rate
provides the ultimate in compact de-
sign and reliability.
Management of Hydraulic
Operating Fluid
under certain fixed conditions
• Maximum Flow Rate:
Maximum flow rate that satis-
F
Installation and fies valve function
qUse mineral oil-based hydraulic oper- • The following are the ratings that ap-
Maintenance
qInstallation is possible in horizontal,
ating fluid.
wSee pages N-1 and N-2 for infor-
ply to the seal part list.
JIS standard B2401 (O-ring) G
mation about the viscosity of the op- JIS standard B2407 (backup ring)
vertical, and diagonal configurations. erating fluid you need to use. SAE standard AS568 (O-ring)
However, the spool must be oriented eWhen using phosphate ester base Pipe apertures mentioned in this
H
•
horizontally in the case of a solenoid operating fluid, include “P-” at the catalog that are indicated as “G*/*”
valve or hydraulic switching solenoid beginning of the model number. comply with JIS B2351 O-ring seal
valve no-spring type. When using water- or glycol-based systems.
wPrecision finish the mounting surface hydraulic operating fluid, refer to
to a surface roughness of 1.6a and pages N-4 through N-6 for details
degree of flatness of 0.01mm. on applicable models. Contact your I
Calculation of Hydraulic Valve Pressure Loss J

2.0
Use the following formula to convert
K
pressure loss values for each hydrau-
lic valve in accordance with changes in
1.5
operating fluid viscosity.
Coefficient(v2/v1) /4
ν2
1
ΔP2=( ν )1/4·ΔP1
L
1
1.0
ΔP1 : Pressure loss MPa {kgf/cm2} at for
kinematic viscosity ν1 R0 > 2000
ΔP2 : Pressure loss MPa {kgf/cm2} at for 0.5
kinematic viscosity ν2
ν1 : Kinematic viscosity mm2/s
ν2 : Kinematic viscosity mm2/s M
The graph on the right shows coeffi- 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
cient values (ν2 /ν1)1/4 kinematic viscosity Kinematic viscosity ratio(v2/v1)
ratios (ν1/ν2).
v1 = 20mm /s
N
2
<Example>
For a value whose pressure loss at the v1 = 30mm /s 2 10 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200
rated flow rate when ν1 = 30mm2/s is v1 = 40mm /s 2 15 30 60 90 120 150 180 210 240 270 300
ΔP1 = 0.3MPa{3.1 kgf/cm2}, a change
20 40 80 120 160 200 240 280 320 360 400
in viscosity to ν2 = 90mm2/s produces
a pressure loss of (ν2 /ν1) = 3. According
to the graph on the right, coefficient (ν1/
Kinematic viscosity v2mm2/s
O
ν2)1/4 = 1.3.
Accordingly : Factory Default Handle Setting
ΔP2 = 1.3ΔP1 = 1.3 × 0.3MPa{3.1kgf/cm2} The following are the factory default pressure and flow rate settings for handles
= 0.39MPa{4.03kgf/cm2} (screws) on adjustable valves.
qPressure Control Valve: Near the minimum control pressure
wFlow Control Valve: Near the minimum control flow rate
Note, however, that ER and ESR relief valves are set to rated pressures. For details,
see the applicable pages for each type of valve.
D-1
Hydraulic Valve Selection Table
Maximum
C Pump
Name
Type Working
Classi- Pressure
Maximum Flow Rate ℓ/min
Page
Type
fication MPa
{kgf/cm2} 1 2 5 10 20 50 100 200 500 1000 2000 5000
B Relief modular valve OR {255}

25
01 03 04 D-13
25
Brake modular valve ORO {255} 01 03 D-19
C Direct relief modular valve ORD {255}
25
01 03 04 D-23
25
Pressure reducing modular valve OG {255} 01 03 04 D-28
D 01 Size balance type 25
01
Pressure reducing modular valve OGB {255} D-35
25
Modular Valve
Reducing valve & modular valve OG {255} 01 03 04 D-37

E
Modular Valves
25
2-pressure reducing modular valve OGS {255} 01 D-44
25
Sequence modular valve OQ {255} 01 03 D-47
F Counter balance modular valve OCQ {255}
25
01 03 04 D-50
25
Pressure switching modular valve OW {255} 01 D-55
G Flow regulator modular valve O(C)Y {255}
25
01 03 04 D-58
25
Flow control modular valve O(C)F {255} 01 03 04 D-66
H Check modular valve OC(V) {255}
25
01 03 04 D-72
25
Pilot operated check modular valve OCP {255} 01 03 04 D-79
I SS wet type solenoid valve SS
35
01 03 E-1
{357}
35
SA wet type solenoid valve SA {357} 01 03 E-13
J SE lower power solenoid valve SE
16
01 03 E-25
{163}
16
SED lower power solenoid valve SED {163} 01 E-32
Solenoid Valves
K SL wet type solenoid valve SL

7
01 E-38
{71}
DSS 35
DSS(A) solenoid control valve 04 06 E-45
L Fine Solenoid Valve
DSA {357}
SF
21
01 E-53
{214}
35
Non-leak Type Solenoid Valve SNH {357} 01 03 04 06 E-57
M Directional control valve with SAW 35
01 E-66
monitoring switch {357}
Poppet type directional control SCW 21
03 E-75
N valve with monitoring switch {214}
21
Relief valve R {214} 03 06 10 F-1
Pressure Control Valves
35
RI series relief valve RI 03 06 F-5
O
{357}
21
Remote control valve RC(D) {214} RC-02 RCD-02 F-8
21
Solenoid control relief valve RSS(A) {214} 03 06 10 F-10
RIS Series 35
Solenoid control relief valve RIS {357} 03 06 F-15
21
Reducing (& check) valve (C)G {214} 03 06 10 F-18
Note) Maximum operating pressure for the modular valve series is 35MPa {357kgf/cm }.
2
D-2
Maximum
Pump
Name
Type Working
Classi- Pressure
Page
C
Type
fication MPa
{kgf/cm2} 1 2 5 10 20 50 100 200 500 1000 2000 5000
21 B
Pressure
Co ntrol
Balancing valve GR 01 03 F-23

Valves
{214}
21
Pressure control (& check) valve (C)Q {214} 03 06 10 F-25
Throttle (& check) valve (C)FR {214}

21
03 06 10 G-1
C
21
Flow Control Valves
FT type low control valve (C)FT {214} 02 03 G-4
F type control valve (C)F {214}

21
06 10 G-8
D
10.5
Modular Valve
TN type flow control valve (C)TN {107} 02 G-11
TS type flow control valve

10.5
(C)TS {107} 01 G-14
E
7
TL type flow control valve TL(T) {71} 03, 04 G-16
21 F
Direction Control Valves
Right angle check valve CA {214} 03 06 10 H-1

21
In-line check valve CN {214} 03 06 10 H-1
Pilot check valve CP

21
03 06 10 H-4
G
{214}
42
Gauge cock K2 H-7
H
{427}
35 01 03
DMA type manual valve DMA {357} H-8
35
Pilot relief valve EPR {357} 01 I-2
35 I
Electro-hydraulic Proportional Control Valves
Relief valve ER {357}

03 06 I-4
25
Relief and reducing valve EGB {255} 03 06 I-6
Flow control valve (C)ES {214}

21
02 03 06 10 I-8
J
25 03 06 10
Load response control valve ESR {255} I-11
Flow direction control valve ESD {255}

25
01 03 04 06 10 I-14
K
25 01
Modular type reducing valve EOG {255} I-22
Modular type flow control valve EOF {214}

21 01 I-24
L
EMA
Driver power amplifier - I-26
EMC
Driver power compact amplifier EBA - I-30
M
Compact multi-function power EDA
- I-34
amplifier EDC
32 N
Servo Proportional Flow
High-response proportional 01 03 04 06
Electro- High-response
ESH I-38
Control Valve
flow control valve {327}

High-speed response proportional EHA - I-42
control valve amplifier
NACHI-MOOG servo valve O
Other hydraulic
Valves
EA - I-44
Driver servo amplifier
28 06 10 16 24
Hydro-logic valve HT,HF {286} J-1
D-3
MODULAR VALVE SERIES
C Modular Valve Series

20 to 300ℓ/min
21,25,35MPa
B Overview
The modular valve is designed and en- of a circuit using a single modular valve. The illustrations below show one exam-
C
gineered to integrate multiple hydrau- The result is an innovative valve system ple of a circuit configuration using this
lic valve operations into a single unit, whose energy and materials efficiency system.
which eliminates the need for piping be- provide advantages in terms of com-
tween valves and enables configuration pact configuration, reliability, and more.
D Features
qHigh pressure and high volume. Avail-
Modular Valve
able maximum operating pressure
E operations are 21, 25, and 35MPa

{214, 255, 357kgf/cm2}, while maxi-
mum control flow rates are G01 50ℓ/
min, G03 100ℓ/min, G04 300ℓ/min.
wGanging and bolting format allows for P T B A
F quick and easy circuit configuration
as well as circuit changes and addi-
tions.
eCompact module configurations
greatly reduce space requirements.
G rMaintenance costs are also reduced
because less piping and fewer cou-
plings mean less need for acid rins-
ing and flushing of pipes.
H
tFewer fluid leak problems due to pipe
resonance, noise, and loose cou-
plings.
yCircuit configuration is simple yet ex-
act. Nameplates on the side of the
I valve show JIS codes that make it

quick and easy to determine its per- P
formance. T
uA full lineup of models is available B A
to meet a wide range of needs and
J circuit configurations: Model G01 58
Type 131, G03 52 Type 96, G04 30
Integrated Circuit Diagram
Type 68. Integrated Structural Diagram
K Specifications
Nominal Diameter Maximum Working Maximum Flow Rate Possible Number
L
Name Pressure Gasket Surface Dimensions of Ganged
(Size) MPa{kgf/cm }2 ℓ/min Valves (Note 2)
01 Series 1/8 25{255}(Note 1) 50 ISO 4401-03-02-0-05 1 to 4
03 Series 3/8 25{255}(Note 1) 100 ISO 4401-05-04-0-05 1 to 4
M
04 Series 1/2 35{357} 300 ISO 4401-07-06-0-05 1 to 3(Note 3)
Note) 1. The M35 Series is available as a 35MPa {357kgf/cm2} maximum operating pressure version of the 01 and 03
Series. For details, see pages D-98 and D-99.
2. The number of ganged valves does not include solenoid valves.
N
3. Up to four valves can be ganged together if the maximum operating pressure is less than 21 MPa.
K Series Modular Valve

O The valve shown in the photograph is
φ 28(φ 36)
φ 26(φ 32)
available with nominal diameter 01 and

03 size adjusting bolts. Use the follow-
ing format for specification.
Adjusting handle
Example: OCY–G01–W–Y–K–20 Lock nut
Auxiliary symbol
K: With handle Dimensions in parentheses indicate nomi-
nal diameter 03.
D-4
Precautions when Ganging Modular Valves
C
Note the following precautions when ganging modular valves together in the applicable example circuits.
Circuit Diagram Description Incorrect Correct

B
•Cylinder position not
maintained
Solenoid C
Pilot Operate
Locking
D
Check Modular
Circuit and Valve
(AB Line)
Pressure
Reducing
Modular Valve
Circuit ○Leaks occur because,
during the pilot check,
the line being maintained
Pressure
Reducing
Modular Valve
E
flows into the pilot line of (B Line)
P T B A P T B A
the reducing valve.
G
•Insufficient cylinder
output and drop in
speed
Solenoid H
Flow Regulator
I
Modular Valve
Pressure (A, B Line,
Meter Out)
Reduction
Circuit with ○Pressure increases
Speed due to the restrictor Pressure
J
Control effect of the flow reg- Reducing
Modular Valve
ulator. Since the pilot (B Line) P T B A P T B A
runs from that line,
pressure reduction
makes smooth opera-
tion impossible. K
•Cylinder knocking
L
Solenoid
Flow Regulator
M
Modular Valve
(A, B Line,
Locking Meter Out)
Circuit and
Speed ○Pressure is increased
Pilot Operate
N
Control by the restrictor effect Check Modular
Circuit of the flow regulator. Valve
O
(AB Line)
That pressure moves the
pilot check in the closed P T B A P T B A
direction, which causes
the valve to repeatedly
open and close.
D-5
Valve Ganging Circuit Configuration Examples
C Anti-cavitation Circuit G
01
03 • urge pressure is prevented by the inertia of the actuator, and
S
cavitation by fluid being sucked in through the opposite port,
which is in negative pressure, is prevented.
• E xample Valve Model Numbers (G03)
B Relief Valve ------------------- ORO-G03-W*-J50
Vacuum Check Valve ---- OCV-G03-W-J50
C
ORO-G0*-
W*-**
OCV-G0*-
W-**
D
Modular Valve
E 01
Differential Circuit G
03 • When the cylinder advances, the rod side return fluid returns to
the P port and the pump discharge rate and confluence are ad-
F vanced at high speed (differential).
Check valve --------------------- OC-G03-A*-J50
Differential check valve ---- OC-G03-AP*-J50
G Important:
OC-G0 * -
A * -**
Cylinder effective output is the rod surface area portion only.
OC-G0 * -
H
AP * -**
Forward
I
01
2-speed Circuit G
J 03 • This type of circuit allows variation between two actuator
speeds. It prevents low-speed shock when the actuator starts
up or stops, and it used when the intermediate stroke is operat-
ed at high speed.
K 2-speed Plate ---------------------------------- OB-G03-W-(H)-J30
High-speed Flow Regulator Valve ---- OCY-G-03-W-Y-J51
Low-speed Flow Control Valve -------- OCF-G03-W60-Y-J50
High-speed Low-speed
M High-speed Low-speed
N
OB-G0 * -
O
W-**
D-6
G01 Modular Valve Series
Pressure Adjustment Range Maximum JIS Height Weight Catalog C
Type
Name Valve Model Number (Check Valve Cracking Pressure) Flow Rate
Symbol mm kg Page
MPa{kgf/cm2} ℓ/min
Solenoid
B
Valves
SS-G01-**-R-**-31 E-1
Solenoid Valve 100
SA-G01-**-**-31 E-13
P T B A
1
OR-G01-P -20 1.5
3
Relief Valves
1
-W -20
3
1:* to 7
{* to 71.4}
3:3.5 to 25
2.3 C
50 40 D-13
(Balance Type) 1 {35.7 to 255}
-A -21 *See page D-16 for
3
these items.
D
1.6
1
-B -21
3
Modular Valve
ORO-G01-W -20 1.5
3
Brake Valves
(Direct Type)
1
-A -20
3
1:0.8 to 7
{8.2 to 71.4}
3:3.5 to 21
20 40 D-19
E
{35.7 to 214} 1.4
1
-B -20
3
1
ORD-G01-W -20
3 1.5
F
Direct 1:0.8 to 7
1 {8.2 to 71.4}
Relief Valves -A -20 20 40 D-23
G
3 3:3.5 to 21
(Direct Type) {35.7 to 214} 1.4
1
-B 3 -20
C
OG-G01-P 1 -21 D-28
H
2 C:0.15 to 3.5
{1.5 to 35.7}
Reducing Valves C
-A 1 -21 1:0.8 to 7
50 40 1.3
(Direct Type) 2 {8.2 to 71.4}
2:3.5 to 16 D-37
C
{35.7 to 163}
I
-B 1 -21
2
C
OGB-G01-P 1 -20
3 C:0.15 to 3.5
{1.5 to 35.7}
Balance Type C
1:0.8 to 7
J
-A 1 -20 40 40 1.9 D-35
Reducing Valves 3 {8.2 to 71.4}
3:3.5 to 21
C
-B 1 -20 {35.7 to 214}
3
Pressure Control
K
1 1:0.8 to 7{8.2 to 71.4}
Valves OQ-G01-P2 -20 D-47
3 3:3.5 to 21{35.7 to 214}
(Sequence Valves)
Pressure Control 1
OCQ-G01-A1 -20 40 40 1.1
2
Valves 1:0.8 to 7{8.2 to 71.4}
D-50
(Counter Balance 2:3.5 to 14{35.7 to 143}
L
1
Valves) -B1 -20
2
C
OW-G01-P 1 -R-**-30 C:0.5 to 3.5 1.8
3 {5.1 to 35.7}
M
C 1:0.8 to 7{8.2 to 71.4}
-W 1 -R-**-30 3:3.5 to 21 2.6
3 {35.7 to 214}
Pressure Switches 50 40 D-55
C
-A 1 -R-**-30 Contact Capacitance
3 AC125V:5A
1.8
N
C DC 14V:5A
-B 1 -R-**-30 DC 30V:4A
3
Flow Regulator Valve OY-G01-T-20
O
50 40 1.0 D-58
Flow Regulator Valves
Flow Control Valve
OCY-G01-P-20 (0.04{0.4})
with Check
OCY-G01-W-Y-20 1.3
Meter-Out Flow
-A-Y-20 (0.08{0.8}) 50 40 D-58
Regulator Valves
1.2
-B-Y-20
D-7
C Pressure Adjustment Range Maximum

Height Weight Catalog
Type
Name Valve Model Number (Check Valve Cracking Pressure) Flow Rate JIS Symbol
mm kg Page
P T B A
B
OCY-G01-W-X-20 1.3
Meter-in Flow
-A-X-20 (0.08{0.8}) 50 40 D-58
Regulator Valve
1.2
C
-B-X-20
(Control Flow Rate)

Flow Control Valve OF-G01-P20-20 Differential Pressure 7{71.4}:0.1 to 20 1.2
Flow Control Valves
Differential Pressure21{214}:0.3 to 20
D
OCF-G01-W40-Y-30 1.7
Meter-out Flow Control

-A40-Y-30 40
Valves
1.5
Modular Valve
-B40-Y-30 40 D-66
E OCF-G01-W40-X-30 1.7
(Control Flow Rate)
Differential Pressure 7{71.4}:0.1 to 40
Meter-in Flow Control Differential Pressure25{255}:0.5 to 40
-A40-X-30
F
Valves
1.5
-B40-X-30
(0.08{0.8})
1
OC-G01-P 2 -21
G
3
1 1.0
Cracking pressure
T 2 -21
3 1:0.04{0.4}
Check Valves 1 2:0.35{3.6} 50
-A 2 -21 * 3:0.50{5.1} 40 1.2 D-72
Direction Control Valve
H
3 *For differential circuit
1
-AP 2 -20 *
3
1.0
Vacuum Check Valves OCV-G01-W-20 (0.015{0.15}) 50
I 1
OCP-G01-W -(F)-21
2
Cracking pressure
1:0.2{2.0}
2:0.5{5.1}
1 (Auxiliary Symbol)
Pilot Check Valves -A -(F)-21 Open Valve Ratio 50 40 1.2 D-79
2
J
Standard:
Parent Valve 37%
1 F: Child Valve 6%
-B -(F)-21
2 Parent Valve 51%
C C:0.2 to 3.5
Composite
OGS-G01-P C-K(R)-**-22 {2.0 to 35.7}

1
Valves
2-pressure Reducing
K
1:0.8 to 7
High pressure side {8.2 to 71.4} 40 90 4.8 D-44
Valves
Low pressure side 2:3.5 to 14
Power supply : C1, C2, D1, D2 {35.7 to 143}
Rc1/4 Rc1/4
OK-G01-P-(H)-20
L Gauge Modular
Blocks
-T-(H)-20 50
Rc1/4 Rc1/4 25
(H:40)
0.6
(H:1.0)
D-84
Rc1/4 Rc1/4
-W-(H)-20
M 2-speed Plates OB-G01-W-(H)-20 50

B A 25
(H:40)
1.5
(H:2.5) D-86
End Plates MOB-G01-(H)-10 − 20 0.3

Other
N Free-flow plate
MOB-G01-A-10
50 36 0.6
D-88
-B-10
O Base Blocks
MOB-01X-B*-10
B: A, B ports
* : Sequential number from 2 to 6
Single side outlet
Rc3/8 Rc1/4
D-96
(Multi-block) W: A, B ports
-01Y-W*-10 * : Sequential number from 1 to 6 Rc1/2 Rc3/8 − −
Dual side outlet
MSA-01Y-10 None: Back side outlet
Sub Plate Rc3/8 Rc3/8 D-90
MSA-01Y-T-10 T: Side outlet
D-8
Pressure Adjustment Range Maximum JIS
Height Weight Catalog C
Type
Name Valve Model Number (Check Valve Cracking Pressure) Flow Rate Symbol
mm kg Page
Solenoid
For M6 For M8
B
Valves
E-1
Solenoid Valves SS-G03-**-R-**-J22-22 160
SA-G03-**-** -J21-21 E-13
P T B A
1
OR-G03-P -J50 3.1
3
1
-W -J50
3
1:* to 7
{* to 71.4}
3:3.5 to 25
3.9 C
Relief Valves 1 {35.7 to 255}
-A -J50 80 55 D-13
(Balance Type) 3
(Auxiliary Symbol)
D
3.1
1 V: With vent port
-B -J50 *See page D-16 for
3
these items.
1
Modular Valve
OR-G03-P -V-J50 V 3.1
3
1
ORO-G03-W -J50
3 4.8 E
1:0.8 to 7
Brake Valves 1 {8.2 to 71.4}
-A -J50 30 55 D-19
(Direct Type) 3 3:3.5 to 25
1
-B -J50
{35.7 to 255} 4.0
F
Pressure Control Valve
1
ORD-G03-W -J50 3.9
G
3
1:0.8 to 7
Direct Relief Valves 1 {8.2 to 71.4}
-A -J50 30 55 D-23
(Direct Type) 3 3:3.5 to 25
{35.7 to 255} 3.1
1
-B -J50
H
3
C
OG-G03 -P 1 -(B)-J51 D-28
3 DR
C C:0.25 to 3.5
I
-A 1 -(B)-J51 {2.5 to 35.7} 80
3 1:0.8 to 7 DR
Reducing valve However, 55 3.6 D-37
C {8.2 to 71.4}
-B 1 -(B)-J51 3:3.5 to 21 C:50
3 DR
{35.7 to 214}
C V
J
OG-G03 -P 1 -(B)V-J51 D-28
3 DR
Pressure Control A
Valves OQ-G03 -P2 C -J50 55 D-47
(Sequence Valves) E A:0.25 to 0.85
{2.5 to 8.7}
A
K
OCQ-G03-A1 C -J50 C:0.85 to 3.5
Pressure Control 80 3.5
E {8.7 to 35.7}
Valves
E:3.5 to 14 55 D-50
(Counter Balance A
-B1 C -J50 {35.7 to 143}
Valves)
E
L
-P
Flow Regulator Valve OCY-G03 -J50 2.9
-P-H
Flow Control Valve
-W-Y
-J51 (Function) 3.1
-W-HY
H: High differential
100 55 D-58
M
pressure regulator
Meter-Out Flow -A-Y -J51
(0.1{1})
Regulator Valves -A-HY
3.0
-B-Y
-J51
-B-HY
*There is no problem with seals and other parts

when mixing these valves with NACHI G03
*G03 module valve installation bolts
For M6: Design number J50
Note) G03 series modular valves have two T
port locations: one on the A port side
N
modular valve design number (J) 30 valves. For M8: Design number 50 T(A) and one on the B port side T(B). The
port that is used depends on the model
Unit has commonality. Also, two J-pins have number.
O
been inserted diagonally for M6 applications. See page D-11 for details about JIS
symbols.
D-9
C Pressure Adjustment Range Maximum

Height Weight Catalog
Type
Name Valve Model Number (Check Valve Cracking Pressure) Flow Rate JIS Symbol
mm kg Page
MPa{kgf/cm2} ℓ/min P T B A
-W-X
B
OCY-G03 -J51 3.1
-W-HX
(Function)
Meter-in Flow -A-X H: High differential
-J51 100 55 D-58
Regulator Valve -A-HX pressure regula-tor
(0.1{1}) 3.0
C
-B-X
-J51
-B-HX
(Control Flow Rate)
Flow Control Valve OF-G03-P60-J50 Differential Pressure 7{71.4}:0.3 to 60 3.1
Differential Pressure 25{255}:0.5 to 60
Flow Control Valves
D Meter-out Flow
OCF-G03-W60-Y-J50 5.0
Control Valves -A60-Y-J50 60

Modular Valve
4.6
E -B60-Y-J50 55 D-66
OCF-G03-W60-X-J50 (Volume control flow rate) 5.0

Differential Pressure7{71.4}:0.5 to 60
F
Differential Pressure25{255}:1 to 60
Meter-in Flow Control
-A60-X-J50
Valves
4.6
-B60-X-J50
(0.1{1})
G 1
OC-G03-P 2 -J50
3
Cracking pressure
1:0.04{0.4}
2:0.35{3.6}
1 3:0.50{5.1}
T 2 -J50 *For differential circuit
3
H Check Valves
1
-A 2 -J50 *
100 55 2.7 D-72
3
1
-AP 2 -J50 *
I
3
Vacuum Check Valves OCV-G03-W-J50 (0.015{0.15}) 100 55 3.5 D-72
1 Cracking pressure
OCP-G03-W -(D)-J50 1:0.2{2.0}
2
J Pilot Check Valves

1
-A -(D)-J50
2
2:0.5{5.1}
(Auxiliary Symbol)
Open Valve Ratio 100 55 3.6 D-79
Standard
: Child Valve 7%
1 Parent Valve 49%
-B -(D)-J50
K
2 D : Parent Valve 49%
Rc1/4 P
Gauge Block OK-G03-J50 100 A 55 2.3 D-84
T B
B A
35 4.5
2-speed Plates OB-G03-W-(H)-J30 100 D-86
L
(H:55) (H:7.1)
MOB-G03-J50: For M6 32 1.4

End Plates −
MOB-G03-(H)-50: For M8 (H:58) (H:2.5)
MOB-G03-A-J50: For M6
M Free Flow
MOB-G03-A-(H)-50: For M8
MOB-G03-B-J50: For M6
100
32
(H:58)
1.3
(H:2.3) D-88
Other
MOB-G03-B-(H)-50: For M8
Conversion plate MOB-G03-AA-50 G01 P T B A

N (For 03/01 conversion) MOB-G03-AA-J50
*:Sequential number
50
G03 P T B A
45 2.3
Base Blocks MOB-03-B*-J30 from 2 to 5 Rc3/4 Rc1/2 D-96

A, B port dual side outlet
O
Rc3/8
MSA-03(X)-10 MSA : For M6 (Rc1/2) − −
MS-03(X)-30 MS : For M8
Sub Plate D-90
MSA-03(X)-T-10 None : Back side outlet
MS-03(X)-T-10 T : Side outlet
D-10
G03 Modular Valve Series Detailed JIS Symbols
Type
C
Type
Valve Model Number Detailed JIS Symbols Valve Model Number Detailed JIS Symbols
T(A) A P B T(B)
B
OF-G03-P60-J50
Solenoid Valves
P
For M6, M8
SS-G03-**-R-**-J22 -22 A B OCF-G03-W60-Y-J50
SA-G03-**-** -J21 -21 T(A) T(B)
Flow Control Valve

OCF-G03-A60-Y-J50
1
OR-G03-P -J50 OCF-G03-B60-Y-J50
3
1
OR-G03-W -J50
3 OCF-G03-W60-X-J50 D
1
OR-G03-A -J50 OCF-G03-A60-X-J50
Modular Valve
3
1
OR-G03-B -J50
3 OCF-G03-B60-X-J50 E
1 V 1
OR-G03-P -V-J50 OC-G03-P 2 -J50
3
F
3
1 1
ORO-G03-W -J50 OC-G03-T 2 -J50
3 3
1 1
ORO-G03-A -J50 OC-G03-A 2 -J50
G
3 3
1 1
ORO-G03-B -J50 OC-G03-AP 2 -J50
3
3
1
H
ORD-G03-W -J50 OCV-G03-W-J50
3
1 1
ORD-G03-A -J50 OCP-G03-W -J50
3 2
1
ORD-G03-B -J50
3
1
OCP-G03-A -J50
2 I
C 1
OG-G03-P 1 -(B)-J51 OCP-G03-B -J50
3 2
DR
C
OG-G03-A 1 -(B)-J51
3 DR
OK-G03-J50 J
C T A1 P1 B1 T T A2 P2 B2 T
(A1) (B1) (A2) (B2)
OG-G03-B 1 -(B)-J51 OB-G03-W-J30
3 DR
C
OG-G03-P 1 -(B)V-J51
MOB-G03-(H)-50
MOB-G03-J50
K
3 DR
A DR
MOB-G03-A-(H)-50
OQ-G03-P2 C -J50
L
E MOB-G03-A-J50
A MOB-G03-B-(H)-50
OCQ-G03-A1 C -J50
E MOB-G03-B-J50
Other
A G01 A P T B
MOB-G03-AA-50
M
OCQ-G03-B1 C -J50
E MOB-G03-AA-J50 G03
MOB-03X-B*-50 T(A) A P B T(B)

OCY-G03-P-J50
MOB-03X-B*-J50
N
OCY-G03-W-Y-J51 MS-03(X)-30 T(A) A P B T(B)
MSA-03(X)-10
MS-03(X)-T-10
Flow Control Valve
OCY-G03-A-Y-J51 MSA-03(X)-T-10
OCY-G03-B-Y-J51 O
OCY-G03-W-X-J51
OCY-G03-A-X-J51
OCY-G03-B-X-J51
D-11
C Maximum Maximum Pressure Adjustment Range JIS Weight Catalog

Type
Name Valve Model Number Working Flow Rate (Check Valve Cracking Pressure)
MPa{kgf/cm2} Symbol kg Page
Pressure ℓ/min
35MPa
Solenoid
Solenoid Control
B
Valves
DSS-G04-****-R-**-22 {357 300 15.0 E-45

Valves kgf/cm2} P T Y X B A
1 1:0.8 to 7{8.2 to 71.4}
Relief valve ORH-G04-P 3 -10 300 7.0 D-13
5 3:3.5 to 25{35.7 to 255}
1
ORH-G04-DW- 3 -10
C
1:0.8 to 7
5
{8.2 to 71.4}
1 3:3.5 to 25
Direct Relief Valves ORH-G04-DA 3 -10 50 6.5 D-23
5 {35.7 to 255}
1 5:7 to 35
ORH-G04-DB 3 -10 {71.4 to 357}
D
5
1
OGH-G04-P -(B)-10 1:0.8 to 7 8.0 D-28
3
{8.2 to 71.4}
1 3:3.5 to 25
Modular Valve
Reducing valve OGH-G04-A -(B)-10 300

3 {35.7 to 255}
E (Auxiliary Symbol) 8.0 D-37

1 B: External drain
OGH-G04-B -(B)-10
3
A
OQH-G04-A1 C -10 A:0.25 to 0.85{2.5 to 8.7} 8.0
Counter Balance E
F
300 C:0.50 to 3.5{5.1 to 35.7} D-50
Valves A
OQH-G04-B1 C -10 E:2 to 14{20.4 to 143} 8.0
E
Check Valve Cracking Pressure
Flow Regulator Valves OYH-G04-P-10 300 4.7 D-58
0.04{0.4}
G OYH-G04-W-X-10 6.5
Meter-in Flow
OYH-G04-A-X-10
Regulator Valve
6.3
H OYH-G04-B-X-10
300
Check Valve Cracking
Pressure
0.1{1.0}
D-58
OYH-G04-W-Y-10 6.5
Flow Control Valve
Meter-Out Flow
I
OYH-G04-A-Y-10
Regulator Valves
35MPa 6.3
OYH-G04-B-Y-10 {357kgf/
cm2}
OFH-G04-W200-X-10 11.1
J Meter-in Flow Control

Valves
OFH-G04-A200-X-10
10.2
OFH-G04-B200-X-10 Check Valve Cracking
K OFH-G04-W200-Y-10
200 Pressure
0.1{1.0} 11.1
D-66
Meter-out Flow
Control OFH-G04-A200-Y-10
L
Valves 10.2
OFH-G04-B200-Y-10
1
OCH-G04-P 2 -10 4.5
3
M
1
OCH-G04-T 2 -10 1:0.04{0.4} 6.5
3
Check Valves 300 2:0.35{3.6} D-72
1
3:0.50{5.1}
OCH-G04-A 2 -10 4.5

3
N
1
OCH-G04-AP 2 -10 4.5
3
Vacuum Check Valves OVH-G04-W-10 300 0.01{0.1} 6.5 D-72
O
OPH-G04-W -(D)-10 1:0.20{2.0}
2 2:0.50{5.1}
(Auxiliary Symbol)
1 Open Valve Ratio
Pilot Check Valves OPH-G04-A -(D)-10 300 6.8 D-79
2 Standard
: Child Valve 7%
1 Parent Valve 50%
OPH-G04-B -(D)-10
2 D : Parent Valve 50%
Others
Conversion plate G04

MOB-G06-AA-5411A 300 10.0 D-88
(for 06/04 conversion) G06
The G04 series modular valves do not have an L (DR 2) drain port, so they cannot be used in combination with pressure center type solenoid valves (D).
D-12
RELIEF MODULAR VALVE
Relief Modular Valve

50 to 300ℓ/min C
25,35MPa
Features B
qThis modular relief valve provides wWide ranging applicability Maximum eShockless unload, 2-pressure con-
maximum pressure control for a hy- Operating Pressure: 25, 35MPa {255, trol, and other configurations are
draulic circuit. 357kgf/cm2} Pressure Adjustment
Range: 0.8 to 25, 35MPa {8.2 to 255,
possible by switching the solenoid
valve. Contact your agent for details.
C
357kgf/cm2}
D
Specifications
Modular Valve
E
Maximum Working Maximum Flow Pressure Adjustment
Nominal Diameter Weight Gasket Surface
Model No. Pressure Rate Range
(Size) kg Dimensions
MPa{kgf/cm2} ℓ/min MPa{kgf/cm2}
OR-G01-P1-20 * to 7{ * to 71.4}
1.5
P3 3.5 to 25{35.7 to 255}
OR-G01-W1-20
W3 25
* to 7{ * to 71.4}
3.5 to 25{35.7 to 255}
2.3 F
1/8 50 ISO 4401-03-02-0-05
OR-G01-A1-21 {255} * to 7{ * to 71.4}
1.6
A3 3.5 to 25{35.7 to 255}
OR-G01-B1-21
B3
* to 7{ * to 71.4}
3.5 to 25{35.7 to 255}
1.6
G
OR-G03-P1-(V)-J50 * to 7{ * to 71.4}
3.1
H
P3 3.5 to 25{35.7 to 255}
OR-G03-W1-J50 * to 7{ * to 71.4}
3.9
W3 25 3.5 to 25{35.7 to 255}
3/8 80 ISO 4401-05-04-0-05
OR-G03-A1-J50 {255} * to 7{ * to 71.4}
I
3.1
A3 3.5 to 25{35.7 to 255}
OR-G03-B1-J50 * to 7{ * to 71.4}
3.1
B3 3.5 to 25{35.7 to 255}
ORH-G04-P1-10 * to 7{ * to 71.4}
P3
P5
1/2
35
{357}
300 3.5 to 25{35.7 to 255}
7 to 35{71.4 to 357}
7.0 ISO 4401-07-06-0-05
J
Note) *See the Flow Rate - Low Pressure characteristics on page D-16 for information about items marked with an asterisk.
•Handling
K
z When using a remote control valve in a c Make sure that tank port back pressure b Note that a sub plate and installation
vent circuit, certain vent circuit pipe ca- is no greater than 0.2MPa {2.0kgf/cm2}, bolts are not included. See pages D-90
pacities can cause vibration. Because
of this, thick steel pipe with an inside
v A small control flow rate can cause
pressure instability. Use a control flow
through D-95 if these items are re-
quired. L
diameter of φ4mm that is no longer than rate that is in accordance with the val- n 04 series modular valves do not have
three meters is recommended. Vent ues shown below. an L (DR 2) drain port, so they cannot be
piping cannot be used with the 01 size. 01 size: At least 5ℓ/min used in combination with pressure cen-
If a vent port is required for the 03 size,
add the auxiliary code "V".
03 size: At least 8ℓ/min
04 size: At least 8ℓ/min
ter type solenoid valves (D).
m Connect OR-G03-W*- (J) 50 to the two
M
x For use as a safety valve, use a pres- For applications that require a flow rate T-ports on the tanks.
sure override that is higher than the re- that is less than the minimum flow rate,
quired circuit pressure.
N
use an ORD-G** direct type relieve
modular valve.
D-13
Explanation of model No. 01, 03 size
C OR – G 03 – P 1 – (K) – J50
Design number Note: For 03 size, relationship between mounting bolts and design number is
indicated as J50: M6, 50: M8.
B Auxiliary symbol K: With handle (01, 03 size) V: With vane port (03 size only)
Pressure adjustment range 1, 3
C
Control port P: P port W: A, B ports A: A port B: B port
Nominal diameter (size) 01, 03
Mounting method G: Gasket type
D Relief modular valve

Modular Valve
04 size
E ORH – G 04 – P 5 – 10
Design number
F Pressure adjustment range 1, 3, 5
Control port P: P port
Nominal diameter (size) 04
G Mounting method G: Gasket type
M35 Series relief modular valve
H
Note) Pressure is increased by clockwise (rightward) rotation of the
Installation Dimension Drawings adjusting screw (bolt), and decreased by counterclockwise
(leftward) rotation.
OR-G01-P-*-20 OR-G01-W*-20
119 max. 133 max.
I
7.5
7.5
T T
27
A A
32.5
46
31
46
31
B B
P P
J 11.5 40.5
108 44 max. 44 max.
67.5 40.5
175 44 max.
152 max. 263 max.
5
K
5
40
40
24
24
L 179 max. 317 max.
OR-G01-A*-21 OR-G01-B*-21
M 124 max. 124 max.
7.5
7.5
T T
23
A A
32.5
N
46
31
46
31
B B
P P
58.5 40.5 11.5 40.5
44 max. 113 113 44 max.
157 max. 157 max.
O
5
5
40
40
24
24
184 max. 184 max.
D-14
OR-G03-P*-(V)-J50 OR-G03-W*-J50
208.5 max.
162 max. Pressure gauge
C
attachment port 324 max.
93
Rc 1/4 162 max. 162 max.
46.5 6 Adjusting stroke 99
6 Adjusting stroke 54 49.5
(φ 2 vent connection port) (19.5) 54
13
13 P
B
5
P
35
35
23
5
(14)
A B A B
70
46
70
T T
(25)
46
T T
C
(Rc 1/8 vent connection port)
55
55
27.5
27.5
D
6 Adjusting stroke 6 Adjusting stroke
Modular Valve
224 max. 355 max.
Note)
Dimensions in parentheses show
dimensions with vent port installed
(V type)
E
OR-G03-A*-J50 OR-G03-B*-J50
F
211.5 max. 211.5 max.
162 max. 162 max.
G
6 Adjusting stroke 99 99 Adjusting stroke 6
49.5 Pressure gauge Pressure gauge 49.5
54 attachment port attachment port 54
Rc 1/4 Rc 1/4
13 P 13
P
35
35
H
A B
5
5
A B
70
70
46
46
T T T T
I
55
55
27.5
27.5 J
6 Adjusting stroke Adjusting stroke 6
227 max. 227 max.
ORH-G04-P*-10
K
197 max.
30
L
45.5
T P X
91
A B Y
M
Vent connection port G1/4
87 141.6
N
258.6 max.
Pressure gauge attachment port G1/4

13
6
O
70
35
3
2- φ 3 pin
D-15
Performance Curves Differential Hydraulic Fluid Kinematic Viscosity 32mm2 /s
Flow Rate −Minimum Pressure Characteristics
C OR-G01-*1-20(21) OR-G03-P1-J50 ORH-G04-P*-10
3.0 {30.6} 1.2 {12.2} 0.9 {9.2}

Minimum pressure
Minimum pressure
Minimum pressure
0.8 {8.2}
MPa {kgf/cm2}
MPa {kgf/cm2}
MPa {kgf/cm2}
B
2.5 {25.5} 1.0 {10.2}
0.7 {7.1}
(Handle fully open)
2.0 {20.4} 0.8 {8.2} 0.6 {6.1}
(Handle fully open)
(Handle fully open) 0.5 {5.1}
1.5 {15.3} 0.6 {6.1}
0.4 {4.1}
1.0 {10.2} 0.4 {4.1} 0.3 {3.1}
C 0.5 {5.1} 0.2 {2.0}

0.2
0.1
{2.0}
{1.0}
0 10 20 30 40 50 0 20 40 60 80 0 50 100 150 200 250 300

Flow rate ℓ/min Flow rate ℓ/min Flow rate ℓ/min
D Pressure − Flow Rate Characteristics

OR-G01-**-20(21) OR-G03-P*-J50 ORH-G04-P*-10
Modular Valve
36 {367}
E 25 {255} 25 {255} 34
32
{347}
{326}
MPa {kgf/cm2}
24 {245}
MPa {kgf/cm2}
MPa {kgf/cm2}
24 {245} 30 {306}
Pressure
23 {235}
Pressure
Pressure
22 {224} 26 {265}
8 {81.6} 24 {245}
F 7 {71.4} 7 {71.4} 22 {224}

6 {61.2} 8 { 82}
5 {51.0} 6 {61.2} 6 { 61}
4 {40.8} 4 { 41}
0 20 40 60 80 0 50 100 150 200 250 300
G
0 10 20 30 40
Number of Adjusting Screw Rotations − Pressure Characteristics

H OR-G01-P*-20 OR-G03-P*-(J)50 ORH-G04-P*-10
30 {306} 30 {306} 40 {408}

MPa {kgf/cm2}
MPa {kgf/cm2}
MPa {kgf/cm2}
I
35 {357}
25 {255} 25 {255} Type 5
Pressure
Pressure
Pressure
30 {306}
20 {204} 20 {204}
25 {255}
Type 3
Type 3 {153} {153}
15 15 20 Type 3 {204}
15 {153}
10 {102} 10 {102}
J
10 Type 1 {102}
{51}
5 Type 1 {51} 5
Type 1 5 {51}
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
Number of adjusting Number of adjusting Number of adjusting
screw rotations
K
screw rotations screw rotations
D-16
OR-G01-P*-20 Part No. Part Name
1 Body C
2 Spool
8 10 17 6 7 13 12 3 Poppet
4 Seat
B
5 Sleeve
6 Plunger
7 Bushing
8 Retainer
9 Spring
10 Spring
C
11 Plate
12 Screw
13 Nut
14 Plug
15 Plug
16 O-ring
D
17 O-ring
18 O-ring
19 O-ring
14 11 1 16 18 2 5 9 20 15 4 19 3 20 O-ring
21 Screw
Modular Valve
22 Knob
23 21 22 24 23 Nut
24 Screw
E
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number BRBS-01R*-0A) F

Part Q'ty
Part Name Part Number
No. P W A B
16
17
O-ring
O-ring
AS568-012(NBR-90)
NBR-70-1 P10A
4
1
4
2
4
1
4
1 G
18 O-ring NBR-90 P14 1 2 1 1
19 O-ring NBR-90 P18 1 2 1 1
H
20 O-ring AS568-013(NBR-90) 1 2 1 1
Note) 1. The materials and hardness of the O-ring conform with JIS B2401.
2. Specify P, W, A, or B for the asterisk (*) in the kit model number.
OR-G03-P*-V-J50
I
12 12 Part No. Part Name
1 2 9 8 19 11 2 14 18 4 5 17 22 7 10 3 6 1 15 13 16 24
1 Body
2 Cover
3
4
5
Spool
Poppet
Seat
J
6 Seat
7 Sleeve
8 Plunger
9
10
11
Retainer
Spring
Spring
K
12 Screw kit
25 25 25 25 12-1 Screw
4 2 1 3 12-2 Nut
21 23 20
13
14
15
Plate
Screw
Plug
L
16 Plug
17 O-ring
18 O-ring
19
20
21
O-ring
O-ring
O-ring
M
22 O-ring
23 Backup ring
24 Pin
N
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number BRES-03R*) 25 Handle kit
25-1 Screw
Part Q'ty 25-2 Knob
No. P/A/B W PV 25-3 Nut
25-4 Screw
17 O-ring NBR-90 P5 − − 2
18
19
O-ring
O-ring
NBR-90 P7
NBR-70-1 P10A
1
1
2
2
1
1
O
20 O-ring AS568-014(NBR-90) 5 5 5
21 O-ring NBR-90 P18 2 4 2
22 O-ring AS568-119(NBR-90) 1 2 1
23 Backup ring T2-P18 1 2 1
2. Backup ring indicates JIS B2407-T2-**.
3. Specify P, W, or PV for the asterisk (*) in the kit model number.
D-17
ORH-G04-P*-10
C
8 7 20 12 11 4 28 26 5 18 23 17 22 10 6 3 24 21 25 19 1 14 27 29 Part No. Part Name
1 Body
2 Cover
3 Spool
4 Poppet
5 Seat
B 6
7
8
Sleeve
Plunger
Retainer
9 Plate
10 Spring
11 Spring
C 12
13
14
Spring
Screw
Plate
15 Nut
16 Screw
17 Choke
D 13 15 9 16 2
18
19
20
O-ring
O-ring
O-ring
21 O-ring
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number BRKS-04RP) 22 O-ring
Modular Valve
23 O-ring
E
Part 24 O-ring
No. 25 Pin
26 Plug
18 O-ring NBR-90 P5 1 27 Plug
28 O-ring
19 O-ring AS568-012(NBR-90) 2 29 O-ring
F 20
21
O-ring
O-ring
NBR-70-1 P11
AS568-118(NBR-90)
1
4
22 O-ring AS568-122(NBR-90) 1
23 O-ring AS568-127(NBR-90) 1
G 24
28
O-ring
O-ring
NBR-90 P28
NBR-90 P8
1
3
29 O-ring NBR-90 P11 3
Note) The materials and hardness of the O-ring conform with JIS B2401.
D-18
BRAKE MODULAR VALVE
Brake Modular Valve

20 to 30ℓ/min C
0.8 to 21, 25MPa
Features B
qThis modular pressure control valve wWide ranging applicability Maximum Pressure Adjustment Range:
prevents abnormal pressure when operating pressure: 0.8 to 21, 25MPa
the actuator stops, enabling smooth
stops.
25MPa{255kgf/cm2} {8.2 to 214, 255kgf/cm2} C
Specifications D
Maximum Working Maximum Flow Pressure Adjustment
Modular Valve
Nominal Diameter Weight Gasket Surface
Model No. Pressure Rate Range
ORO-G01-W1-20
0.8 to 7{ 8.2 to 71.4}
1.5
E
W3 3.5 to 21{35.7 to 214}
ORO-G01-A1-20 25 0.8 to 7{ 8.2 to 71.4}
F
1/8 20 1.4 ISO 4401-03-02-0-05
A3 {255} 3.5 to 21{35.7 to 214}
ORO-G01-B1-20 0.8 to 7{ 8.2 to 71.4}

1.4
B3 3.5 to 21{35.7 to 214}
ORO-G03-W1-J50 0.8 to 7{ 8.2 to 71.4}

W3
ORO-G03-A1-J50 25
3.5 to 25{35.7 to 255}
0.8 to 7{ 8.2 to 71.4}

4.8
G
3/8 30 4.0 ISO 4401-05-04-0-05
A3 {255} 3.5 to 25{35.7 to 255}
H
ORO-G03-B1-J50 0.8 to 7{ 8.2 to 71.4}
4.0
B3 3.5 to 25{35.7 to 255}
•Handling
zThe pressure adjustment range is ex-
pressed using cracking pressure.
cNote that a sub plate and installation
bolts are not included. See pages D-90 I
xFor use as a safety valve, use a pres- through D-95 if these items are re-
sure override that is higher than the required.
quired circuit pressure.
K
ORO – G 03 –A 3 – (K) – J50 L
Design number Note: For 03 size, relationship between mounting bolts and
design number is indicated as J50: M6, 50: M8.
Auxiliary symbol K: With handle

M
Control port W: A, B ports A: A port B: B port

N
Break modulator valve O
D-19
C ORO-G01-W*-20
105 max.
7.5
23
A
32.5
B
46
31
B
P
18.5 40.5
65 max. 80
210 max.
C
5
40
21
D
264 max.
Modular Valve
E ORO-G01-A*-20
105 max.
ORO-G01-B*-20
105 max.
7.5
7.5
T T
23
23
A
32.5
32.5
A
46
31
F
46
31
B B
P P
18.5 40.5 18.5 40.5
65 max. 80 80 65 max.
152 max. 152 max.
G
5
5
40
40
21
21
H
179 max. 179 max.
I ORO-G03-W*-J50
360 max.
180 max. 180 max.
10 Adjusting stroke 93
46.5
J 13 P
54
28
39
A B
5
70
46
T T
K
55
27.5
L
10 Adjusting stroke
391 max.
M ORO-G03-A*-J50 ORO-G03-B*-J50
290 max. 290 max.
180 max. 180 max.
10 Adjusting stroke 93 93 Adjusting stroke 10
N 46.5
54
46.5
54
13
13 P P
28
39
A B A B
5
46
70
70
46
O T T T T
55
55
27.5
27.5

305.5 max.
305.5 max.
D-20
Pressure − Flow Rate Characteristics

ORO-G01-**-20 ORO-G03-**-J50
C
25 {255} 28 {286} B
MPa {kgf/cm2}
27 {275}
MPa {kgf/cm2}
24 {245}
Pressure
26 {265}
Pressure
23 {235}
22 {224} 25 {255}
21 {214} 24 {245} C
9 {91.7} 9 {91.7}
8 {81.6} 8 {81.6}
7 {71.4} 7 {71.4} D
0 5 10 15 20 25 0 10 20 30
Modular Valve
Flow rate ℓ/min
Flow rate ℓ/min
Number of Adjusting Screw Rotations − Pressure Characteristics E

ORO-G01-**-20 ORO-G03-**-J50
25 {255}
F
Cracking pressure
30 {306}
Cracking pressure
MPa {kgf/cm2}
MPa {kgf/cm2}
20 {204} 25 {255}
Type 3
15 {153} 20 {204}
Type 3
15 {153} G
10 {102}
10 {102}
5 { 51}
Type 1 5
Type 1
{ 51} H
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 0 2 4 6 8 10 12
Number of adjusting
I
screw rotations Number of adjusting
screw rotations
J
ORO-G01-W*-20
Part No. Part Name
1 Body
2 Poppet
3 Seat
4
5
6
Plunger
Bushing
Retainer
K
7 Guide
8 Spring
9 Plate
10
11
12
Screw
Nut
O-ring
L
15 17 12 16 13 9 1 14 3 2 7 8 6 4 5 11 10 13 O-ring
14 O-ring
15 O-ring
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number BRBS-01R0*-0A)

20 18 19 21 16
17
18
O-ring
Ball
Screw
M
Part Q'ty 19 Knob
Part Name Part Number 20 Nut
No. W A B 21 Screw
12
13
O-ring
O-ring
NBR-70-1 P5
NBR-90 P7
2
2
1
2
1
2
N
14 O-ring AS568-012(NBR-90) 4 4 4
15 O-ring NBR-90 P14 2 1 1
16 O-ring NBR-90 P22
2 2 2
O
2. Specify W, A, or B for the asterisk (*) in the kit model number.
D-21
ORO-G03-A*-J50
10 10
5 17 13 9 7 18 16 8 15 3 4 12 14 1 11 19 2 6
C
1 2
C
20 20 20 20
4 2 1 3 Part No. Part Name
1 Body
2 Plug
3 Poppet
4 Seat
D 5
6
7
Plunger
Bushing
Retainer
8 Guide
9 Spring
Modular Valve
10 Screw kit
E 10-1
10-2
11
Screw
Nut
Plate
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number BRES-03R0*) 12 Orifice
13 O-ring
Q'ty 14 O-ring
F
Part
Part Name Part Number 15 O-ring
No. W A B 16 O-ring
13 O-ring NBR-70-1 P14 2 1 1 17 Backup ring
18 Backup ring
14 O-ring AS568-014(NBR90) 5 5 5 19 Pin
20 Handle kit
G
15 O-ring NBR-90 P14 2 2 2 20-1 Screw
16 O-ring NBR-90 P24 2 2 2 20-2 Knob
20-3 Nut
17 Backup ring T2-P14 2 1 1 20-4 Screw
H Note) 1. The materials and hardness of the O-ring conform with JIS B2401.

3. Specify W, A, or B for the asterisk (*) in the kit model number.
D-22
DIRECT RELIEF MODULAR VALVE
Direct Relief 20 to 50ℓ/min C

Modular Valve 0.8 to 21,25,35MPa
Features B
qThis modular relief valve provides wWide ranging applicability Pressure Adjustment Range: 0.8 to 21,
maximum pressure control for a hy- Maximum Working Pressure: 25, 35 25, 35 MPa {8.2 to 255, 357kgf/cm2}
draulic circuit. MPa {255, 357kgf/cm2} C
Specifications
Nominal Diameter
Maximum Maximum Pressure
Weight Gasket Surface
D
Model No. Working Pressure Flow Rate Adjustment Range
Modular Valve
E
ORD-G01-W1-20 0.8 to 7{ 8.2 to 71.4}
1.5
W3 3.5 to 21{35.7 to 214}
ORD-G01-A1-20 0.8 to 7{ 8.2 to 71.4}
1/8 25{255} 20 1.4 ISO 4401-03-02-0-05
A3 3.5 to 21{35.7 to 214}
ORD-G01-B1-20
B3
0.8 to 7{ 8.2 to 71.4}
3.5 to 21{35.7 to 214}
1.4 F
ORD-G03-W1-J50 0.8 to 7{ 8.2 to 71.4}
4.8
W3 3.5 to 25{35.7 to 255}
ORD-G03-A1-J50
A3
3/8 25{255} 30
0.8 to 7{ 8.2 to 71.4}
3.5 to 25{35.7 to 255}
4.0 ISO 4401-05-04-0-05 G
ORD-G03-B1-J50 0.8 to 7{ 8.2 to 71.4}
4.0
B3 3.5 to 25{35.7 to 255}
ORH-G04-DW1-10
DW3
0.8 to 7{ 8.2 to 71.4}
3.5 to 25{35.7 to 255} 6.5
H
DW5 7 to 35{71.4 to 357}
I
ORH-G04-DA1-10 0.8 to 7{ 8.2 to 71.4}
DA3 1/2 35{357} 50 3.5 to 25{35.7 to 255} 6.5 ISO 4401-07-06-0-05
DA5 7 to 35{71.4 to 357}
ORH-G04-DB1-10 0.8 to 7{ 8.2 to 71.4}
J
DB3 3.5 to 25{35.7 to 255} 6.5
DB5 7 to 35{71.4 to 357}
•Handling
K
zThe pressure adjustment range is cTank port back pressure changes b04 series modular valves do not have
expressed in terms of cracking pres- cracking pressure by the corre- an L (DR 2) drain port, so they cannot
sure. sponding amount. be used in combination with pres-
xFor use as a safety valve, use a pres- vNote that a sub plate and installation sure center type solenoid valves (D).
sure override that is higher than the bolts are not included. See pages
required circuit pressure. D-90 through D-95 if these items are
required. L
M
01, 03 size
ORD – G 03 –W 3 – (K) – J50

design number is indicated as J50: M6, 50: M8.
N
O
Direct relieve modular valve
D-23
Explanation of model No. 04 size
C ORH – G 04 – D W 5 – 10
Design number
Pressure adjustment range 1, 3, 5
B
Control port W: A, B ports
A: A port
B: B port
Function symbol D: Direct type
C Nominal diameter (size) 04
M35 Series relief modular valve
D
Modular Valve
E Installation Dimension Drawings

adjusting screw (bolt), and decreased by counterclockwise (left-
ward) rotation.
ORD-G01-W*-20
F 105 max.
7.5
T
23
A
32.5
G
46
31
B
P
18.5 40.5
65 max. 80
210 max.
H
5
40
21
I
264 max.
J
ORD-G01-A*-20 ORD-G01-B*-20
K
105 max. 105 max.
7.5
7.5
T
L
T
23
32.5
23
A A
32.5
46
31
46
31
B B
P P
18.5 40.5 18.5 40.5
65 max. 80 80 65 max.
M 152 max. 152 max.

5
5
40
40
N
21
21
O 179 max. 179 max.
D-24
ORD-G03-W*-J50
360 max.
10 Adjusting stroke
180 max.
196
180 max.
C
98
54
13
P
B
28
5
A B
46
70
T T
55
22
D
10 Adjusting stroke
Modular Valve
391 max.
ORD-G03-A*-J50 ORD-G03-B*-J50
E
226.5 max. 226.5 max.
180 max.
10 Adjusting stroke 144.5
98 Pressure gauge Pressure gauge
144.5
98
180 max.
10 Adjusting stroke F
54 attachment port attachment port 54
Rc 1/4 Rc 1/4
13 13
P
G
24
P
24
28
28
5
5
A B A B
70
46
46
70
T T T T
H
55
55
22
22
I
242 max. 242 max.
ORH-G04-DW*-10
J
184 max.
100.5
K
ORH-G04-DA*-10
50
T P X
91
A B Y
L
70
91.3 120 89.7

42
M
368 max.
2- φ 3 pin
3
13 124.8 max. 120 42.7

6 287.5 max.
N
70
ORH-G04-DB*-10
42
2- φ 3 pin
O
3
70
42
2- φ 3 pin
3
44.3 120 123.2 max.

287.5 max.
D-25
C Pressure − Flow Rate Characteristics
ORD-G01-**-20 ORD-G03-**-J50 ORH-G04-DW*-10

40 {408}
B 25 {255} 28 {286} 35 {357}
MPa {kgf/cm2}
MPa {kgf/cm2}
MPa {kgf/cm2}
24 {245} 27 {275}
Pressure
Pressure
Pressure
23 {235} 26 {265} 30 {306}
22 {224} 25 {255} 25 {255}
21 {214} 24 {245}
C
20 {204}
9 {91.7} 9 {91.7} 10 {102}
8 {81.6} 8 {81.6}
5 { 51}
7 {71.4} 7 {71.4}
0 5 10 15 20 25 0 10 20 30 0 10 20 30 40 50
D Flow rate ℓ/min Flow rate ℓ/min Flow rate ℓ/min

Modular Valve
E Number of Adjusting Screw Rotations − Pressure Characteristics
ORD-G01-**-20 ORD-G03-**-J50 ORH-G04-DW*-10
F
25 {255} 30 {306}
Cracking pressure
Cracking pressure
Cracking pressure
25 {255}
MPa {kgf/cm2}
MPa {kgf/cm2}
MPa {kgf/cm2}
20 {204} 40 {408}
Type 3 Type 5
Type 3 20 {204}
15 {153} 30 {306}
15 {153}
G 10
5
Type 1
{102}
{ 51}
10 {102}
20
10
Type 3
{204}
{102}
5 Type 1 { 51}
Type 1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14
H Number of adjusting
screw rotations
Number of adjusting
screw rotations
Number of adjusting
screw rotations
I
J
ORD-G01-A*-20
2 13 3 1 9 14 17 12
L
Part No. Part Name
1 Body
2 Poppet
M 10 11 5 4 16 8 6 7 18 15
3
4
5
Seat
Plunger
Bushing
6 Retainer
22 20 19 21 7 Guide
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number BRBS-01RD*-0A) 8 Spring
N Part
Q'ty
9
10
11
Plate
Screw
Nut
No. W A B 12 Bushing
13 O-ring NBR-70-1 P5 2 1 1 13 O-ring
14 O-ring
O 14
15
O-ring
O-ring
NBR-90 P7
AS568-012(NBR-90)
2
4
2
4
2
4
15
16
17
O-ring
O-ring
O-ring
16 O-ring NBR-90 P14 2 1 1 18 Ball
19 Screw
17 O-ring NBR-90 P22 2 2 2 20 Knob
Note) 1.The materials and hardness of the O-ring conform with JIS B2401. 21 Nut
2.Specify W, A, or B for the asterisk (*) in the kit model number. 22 Screw
D-26
ORD-G03-A*-J50
C
8 8
1 2 4 16 12 7 11 5 17 15 6 2 14 3 10 13 1 9 18
Part No. Part Name

C
1 Body
19 19 19 19 2 Poppet
D
4 2 1 3 3 Seat
4 Plunger
5 Retainer
6 Guide
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number BRES-03RD*) 7 Spring
Modular Valve
8 Screw kit
E
Q'ty 8-1 Screw
Part 8-2 Nut
No. W A B 9 Plate
10 Orifice
12 O-ring NBR-70-1 P14 1 1 2 11 Plug
13 O-ring AS568-014(NBR-90) 5 5 5 12 O-ring
F
13 O-ring
14 O-ring NBR-90 P14 1 1 2 14 O-ring
15 O-ring
15 O-ring NBR-90 P24 1 1 2
16 Backup ring
16 Backup ring T2-P14 1 1 2 17 Backup ring
18 Pin
G
19 Handle kit
Note) 1.The materials and hardness of the O-ring conform with JIS B2401. 19-1 Screw
2.Backup ring indicates JIS B2407-T2-**. 19-2 Knob
3.Specify W, A, or B for the asterisk (*) in the kit model number. 19-3 Nut
19-4 Screw
I
ORH-G04-DA*-10
11 14 8 6 5 19 9 10 7 20 15 3 4 16 13 18 22 19 21 1 12 17 2
Part No. Part Name
J
1 Body
2 Plug
3
4
5
Poppet
Seat
Plunger
K
6 Retainer
7 Guide
8 Plate
9
10
11
Spring
Spring
Screw
L
12 Plate
13 Choke
14 Nut
15
16
17
Ball
O-ring
O-ring
M
18 O-ring
19 O-ring
20 O-ring
N
21 Backup ring
22 Pin
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number BRKS-04RD*)
Part Q'ty
No. W A B
16
17
O-ring
O-ring
NBR-70-1 P6
AS568-012(NBR-90)
2
2
1
2
1
2
O
18 O-ring AS568-118(NBR-90) 4 4 4
19 O-ring NBR-90 P22A 4 3 3
20 O-ring AS568-125(NBR-70-1) 2 2 2
21 Backup ring T2-P22A 2 2 2
Note) 1.The materials and hardness of the O-ring conform with JIS B2401.
2.Backup ring indicates JIS B2407-T2-**.
3.Specify W, A, or B for the asterisk (*) in the kit model number.
D-27
PRESSURE REDUCING MODULAR
VALVE
C Pressure Reducing 40 to 300ℓ/min

Modular Valve 25,35MPa
B Features
qThis modular valve makes the pres- wEven when pressure changes in the eMaximum Operating Pressure: 25,
sure in part of the circuit lower than primary main circuit, the reduced 35MPa {255, 357kgf/cm2}
C that of the main circuit. secondary pressure is maintained at
a constant level.
Specifications
D Nominal Maximum Maximum Pressure Adjustment
Model No. Diameter Working Pressure Flow Rate Range
kg Dimensions
(Size) MPa{kgf/cm2} ℓ/min MPa{kgf/cm2}
Modular Valve
E
OG-G01-PC-21 0.15 to 3.5{ 1.5 to 35.7}
25
P1 1/8 50 0.8 to 7{ 8.2 to 71.4} 1.3 ISO 4401-03-02-0-05
{255}
P2 3.5 to 16{35.7 to 163}
OG-G03-PC-(V)-J51 0.25 to 3.5{ 2.5 to 35.7}
25 80
F
P1 3/8 0.8 to 7{ 8.2 to 71.4} 3.8 ISO 4401-05-04-0-05
{255} but C : 50
P3 3.5 to 21{35.7 to 214}
OGH-G04-P1-10 35 0.8 to 7{ 8.2 to 71.4}

1/2 300 8.0 ISO 4401-07-06-0-05
P3 {357} 3.5 to 25{35.7 to 255}
G
•Handling
zWhen using a remote control valve cWith the 04 sizes, piping is not re- D-90 through D-95 if these items are
in a vent circuit, certain vent circuit quired because drainage can be al- required.
H pipe capacities can cause vibration.
Because of this, thick steel pipe with
lowed to escape from the gasket side
drain port. In the case of a valve with
m04 series modular valves do not have
an L (DR2) drain port, so they cannot
an inside diameter of φ 4mm that is the auxiliary symbol B, however, run be used in combination with pressure
no longer than three meters is rec- a return pipe from the drain discharge center type solenoid valves (D).
ommended. Vent piping cannot be
I
port directly to the tank. ,With the 03, 04 sizes, the control
used with the 01 size. If a vent port is vNote that a change in drain back port can be changed by altering the
required for the 03 size, add the aux- pressure causes a change in setting attachment orientation of the back
iliary code "V". pressure. cover. See the installation diagram
xFor the 03 size, the drainage can be bWith the 01, 03 sizes, the flow rate for more information. After making
J
allowed to escape through the T port. is limited at low pressures. See the this change, be sure also to make the
In the case of a valve with the auxil- Pressure- Flow Rate Characteristics other changes in accordance with
iary symbol B, however, run a return on pages D-30 for more information. the model number indicated on the
pipe from the drain discharge port di- nNote that a sub plate and installation nameplate.
rectly to the tank. bolts are not included. See pages
K
Explanation of model No. 01, 03, size
L OG – G 03 – P 1 – (B) – J51
design number is indicated as J51: M6, 51; M8.
M Auxiliary symbol

B: See notes 2 and 3 under "Handling."
K: With handle (01, 03 size)
V: With vent port (03 size)
N
Pressure adjustment range C, 1, 2, 3
O Mounting method G: Gasket type
Pressure reducing modular valve
D-28
OGH – G 04 – P 1 – (B) – 10
C
Design number
Auxiliary symbol B: See note 3 under "Handling."
Pressure adjustment range 1, 3 B

C
M35 Series reducing modular valve

D
Installation Dimension Drawings adjusting screw (bolt), and decreased by counterclockwise (left-
ward) rotation.
Modular Valve
OG-G01-P*-21 OG-G03-P*-(V)-J51 E
115 max. Pressure gauge
attachment port
7.5
152.5 max.
Rc 1/4
F
T
27.5
32.5
A B P
46
31
22 28
A B
46
70
P
T T
18.5 40.5
7.5 80
162.5 max.
75 max.
69.5 max.
83
137
54
G
Pressure gauge
attachment port 232.5 max.
Rc 1/4
H
5
( Vent connection port

)
40
OG-G03-P*-J51
20
Rc 1/8
5
55
13
39
27.5
16
189.5 max. Drain port Plug

Rc1/8
Plug
234 max.
J
Note) 1. Conversion to B port control is possible by changing
the back cover. Port control is determined by plug
2.
orientation.
When replacing the back cover, be sure also to
change the nameplate to the applicable model type.
OG-G03-B*-J51 K
3. The tightening torque of the back cover bolts is: (M6)
10 to 13Nm (102 to 133 kgf-cm).
OGH-G04-P*-10 L
Note) 1. Conversion to A, B port control is possible by changing the

55 188.6 max.
Vent connection port M
back cover. Port control is determined by plug orientation. G1/4
45.5
2. When replacing the back cover, be sure also to change the

29 29
nameplate to the applicable model type. T P X
N
91
3. The tightening torque of the back cover bolts is: (M10) 45

to 55Nm (460 to 560 kgf-cm). A B Y
Drain port
35 141.6 87 G1/4
O
293.6 max.
Pressure gauge attachment port

Plug Plug
G1/4 13
6
70
35
Plug 2- φ 3
3
OGH-G04-B*-10 OGH-G04-A*-10 OGH-G04-P*-10
D-29
C Pressure Loss Characteristics
OG-G01-P*-21 OG-G03-P*-J51 OGH-G04-**-10
B
P T B A P T B A P T YX B A
1.4 {14.3} 1.4 {14.3} 1.4 {14.3}
1
MPa {kgf/cm2}
MPa {kgf/cm2}
MPa {kgf/cm2}
Pressure Loss
Pressure Loss
Pressure Loss
1.2 {12.2} 1.2 DR {12.2} 1.2 {12.2}

P T B A P T B A 1 P T YX B A 1
1.0 1 {10.2} 1.0 1 {10.2} 1.0 1 {10.2}
2 2 2
0.8 {08.2} 0.8 {8.2} 0.8 {8.2}
C 0.6
0.4
2
{06.1}
{04.1}
0.6
0.4
2
{6.1}
{4.1}
0.6
0.4
2
{6.1}
{4.1}
0.2 {02.0} 0.2 {2.0} 0.2 {2.0}
0 10 20 30 40 50 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 0 50 100 150 200 250 300
D Flow rate ℓ/min Flow rate ℓ/min Flow rate ℓ/min

Modular Valve
E
F 1
OG-G01-P -21
2
OG-G01-PC-21
14 {143} 3.5 {35.7}
G
MPa {kgf/cm2}
MPa {kgf/cm2}
12 {122} 3.0 {30.6}

Pressure
Pressure
10 {102} 2.5 {25.5}

8 {82} 2.0 {20.4}
6 {61} 1.5 {15.3}
H 4
2
{41}
{20}
1.0
0.5
{10.2}
{5.1}
0 10 20 30 40 50 0 10 20 30 40 50
Flow rate ℓ/min Flow rate ℓ/min
J 1
OG-G03-P3 -J51
OG-G03-PC-J51 OGH-G04-**-10
21 {214} 25 {255}
K
MPa {kgf/cm2}
4 {214}
MPa {kgf/cm2}
24 {245}
MPa {kgf/cm2}
Pressure
Pressure
Pressure
20 {204} 23 {235}
3 {204}
7 {71.4}
7 {71.4} 2 {71.4}
6 {61.2}
L 6 {61.2} 1 {61.2} 5 {51.0}
0 20 40 60 80 100 0 50 100 150 200 250 300

0 10 20 30 40 50
M
Flow rate ℓ/min
D-30
Pressure − Drain Rate Characteristics
OG-G01-P*-21 OG-G03-P*-J51 OG-G03-PC-J51
C
800 300
400
Drain flow rate
Drain flow rate

Drain flow rate
700
cm3/min
250
cm3/min
cm3/min
300
600 200
200
500 150
100
0 5 10 15 20 25 0 5 10 15 20 25 0 1 2 3 4 5
C
{51} {102} {153} {204} {255} {51} {102} {153} {204} {255} {10.2} {20.4} {30.6} {40.8} {51.0}
Setting pressure Setting pressure
Supply Pressure
MPa {kgf/cm2} MPa {kgf/cm2}
D
MPa {kgf/cm2}
Determine it through the maximum value when designing the circuit.
OGH-G04-P3-10
Modular Valve
1400
E
Drain flow rate
1200
cm3/min
1000 F
800
0 5
{51}
10 15 20
{102} {153} {204}
25
{255}
G
Setting pressure
MPa {kgf/cm2}
Number of Adjusting Screw Rotations − Pressure Characteristics I

OG-G01-P*-21 OG-G03-P*-51 OGH-G04-P*-10
16
14
{163}
{143}
30 {306} 30 {306}
J
MPa {kgf/cm2}
MPa {kgf/cm2}
MPa {kgf/cm2}
Type 2 25 {255} 25 {255}

12 {122} Type 3 Type 3
Pressure
Pressure
Pressure
10 {102} 20 {204} 20 {204}

Type 1
8
6
{82}
{61}
15
10 Type 1
{153}
{102}
15
10
{153}
{102}
K
4 {41} Type 1
2 Type C {20} 5 {51} 5 {51}
Type C
0 2 4 6 8
Number of adjusting
10 12 14 0 1 2 3 4
Number of adjusting
5 6 0 1 2 3 4
Number of adjusting
5 6 L
screw rotations screw rotations screw rotations
D-31
C OG-G01-P2-21
12 4 15 2 13 1 9 6 7 16 8 5 14 3 11 10 Part No. Part Name
B
1 Body
2 Spool
3 Push rod
4 Bushing
5 Retainer
6 Guide
C
7 Spring
8 Spring
9 Plate
10 Screw
11 Nut
12 Plug
10 18 19 17
D
13 O-ring
14 O-ring
15 O-ring
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number BRBS-01GP-0A) 16 O-ring
17 Knob
Modular Valve
Part Q'ty 18 Nut

Part Name Part Number 19 Screw
E
No. P
13 O-ring AS568-012(NBR-90) 4
14 O-ring NBR-70-1 P18 1
F 16 O-ring NBR-90 P26 1

Note) Part number 8 is used in the case of pressure
adjustment range type 2 only.
G OG-G01-PC-21
10 3 13 2 11 1 7 5 6 14 4 12 9 8 Part No. Part Name
H 1
2
3
Body
Spool
Bushing
4 Retainer
5 Guide
I
6 Spring
7 Plate
8 Screw
9 Nut
10 Plug
11 O-ring
12 O-ring
J 8 16 17 15 13
14
15
O-ring
O-ring
Knob
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number BRBS-01GP-0A) 16 Nut
17 Screw
Q'ty
K
Part
No. P
11 O-ring AS568-012(NBR-90) 4
12 O-ring NBR-70-1 P18 1
L
D-32
OG-G03-P*-J51
28 26 12 27 13 29 14 6 12 21 10 7 24 4 5 22 8 9 1 11 17 30 3 20 25 2 15 18 19
C
16 23 C
Note) Draining through the escape valve piped to the drain
discharge port is standard. : OGG03- P*-B-J51
Position the end plate (TPHA-1/8) to the drain dis-
Drain port
Rc 1/8 "P" plug
charge port, then connection is made to the T port
if the "P" plug (TPUA- 1/16) is removed. :OG-G03-
P*-J51.
D
Modular Valve
Part No. Part Name Part No. Part Name E
1 Body 14 Nut
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number BRES-03GP-1A) 2 Cover 15 Screw
3 Spool 16 Plug
Part
No.
Q'ty
P
4
5
6
Poppet
Seat
Bushing
17
18
19
Plug
Plug
Plug
F
20 O-ring NBR-90 P6 2 7 Retainer 20 O-ring
8 Choke 21 O-ring
21 O-ring NBR-70-1 P10A 1 9 Spring 22 O-ring
22
23
O-ring
O-ring
NBR-90 P12
AS568-014(NBR-90)
1
5
10
11
12
Spring
Plate
Screw
23
24
25
O-ring
O-ring
O-ring
G
13 Nut 26 Knob
24 O-ring NBR-90 P18 1 27 Nut
28 Screw
H
25 O-ring AS568-023(NBR-90) 1
29 Pin
Note) The materials and hardness of the O-ring conform with JIS B2401. 30 Pin
OG-G03-PC-J51
I
13 29 14 6 12 21 10 7 24 4 5 22 8 9 1 11 16 17 30 3 20 2 15 18
K
28 26 12 27
23 25 19
L
M
1 Body 16 Plug
N
2 Cover 17 Plug
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number BRES-03GP*-1A) 3 Spool 18 Plug
4 Poppet 19 Plug
Q'ty 5 Seat 20 O-ring
Part
Part Name Part Number 6 Bushing 21 O-ring
No. P 7 Retainer 22 O-ring
O
8 Choke 23 O-ring
20 O-ring NBR-90 P6 2 9 Spring 24 O-ring
21 O-ring NBR-70-1 P10A 1 10 Spring 25 O-ring
11 Plate 26 Knob
22 O-ring NBR-90 P12 1 12 Screw 27 Nut
13 Nut 28 Screw
23 O-ring AS568-014(NBR-90) 5
14 Nut 29 Pin
24 O-ring NBR-90 P18 1 15 Screw 30 Pin
25 O-ring AS568-023(NBR-90) 1
D-33
OGH-G04-P*-10
28 26 18 3 27 25 19 23 11 1 16 20 22 4 24 12 10 2 6 5 13 14 21 7 9 8 17 15 Part No. Part Name
C 1
2
3
Body
Cover
Cover
4 Spool
5 Poppet
6 Seat
B 7
8
9
Plunger
Retainer
Plate
10 Collar
11 Choke
12 Spring
C 13
14
15
Spring
Spring
Screw
16 Plate
17 Nut
18 Screw
D 19
20
21
O-ring
O-ring
O-ring
22 O-ring
Drain port 23 O-ring
Modular Valve
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number BRKS-04**) P G1/4 24 Pin
E Part
No.
G
Q'ty
GB
Note) In the standard configuration, OGH-G04-P*-10
25
26
27
Plug
Plug
O-ring
28 O-ring
19 O-ring NBR-90 P7 4 4 does not require a P plug, while OGH-G04-
20 O-ring AS568-012(NBR-90) 2 2 P*-B-10 requires a P plug (TPUA-1/16) and
F
drain pipe from the cover.
21 O-ring NBR-70-1 P11 1 1
22 O-ring AS568-118(NBR-90) 4 4
23 O-ring NBR-90 G25 2 2
27 O-ring NBR-90 P8 4 4
G
28 O-ring NBR-90 P11 3 2
2. Specify G (internal drain) or GB (external drain) for the asterisk (*)
in the kit model number.
D-34
BALANCED PISTON TYPE PRESSURE
REDUCING MODULAR VALVE
01 Balanced Piston Type Pressure 40ℓ/min C

Reducing Modular Valve 0.15 to 25MPa
Features B
qThis modular valve makes the pres- secondary pressure is maintained at a superior flow rate in the low pres-
sure in part of the circuit lower than a constant level. sure control range.
the main circuit.
wEven when pressure changes in the
eCompared with the direct type, this
type of valve has outstanding Pres-
rMaximum operating pressure: 25MPa
{255kgf/cm2}
C
primary main circuit, the reduced sure-Flow Rate Characteristics, and
Specifications D
Nominal Maximum Maximum Pressure Adjustment
Modular Valve
kg Dimensions
OGB-G01-PC-20
0.15 to 3.5{ 1.5 to 35.7} E
P1 0.8 to 7 { 8.2 to 71.4} 1.9
P3 3.5 to 21 {35.7 to 214}
OGB-G01-AC-20
A1 1/8
25
{255}
40
0.15 to 3.5{ 1.5 to 35.7}
0.8 to 7 { 8.2 to 71.4} 1.9 ISO 4401-03-02-0-05 F
A3 3.5 to 21 {35.7 to 214}
OGB-G01-BC-20 0.15 to 3.5{ 1.5 to 35.7}
G
B1 0.8 to 7 { 8.2 to 71.4} 1.9
B3 3.5 to 21 {35.7 to 214}
Explanation of model No. •Handling
H
zSee the Pressure-Flow Rate Charac-
teristics for information about how
OGB – G 01 – P 1 – (K) – 20 the flow rate is controlled at low pres-
sures.
Design number xNote that a change in tank port back

pressure causes a change in setting
pressure.
cVent piping is not possible.
I
Pressure adjustment range C, 1, 3
vNote that a sub plate and installation
Control port P: P port A: A port B: B port bolts are not included. See pages

D-90 through D-95 if these items are
required. J
Balanced piston type pressure reducing modular valve

K
L
ward) rotation.
P
OGB-G01- *-20 OGB-G01-B*-20
A
111 max. 113.5 max.
M
7.5
7.5
T T
32.5
27.5
27.5
A B A B
32.5
46
31
46
31
18.5
P
40.5 56 40.5
P
N
7.5 115 36 max. 36 max. 115 7.5
158.5 max. 158.5 max.
Pressure gauge Pressure gauge
attachment port
Rc 1/4
attachment port
Rc 1/4
O
5
40
40
20
20
185.5 max. 185.5 max.
D-35
Performance Curves Hydraulic Operating Fluid Kinematic Viscosity 32mm2 /s
C Pressure Loss Characteristics Pressure − Drain Rate Characteristics Number of Adjusting Screw Rotations
− Pressure Characteristics
OGB-G01-P*-20 OGB-G01-**-20 OGB-G01-P*-20
B P T B A
500 30 {306}
1.4 {14.3}
MPa {kgf/cm2}
25
Pressure Loss
{255}
MPa {kgf/cm2}
1 400
Drain rate
1.2
cm3/min
{12.2} Type 3
Pressure
P T B A
1
20 {204}
1.0 1 {10.2}
300
C
0.8 2
{8.2} 2 15 {153}
0.6 {6.1} 200
2 10 Type 1 {102}
0.4 {4.1}
100 5 {51}
0.2 {2.0} 1 Pressure adjustment range 1, 3
Pressure adjustment range C
D
2 Type C
0 10 20 30 40 50 0 5 10 15 20 25 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
Flow rate ℓ/min {51} {102} {153} {204} {255}
Number of adjusting
Setting pressure screw rotations
Modular Valve
MPa{kgf/cm2}
E Pressure − Flow Rate Characteristics

1
OGB-G01-* -20 OGB-G01-*C-20
3
F 21 {214}
3.5 {35.7}
3.0
MPa {kgf/cm2}
{30.6}
MPa {kgf/cm2}
Pressure
2.5
Pressure
{25.5}
20 {204}
G 2.0 {20.4}
7 {71.4} 1.5 {15.3}
1.0 {10.2}
6 {61.2}
0.5 {5.1}
H 0 10 20 30 40 0 10 20 30 40
I
J
OGB-G01-P*-20
14 5 19 10 1 2 8 4 3 9
K Part No. Part Name

1 Body
2 Spool
L 3
4
5
Poppet
Seat
Bushing
6 Retainer
7 Bushing
8 Spring
M 15 23 17 13 18 6 16 11 7 12
9
10
11
Spring
Plate
Screw
12 Nut
11 21 22 20 13 Plug
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number BRBS-01GB*-0A) 14 Plug
N Part
Q'ty
15
16
17
O-ring
O-ring
O-ring
No. P A B 18 O-ring
20 Knob
O
16 O-ring NBR-70-1 P10A 1 1 1 21 Nut
17 O-ring NBR-90 P14 1 1 1 22 Screw
23 Choke
18 O-ring NBR-90 P20 1 1 1
19 O-ring NBR-90 P20 1 1 1
2. Specify P, A, or B for the asterisk (*) in the kit model number.
D-36
PRESSURE REDUCING MODULAR VALVE
Pressure Reducing 40 to 300ℓ/min C

Features B
qThis modular valve makes the pres- wEven when pressure changes in the eMaximum Operating Pressure: 25,
sure in part of the circuit lower than primary main circuit, the reduced 35MPa {255, 357kgf/cm2}
the main circuit. secondary pressure is maintained at
a constant level.
C
Specifications
Nominal Maximum Maximum Pressure Adjustment
D
kg Dimensions
Modular Valve
E
OG-G01-AC-21 0.15 to 3.5{ 1.5 to 35.7}
A1 0.8 to 7{ 8.2 to 71.4} 1.3
A2 3.5 to 16{35.7 to 163}
1/8 25{255} 50 ISO 4401-03-02-0-05
OG-G01-BC-21 0.15 to 3.5{ 1.5 to 35.7}
F
B1 0.8 to 7{ 8.2 to 71.4} 1.3
B2 3.5 to 16{35.7 to 163}
OG-G03-AC-J51 0.25 to 3.5{ 2.5 to 35.7}
A1 0.8 to 7{ 8.2 to 71.4} 3.8
A3 3.5 to 21{35.7 to 214}
G
80
3/8 25{255} ISO 4401-05-04-0-05
OG-G03-BC-J51 but C : 50 0.25 to 3.5{ 2.5 to 35.7}
B1 0.8 to 7{ 8.2 to 71.4} 3.8
B3 3.5 to 21{35.7 to 214}
H
OGH-G04-A1-10 0.8 to 7{ 8.2 to 71.4}
8.0
A3 3.5 to 25{35.7 to 255}
1/2 35{357} 300 ISO 4401-07-06-0-05
OGH-G04-B1-10 0.8 to 7{ 8.2 to 71.4}
8.0
B3 3.5 to 25{35.7 to 255}
•Handling
I
zWhen using a remote control valve cFor the 03 size, the drainage can be bNote that a change in drain back
in a vent circuit, certain vent circuit allowed to escape through the T port. pressure causes a change in setting
pipe capacities can cause vibration.
Because of this, thick steel pipe with
an inside diameter of φ4mm that is no
In the case of a valve with the auxil-
iary symbol B, however, run a return
pressure.
nNote that a sub plate and installation J
pipe from the drain discharge port di- bolts are not included. See pages
longer than three meters is recom- rectly to the tank. D-90 through D-95 if these items are
mended. Vent piping cannot be used vWith the 04 sizes, piping is not re- required.
with the 01, 03 sizes.
xWith the 01, 03 sizes, the flow rate
quired because drainage can be al-
lowed to escape from the gasket side
m04 series modular valves do not have
an L (DR2) drain port, so they cannot K
is limited at low pressures. See the drain port. In the case of a valve with be used in combination with pressure
Pressure- Flow Rate Characteristics the auxiliary symbol B, however, run center type solenoid valves (D).
on page D-40 and D-41 for more in- a return pipe from the drain discharge ,With the 03, 04 sizes, the control
formation. port directly to the tank. port can be changed by altering the
attachment orientation of the back
L
cover. See the installation diagram
for more information. After making
M
this change, be sure also to make the
01, 03 size other changes as in accordance with
the model number indicated on the
OG – G 03 –B 1 – (B) – J51 nameplate.
.Use the P port control valve concur-
rently with the 01 size central all-port-
N
Design number
Note: For 03 size, relationship between block (C5) solenoid valve if when the
mounting bolts and design number valve is in the central position and ex-
is indicated as J51: M6, 51; M8. ternal pressure may cause the pres-
sure at the control port to exceed the
O
Auxiliary symbol : See notes 3 and 4 under "Handling."
B
K: With handle (01, 03 size) set pressure.
Control port A: A port B: B port
Pressure reducing (and check) modular valve
D-37
C OGH – G 04 – A 1 – (B) – 10
Design number
Auxiliary symbol B: See note 4 under "Handling."
B Pressure adjustment range 1, 3
Control port A: A port B: B port
C
M35 Series pressure reducing modular valve
D Note) Pressure is increased by clockwise (rightward) rotation of the

Modular Valve
ward) rotation.
E OG-G01-A*-21 OG-G01-B*-21
115 max. 115 max.
7.5
7.5
F
T T
27.5
A B
27.5
32.5
A B
46
31
32.5
46
P 31
P
18.5 40.5 18.5 40.5
G 7.5 80 75 max.
162.5 max.
75 max. 80
162.5 max.
7.5
Pressure gauge Pressure gauge

attachment port attachment port
H Rc 1/4 Rc 1/4
5
5
40
40
20
20
I
189.5 max. 189.5 max.
J
OG-G03-A*-J51
Pressure gauge 152.5 max.
attachment port
K Rc 1/4
P
22 28
A B
70
46
T T
L
54
83
137 69.5 max.
M 232.5 max.
Drain port
Rc 1/8
N
5
55
13
39
27.5
O
234 max.
D-38
OG-G03-B*-J51
152.5 max.
P
Rc 1/4 C
28
Note) 1.
Conversion to P port control is possible by
A B changing the back cover. Port control is deter-
46
70
T T
22
mined by plug orientation.
2. When replacing the back cover, be sure also to
change the nameplate to the applicable model
type.
B
54 3. The tightening torque of the back cover bolts
is: (M6) 10 to 13Nm (102 to 133 kgf-cm).
83
C
69.5 max. 137
232.5 max.
Plug
5
55
13
39
27.5
16
Plug
Modular Valve
Drain port
OG-G03-B*-J51 OG-G03-P*-J51
Rc 1/8
E
234 max.
F
OGH-G04-A*-10 55 188.6 max. Vent connection port
Note) 1. Conversion to P, B port control is possible by
G1/4
G
45.5
changing the back cover. Port control is deter-
29 29
mined by plug orientation. T P X
91
2. When replacing the back cover, be sure also to

change the nameplate to the applicable model
A B Y

type.
3. The tightening torque of the back cover bolts is:
(M10) 45 to 55Nm (460 to 560 kgf-cm).
Drain port
G1/4
H
35 141.6 87
293.6 max.
I
Plug Plug
G1/4 13
6
70
J
35
Plug 2- φ 3 pin
3
OGH-G04-P*-10 OGH-G04-B*-10 OGH-G04-A*-10
D-39
C Pressure Loss Curve
OG-G01-B*-21 OG-G03-B*-J51
B P T B A P T B A
1.4 {14.3} 1.4 {14.3}
1
MPa {kgf/cm2}
Pressure Loss
MPa {kgf/cm2}
1.2
Pressure Loss
1.2 {12.2} DR {12.2}

P T B A P T B A 1
1.0 1 P→A,P→B(Main valve fully open) {10.2} 1.0 1 P→A,P→B(Main valve fully open) {10.2}
C 0.8
2 A→T,B→T
{8.2} 0.8
2 A→T,B→T
{8.2}
0.6 {6.1} 0.6 {6.1}
2 2
0.4 {4.1} 0.4 {4.1}
D 0.2 {2.0} 0.2 {2.0}
0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Modular Valve
0 10 20 30 40 50
E Flow rate ℓ/min Flow rate ℓ/min
OGH-G04-**-10
F
P T Y X B A
1.4 {14.3}
G
MPa {kgf/cm2}
Pressure Loss
1.2 {12.2}
P T Y X B A 1
1.0 1 P→A,P→B(Main valve fully open) {10.2}
2 A→T,B→T
0.8 {8.2}
H 0.6
0.4
{6.1}
{4.1}
2
0.2 {2.0}
I 0 50 100 150 200 250 300

Flow rate ℓ/min
J Pressure − Flow Rate Characteristics

1
OG-G01-B -21 OG-G01-BC-21
K
2
14 {14.3} 3.5 {35.7}

MPa {kgf/cm2}
MPa {kgf/cm2}
12 {12.2} 3.0 {30.6}

L
Pressure
Pressure
10 {10.2} 2.5 {25.5}

8 {8.2} 2.0 {20.4}
6 {6.1} 1.5 {15.3}
M 4 {4.1} 1.0 {10.2}
2 {2.0} 0.5 {5.1}
N 0 10 20 30 40 50 0 10 20 30 40 50
D-40
1
OG-G03-B -J51 OG-G03-BC-J51 OGH-G04-**-10
3
5
21
4 {214}
25
24
{255}
{245}
C
MPa {kgf/cm2}
MPa {kgf/cm2}
MPa {kgf/cm2}
Pressure
20 23 {235}
Pressure
Pressure
3 {204}
7 2 {71.4}
7
6
{71.5}
{61.2} B
6 1 {61.2} 5 {51.0}
0 20 40 60 80 100
Flow rate ℓ/min
0 10 20 30 40 50
Flow rate ℓ/min
0 50 100 150 200 250 300
Flow rate ℓ/min
C
D
Pressure − Drain Rate Characteristics
Modular Valve
OG-G01-B*-21 OG-G03-B*-J51 OG-G03-BC-J51
E
400 800 300
Drain flow rate

F
Drain flow rate
Drain flow rate
cm3/min
cm3/min
700 250
cm3/min
300
600 200
200
100 500 150

G
0 5 10 15 20 25 0 5 10 15 20 25 0 1 2 3 4 5
{51} {102} {153} {204} {255} {51} {102} {153} {204} {255} {10.2} {20.4} {30.6} {40.8} {51.0}
Supply Pressure
MPa{kgf/cm2}
Setting pressure
MPa{kgf/cm2}
Setting pressure
MPa{kgf/cm2}
H
Determine it through the maximum value when designing the circuit.
OGH-G04-*3-10
I
1400
Drain flow rate
J
cm3/min
1200
1000
800
K
0 5 10 15 20 25
{51} {102} {153} {204} {255}
Setting pressure
MPa{kgf/cm2} L
Number of Adjusting Screw Rotations − Pressure Characteristics M

OG-G01-**-21 OG-G03-**-*-51 OGH-G04-**-10
16
14 Type 2
{163}
{143}
30 {306} 30 {306} N
25 {255} {255}
MPa {kgf/cm2}
MPa {kgf/cm2}
25
MPa {kgf/cm2}
12 {122} Type 3
Pressure
Pressure
Pressure
20 Type 3 {204} 20 {204}
O
10 {102}
Type 1
8 {82} 15 {153} 15 {153}
6 {61} 10 Type 1 {102} 10 {102}
4 {41} Type 1
Type C {20} 5 {51} 5 {51}
2 Type C
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
Number of adjusting Number of adjusting Number of adjusting
D-41
C OG-G01-A2-21
12 4 15 2 13 1 9 6 7 16 8 5 14 3 11 10
Part No. Part Name
1 Body
2 Spool
3 Push rod
4 Bushing
B
5 Retainer
6 Guide
7 Spring
8 Spring
9 Plate
10 Screw
C
11 Nut
12 Plug
10 18 19 17 13 O-ring
14 O-ring
16 O-ring
Part No. Part Name Part Number Q'ty
D
17 Knob
13 O-ring AS568-012(NBR-90) 4 18 Nut
14 O-ring NBR-70-1 P18 1 19 Screw
Modular Valve
E
Note) Part number 8 is used in the case of pressure
adjustment range type 2 only.
OG-G01-AC-21
F 10 3 13 2 11 1 7 5 6 14 4 12 9 8 Part No. Part Name

1 Body
2 Spool
3 Bushing
4 Retainer
G
5 Guide
6 Spring
7 Plate
8 Screw
9 Nut
10 Plug
H 8 16 17 15 11 O-ring
13 O-ring
Part No. Part Name Part Number Q'ty 14 O-ring
11 O-ring AS568-012(NBR-90) 4 15 Knob
16 Nut
12 O-ring NBR-70-1 P18 1
I
17 Screw
J OG-G03-B*-J51
28 26 12 27 13 29 14 6 12 21 10 7 24 4 5 22 8 9 1 11 17 30 3 20 25 19 2 15 18
M 16 23
N Drain port Note)

The discharge port of the OG-G03-**-J51 has the plug
"P" plug (TPHA-1/8), the "P" plug (TPUA-1/16) is not attached. The
Rc1/8 OG-G03-**-B-J51 does not have a plug in the drain dis-
charge port with the "P" plug attached, so pipe must be run
from the drain discharge port to provide drainage.
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number BRES-03G*-1A)
O Part No. Part Name Part Number
A
Q'ty
B
Part No. Part Name Part No. Part Name Part No. Part Name
1 Body 11 Plate 21 O-ring
20 O-ring NBR-90 P6 2 2
2 Cover 12 Screw 22 O-ring
21 O-ring NBR-70-1 P10A 1 1 3 Spool 13 Nut 23 O-ring
22 O-ring NBR-90 P12 1 1 4 Poppet 14 Nut 24 O-ring
23 O-ring AS568-014(NBR-90) 5 5 5 Seat 15 Screw 25 O-ring
6 Bushing 16 Plug 26 Knob
24 O-ring NBR-90 P18 1 1 7 Retainer 17 Plug 27 Nut
25 O-ring AS568-023(NBR-90) 1 1 8 Choke 18 Plug 28 Screw
Note) 1. The materials and hardness of the O-ring conform with JIS B2401. 9 Spring 19 Plug 29 Pin
2. Specify A or B for the asterisk (*) in the kit model number. 10 Spring 20 O-ring 30 Pin
D-42
OG-G03-BC-J51
13 29 14 6 12 21 10 7 24 4 5 22 8 9 1 11 16 17 30 3 20 2 15 18
28 26 12 27 C
23 25 19
D
Modular Valve
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number BRES-03GC*-1A)
Part
Q'ty
1
2
3
Body
Cover
Spool
16
17
18
Plug
Plug
Plug
E
No. A B 4 Poppet 19 Plug
5 Seat 20 O-ring
20 O-ring NBR-90 P6 2 2 6 Bushing 21 O-ring
21
22
O-ring
O-ring
NBR-70-1 P10A
NBR-90 P12
1
1
1
1
7
8
9
Retainer
Choke
Spring
22
23
24
O-ring
O-ring
O-ring
F
10 Spring 25 O-ring
23 O-ring AS568-014(NBR-90) 5 5 11 Plate 26 Knob
24 O-ring NBR-90 P18 1 1 12 Screw 27 Nut
25 O-ring AS568-023(NBR-90) 1 1
13
14
15
Nut
Nut
Screw
28
29
30
Screw
Pin
Pin
G
2. Specify A or B for the asterisk (*) in the kit model number.
H
OGH-G04-**-10
I
28 26 18 3 25 27 19 23 11 1 16 20 22 4 24 12 10 2 6 5 13 14 21 7 9 8 17 15 Part No. Part Name
1 Body
2 Cover
3 Cover
4 Spool
J
5 Poppet
6 Seat
7 Plunger
8 Retainer
9 Plate
10 Collar
K
11 Choke
12 Spring
13 Spring
14 Spring
15 Screw
16 Plate
L
17 Nut
18 Screw
19 O-ring
20 O-ring
21 O-ring
22 O-ring
Drain port 23 O-ring
P G1/4 24
25
Pin
Plug M
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number BRKS-04**) 26 Plug
27 O-ring
Part Q'ty 28 O-ring
No.
19 O-ring NBR-90 P7
G
4
GB
4
Note)
In the standard configuration, OGH-G04-**-10
does not require a P plug, while OGH-G04-
**-B-10 requires a P plug (TPUA-1/16) and drain
N
20 O-ring AS568-012(NBR-90) 2 2 pipe from the cover.
21 O-ring NBR-70-1 P11 1 1
22
23
O-ring
O-ring
AS568-118(NBR-90)
NBR-90 G25
4
2
4
2
O
27 O-ring NBR-90 P8 4 4
28 O-ring NBR-90 P11 3 2
2. Specify G (internal drain) or GB (external drain) for the asterisk (*)
in the kit model number.
D-43
PRESSURE REDUCING MODULAR
VALVE FOR TWO PRESS SETTING
C Two-Pressure Reducing 40ℓ/min

Modular Valve 0.2 to 14MPa
B Features
qWhen the pressure in part of the cir- pressure). eMaximum Operating Pressure: 7,
cuit is lower than the main circuit, this wEven when pressure changes in the 25MPa {71.4, 255kgf/cm2}
C modular valve controls pressure by
switching the low pressure to sec-
primary main circuit, the reduced
secondary pressure is maintained at
ondary pressure (high pressure, low a constant level.
D
Specifications
Modular Valve
E
Nominal Maximum Maximum Pressure Adjustment Range MPa{kgf/cm2}
Model No. Diameter Working Pressure Flow Rate
kg Dimensions
(Size) MPa{kgf/cm2} ℓ/min Low pressure side High pressure side
OGS-G01-PCC-K-**-22 0.2 to 3.5 0.2 to 3.5{ 2.0 to 35.7}

7{71.4}
F
P1C {2.0 to 35.7} 0.8 to 7{ 8.2 to 71.4}
1/8 40 4.8 ISO 4401-03-02-0-05
0.8 to 7
P21 25{255} 3.5 to 14{35.7 to 143}
{8.2 to 71.4}
G Solenoid Specifications
Starting Holding Holding •Handling
Model No. Rated Voltage
Current Current Power zSee the Pressure-Flow Rate Charac-
H C2
OGS-G01-P**-K- C1-22 AC100V 50/60HZ
AC200V 50/60HZ
2.2/2.0A
1.1/1.0A
0.52/0.38A
0.26/0.19A
25/22W
25/22W
teristics for information about how
the flow rate is controlled at low pres-
sures.
D1 DC12V 2.2A 26W xNote that a change in tank port back
pressure causes a change in setting
I
D2 DC24V 1.1A 26W
pressure.
cInstability occurs when there is a
Explanation of model No. small setting pressure differential
between the high pressure and low
pressure, so be sure to maintain at
J OGS – G 01 – P 1 C – K(R) – C1 – 22 least the minimum pressure differen-
tials described below.
Design number C Type:
At least 0.3MPa {3.1 kgf/cm2}
K
Power supply C1 : AC100V, C2 : AC200V 1, 2 Type:
D1 : DC12V, D2 : DC24V At least 0.5MPa {5.1 kgf/cm2}
vVent piping is not possible.
Auxiliary symbol K: With handle (standard) bNote that a sub plate and installation
R: With indicator light (optional) bolts are not included. See pages
L
GR: With surgeless type indicator D-90 through D-95 if these items are
light (Option) required.
nLow pressure is attained when the
Low pressure side pressure adjustment range C, 1
There is no 11, solenoid is on.
2C combination. mThe coil surface temperature increas-
M
High pressure side pressure adjustment range C, 1, 2
es if this pump is kept continuously
Control port P: P port energized. Install the valve so there is
no chance of it being touched directly
by hand.
,The wiring in the connector is the
N
same as the SA series wet type sole-
Pressure reducing modular valve for two-press setting noid valve. (See page E-19 )
D-44
Note) 1. Dimensions in parentheses apply in the case of a DC solenoid.
Installation Dimension Drawings 2. Pressure is increased by clockwise (rightward) rotation of the
adjusting handle, and decreased by counterclockwise (left-
ward) rotation
OGS-G01-P*C-K(R)-**-22 C
118.5(125.5) 165 max.
7.5
T
A
B
23
27.5
B
46
31
32.5
P
28 40.5
90 max.
C
69(76) 124.5
283.5 max. (290.5)
Low pressure side

D
67
55.5
High pressure
90
Modular Valve
side
66.5
73
Pressure gauge
attachment port
Rc 1/4 E
20
Performance Curves Hydraulic Operating Fluid Kinematic Viscosity 32mm2 /s F
Pressure Loss Characteristics Pressure − Flow Rate Characteristics
G
OGS-G01-PIC-K-**-22 OGS-G01-PIC-K-**-22 OGS-G01-P*C-K-**-22
(Type 1) (Type C)
P T B A 1
1.4 {14.3} 7 {71.6} 3.5 {35.7}
MPa {kgf/cm2}
MPa {kgf/cm2}
MPa {kgf/cm2}
Pressure Loss
1.2 {12.2} 6 {61.4} 3 {30.6}

Pressure H
Pressure
P T B A
1.0 1 P→A,P→B(Main valve fully open) {10.2} 5 {51.2} 2.5 {25.5}
2 A→T,B→T
0.8 2
{8.2} 4 {40.8} 2 {20.4}
0.6 {6.1} 3 {30.6} 1.5 {15.3}
0.6 {4.1} 2 {20.4} 1 {10.2}
0.2
0 10 20 30 40 50
{2.0} 1
0 10 20 30 40 50
{10.2} 0.5
0 10 20 30 40 50
{5.1}
I
Flow rate ℓ/min Flow rateℓ/min Flow rateℓ/min

OGS-G01-P21-K-**-22
Pressure − Drain Rate Characteristics Pressure − Drain Rate Characteristics
OGS-G01-PIC-K-**-22 OGS-G01-P21-K-**-22
J
(Type 2)
16 {163} 700
14 {143} 600
K
Drain flow rate
Drain flow rate
400
MPa {kgf/cm2}
12 {122} 500
cm3/min
cm3/min
Pressure
10 {102} 300 400

8 {81.6} 300
L
6 {61.4} 200
200
4 {40.8} 100
2 {20.4} 100
0 10 20 30 40 50 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14
M
{10.2} {30.6} {51.0} {71.4} {20.4} {61.2} {102} {143}
Flow rateℓ/min {20.4} {40.8} {61.2} {40.8} {81.6} {122}
Setting pressure Setting pressure
Number of Adjusting Screw Rotations − Pressure Characteristics
OGS-G01-P**-22
30 {306}
N
{255}
MPa {kgf/cm2}
25
O
Pressure
20 {204}
15 {153}
Type 2
10 Type 1 {102}
5 {51}
Type C
0 1 2 3 4 5 6
Number of adjusting
screw rotations
D-45
C OGS-G01-P*C-K(R)-**1-22
22 9 4 29 32 19 24 2 23 33 30 7 20 11 16 18
B
Low pressure side
C
D
High pressure side
Modular Valve
F 5 28 15 26 10 12 21
25 28 8 1 31 3 14 13 27 6
H Seal Part List (Kit Model Number BRBS-01GSP-1B)

Part
Part No. Part Name
1 Body
Part No. Part Name
18 Nut
Part Name Part Number Q'ty 2 Body 19 Spring
No. 3 Spool 20 Spring
26 O-ring NBR-70-1 P10A 2 4 Spool 21 Screw
I
5 Poppet 22 Solenoid assy
27 O-ring NBR-90 P14 1 6 Seat 23 Screw
7 Seat 24 Plug
8 Bushing 25 Plug
29 O-ring AS568-013(NBR-90) 2 9 Sleeve 26 O-ring
J
30 O-ring NBR-90 P16 1 11 Retainer 28 O-ring
31 O-ring AS568-012(NBR-90) 11 12 Bushing 29 O-ring
13 Choke 30 O-ring
32 Backup ring For AS568-013 1 14 Spring 31 O-ring
15 Spring 32 Backup ring
Note) The materials and hardness of the O-ring conform with JIS B2401. 16 Screw 33 Plate
K
17 Knob
D-46
SEQUENCE MODULAR VALVE
Sequence Modular Valve

40 to 80ℓ/min C
25MPa
Features B
qThis modular valve is a pressure con- wPressure adjustment is possible eMaximum Operating Pressure:
trol valve used for sequential actuator across a wide range, from 0.25 to 25MPa {255kgf/cm2}
operations and for maintaining main
circuit pressure.
21MPa {2.5 to 214 kgf/cm2}. C
Specifications D
Nominal Maximum Working Maximum Flow Pressure Adjustment
Modular Valve
Model No. Diameter Pressure Rate Range
kg Dimensions
E
OQ-G01-P21-20 0.8 to 7{ 8.2 to 71.4}
1/8 25{255} 40 1.1 ISO 4401-03-02-0-05
P23 3.5 to 21{35.7 to 214}
OQ-G03-P2A-J50 0.25 to 0.85{ 2.5 to 8.7}
F
P2C 3/8 25{255} 80 0.85 to 3.5 { 8.7 to 35.7} 3.5 ISO 4401-05-04-0-05
P2E 3.5 to 14{35.7 to 143}

OQ – G 03 – P 2 A – (K) – J50 •Handling
G
zThe pressure adjustment range is
Design number expressed in terms of cracking pres-
H
Note: For 03 size, relationship between sure.
mounting bolts and design number xInstall this valve directly above the
is indicated as J50: M6, 50: M8. sub plate or manifold.
cWhen two or more of these valves are
Auxiliary symbol K: With handle (01, 03 size) ganged in sequence, make sure the
setting pressure differential between
them is at least 1MPa {10.2kgf/cm2}. I
Type 2: Internal pilot vNote that a sub plate and installation
External drain bolts are not included. See pages
Control port P: P port required.
J
Sequence modular valve K

L
OQ-G01-P2*-20 OQ-G03-P2*-J50
90 max. 237.5 max.
7.5
157.5 max.
T 10 Adjusting stroke 108
M
27.5
A B 54
32.5
46
31
54
P 13
P
18.5 40.5
N
5
A B
50 max. 80 11.5
70
46
141.5 max. T T
O
5
40
55
20
27.5
168.5 max. 10 Adjusting stroke

253 max.
D-47
OQ-G01-P2*-20 OQ-G03-P2A-J50
B
P’ T’ B’ A’ 1 P’ T’ B’ A’
2.0 {20.4} 1.4 {14.3}
MPa {kgf/cm2}
Pressure Loss
MPa {kgf/cm2}
Pressure Loss
1.6 P T B A
{16.3} 1.2 P T B A
{12.2}
1.2
1 P→A, P→B (Main valve fully open)
{12.2} 1.0 1 P→A, P→B (Main valve fully open) {10.2}
2 A→T, B→T 2 A→T, B→T 1
2
0.8 {8.2}
0.8 {8.2}
C 0.4 {4.1}
0.6
0.4
2
{6.1}
{4.1}
0.2 {2.0}
0 10 20 30 40 50
Flow rate ℓ/min 0 20 40 60 80 100 120
D Flow rate ℓ/min

Modular Valve
E Pressure — Flow Rate Characteristics

Pressure Rise Pressure Rise
OQ-G01-P2*-20 Pressure Drop OQ-G03-P2*-J50 Pressure Drop
F 20 {204} 20 {204}
18 {184} 18 {184}
MPa {kgf/cm2}
MPa {kgf/cm2}
16 {163} 16 {163}
Pressure
Pressure
14 {143}
G 14
11
{143}
{112}
12
8
{122}
{81.6}
6 {61.2}
9 {91.8} 4 {40.8}
7 {71.4} 2 {20.4}
H 0 10 20 30 40
Flow rate ℓ/min
0 20 40 60 80
Flow rate ℓ/min
J Number of Adjusting Screw Rotations — Pressure Characteristics
OQ-G01-P2*-20 OQ-G03-P2*-J50
K 30 {306} 16
14
{163}
{143}
MPa {kgf/cm2}
MPa {kgf/cm2}
25 {255} Type E
12 {122}
Pressure
Pressure
20 {204} {102}
10
L 15
10
Type 3 {153}
{102}
8
6
Type C
{82}
{61}
4 {41}
5 Type 1 {51}
2 Type A {20}
M 0 1 2 3
Number of adjusting
4 5 6 0 2 4 6
Number of adjusting
8 10
screw rotations screw rotations
D-48
OQ-G01-P2*-20 9 1 2 12 18 5 13
Part No. Part Name C
1 Body
2 Spool
3 Piston
B
4 Plunger
5 Bushing
6 Retainer
7 Guide
8 Spring
9 Plate
C
10 Screw
11 Nut
12 Choke
13 Plug
11 10 4 17 8 6 19 7 14 15 16 3 14 Ball
15 O-ring
D
16 O-ring
21 23 22 20 Seal Part List (Kit Model Number BRBS-01QP-0A) 17 O-ring
18 O-ring
Part Q'ty 19 O-ring
No. P 20 Screw
Modular Valve
21 Knob
15 O-ring AS568-012(NBR-90) 4
E
22 Nut
16 O-ring NBR-90 P9 1 23 Screw
17 O-ring NBR-70-1 P14 1
OQ-G03-P2*-J50
F
Part No. Part Name
11 11 11 11 11 1 Body
9 10 2 13 6 17 1 12 18 4 15 8 5 16 7 3 14
G
3 4 1 2 5 2 Cover
3 Cover
4 Spool
5 Sleeve
6 Guide
7 Plunger
H
8 Choke
9 Spring
10 Spring
11 Screw kit
11-1 Screw
11-2 Nut
I
11-3 Nut
19 19 19 19 19 11-4 Pin
4 2 1 3 5 Note) The 10 spring is not included with pressure adjustment Type A. 11-5 O-ring
12 Plate
13 Screw
14 Screw
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number BRES-03QP)
J
15 O-ring
16 O-ring
Part Q’ty 17 Ball
No. P 18 Pin
19 Handle kit
11(19) -5 O-ring NBR-90 P11 1 19-1 Screw
K
15 O-ring AS568-014(NBR-90) 5 19-2 Knob
19-3 Nut
16 O-ring NBR-90 P26 2 19-4 Screw
Note) The materials and hardness of the O-ring conform with JIS B2401. 19-5 O-ring
D-49
COUNTER BALANCE
MODULAR VALVE
C Counter Balance 40 to 300ℓ/min

Modular Valve 14MPa
B Features
qThis modular valve is used to control wPressure adjustment is possible eMaximum Operating Pressure: 25,
actuator back pressure and for other across a wide range, from 0.25 to 35MPa {255, 357kgf/cm2}
C pressure control valve applications. 14MPa {2.5 to 143kgf/cm2}.
Specifications
D Model No.
Nominal
Diameter
Maximum Working Maximum Flow
Pressure Rate
Pressure Adjustment
Range
kg Dimensions
Modular Valve
OCQ-G01-A11-20 0.8 to 7{ 8.2 to 71.4}
E
1.1
A12 3.5 to 14{35.7 to 143}
1/8 25{255} 40 ISO 4401-03-02-0-05
OCQ-G01-B11-20 0.8 to 7{ 8.2 to 71.4}
1.1
B12 3.5 to 14{35.7 to 143}
OCQ-G03-A1A-J50 0.25 to 0.85{ 2.5 to 8.7}
F A1C
A1E
0.85 to 3.5{ 8.7 to 35.7}
3.5 to 14{35.7 to 143}
3.5
3/8 25{255} 80 ISO 4401-05-04-0-05

OCQ-G03-B1A-J50 0.25 to 0.85{ 2.5 to 8.7}
B1C 0.85 to 3.5{ 8.7 to 35.7} 3.5
G B1E
OQH-G04-A1A-10
3.5 to 14{35.7 to 143}
0.25 to 0.85{ 2.5 to 8.7}
A1C 0.5 to 3.5{ 5.1 to 35.7} 8.0
A1E 2.0 to 14{20.4 to 143}
H OQH-G04-B1A-10
B1C
1/2 35{357} 300
0.25 to 0.85{ 2.5 to 8.7}
0.5 to 3.5{ 5.1 to 35.7} 8.0
ISO 4401-07-06-0-05
B1E 2.0 to 14{20.4 to 143}
I •Handling
zThe pressure adjustment range is ex- cNote that a sub plate and installation v04 series modular valves do not have
pressed in terms of cracking pressure. bolts are not included. See pages an L (DR2) drain port, so they cannot
xRun tank port piping directly to the D-90 through D-95 if these items are be used in combination with pressure
J tank, and ensure that back pressure
is as small as possible.
required. center type solenoid valves (D).
K Explanation of model No. 01, 03 size

OCQ – G 03 –B 1 A – (K) – J50
L
Design number
Note: For 03 size, relationship between mounting bolts and design number is
indicated as J50: M6, 50 : M8.
Auxiliary symbol K: With handle (01, 03 size)
M Pressure adjustment range
Type 1 Internal pilot

Internal drain
N Control port A: A port

B: B port
O
Counter balance modular valve
D-50
OQH – G 04 – B 1 A – 10
C
Design number
Pressure adjustment range A, C, E
Type 1

Internal pilot
Internal drain
B
Control port A: A port

B: B port
C
M35 Series counter balance modular valve

D
Modular Valve
adjusting screw (bolt), and decreased by counterclockwise
E
OCQ-G01-A1*-20 OCQ-G01-B1*-20
90 max. 90 max. F
7.5
7.5
T T
23
A
23
32.5
31
G
32.5
46
B
31
46
B
P P
18.5 40.5 18.5 40.5

17 80 50 max. 50 max. 80 17
147 max.
H
147 max.
5
5
40
40
20
I
20
174 max.
174 max.
J
OCQ-G03-A1*-J50 OCQ-G03-B1*-J50
237.5 max.
157.5 max.
237.5 max.
157.5 max. Adjusting stroke
10
K
Adjusting stroke 10 108 108
54 54
54 54
13
P P
13
L
5
5
A B A B
70
46
70
46
T T T T
N
55
55
27.5
27.5
Adjusting stroke
10
253 max.
Adjusting stroke
10 O
253 max.
D-51
OQH-G04-A1*-10 OQH-G04-B1*-10
193 max. 55 194.6 max.
C
20
45.5
T P X
45.5
91
T P X A B Y
91
A B Y
B 87 141.6 35
35 141.6
299.6 max.
87
299.6 max. Pressure gauge attachment port
Pressure gauge attachment port G1/4
14.5
G1/4 13
C
13 6
14.5
6
70
70
35
35
2- φ 3 pin
3
D 2- φ 3 pin
3
Modular Valve
E
F Pressure Loss Characteristics
OCQ-G01-A1*-20 OCQ-G03-A1A-J50 OQH-G04-A1A-10
2.5 {25.5} 2.5 {25.5}
G
P’ T’ B’ A’ P’ T’ B’ A’ P’ T’ Y’ X’ B’ A’
1.4 {14.3}
MPa {kgf/cm2}
1
Pressure Loss
MPa {kgf/cm2}
Pressure Loss
2.0 {20.4}
MPa {kgf/cm2}
Pressure Loss
1.2
1
{12.2} 2.0 {20.4}
P T B A P T Y X B A 3
P T B A
1.0 1 P→A {10.2} 1.5 1 P →A
{15.3} 1.5 1 P→B, B→T
{15.3}
2 P → B, B →T 2 A →T (Main valve fully open) 2 A→T (Main valve fully open)
0.8 {8.2} 3 P →B
H
3 P→A
0.6 {6.1} 1.0 4 B→T {10.2} 1.0 {10.2}
2 2 3 2
0.6 {4.1}
0.5 {5.1} 0.5 {5.1}
0.2 {2.0} 4 1
0 10 20 30 40 50
I
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 0 50 100 150 200 250 300
J Pressure - Flow Rate Characteristics

A1* Pressure Rise
OCQ-G03-A1*-J50 Pressure Rise A1 Pressure Rise
OCQ-G01- -20 Pressure Drop Pressure Drop OQH-G04- *-10 Pressure Drop
B1* B1
18 {184} 20 {204}
K
MPa {kgf/cm2}
17 {173} 16 {163} 18 {184}

MPa {kgf/cm2}
14 {143}
Pressure
16 {163}
MPa {kgf/cm2}
16 {163}
Pressure
12 {122} 14 {143}
Pressure
15 {153}
14 {143} 5 {10.2}
5 {51.0} 4 {10.2}
L 10
9
8
{102}
{91.8}
{81.6}
4
3
{40.8}
{30.6}
3
2
{10.2}
{10.2}
2 {20.4} 1 {10.2}
7 {71.4} 1 {10.2}
0 50 100 150 200 250 300
M 0 10 20 30 40 0 20 40 60 80 Flow rate ℓ/min

D-52
Number of Adjusting Screw Rotations — Pressure Characteristics
A1* A1* A1*
OCQ-G01- -20 OCQ-G03- -J50 OQH-G04- -10
16
B1*
{163}
B1*
16 {163} 16
B1*
{163} C
14 {143} 14 {143} 14 {143}
MPa {kgf/cm2}
MPa {kgf/cm2}
MPa {kgf/cm2}
Type 2 Type E
12 {122} 12 {122} 12 {122}
Pressure
Pressure
Pressure
10 {102} 10 {102} 10 {102}
B
Type E
8 {82} 8 {82} 8 {82}
Type 1
6 {61} 6 {61} 6 {61}
Type C Type C
4 {41} 4 {41} 4 {41}
2 {20} 2 Type A {20} 2 Type A {20}
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Number of adjusting
0 2 4 6 8
Number of adjusting
10 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14
Number of adjusting
C
D
Modular Valve
OCQ-G01-A1*-20 E
F
Part No. Part Name
1 Body
G
2 Cover
3 Spool
4 Poppet
5 Spring
13 2 16 4 5 10 1 14 3 18 8 17 7 9 15 6 12 11 6 Plunger
7 Retainer
H
8 Guide
19 21 22 20 9 Spring
10 Plate
11 Screw
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number BRBS-01CQ*-0A) 12 Nut
13 Screw
I
Q’ty 14 O-ring
Part 15 O-ring
No. A B 16 O-ring
17 O-ring
14 O-ring AS568-012(NBR-90) 4 4 18 Ball
15 O-ring NBR-90 P14 1 1 19 Screw
Knob
J
20
16 O-ring NBR-90 P16 1 1 21 Nut
22 Screw
17 O-ring NBR-90 P22 1 1
Note) 1. T
he materials and hardness of the O-ring conform with JIS B2401.
K
OCQ-G03-A1*-J50
12 12 12 12 12 Part No. Part Name
L
3 4 1 2 5 9 10 2 14 6 18 16 4 13 19 1 5 8 17 7 11 3 15
1 Body
2 Cover
3 Cover
4 Spool
5 Sleeve
6 Guide
7
8
9
Plunger
Choke
Spring
M
10 Spring
11 Spring
12 Screw kit
20 20 20 20 20
4 2 1 3 5
12-1
12-2
12-3
Screw
Nut
Nut
N
12-4 Pin
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number BRES-03CQ*) 12-5 O-ring
13 Plate
Part
No.
A
Q’ty
B
14
15
16
Screw
Screw
O-ring
O
12(20)-5 O-ring NBR-90 P11 1 1 17 O-ring
16 O-ring AS568-014(NBR-90) 5 5 18 Ball
19 Pin
17 O-ring NBR-90 P26 2 2 20 Handle kit
20-1 Screw
Note) The 10 spring is not included with Note) 1. The materials and hardness of the O-ring conform with JIS B2401. 20-2 Knob
pressure adjustment Type A. 2. Specify A or B for the asterisk (*) in the kit model number. 20-3 Nut
20-4 Screw
20-5 O-ring
D-53
OQH-G04-B1*-10
26 27 3 17 12 21 9 5 8 4 1 14 20 24 18 10 23 6 11 2 19 22 13 7 15 25 16 Part No. Part Name
C
1 Body
2 Cover
3 Cover
4 Spool
5 Sleeve
6 Guide
B
7 Plate
8 Plunger
9 Choke
10 Choke
11 Spring
12 Spring
C
13 Screw
14 Plate
15 Nut
16 Nut
17 Screw
18 O-ring
D
19 O-ring
20 O-ring
21 O-ring
22 Backup ring
Note) The illustration shows the configura- 23 Ball
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number BRKS-04CQ*)
Modular Valve
tion for pressure adjustment ranges 24 Pin
E Type C and Type E. For Type A, there 25 Pin

Part Q’ty 26 Plug
Part Name Part Number is no #8 piston or #10 choke.
No. A B 27 O-ring
18 O-ring AS568-012(NBR-90) 2 2
19 O-ring NBR-90 P14 1 1
F 20 O-ring AS568-118(NBR-90) 4 4
21 O-ring NBR-90 G35 2 2
22 Backup ring T2-P14 1 1
G
27 O-ring NBR-90 P11 1 1
2. Backup ring indicates JIS 2407-T2-**.
D-54
PRESSURE SWITCH MODULAR
VALVE
Pressure Switch 50ℓ/min C

Modular Valve 25MPa
Features B
qThis modular valve detects pressure ability. tA double type is also available for
changes inside the hydraulic circuit eMaximum operating pressure: 25MPa control of both port A and port B in a
and opens and closes an electrical
circuit accordingly.
{255kgf/cm2}
rIndicator light built into the DIN con-
compact configuration.
C
wHigh precision detection, high preci- nector shows operational status at a
sion circuit control, outstanding reli- glance.
Specifications D
Nominal Maximum Working Maximum Flow Pressure Adjustment
Modular Valve
Model No. Diameter Pressure Rate Range
kg Dimensions
E
OW-G01-PC-R-**-30 0.5 to 3.5{ 5.1 to 35.7}
P1 0.8 to 7{ 8.2 to 71.4} 1.8
P3 3.5 to 21{35.7 to 214}
F
OW-G01-AC-R-**-30 0.5 to 3.5{ 5.1 to 35.7}
A1 0.8 to 7{ 8.2 to 71.4} 1.8
A3 3.5 to 21{35.7 to 214}
1/8 25{255} 50 ISO 4401-03-02-0-05
OW-G01-BC-R-**-30 0.5 to 3.5{ 5.1 to 35.7}
G
B1 0.8 to 7{ 8.2 to 71.4} 1.8
B3 3.5 to 21{35.7 to 214}
OW-G01-WC-R-**-30 0.5 to 3.5{ 5.1 to 35.7}
W1 0.8 to 7{ 8.2 to 71.4} 2.6
H
W3 3.5 to 21{35.7 to 214}
Electrical 125V 5A •Handling

Specifications AC zSee the detailed explanation on the
Contact Capacitance 250V 3A
Micro Switch next page for information about wir-
(Resistive Load)
I
Manufacturer: 14V 5A ing inside connectors.
DC xContacts are normally open type
Omron 30V 4A
Model No. SS-5 only, not normally closed type.
Mechanical Life At least 1 × 10 7
cIn addition to load wiring, power sup-
Electrical Life At least 3 × 106 (AC,0.1A,cosφ =1)
ply wiring is also required to illumi-
Contact Resistance 30MΩ maximum (initial value)

nate the indicator light. See the wiring
diagram for more information.
vIf the DIN connector interferes with
J
Insulation Resistance At least 100MΩ
other valves, remove the two switch
Allowable Operating Frequency 60 times/minute (electrical) installation bolts and change the in-
Operating
Environment
Dust Resistance/Water
Resistance Rank JIS C0920 IP64
stallation orientation.
If interference is caused in all orien- K
Ambient Temperature -20°C to 70°C (non-condensation) tations, install an interference blanker
plate on top of the connector.
Operating Fluid
Oil Temperature -20°C to 70°C Use a fluid

Contact your agent if an interference
L
that is within
Allowable kinematic
viscosity Range 15 to 300mm /s{cSt}
2
both ranges. blanker plate is required.
bNote that a special type of DIN con-
Filtration 25μm maximum
nector is required. The DIN connec-
tor is not interchangeable with the
Explanation of model No. one for the SA type solenoid valve.
OW – G 01 – P 1 – (K)R – D2 – 30
nIf you cannot remove the DIN connec-
tor when wiring, remove the switch
M
installation bolts and then remove the
Design number
DIN connector. The tightening torque
N
Power supply specification for the installation bolts is 5 to 7Nm
D2: DC type Less than DC 30 V {51 to 71kgf/cm}.
C2: AC type Less than AC 250 V mThis valve has drain volume the same
as the OG-GO1 (decompression
R: With indicator light (standard)
K: With manual handle (optional)
valve) the port for detecting structur-
Pressure adjustment range C: 0.5 to 3.5MPa(5.1 to 35.7kgf/cm2)

al pressure.
,Do not include inductive compo- O
1 : 0.8 to 7MPa(8.2 to 71.4kgf/cm2) nents or capacitive components in
3 : 3.5 to 21MPa(35.7 to 214kgf/cm2) the loaded circuit that connects to
the valves because they significantly
Control port P: P port A: A port B: B port reduce the life of the micro-switches.
W: A, B ports Contact us for details.
Pressure switch modular valve
D-55
•Connectors
Power supply
Model No. Wiring Electrical Circuit Diagram
C
specification
When signal input device (load) remote common is plus

OW
OW Terminal 1 is 1 INPUT-1
Load (LOAD)
connected to load, C
B
while Terminals 2 INPUT-2
and 3 are connected Load (LOAD)
LED 2
to power (Terminal 2
NO 3
to +). Normal open type with indicator
DIN connector
C
1 2 3
Signal input device
(+) common mode
LED
(–) (+)
DC12 to 24(V)
BRC41-01WD2 D2 C
D
When signal input device (load) common is minus NO
OW Switch inside of valve

OW Terminal 1 is 1 INPUT-1
Load (LOAD) Pressure increase causes indicator to light.
while Terminals 2 Circuit closed (ON)
INPUT-2
Modular Valve
and 3 are connected Load (LOAD)

2 Pressure decrease causes indicator to go out.
E
to power (Terminal 2 LED
NO Circuit open (OFF)
to −). 3
Signal input device

(–) common mode
F (+) (–)
DC12 to 24(V)
Normal open type with indicator

When signal input device (load) is AC
OW INPUT-1 DIN connector
OW Terminal 1 is
G
1 1 2 3
Load (LOAD)
while Terminals 2 INPUT-2
Load (LOAD)
and 3 are connected 2 Neon lamp
BRC41-01WC2 C2 to power (Terminal 2 NO 3

is nonpolar). C
H
NO
Switch inside of valve

Signal input device
(AC spec)
Pressure increase causes indicator to light.
Circuit closed (ON)
AC100 to 200(V) Pressure decrease causes indicator to go
out. Circuit open (OFF)
I Note) 1. The DIN connector wiring connector port size is PG11.

2. The compatible cable diameter for the DIN connector is φ 8 to φ 10. Dust resistance and water resistance is lost for any cable outside this range.
3. The connector can be installed in different orientations are 90-degree increments by changing the orientation of the terminal block.
4. The connector is designed so the cover cannot be removed unless the installation screws are removed.
5. Use M3 for round type and Y type solderless terminals.
6. The tightening torque of M3 screws used for securing connectors and for terminals is 0.3 to 0.5Nm.
J Installation Dimension Drawings

adjusting screw, and decreased by counterclockwise (leftward)
rotation.
P OW-G01-B*-R-*2-30
OW-G01- *-R-*2-30
K A
110 max.
190 max.
150 max.
18.5
80
40.5 18.5
80
40.5
190 max.
110 max.
150 max.
7.5
7.5
T T
23
23
A B A B
32.5
32.5
31
46
31
L
46
P P
99
PG11
99
PG11
Valve diameter Valve diameter
φ 8 to φ 10 φ 8 to φ 10
Part replacement provides variability in 90° increments. Part replacement provides variability in 90° increments.
M
40
40
20
20
5 5
217 max.
N
217 max.
OW-G01-W*-R-*2-30
300 max.
110 max. 80 110 max.
18.5 40.5
O
7.5
150 max. 150 max.

T
23
A B
32.5
46
31
P
99
99
PG11
Valve diameter
φ 8 to φ 10
Part replacement provides variability in 90° increments.

40
20
354 max.
D-56
Pressure Loss Characteristics

Setting Pressure — Differential Characteristics C
C
OW-G01-**-R-**-30 OW-G01-* -R-**-30 OW-G01-*3-R-**-30
1
B
P’ T’ B’ A’
1.5 {15.3}
Pressure Loss
{8.2} Type C
0.8
MPa {kgf/cm2}
0.8 {8.2}
MPa {kgf/cm2}
Type 1
MPa {kgf/cm2}
Differential
Maximum
Differential
P T B A
0.6 1 P→A, P→B {6.1} 0.6 {6.1} 1.0 {10.2}
A→T, B →T Maximum
0.4
0.2
1
{4.1}
{2.0}
0.4
0.2
{4.1}
{2.0}
0.5
Minimum
{5.1} C
Minimum
0 10 20 30 40 50 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 5 10 15 20 25
Flow rate ℓ/min {10.2} {20.4} {30.6} {40.8} {51.0} {61.2} {71.4}
Setting pressure
{51} {102} {153} {204} {255}
Setting pressure
D
MPa {kgf/cm2} MPa {kgf/cm2}
Number of Adjusting Screw Rotations
Modular Valve
E
— Pressure Characteristics
OW-G01-**-R-**-30
30 {306}
MPa {kgf/cm2}
25 {255}
F
Pressure
20 {204}
15 Type 3 {153}
10 Type 1 {102}
5
Type C
{51}
G
0 1 2 3 4 5 6
Number of adjusting
H
screw rotations
OW-G01-P*-R-*2-30 I
30 28 9 29
Part No. Part Name

1 Body
Part No. Part Name
17 Screw
J
2 Cover 18 Screw
3 Cover 19 Screw
K
9 10 26 8 27 7 4 21 20 32 19 2 24 22 11 23 1 31 4 Piston 20 Plug
5 Push rod 21 O-ring
7 Guide 23 O-ring
8 Spring 24 O-ring
9 Screw 25 O-ring
L
10 Nut 26 O-ring
11 Choke 27 O-ring
12 Connector 28 Knob
13 Gasket 29 Nut
14 Gasket 30 Screw
15 Micro switch assy 31 Plate
16 Separator 32 Plate
M
N
5 6 25 14 12 15 13 17 3 18 16
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number BRCS-01W*-0A)

Q'ty
O
Part
No. P W A B
21 O-ring NBR-70-1 P3 1 2 1 1
22 O-ring AS568-011(NBR-90) 1 2 1 1
23 O-ring AS568-012(NBR-90) 4 4 4 4
24 O-ring AS568-019(NBR-70-1) 1 2 1 1
25 O-ring AS568-022(NBR-70-1) 1 2 1 1
26 O-ring NBR-70-1 P15 1 2 1 1
27 O-ring NBR-90 P22 1 2 1 1
Note) Specify P, W, A, or B for the asterisk (*) in the kit model number.
D-57
FLOW REGULATOR MODULAR
VALVE
C Flow Regulator 50 to 300ℓ/min

B Features
qThis modular valve is used to control wA wide range of models are available eMaximum Operating Pressure: 25,
actuator speed and for other flow for A and B port control, A or B port 35MPa {255, 357kgf/cm2}
C control valve applications. control, and P or T port control.
Specifications
D Model No.
Nominal
Diameter
Maximum Working Maximum Flow
Pressure Rate
Check Valve Cracking
pressure
kg Dimensions
Modular Valve
E
OY-G01-T-20 − 1.0
OCY-G01-P-20 0.04{0.4} 1.0

OCY-G01-W-X-20 1.3
A 1/8 25{255} 50 0.08{0.8} ISO 4401-03-02-0-05
B 1.2
F OCY-G01-W-Y-20
A 0.08{0.8}
1.3
B 1.2
OCY-G03-P-J50 0.04{0.4} 2.9
G OCY-G03-W-X-J51
A
B
0.1{1.0}
3.1
3.0
3/8 25{255} 100 ISO 4401-05-04-0-05
OCY-G03-W-Y-J51 3.1
A 0.1{1.0}
H B
OYH-G04-P-10 0.04{0.4}
3.0
4.7
OYH-G04-W-X-10 6.5
A 0.1{1.0}
I B 6.3
1/2 35{357} 300 ISO 4401-07-06-0-05
OYH-G04-W-Y-10 6.5
A 0.1{1.0}
B 6.3
J •Handling
zIn a 03 size application where control 01, 03 size
differential pressure is large, use of
an H type makes adjustment easier. OCY – G 03 –W – (H) Y – (K) – J51
K xNote that a sub plate and installation
bolts are not included. See pages Design number
D-90 through D-95 if these items are Note: For 03 size, relationship between mounting
required. bolts and design number is indicated as
L
c04 series modular valves do not have J50, J51: M6, 50, 51 : M8.
an L (DR 2) drain port, so they cannot
Auxiliary symbol K: With handle (01, 03 size only)
be used in combination with pres-
sure center type solenoid valves (D). Control mechanism X: Meter-in Y: Meter-out
M Control function None: Standard

H: High-differential pressure type (03 size only)
Control port W: A, B ports

A: A port P: P port
N
B: B port T: T port (01 size only)
O
Flow regulator modular type
OCY : With check valve
OY : Without check valve (01 size T port control)
D-58
OYH – G 04 –W – Y – 10
C
Design number
Control mechanism X: Meter-in Y: Meter-out
Control port P: P port B

W: A, B ports
A: A port
B: B port
Nominal diameter (size) 04 C

D
M35 Series flow regulator modular valve
Modular Valve
Note) The control flow rate is increased by counter clockwise (leftward)
Installation Dimension Drawings rotation of the adjusting screw.
E
OY-G01-T-20
16.5
F
7.5
T
A B
32.5
46
31
P
18.5 40.5
80 G
107 max.
H
13
5
40
20
I
134 max.
OCY-G01-P-20 X
OCY-G01-W- -20
J
Y
70 max.
27.5
7.5
K
95 max.
7.5
T
A B
32.5
31
46
T
23
P A
32.5
46
31
B
18.5 40.5 P
L
80 30 max.
110 max. Adjusting stroke 6 32 40.5
41.5 max. 107
190 max.
13
13
M
40
20
40
(15.5) 24.5
137 max.
6 Adjusting stroke
N
227 max.
O
Note) Dimensions in the parentheses are for the OCY-G01-W-X-20.
D-59
X X
OCY-G01-A- -20 OCY-G01-B- -20
Y Y
95 max. 95 max.
C
7.5
7.5
T T
23
A
23
A
32.5
46
31
32.5
31
46 B B
P P
B Adjusting stroke 6
41.5 max.
32 40.5
107 8.5 8.5
32 40.5
107 41.5 max.
6 Adjusting stroke
157 max. 157 max.
5
5
40
40
(15.5) 24.5
(15.5) 24.5
D 6 Adjusting stroke Adjusting stroke 6
175.5 max. 175.5 max.
Modular Valve
E
Note) Dimensions in the parentheses are for the OCY-G01-A-X-20. Note) Dimensions in the parentheses are for the OCY-G01-B-X-20.
OCY-G03-P-J50 X
OCY-G03-W- -J51
Y
F
184 max. 226 max.
137.5 max. 113 max. 113 max.
9 Adjusting stroke 93 Adjusting stroke 8.5 118
46.5 59
54 54
13
G
13
P 33.4
26
5
A B 46
70
46
70
T T
H
55
31(24)
55
23.5
I 8.5 Adjusting stroke

257 max.
9 Adjusting stroke
199.5 max.
J Note) Dimensions in the parentheses are for the OCY-G03-W-X-J51.
K X
OCY-G03-A- -J51
X
OCY-G03-B- -J51
Y Y
195 max. 195 max.
113 max.
L
113 max.
Adjusting stroke 8.5 118 118 8.5 Adjusting stroke
59 59
54 54
13 13
33.4
33.4
M
5
5
70
70
46
46
N
55
55
31(24)
31(24)
O 8.5 Adjusting stroke

210.5 max.
Adjusting stroke 8.5
210.5 max.
Note) Dimensions in the parentheses are for the OCY-G03-A-X-J51. Note) Dimensions in the parentheses are for the OCY-G03-B-X-J51.
D-60
X
OYH-G04-P-10 OYH-G04-W- -10
Y
9.2 130.8 max.
157 max.
66.5
C
30.5
T P X
48
91
A B Y T P X
91
B
A B Y
120 34
190 max. 55.3 122 55.7
314 max.
13
13
6
C
6
43(27)
70
70 D
28
2- φ 3 pin
3
2- φ 3 pin
3
Modular Valve
E
X X
OYH-G04-A- -10 OYH-G04-B- -10
Y Y
F
70
70
43(27)
43(27)
2- φ 3 pin 2- φ 3 pin
G
3
95.8 max. 122 51.2 50.8 122 96.2 max.

269 max. 269 max.
Note) Dimensions in the parentheses are for the OYH-G04-*-X-10.

H
D-61

OCY-G01-W-Y-20
OY-G01-T-20 OCY-G01-P-20 (OCY-G01-W-X-20)
P’ T’ B’ A’ P’ T’ B’ A’ P’ T’ B’ A’ 3
2.0 {20.4}
B
Pressure Loss
Pressure Loss
1.4 {14.3} 1.4 {14.3}
MPa {kgf/cm2}
MPa {kgf/cm2}
1.8 {18.3}
Pressure Loss
1
MPa {kgf/cm2}
1.2 {12.2} 1.2 {12.2}
P T B A P T B A 1.6 P T B A {16.3}
1.0 1 A→T, B→T (Restrictor full open) {10.2} 1.0 1 P→A, P→B (Restrictor full open) {10.2} 1.4
1 P(B)→A(T)
{14.3}
2 P→A, P→B 1 2 A→T, B→T P(A)→B(T) (Restrictor full open)
0.8 {8.2} 0.8 {8.2} 1.2 2 P(B)→A(T) {12.2}
2
0.6 {6.1} 0.6 {6.1} 1.0 P(A)→B(T) (Restrictor full close) {10.2}
C
3 A(P)→T(B)
0.4 {4.1} 0.4 {4.1} 0.8 B(P)→T(A) 2
{8.2}
0.2
2
{2.0} 0.6 (Restrictor full open) {6.1}
0.2 {2.0}
0.4 1
{4.1}
0 10 20 30 40 50 0 10 20 30 40 50 0.2 {2.0}
D
Flow rate ℓ/min Flow rate ℓ/min 0 10 20 30 40 50
Flow rate ℓ/min
Modular Valve
OCY-G03-W-Y-J51
E OCY-G03-P-J50
P’ T’ B’ A’
(OCY-G03-W-X-J51)
P’ T’ B’ A’
OYH-G04-P-10
2.0 {20.4}
1.8 {18.4}
Pressure Loss
P’ T’ Y’ X’ B’ A’
Pressure Loss
Pressure Loss
3
MPa {kgf/cm2}
2.5 {25.5}
MPa {kgf/cm2}
MPa {kgf/cm2}
2.5 {25.5} 1.6
1
{16.3}
1
F 2.0 P T B A
{20.4} 2.0 P
1 P(B)→A(T)
T B A
{20.4} 1.4 P T Y X B A
{14.3}
1 P→A, P→B (Restrictor full open)
2 A→T, B→T P(A)→B(T) (Restrictor full open)
2 1.2 1 P→A, P→B (Main valve fully open) {12.2}
1.5 {15.3} 1.5 2 P(B)→A(T) {15.3} 1.0 2 A→T, B→T
{10.2}
P(A)→B(T) (Restrictor full close)
1.0 {10.2} 1.0 3 A(P)→T(B) {10.2} 0.8 {8.2}
B(P)→T(A) 1 0.6 {6.1}
0.5 {5.1} 0.5 {5.1} 0.4 {4.1}
G
(Restrictor full open)
2 2
0.2 {2.0}
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 0 20 40 60 80 100 120
0 50 100 150 200 250 300
Flow rate ℓ/min
H OYH-G04-W-Y-10
(OYH-G04-W-X-10)
I
2.0 P’ T’ Y’ X’ B’ A’ {20.4}
1.8 {18.4}
Pressure Loss
MPa {kgf/cm2}
1.6 2
{16.3}
1.4 P T Y X B A {14.3}
1.2 1 P(B)→A(T)
P(A)→B(T) (Restrictor full open)
{12.2}
1.0 2 P(B)→A(T) {10.2}
J 0.8 P(A)→B(T) (Restrictor full close)
A(P)→T(B)
0.6 3 B(P)→T(A)
{8.2}
{6.1}
0.4 (Restrictor full open) 3
1 {4.1}
0.2 {2.0}
K 0 50 100 150 200 250 300

Flow rate ℓ/min
L
Stroke — Flow Rate Characteristics
M
OY-G01-T-20 OCY-G01-P-20 OCY-G01-*-*-20
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 1 2 3
50 50 50
N
Flow rate ℓ/min
Flow rate ℓ/min
Flow rate ℓ/min
40 40 40
4
30 30 30
4
O 20 20 20
1 Differential pressure 14MPa{143kgf/cm2} 1 Differential pressure 14MPa{143kgf/cm2} 1 Differential pressure 14MPa{143kgf/cm2}
2 Differential pressure 7MPa{ 71kgf/cm2} 2 Differential pressure 7MPa{ 71kgf/cm2} 2 Differential pressure 7MPa{ 71kgf/cm2}
10 10 3 Differential pressure 3.5MPa{ 35kgf/cm2}
10 3 Differential pressure 3.5MPa{ 35kgf/cm2}
3 Differential pressure 3.5MPa{ 35kgf/cm2}
4 Differential pressure 1MPa{ 10kgf/cm2} 4 Differential pressure 1MPa{ 10kgf/cm2} 4 Differential pressure 1MPa{ 10kgf/cm2}
0 2 4 6 8 10 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
Stroke mm (number of Stroke mm (number of Stroke mm (number of
adjusting screw rotations) adjusting screw rotations) adjusting screw rotations)
D-62
OCY-G03-P-(H)-J50 OCY-G03-W-(H)Y-J51 OYH-G04-P-10
120 120 300 1
3 2 2 2
Flow rate ℓ/min

3
Flow rate ℓ/min

Flow rate ℓ/min 100 100 250
1 3
4
80 80 1 200
60 60 150
40 40 100
B
1 Differential pressure 14MPa{143kgf/cm2}
1 Differential pressure 1MPa{10.2kgf/cm2} 1 Differential pressure 1MPa{10.2kgf/cm2} 2 Differential pressure 7MPa{ 71kgf/cm2}
20 2 Differential pressure 1.5MPa{15.3kgf/cm2} 20 2 Differential pressure 1.5MPa{15.3kgf/cm2} 50 3 Differential pressure 1.5MPa{ 15kgf/cm2}
3 H type: Pressure differential 5MPa{ 51kgf/cm2} 3 H type: Pressure differential 5MPa{ 51kgf/cm2} 4 Differential pressure 1MPa{ 10kgf/cm2}
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14
Stroke mm (number of
adjusting screw rotations)
adjusting screw rotations) C
OYH-G04-W-Y-10
2
D
300 1
Flow rate ℓ/min
Modular Valve
250
E
3 4
200
150
100 1 Differential pressure 14MPa{143kgf/cm2}
F
2 Differential pressure 7MPa{ 71kgf/cm2}
50 3 Differential pressure 3.5MPa{ 15kgf/cm2}
4 Differential pressure 1MPa{ 10kgf/cm2}
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14
G
I
OY-G01-T-20 OCY-G01-P-20
J
L
3 1 7 4 6 2 5 5 1 2 10 6 4 7 11 9 3 8
M
10 8 9 11 14 12 13 15
Part No. Part Name

1 Body N
2 Throttle
3 Retainer
Part No. Part Name 4 Spring
O
1 Body 5 Plate
2 Retainer Seal Part List (Kit Model Number BFBS-01YT-0A) 6 Screw Seal Part List (Kit Model Number BFBS-01CYP-0A)
3 Plate 7 Ring
4 Screw Q’ty 8 Nut Q’ty
Part Part
5 Nut Part Name Part Number 9 O-ring Part Name Part Number
No. T 10 O-ring No. T
6 O-ring
7 O-ring 11 O-ring
6 O-ring NBR-90 P7 1 12 Screw 9 O-ring NBR-90 P8 1
8 Screw
9 Knob 7 O-ring AS568-012(NBR-90) 4 13 Knob 10 O-ring AS568-012(NBR-90) 4
10 Nut 14 Nut
Note) The materials and hardness of the O-ring 15 Screw 11 O-ring NBR-90 P18 1
11 Screw
D-63
OCY-G01-A-Y-20
C 9 8 10 4 7 12 2 5 11 6 1 3 Part No. Part Name

1 Body
16 14 13 15 2 Throttle
3 Bushing
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number BFBS-01CY*-0A)
D
4 Retainer
5 Spring
Part Q'ty 6 Plate
Part Name Part Number 7 Screw
No. W A B 8 Nut
Modular Valve
10 O-ring NBR-90 P8 2 1 1 9 E-ring
E
10 O-ring
12 O-ring
12 O-ring NBR-90 P18 2 2 2 13 Screw
14 Knob
Note) 1. The materials and hardness of the O-ring conform 15 Nut
with JIS B2401.
F
16 Screw
2. Specify W, A, or B for the asterisk (*) in the kit model
number.
H OCY-G03-P-J50
5 5 5 5 5
OCY-G03-A-Y-J51
3 4 2 1 5 7 2 10 4 3 1 6 11 9 8
6 6 6 6 6
8 2 5 4 9 1 7 11 10 3
3 4 1 2 5
J 12 12 12 12 12
4 2 3 1 5
12 12 12 12 12
4 2 3 1 5
K
L
1 Body 1 Body
2 Cover 2 Cover
3 Throttle 3 Cover
4 Spring 4 Throttle
5 Screw kit 5 Spring
5-1 Screw 6 Screw kit
M
5-2 Nut 6-1 Screw
5-3 Nut 6-2 Nut
5-4 Pin 6-3 Nut
5-5 O-ring 6-4 Pin
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number BFES-03CYP) 6 Plate Seal Part List (Kit Model Number BFES-03CY*) 6-5 O-ring
7 Screw 7 Plate
N
Part Q'ty 8 Plug Part Q'ty 8 Screw
Part Name Part Number 9 O-ring Part Name Part Number 9 O-ring
No. P No. W A B
10 O-ring 10 O-ring
5(12)-5 O-ring NBR-90 P7 1 11 Pin 6(12)-5 O-ring NBR-90 P7 2 1 1 11 Pin
12 Handle kit 12 Handle kit
9 O-ring AS568-014(NBR-90) 5 12-1 Screw 9 O-ring AS568-014(NBR-90) 5 5 5 12-1 Screw
O 10 O-ring NBR-90 P24 1 12-2 Knob 10 O-ring NBR-90 P22 2 2 2 12-2 Knob
12-3 Nut 12-3 Nut
Note) The materials and hardness of the O-ring 12-4 Screw Note) 1. The materials and hardness of the O-ring 12-4 Screw
conform with JIS B2401. 12-5 O-ring conform with JIS B2401. 12-5 O-ring
2. Specify W, A, or B for the asterisk (*) in the
kit model number.
D-64
OYH-G04-P-10 OYH-G04-A-Y-10
6 1 13 2 15 5 11 3 12 7 10 14 4 8 16 9 10 18 9 5 11 16 13 2 15 6 8 4 14 1 7 12 17 3
Seal Part List

(Kit Model Number BFKS-04CYP)
Part No. Part Name
1 Body
Seal Part List
(Kit Model Number BFKS-04CY*)
Part No. Part Name
1 Body
D
2 Throttle 2 Cover
3 Retainer 3 Cover
Modular Valve
Part Q'ty Part Q'ty
Part Name Part Number 4 Plate Part Name Part Number 4 Throttle
E
No. P 5 Spring No. W A B 5 Plate
6 Plate AS568-012 6 Spring
10 O-ring NBR-90 P7 1 12 O-ring 2 2 2
7 Screw (NBR-90) 7 Plate
11 O-ring AS568-012(NBR-90) 2 8 Nut 8 Screw
9 Nut 13 O-ring NBR-70-1 P12 2 1 1 9 Nut
12 O-ring NBR-90 P20 1 10 O-ring AS568-118 10 Nut
F
11 O-ring 14 O-ring 4 4 4 11 Screw
13 O-ring AS568-118(NBR-90) 4 (NBR-90)
12 O-ring 12 O-ring
AS568-127
14 Backup ring T2-P7 1 13 O-ring 15 O-ring 2 2 2 13 O-ring
14 Backup ring (NBR-90) 14 O-ring
Note)
1.
The materials and hardness of the 15 Pin 16 Backup ring T2-P12 2 1 1 15 O-ring
O-ring conform with JIS B2401. 16 Pin 16 Backup ring
G
2. Backup ring indicates JIS B 2407-T2-**. Note) 1. The materials and hardness of the O-ring 17 Pin
conform with JIS B2401. 18 Pin
2. Backup ring indicates JIS B 2407-T2-**.
3. Specify W, A, or B for the asterisk (*) in
the kit model number.
D-65
v
FLOW CONTROL MODULAR VALVE
A Flow Control Modular Valve 20 to 200ℓ/min

(Pressure and temperature compensated) 21,25,35MPa
B Features
qThis modular valve is used to control eA pressure compensation mecha- tMaximum Operating Pressure : 21,
actuator speed and for other flow nism ensures that the control flow 25, 35MPa {214, 255, 357kgf/cm2}
C control valve applications.
wA wide range of models are available
rate does not change, even when
there is pressure fluctuation.
for A and B port control, A or B port rThe control flow rate remains stable,
control, and P port control. even when oil temperature changes.
D Specifications
Modular Valve
Nominal Maximum Working Check Valve
E
Model No. Diameter Pressure Control Flow Rate ℓ/min Cracking pressure
kg Dimensions
(Size) MPa{kgf/cm2} MPa{kgf/cm2}
0.1 to 20(differential pressure: 7MPa{71.4kgf/cm2})
OF-G01-P20-20 21 {214} − 1.2
0.3 to 20(differential pressure:21MPa{214kgf/cm2})
F OCF-G01-W40-X-30
A40
B40
1/8
0.08 {0.8}
1.7
1.5 ISO 4401-03-02-0-05

0.1 to 40(differential pressure: 7MPa{71.4kgf/cm2})
25 {255}
OCF-G01-W40-Y-30 0.5 to 40(differential pressure:25MPa{255kgf/cm2}) 1.7
A40 0.08 {0.8}
G B40
0.3 to 60(differential pressure: 7MPa{71.4kgf/cm })
2
1.5
OF-G03-P60-J50 − 3.1
0.5 to 60(differential pressure:25MPa{255kgf/cm2})
OCF-G03-W60-X-J50 5.0
H
A60 0.1 {1.0}
3/8 25 {255} 4.6 ISO 4401-05-04-0-05
B60 0.5 to 60(differential pressure: 7MPa{71.4kgf/cm2})
OCF-G03-W60-Y-J50 1 to 60(differential pressure:25MPa{255kgf/cm2}) 5.0
A60 0.1 {1.0}
4.6
B60
I OFH-G04-W200-X-10
A200 0.1 {1.0}
11.1
10.2
B200 10 to 200(differential pressure:21MPa{214kgf/cm })
2
1/2 35 {357} 15 to 200(differential pressure:25MPa{255kgf/cm2}) ISO 4401-07-06-0-05

OFH-G04-W200-Y-10 11.1
20 to 200(differential pressure:35MPa{357kgf/cm2})
J
A200 0.1 {1.0}
10.2
B200
•Handling
z For flow rate control, make sure that x The control flow rate is increased by insert a 5mm hex spanner into the
K the pressure differential between the

input port and output port is at least
1MPa {10.2kgf/cm2}. See the Flow
counter clockwise (leftward) rotation
of the flow rate control knob.
hex hole in the center of the knob and
rotate it that way.
c Pressure rate control knob rotation v After adjusting the flow rate, fix it in
Rate - Minimum Differential Pressure resistance will increase as the pres- place by turning the lock screw on
Characteristics for information about sure increases. However, do not the end of the knob to the right.
L the OCF-G01 and OFF- 04 maximum
control flow rate.
use a spanner or other tool that fits
around the knob to turn it. Instead,
b Note that a sub plate and installation
bolts are not included. See pages
required.
n 04 series modular valves do not have
M 01, 03 size an L (DR2) drain port, so they cannot
be used in combination with pressure
OCF – G 03 – W 60 – Y – J50 center type solenoid valves (D).
m Flow rate fluctuation is ±5% within the
temperature range of 20°C to 60°C.
N Design number
Note: For 03 size, relationship between mounting bolts
and design number is indicated as J50: M6, 50: M8.
O Maximum control flow rate
Control port W: A, B ports A: A port P: P port

B: B port
Flow control modular type

OCF: With check valve
OF : Without check valve (P port control)
D-66
OFH – G 04 – W 200 – Y – 10
Design number
Maximum control flow rate
Control port W: A, B ports A: A port

B: B port
M35 Series flow control modular valve
D
Modular Valve
Note) The control flow rate is increased by counter clockwise (leftward)
rotation of the flow rate control knob.
OF-G01-P20-20 OCF-G01-W40-X/Y-30
87 max. Flow rate control knob 125 max.
7.5
7.5
T T
23
27.5
A B
46
32.5
46
31
31
32.5
A B
P P
23.5 40.5 6.5 Adjusting stroke 32 40.5
19 90 42 max. 71.5 max. 107
250 max.
151 max.
Locking screw
(Width across flat 2.5 mm)
40
40
24 (16)
20
Hex bolt hole for

adjusting flow rate Note) Dimensions in the parentheses are for the OCF-G01-W40-X-30.
(Width across flat 5 mm)
OCF-G01-A40-X/Y-30 OCF-G01-B40-X/Y-30
24 (16)
24 (16)
40
40
71.5 max. 107 107 71.5 max.

189.5 max. 189.5 max.
Note) Dimensions in the parentheses are for the OCF-G01-A40-X-30. Note) Dimensions in the parentheses are for the OCF-G01-B40-X-30.
OF-G03-P60-J50 OCF-G03-W60-X/Y-J50
178.5 max. 323 max.
98.5 max. 161.5 max. 161.5 max.
Adjusting stroke 8.5 108 Adjusting stroke 8.5 210
54 105
54 54
P
P
28
33
A B
A B
70
46
70
46
T T T T
Flow rate control knob
Locking screw
29.1 (25.9)

55
55
27.5
Hex bolt hole for

adjusting flow rate Note) Dimensions in the parentheses are for the OCF-G03-W60-X-J50.
(Width across flat 5 mm)
D-67
OCF-G03-A60-X/Y-J50 OCF-G03-B60-X/Y-J50
279.5 max. 279.5 max.
161.5 max. 161.5 max.
A Adjusting stroke 8.5
105
210
54
210
54
105
8.5 Adjusting stroke
P P
33
33
A
B B A B
46
70
70
46
T T T T
Flow rate control knob
29.1 (25.9)
29.1 (25.9)
55
55
D Note) Dimensions in the parentheses are for the OCF-G03-A60-X-J50. Note) Dimensions in the parentheses are for the OCF-G03-B60-X-J50.
OFH-G04-W200-X/Y-10 OFH-G04-A200-X/Y-10
Modular Valve
E 193 max.
51 (34)
11.2 Flow rate control knob
85
48
T P X
2-3 φ pin
91
A B Y
F
3
131.8 max. 122 112.2
366 max.
95.3 122 95.7
386 max. Note) Dimensions in the parentheses are for the OCF-G04-A200-X-10.
Locking screw
OFH-G04-B200-X/Y-10
G
51 (34)
85
51 (34)
85
Hex bolt hole for

adjusting flow rate
2-3 φ pin
H (Width across flat 5 mm)
3
2-3 φ pin
3
Note) Dimensions in the parentheses are for the OFH-G04-W200-X-10. 111.8 122 132.2 max.
366 max.
Note) Dimensions in the parentheses are for the OFH-G04-B200-X-10.
Performance Curves
I Hydraulic Operating Fluid Kinematic Viscosity 32mm2 /s
J OF-G01-P20-20
P’ T’ B’ A’
OCF-G01-A40-Y-30 OF-G03-P60-J50
1.5 {15.3}
1.4 P’ T’ B’ A’
{14.3} P’ T’ B’ A’
Pressure Loss
Pressure Loss
1.4 {14.3}
Pressure Loss
MPa {kgf/cm2}
MPa {kgf/cm2}
MPa {kgf/cm2}
1.2 {12.2} 1.2 {12.2} A

B
→T
2
K 1.0 {10.2} 1.0 {10.2}

P T B A P T B A P T B A
1.0 1 P→A, P→B (Restrictor full open) {10.2} 1 A’→A (Restrictor full close) (Handle fully open)
2 A→T, B→T
0.8 2 A’→A (Restrictor full open) {8.2}
0.8 {8.2} 3 B→B’
A
P →B
0.6
1
{6.1} 0.6 4 A→A’ {6.1}
T’→T 3 0.5 {5.1}
0.4 2
{4.1} 0.4 {4.1}
L 0.2
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
{2.0} 0.2
0 10 20 30 40 50
4
{2.0}
0 20 40 60 80 100 120
M Pressure − Control Flow Rate Characteristics

OCF-G03-W60-Y-J50 OFH-G04-W200-Y-10 OF-G01-P20-20
N 3.0 P’ T’ B’ A’
{30.6} 4.0 P’ T’ Y’ X’ B’ A’ {40.8} 30
Flow rate ℓ/min
Pressure Loss
Pressure Loss
3.6 {36.7}
MPa {kgf/cm2}
MPa {kgf/cm2}
2.5 A {25.5} 25
P→
B
3.2 {32.6}
2.0 P T B A
(Restrictor full close) (Restrictor {20.4} 2.8 P T Y X
1 P→A
B A
2
{28.5} 20
P→
A full open) 2.4 P→B (Restrictor full close)
{24.5}
1.5 {15.3} 15
O 2.0 {20.4}
B 2 P→A
1.6 P→B (Restrictor full open) {16.3}
1.0 A
{10.2} 1.2 3 P→P’
1
{12.2} 10
→ T (Restrictor full open)
B
0.8 T’→T {8.2}
0.5 {5.1} 5
0.4 3 {4.1}
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 0 5 10 15 20 25 30
Flow rate ℓ/min Flow rate ℓ/min {51} {102} {153} {204} {255} {306}
D-68
OCF-G01-*40-*-30 OF-G03-P60-J50 OCF-G03-W60-*-J50
60 80 80
Flow rate ℓ/min
Flow rate ℓ/min

Flow rate ℓ/min
50 70 70
60 60
40 50 50
30 40 40
20 30 30
20 20
10 10 10
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 0 5 10 15 20 25 30
{51} {102} {153} {204} {255} {306} {51} {102} {153} {204} {255} {306} {51} {102} {153} {204} {255} {306}
Pressure MPa {kgf/cm2} Pressure MPa {kgf/cm2} Pressure MPa {kgf/cm2}
D
Oil Temperature − Control Flow Rate Characteristics
OFH-G04-W200-*-10 OF-G01-P20-20 OCF-G01-*40-*-30
320
30 60
Modular Valve
Flow rate ℓ/min
Flow rate ℓ/min
Flow rate ℓ/min

280
240 25 50
200 20 40
160 15 30
120
10 20
80
40 5 10
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 0 20 30 40 50 60 70 0 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
{51} {102} {153} {204} {255} {306} {357}
Oil temperature ˚C Oil temperature ˚C
OF-G03-P60-J50 OCF-G03-W60-*-J50 OFH-G04-W200-*-10

320
60 60
Flow rate ℓ/min
Flow rate ℓ/min

Flow rate ℓ/min
280
50 50 240
40 40 200
30 30 160
120
20 20
80
10 10 40
0 20 30 40 50 60 70 0 20 30 40 50 60 70 0 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Oil temperature ˚C Oil temperature ˚C Oil temperature ˚C
Flow Rate − Minimum Differential Pressure Characteristics

OCF-G01-*40-*-30 OFH-G04-W200-Y-10
2.0 {20.4} 2.0 {20.4}
pressure MPa {kgf/cm2}
pressure MPa {kgf/cm2}

Minimum differential
1.8 {18.4}
Minimum differential
1.8 {81.4}
1.6 {16.3} 1.6 {16.3}
1.4 {14.3} 1.4 {14.3}
1.2 {12.2} 1.2 {12.2}
1.0 {10.2} 1.0 {10.2}
0.8 {8.2} 0.8 {8.2}
0.6 {6.1} 0.6 {6.1}
0.4 {4.1} 0.4 {4.1}
0.2 {2.0} 0.2 {2.0}
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 0 50 100 150 200 250 300
D-69
A OF-G01-P20-20
B
Part No. Part Name
1 Body
4 16 8 2 9 1 14 15 13 3 5 7 17 10 11 6 12 2 Piston
C Seal Part List (Kit Model Number BFBS-01FP-0A)

3
4
5
Sleeve
Bushing
Retainer
6 Knob
Part Q'ty 7 Dial
No. P 8 Spring
D 13
14
O-ring
O-ring
NBR-90 P4
AS568-012(NBR-90)
1
4
9
10
11
Plate
Screw
Screw
12 Screw
15 O-ring NBR-90 P9 2 13 O-ring
Modular Valve
14 O-ring
E 17 O-ring NBR-70-1 P21 1
15
16
17
O-ring
O-ring
O-ring
F OCF-G01-A40-Y-30
G Part No. Part Name

1 Body
2 Throttle
3 Piston
4 Rod
Bushing
H
5
16 8 15 14 20 9 17 12 7 6 4 11 10 3 2 18 1 13 19 5 6 Retainer
7 Guide
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number BFCS-01CF*-0A) 8 Knob
9 Dial
Part Q'ty 10 Spring
Part Name Part Number 11 Spring
I
No. W A B
12 Spring
17 O-ring NBR-70-1 P8 2 1 1 13 Plate
14 Screw
18 O-ring AS568-012(NBR-90) 4 4 4 15 Screw
19 O-ring AS568-018(NBR-90) 2 2 2 16 Screw
17 O-ring
J 20 O-ring NBR-70-1 P21 1
Note) 1. The materials and hardness of the O-ring conform
1 1 18
19
20
O-ring
O-ring
O-ring
with JIS B2401.
number.
K OF-G03-P60-J50
L Part No. Part Name

1 Body
2 Cover
3 Piston
4 Sleeve
M 5
6
6-1
Retainer
Screw kit
Knob
6-2 Screw
6-3 Screw
6-4 Screw
N 6
3
6
2
6
4
6
1 13 7 5 6
5 12 4 11 1 9 15 3 14 8 2 10
6-5
7
8
O-ring
Dial
Spring
9 Plate
10 Screw
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number BFES-03FP) 11 O-ring
O Part
No.
Q'ty
PC
12
13
14
O-ring
O-ring
O-ring
15 Pin
6 -5 O-ring NBR-70-1 P7 1
11 O-ring AS568-014(NBR-90) 5
13 O-ring NBR-70-1 P21 1

D-70
OCF-G03-A60-Y-J50
Part No. Part Name

1 Body
9 9 9 9 16 10 14 7 8 5 11 2 17 4 12 3 15 1 13 18 6 2 Throttle
3 4 1 2 3 Piston
4 Sleeve
5 Rod
6 Bushing
7 Retainer
8 Guide
9 Screw kit
9-1 Knob
9-2 Screw
9-3 Screw
9-4 Screw
10 Dial
11 Spring
12 Spring
13 Plate
14 O-ring
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number BFES-03CF*) 15
16
17
O-ring
O-ring
O-ring
D
Part Q'ty 18 Pin
No.
Modular Valve
W A B
14 O-ring NBR-70-1 P10 2 1 1
15 O-ring AS568-014(NBR-90) 5 5 5
16 O-ring NBR-70-1 P21 2 1 1
17 O-ring NBR-90 P22 4 3 3
with JIS B2401.
number.
OFH-G04-A200-Y-10
Part No. Part Name
1 Body
14 13 6 7 12 11 2 19 20 18 16 9 8 5 4 17 21 1 10 15 3 2 Cover
3 Cover
4 Throttle
5 Piston
6 Knob
7 Dial
8 Spring
9 Spring
10 Plate
11 Screw
12 Screw
13 Screw
14 Screw
15 O-ring
16 O-ring
17 O-ring
18 O-ring
19 Backup ring
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number BFKS-04CF*) 20 Backup ring
21 Pin
Part Q'ty
No. W A B
15 O-ring AS568-012(NBR-90) 2 2 2
16 O-ring NBR-90 P10A 2 1 1
17 O-ring AS568-118(NBR-90) 4 4 4
18 O-ring NBR-90 P30 2 2 2
19 Backup ring T2-P10A 2 1 1
with JIS B2401.
2. Backup ring indicates JIS B 2407-T2-**.
number.
D-71
CHECK MODULAR VALVE
A Check Modular Valve

50 to 300ℓ/min
25,35MPa
B Features
qThis modular valve is a check valve wThe 01, 03, 04 sizes include types eMaximum Operating Pressure: 25,
that prevents reverse-flow. that can also be used as suction and 35MPa {255, 357kgf/cm2}
C differential circuits.
Specifications
D
Nominal Diameter Maximum Working Maximum Flow Rate Cracking pressure Weight Gasket Surface
Model No. Pressure
(Size) MPa{kgf/cm2} ℓ/min MPa{kgf/cm2} kg Dimensions
Modular Valve
E OC-G01-P1-21
P2
P3
0.04 {0.4}
0.35 {3.6}
0.50 {5.1}
1.0
OC-G01-T1-21 0.04 {0.4}

T2 0.35 {3.6} 1.0
F T3
OC-G01-A1-21 1/8 25 {255} 50
0.50 {5.1}
0.04 {0.4} ISO 4401-03-02-0-05
A2 0.35 {3.6} 1.2
A3 0.50 {5.1}
G
OC-G01-AP1-20 0.04 {0.4}
AP2 0.35 {3.6} 1.0
AP3 0.50 {5.1}
OCV-G01-W-20 0.015 {0.15} 1.0
OC-G03-P1-J50 0.04 {0.4}
H P2
P3
0.35 {3.6}
0.50 {5.1}
2.7
OC-G03-T1-J50 0.04 {0.4}

T2 0.35 {3.6} 2.7
T3 0.50 {5.1}
I OC-G03-A1-J50
A2
3/8 25 {255} 100 0.04 {0.4}
0.35 {3.6} 2.7
ISO 4401-05-04-0-05
A3 0.50 {5.1}
OC-G03-AP1-J50 0.04 {0.4}
J AP2
AP3
0.35 {3.6}
0.50 {5.1}
2.7
OCV-G03-W-J50 0.015 {0.15} 3.5

OCH-G04-P1-10 0.04 {0.4}
P2 0.35 {3.6} 4.5
K P3
OCH-G04-T1-10
0.50 {5.1}
0.04 {0.4}
T2 0.35 {3.6} 6.5
T3 0.50 {5.1}
L OCH-G04-A1-10
A2
A3
1/2 35 {357} 300 0.04 {0.4}
0.35 {3.6}
0.50 {5.1}
4.5
ISO 4401-07-06-0-05
OCH-G04-AP1-10 0.04 {0.4}

AP2 0.35 {3.6} 4.5
M AP3
OVH-G04-W-10
0.50 {5.1}
0.01 {0.1} 6.5
N
•Handling
z Differential circuit can be easily con- c 04 series modular valves do not have
figured at P → B by attaching OC- an L (DR2) drain port, so they cannot
G**-A* above the OC-G**-AP* on the be used in combination with pressure
OC-G0*-
subplate. (See the figure to the right.) center type solenoid valves (D). A*-*
O x Note that a sub plate and installation
bolts are not included. See pages
OC-G0*-
AP*-*
required.
Forward
Differential circuit adjustment
D-72
OC (OCV) – G 03 – P 1 – J50
Design number
Note: For 03 size, relationship between mounting bolts and design
number is indicated as J50: M6, 50 : M8.
Cracking pressure 1, 2, 3
Control port P: P port T: T port W: A, B ports (01, 03 vacuum check)

A: A port Differential circuit at set
AP: A, P ports
Nominal diameter (Size) 01, 03
Vacuum check modular valve (01, 03 size)

D
Check modular valve (01, 03 size)
Modular Valve
OCH (OVH) – G 04 – P 1 – 10
Design number
Cracking pressure 1, 2, 3
Control port P: P port T: T port W: A, B ports (vacuum check)

A: A port
Differential circuit at set
AP: A, P ports
Nominal diameter (Size) 04
M35 Series vacuum check modular valve
M35 Series check modular valve
D-73
A OC-G01-AP-20 OC-G01-P -21

T*
OC-G01-A*-21 OCV-G01-W-20
(18.5)
47 46.5
(18.5)
60.5 47
7.5
7.5
7.5
7.5
B T T T T
27.5
A A
23
B A
27.5
22
B A
32.5
31
31
32.5
32.5
46
46
32.5
46
31
46
31
B B
P P P P
18.5 40.5 11.5 40.5 32 40.5 18.5 40.5
C 80
87
7 73
79.5
6.5 7 107
121
7 80
94
40
40
40
D
40
24.5
20
20
20
Note) Dimensions in the parentheses are for the OC-G01-T*-20.
Modular Valve
E
OC-G03- P *-J50 OC-G03-A*-J50 OC-G03-T*-J50
AP
126.5 126.5 126.5
F 46.5
93
54
93
54
46.5
93
54
46.5
P P
G
P
A B A B A B
70
46
46
70
70
46
T T T T T T
I
55
55
55
J OCV-G03-W-J50
P
OCH-G04- A *-10 OCH-G04-T*-10
AP
172
130
K 65
54 9.2 70.3
111.7
52.2
P
A B T P X T P X
L
91
91
46
70
T T A B Y
A B Y
120 9.5 9.5 165
M
129.5 174.5
70
70
N
55
3
3
2 - φ 3 pin 2 - φ 3 pin
D-74
OVH-G04-W-10
107.9
48.4
45.5
T P X
91
A B Y
9.5 165 9.5

184
70 D
Modular Valve
36
3
2 - φ 3 pin

OC-G01-P*-21 OCV-G01-W-20 OC-G03-P*-J50
P’ T’ B’ A’ 3 P’ T’ B’ A’ 3.0 P’ T’ B’ A’
{30.6}
Pressure Loss
Pressure Loss
1.4 {14.3} 1.4 {14.3}

Pressure Loss
MPa {kgf/cm2}
MPa {kgf/cm2}
MPa {kgf/cm2}
2
2.5 {25.5}
1.2 {12.2} 1.2 {12.2}
P T B A P T B A
1.0 1 P→A, P→B (Type 1)
1
{10.2} 1.0 1 P→A, P→B, A→T, B→T {10.2} 2.0 P T B A
{20.4}
2 P→A, P→B (Type 2) (Type 3)
P→A, P→B (Type 3) 2 T→A, T→B
0.8 {8.2} 0.8 {8.2}
3
4 A→T, B→T
2 1.5 P→B
A
A {15.3}
P→B
0.6 {6.1} 0.6 {6.1} (Type 2)
1.0 A
P → B (Type 1)
{10.2}
0.4 4
{4.1} 0.4 1
{4.1}
0.2 {2.0} 0.2 {2.0} 0.5 A
B →T {5.1}
0 10 20 30 40 50 0 10 20 30 40 50 0 20 40 60 80 100 120
OC-G03-AP*-J50 OC-G03-A*-J50 OC-G03-T*-J50

3.0 P’ T’ B’ A’
{30.6} 3.0 P’ T’ B’ A’ {30.6} 3.0 P’ T’ B’ A’
{30.6}
Pressure Loss
Pressure Loss
Pressure Loss
MPa {kgf/cm2}
MPa {kgf/cm2}
MPa {kgf/cm2}
2.5 {25.5} 2.5 {25.5} 2.5 {25.5}

2.0 P T B A
A→ P
{20.4} 2.0 P T B A
{20.4} 2.0 P T B A
{20.4}
(Type 3) (Type 2)
A→ P
1.5 (Type 1) {15.3} 1.5 P→ A {15.3} 1.5 (Type 3)
A
A
B→ T
{15.3}
(Type 3) P→ A B→ T
1.0 {10.2} 1.0 (Type 1)
{10.2} 1.0 A {10.2}
A→ P P→ A B→ T
(Type 2) A A (Type 2)
0.5 B→ {5.1} 0.5 {5.1}
T P→
B 0.5 P→ B {5.1} (Type 1) A
P→ B
B→T
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 0 20 40 60 80 100 120

OCV-G03-W-J50 OCH-G04-P*-10 OCH-G04-T*-10

3.0 {30.6}
P’ T’ B’ A’
3.0 P’ T’ Y’ X’ B’ A’
{30.6} 3.0 P’ T’ Y’ X’ B’ A’
{30.6}
Pressure Loss
Pressure Loss
Pressure Loss
MPa {kgf/cm2}
MPa {kgf/cm2}
2.5 {25.5}
MPa {kgf/cm2}
3
2.5 {25.5} 2.5
3
{25.5}
2.0 P T B A
{20.4} 2.0
P TY X B A 2
{20.4}
P T YX B A 2
1
2
P→A, P→B (Type 1)
P→A, P→B (Type 2)
2.0 1 A→T, B→T (Type 1) {20.4}
1.5 {15.3} 1.5 3 P→A, P→B (Type 3)
{15.3}
2 A→T, B→T (Type 2)
T→ B
A 4 A→T, B→T 1 1.5 3
4
A→T, B→T (Type 3)
P→A, P→B 1
{15.3}
1.0 {10.2} 1.0 {10.2} 1.0 {10.2}
A A
0.5 B → T P→ B {5.1} 0.5 {5.1} 0.5 {5.1}
4
4
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 0 50 100 150 200 250 300
D-75
OCH-G04-A*-10 OCH-G04-AP*-10 OVH-G04-W-10
Pressure Loss 3.0 P’ T’ Y’ X’ B’ A’
{30.6} 3.0 P’ T’ Y’ X’ B’ A’
{30.6} 3.0 P’ T’ Y’ X’ B’ A’
{30.6}
Pressure Loss
Pressure Loss
MPa {kgf/cm2}
MPa {kgf/cm2}
MPa {kgf/cm2}
A 2.5
2.0 1
P TY X B
P→A (Type 1)
A
{25.5}
{20.4}
2.5
2.0 1
P T YX B
A→P (Type 1) 6
A
5
2
3
{25.5}
{20.4}
2.5
2.0 1
P T YX B
T→A
A
{25.5}
{20.4}
2 P→A (Type 2) 2 A→P (Type 2) 2 T→B 2
3 A→P (Type 3) 6
1.5 3 P→A (Type 3)
4 P→B,B→T
{15.3} 1.5 4 P→A 7
1
{15.3} 1.5 3 P→A
4
3 {15.3}
5 P→B 4 P→B
1
1.0 {10.2} 1.0 6 A→T {10.2} 1.0 5 A→T {10.2}
B B→T B→T 5
7 4 6
0.5 {5.1} 0.5 {5.1} 0.5 {5.1}
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 0 50 100 150 200 250 300
D Cross-sectional Drawings
P
Modular Valve
OC-G01-AP-20 OC-G01- * -21 OC-G01-A*-21

E T
G 5 1 6 2 4 7 3 5 1 6 2 4 7 3 5 6 2 3 4 8 1 7 9
1 Body 1 Body 1 Body
H 2
3
4
Poppet
Spring seat
Spring
2
3
4
Poppet
Spring seat
Spring
2
3
4
Poppet
Ball
Seat
5 Plate 5 Plate 5 Spring seat
6 O-ring 6 O-ring 6 Spring
7 O-ring 7 O-ring 7 Plate
I 8
9
O-ring
O-ring
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number BDBS-01C*-0A) Seal Part List (Kit Model Number BDBS-01CA-0A)
J Part
Q'ty Part
Q'ty
No. P T AP No. A
6 O-ring AS568-012(NBR-90) 4 4 4 8 O-ring AS568-012(NBR-90) 4
K 7 O-ring
NBR-90 P18 1 1 1 9 O-ring NBR-90 P18
Note) The materials and hardness of the O-ring conform
2
with JIS B2401. with JIS B2401.

2. Specify P, T, or AP for the asterisk (*) in the kit model
number.
L OCV-G01-W-20
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number BDBS-01CVW)
M Part No. Part Name Part

No.
Q'ty
W
1 Body
2 Poppet 7 O-ring AS568-012(NBR-90) 4
3 Guide
N
4 Spring
5 Plate
6 Plug Note) The materials and hardness of the O-ring conform
3 8 1 5 6 7 2 4 with JIS B2401.
7 O-ring
8 O-ring
D-76
OC-G03-P*-J50 OC-G03-T*-J50
6 2 9 4 3 8 1 5 10 7 Part No. Part Name 7 8 1 5 10 3 4 9 2 6 Part No. Part Name
1 Body 1 Body
2 Cover 2 Cover
3 Poppet 3 Poppet
4 Spring 4 Spring
5 Plate 5 Plate
6 Screw 6 Screw
7 Plug 7 Plug
8 O-ring 8 O-ring
9 O-ring 9 O-ring
10 Pin 10 Pin
OC-G03-A*-J50 OC-G03-AP*-J50
7 8 1 5 10 3 4 9 2 6 8 2 6 12 4 5 11 1 3 7 10 13 9
D
Part No. Part Name
Modular Valve
1 Body
2 Cover
3 Poppet
4 Spring
5 Plate
6 Screw
7 Plug
8 O-ring
9 O-ring
10 Pin Part No. Part Name
1 Body
2 Cover
3 Plug
4 Poppet
5 Seat
6 Spring
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number BDES-03C*) Seal Part List (Kit Model Number BDES-03CAP) 7 Plate
8 Screw
Q'ty 9 Plug
Part Q'ty Part
Part Name Part Number Part Name Part Number 10 O-ring
No. P T A No. AP 11 O-ring
8 O-ring AS568-014(NBR-90) 5 5 5 13 Pin
9 O-ring NBR-90 P22 1 1 1 11 O-ring AS568-014(NBR-90) 5
Note) 1. The materials and hardness of the O-ring conform 12 O-ring NBR-90 P22 1
with JIS B2401. Note) The materials and hardness of the O-ring conform
2. Specify P, T, or A for the asterisk (*) in the kit model with JIS B2401.
number.
OCV-G03-W-J50
6 2 9 4 3 8 1 5 7 10
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number BDES-03CVW) Part No. Part Name Part No. Part Name Part No. Part Name
Part Q'ty 1 Body 5 Plate 9 O-ring

Part Name Part Number 2 Cover 6 Screw 10 Pin
No. W 3 Poppet 7 O-ring
7 O-ring NBR-90 P10A 2 4 Spring 8 O-ring
8 O-ring AS568-014(NBR-90) 5
D-77
OCH-G04-P*-10 OVH-G04-W-10
8 1 5 6 2 4 9 7 3
7 3 4 2 9 8 1 5 6
A
B Part No. Part Name

1
2
Body
Poppet
3 Spring seat
4 Spring
5 Plate
C 6
7
8
O-ring
O-ring
O-ring
9 Pin
D
Part No. Part Name
1 Body
2 Poppet
3 Spring seat
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number BDKS-04C*) Seal Part List (Kit Model Number BDKS-04CVW) 4 Spring
Modular Valve
5 Plate
E Part Q’ty Part 6 O-ring

Part Name Part Number Part Name Part Number Q’ty
No. No. 7 O-ring
P T A AP 8 O-ring
6 O-ring AS568-012(NBR-90) 2
6 O-ring AS568-012(NBR-90) 2 2 2 2 9 Pin
7 O-ring NBR-90 P20 1 1 1 1
F
8 O-ring AS568-118(NBR-90) 4
8 O-ring AS568-118(NBR-90) 4 4 4 4
Note) 1. The materials and hardness of the O-ring conform with with JIS B2401.
JIS B2401.
2. Specify P, T, A, or AP for the asterisk (*) in the kit model
number.
D-78
PILOT OPERATED CHECK
MODULAR VALVE
Pilot Operated Check 50 to 300ℓ/min

Features
qThis modular valve is used to prevent wMaximum Operating Pressure: 25,
actuator self-running and to maintain 35MPa {255, 357kgf/cm2}
actuator position.
Specifications
Nominal Maximum Working Maximum Cracking Area Ratio
D
Model No. Diameter Pressure Flow Rate pressure Check Valve Needle Valve
Pilot Piston kg Dimensions
(Size) MPa{kgf/cm2} ℓ/min MPa{kgf/cm2} Seat Seat
Modular Valve
OCP-G01-W1-21 0.2 {2.0}
W2 0.5 {5.1}
OCP-G01-A1-21 0.2 {2.0} 1 0.37 − 1.2
A2 0.5 {5.1}
OCP-G01-B1-21 0.2 {2.0}
B2 0.5 {5.1}
1/8 25 {255} 50 ISO 4401-03-02-0-05
OCP-G01-W1-F-21 0.2 {2.0}
W2 0.5 {5.1}
OCP-G01-A1-F-21 0.2 {2.0}
1 0.51 0.06 1.2
A2 0.5 {5.1}
OCP-G01-B1-F-21 0.2 {2.0}
B2 0.5 {5.1}
OCP-G03-W1-J50 0.2 {2.0}
W2 0.5 {5.1}
OCP-G03-A1-J50 0.2 {2.0}
1 0.49 0.07
A2 0.5 {5.1}
OCP-G03-B1-J50 0.2 {2.0}
B2 0.5 {5.1}
3/8 25 {255] 100 3.6 ISO 4401-05-04-0-05
OCP-G03-W1-D-J50 0.2 {2.0}
W2 0.5 {5.1}
OCP-G03-A1-D-J50 0.2 {2.0} 1 0.49 −
A2 0.5 {5.1}
OCP-G03-B1-D-J50 0.2 {2.0}
B2 0.5 {5.1}
OPH-G04-W1-10 0.2 {2.0}
W2 0.5 {5.1}
OPH-G04-A1-10 0.2 {2.0}
1 0.50 0.07
A2 0.5 {5.1}
OPH-G04-B1-10 0.2 {2.0}
B2 0.5 {5.1}
OPH-G04-W1-D-10 1/2 35 {357} 300 0.2 {2.0} 6.8 ISO 4401-07-06-0-05
W2 0.5 {5.1}
OPH-G04-A1-D-10 0.2 {2.0}
1 0.50 −
A2 0.5 {5.1}
OPH-G04-B1-D-10 0.2 {2.0}
B2 0.5 {5.1}
•Handling
z Note that when the 01 size has the c Minimum pilot pressure fluctuates required.
auxiliary symbol "F," tank port back with the input side pressure during b 04 series modular valves do not have
pressure can cause the small valve to reverse flow. Operate the valve so an L (DR2) drain port, so they cannot
open, making it impossible to main- pressure is at least twice as high as be used in combination with pressure
tain pressure. the required pressure obtained using center type solenoid valves (D).
x If tank port back pressure causes the the minimum pilot pressure charac-
small valve to open and make it im- teristics graph.
possible to maintain pressure with v Note that a sub plate and installation
the 03, 04 size, use a direct type with bolts are not included. See pages
auxiliary symbol "D." D-90 through D-95 if these items are
D-79
OCP – G 03 – W 1 – (D) – J50
A
Design number
Note: For 03 size, relationship between mounting bolts and design
number is indicated as J50: M6, 50: M8.
B Auxiliary symbol F: With shock-resistant mechanism (01 size only)

D: No small valve poppet (03 size only)
Cracking pressure 1: 0.2MPa{2.0kgf/cm2} 2: 0.5MPa{5.1kgf/cm2}
C
Control port W: A, B ports A: A port
B: B port
D Pilot operated check modular valve

Modular Valve
E OPH – G 04 – W 1 – (D) – 10
Design number
F Auxiliary symbol D: No small valve poppet
Cracking pressure 1: 0.2MPa{2.0kgf/cm2}

2: 0.5MPa{5.1kgf/cm2}
G
H M35 Series pilot operated check modular valve

I OCP-G01-**-(F)-21 OCP-G03-**-(D)-J50
60.5 180
7.5
93
46.5
J
T 54
23
A
46
31
32.5
B P
P A B
46
70
T T
32 40.5
K 7 107
121
55
L
40
24.5
OPH-G04-**-(D)-10
M 62
112
N
48
T P X
91
A B Y
122 51.2
O
50.8
224
70
43
2- φ 3pin
3
D-80
OCP-G01-W*-21 OCP-G01-W*-F-21 OCP-G03-W*-(D)-J50
P’ T’ B’ A’ P’ T’ B’ A’ 3
3.0 P’ T’ B’ A’ 1 {30.6}
2
Pressure Loss
Pressure Loss
Pressure Loss
1.4 {14.3} 1.4 {14.3}
MPa {kgf/cm2}
MPa {kgf/cm2}
MPa {kgf/cm2}
2.5 {25.5}
1.2 3
{12.2} 1.2 {12.2} 2
1.0
P T B A
{10.2} 1.0
P T B A
{10.2} 2.0 1
P T B A
Auxiliary symbol: None {20.4}
1 2 Auxiliary symbol: D 1
0.8 1
{8.2} 0.8 {8.2} 1.5 A 2
{15.3}
P→ (Type 2)
0.6 {6.1} 0.6 {6.1} 1.0
B
{10.2}
A
0.4 1 P→A, P→B (Type 1)
{4.1} 0.4 {4.1} P→ B (Type 1)
0.2 2 P→A, P→B (Type 2) {2.0} 0.2

1 P→A, P→B (Type 1)
2 P→A, P→B (Type 2) {2.0} 0.5 {5.1}
3 A→T, B→T 3 A→T, B→T
0 10 20 30 40 50 0 10 20 30 40 50 0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Modular Valve
Pressure Loss Characteristics (Reverse Free Flow)
OCP-G03-W*-J50 OPH-G04-W*-10
3.0 P’ T’ B’ A’
{30.6} P’ T’ Y’ X’ B’ A’
3.0 {30.6}
Pressure Loss
Pressure Loss
2
MPa {kgf/cm2}
MPa {kgf/cm2}
2.5 {25.5}
2.5 {25.5}
2.0 P T B A
{20.4} P T Y X B A 1
A
→T 2.0 1 P→A, P→B (Type 1)
2 P→A, P→B (Type 2)
{20.4}
B
1.5 {15.3} 1.5 3 A→T, B→T
{15.3}
3
1.0 {10.2} 1.0 {10.2}
0.5 {5.1} 0.5 {5.1}
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 0 50 100 150 200 250 300

Minimum Pilot Pressure Characteristics

OCP-G01-**-21 OCP-G01-**-F-21 OCP-G03-W*-(D)-J50
6 {61.2}
Minimum pilot pressure
2 1 Auxiliary symbol: None

1 Main check valve 2 Auxiliary symbol: D
25 {255} 25 {255} 5 {51.0}
MPa {kgf/cm2}
MPa {kgf/cm2}
2 Small valve
MPa {kgf/cm2}
20 {204} 20 {204} 4 {40.8}

15 {153} 15 1
{153} 3 {30.6}
10 {102} 10 {102} 2 {20.4}
1
5 {51} 5 {51} 1 {10.2}
2
0 5 10 15 20 25 0 5 10 15 20 25 0 5 10 15 20 25
{51} {102} {153} {204} {255} {51} {102} {153} {204} {255} {51} {102} {153} {204} {255}
Reverse flow inlet side pressure Reverse flow inlet side pressure Reverse flow inlet side pressure
MPa {kgf/cm2} MPa {kgf/cm2} MPa {kgf/cm2}
OPH-G04-W*-(D)-10
1 Auxiliary symbol: None

30 2 Auxiliary symbol: D
{306}
MPa {kgf/cm2}
25 {255}
20 2
{204}
15 {153}
10 {102}
5 1 {51}
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
{51} {102} {153} {204} {255} {306} {357}
Reverse flow inlet side pressure
MPa {kgf/cm2}
D-81
A OCP-G01-A*-21
7 9 8 10 4 3 12 1 11 6 13
OCP-G01-A*-F-21
7 13 9 8 2 10 4 5
Part No. Part Name
1 Body
2 Poppet
3 Piston
4 Seat
B 5
6
7
Rod
Bushing
Spring seat
8 Guide
9 Spring
10 Ball
C 11
12
13
Plate
O-ring
O-ring
D Seal Part List (Kit Model Number BDBS-01CP*-0A)

Part Q’ty
No. W A B
Modular Valve
E 12
13
O-ring
O-ring
AS568-012(NBR-90)
NBR-90 P18
4
2
4
2
4
2
with JIS B2401.
F number.
OCP-G03-A*-J50 Part No. Part Name

1 Body
2 Cover
G 10 2 8 12 4 3 6 5 11 1 9 13 7 3
4
5
Poppet
Poppet
Piston
6 Seat
7 Bushing
8 Spring
H 9
10
11
Plate
Screw
O-ring
12 O-ring
13 Pin
J OCP-G03-**-D-J50
10 2 8 12 4 6 1
K Seal Part List (Kit Model Number BDES-03CP*)

Part Q’ty
No. W A B
L 11
12
O-ring
O-ring
AS568-014(NBR-90)
NBR-90 P29
5
2
5
2
5
2
with JIS B2401.
M number.
D-82
OPH-G04-A*-10
11 2 14 5 9 4 7 6 1 10 12 13 15 8 3
Part No. Part Name
1 Body
2 Cover
3 Cover
4 Poppet
5 Poppet
6 Piston
7 Seat
8 Bushing
9 Spring
10 Plate
11 Screw
12 O-ring
13 O-ring
14 O-ring
15 Pin
D
OPH-G04-**-D-10
Modular Valve
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number BDKS-04CP*)
Part Q’ty
No. W A B
12 O-ring AS568-012(NBR-90) 2 2 2
13 O-ring AS568-118(NBR-90) 4 4 4
14 O-ring AS568-127(NBR-90) 2 2 2
Note) Specify W, A, or B for the asterisk (*) in the kit model
number.
11 2 14 5 9
D-83
GAUGE BLOCK
A Gauge Modular Block

50 to 100ℓ/min
25MPa
B Features
qThis modular block makes it possible wConnection to the ports is extremely
to attach a pressure gauge to the P simple.
C and T ports or the A and B ports.
Specifications
D
Maximum
Nominal Diameter Maximum Flow Rate Weight
Model No. Working Pressure Gasket Surface Dimensions
Modular Valve
(Size) ℓ/min kg
MPa{kgf/cm2}
E OK-G01-P-20
OK-G01-T-20
0.6
OK-G01-W-20 0.6
1/8 25 {255} 50 ISO 4401-03-02-0-05
F OK-G01-P-H-20
OK-G01-T-H-20
1.0
OK-G01-W-H-20 1.0
OK-G03-J50 3/8 25 {255} 100 2.3 ISO 4401-05-04-0-05

G
H OK – G 01 – P – (H) – 20 •Handling
z When installing the OK-G01-P-(H)- 20,
Design number OK-G01-T-(H)-20, or OK-G01- W-(H)-20,
make sure the model number printing
I
Note: For 03 size, relationship between mount-
ing bolts and design number is indicated is oriented so it can be read correctly
as J50: M6, 50 : M8. from the P port side.
x Note that a sub plate and installation
Auxiliary symbol H: 40 mm thick (01 size only) bolts are not included. See pages
J Pressure output port P: P port T: T port W: A, B ports required.
Nominal Diameter (Size) 01, 03
K Gauge modular block
D-84
OK-G01-P-20 OK-G01-T-20 OK-G01-W-20
40 40 40
7.5
7.5
T T T
A B A B A B
23
23
23
32.5
32.5
32.5
31
31
46
46
46
31
P P P
18.5 40.5 2-Rc1/4 18.5 40.5 2-Rc1/4 18.5 40.5 2-Rc1/4
80 80 80
OK-G01-P-20 OK-G01-T-20
D
25
25
OK-G01-W-20
25
12.5
12.5
Modular Valve
12.5
OK-G01-P-H-20 OK-G01-T-H-20 OK-G01-W-H-20
40 40 40
7.5
T T T
A B A B A B
23
23
23
32.5
32.5
32.5
31
46
46
31
31
46
P P P
18.5 40.5 2-Rc1/4 18.5 40.5 2-Rc1/4 18.5 40.5 2-Rc1/4
80 80 80
OK-G01-P-H-20 OK-G01-T-H-20
40
OK-G01-W-H-20
40
40
20
20
20
OK-G03-J50
55 99
40 49.5 40
15 54 15
2-Rc1/4
2-Rc1/4
P
P
35
A
A B
13
70
46
13
T T
T
Seal Part List
Size Part Name Part Number Q'ty
01 O-ring AS568-012(NBR-90) 4
03 O-ring AS568-014(NBR-90) 5
with JIS B2401.
D-85
HIGH-LOW SYSTEM BLOCK
A High-low System Block

50 to 100ℓ/min
25MPa
B Features
Simple high-low 2-speed control can be attained by stacking this block on
top of a high-low base block and manifold, which configures a speed control
C circuit.
Specifications Model No.

Nominal
Diameter
Maximum
Working Pressure
Maximum
Flow Rate
Weight
D
kg
(Size) MPa{kgf/cm2} ℓ/min
OB-G01-W-20 1.5
1/8 25 {255} 50
OB-G01-W-H-20 2.5
Modular Valve
E OB-G03-W-J30
OB-G03-W-H-J30
3/8 25 {255} 100
4.5
7.1
•Handling
z If a base block is required, use MOB-
F
x When installing this block, make sure or A2, B2 on the next page), or modify
01Y-W*-10 for the 01 size and MOB- the nameplate is oriented so it can be the manifold so it has a single cylin-
03X-B*-J30 for the 03 size, because read correctly from the A port side. der port only.
their valve pitches match. MOB- c Both of the cylinder ports on this v Note that installation bolts are not in-
01X-B*-10 has a different valve pitch, block's manifold side (bottom) are cluded. See pages D-90 through D-95
G
and so cannot be used. open. Because of this, close one of if these items are required.
the base block cylinder ports (A1, B1
H Explanation of model No.

OB – G 01 – W – (H) – 20
I Design number
Note: For 03 size, relationship between mounting bolts and design number is
indicated as J30: M6, 30 : M8.
J Auxiliary symbol

H: 40mm thick (01 size)
50mm thick (03 size)
High-low system
K
High-low system block
L
Example of Typical Circuit
M High-speed Low-speed
O
High-low system block
B1 A1 B2 A2
Use either one.
D-86
OB-G01-W-20 OB-G01-W-H-20
32.5 32.5 8- φ 5.5 hole 32.5 32.5 8- φ 5.5 hole
B B B B
T PT P T PT P
90
40.5
40.5
90
A A
A A
23.5
23.5
31 31 31 31
50
96
23 50
96
23
D
Modular Valve
40
25
OB-G03-W-J30 OB-G03-W-H-J30
150 150
80 35 80 35
46 46 8- φ 6.5 hole 46 46 8- φ 6.5 hole 55
35
60
60
B B B B
T T T T
P P P P
120
120
54
54
T T T T
A A A A
Seal Part List
Size Part Name Part Number Q'ty
01 O-ring AS568-012(NBR-90) 8
03 O-ring NBR-90 P12 10
with JIS B2401.
D-87
END PLATE∙FREE FLOW PLATE∙
03/01 CHANGE PLATE
A End Plate, Free Flow Plate, 50 to 100ℓ/min

03/01 Change Plate 25MPa
B Features
qThe end plate is a modular valve plate does not require a solenoid valve. with an 06 size sub-plate and base
used to close off a circuit that is not eThe 03/01 change plate makes it pos- block.
C required, and when using a relief
modular valve in a standalone con-
sible to use an 01 size modular valve
with an 03 size sub-plate and base
figuration. block.
wThe free flow plate is a modular valve rThe 06/04 change plate makes it pos-
D
plate is used in a one-way circuit that sible to use an 04 size modular valve
Specifications
Modular Valve
E Nominal Diameter
Maximum Working
Maximum Flow Rate Weight
Model No. Pressure
(Size) ℓ/min kg
MPa{kgf/cm2}
F
MOB-G01-10 0.3
−
MOB-G01-H-10 0.6
1/8 25 {255}
MOB-G01-A-10
50 0.6
MOB-G01-B-10
G MOB-G03-J50
−
1.4
MOB-G03-H-50 2.5
MOB-G03-A-J50
1.3
H MOB-G03-B-J50
MOB-G03-A-H-50
3/8 25 {255}
100
2.3
MOB-G03-B-H-50
MOB-G03-AA-J50 50 2.3
I MOB-G06-AA-5411A 3/4 21 {214} 200 8.0

J
MOB – G 03 – A – (H) – J50
Design number Note: Auxiliary symbol (tightening height) and design number (G03 size)
K

J50: M6 type 26.5mm
50: M8 type 23.4mm
H-50: M8 type 58mm (stop plate and relief low plate only)
5411A: 06/04 conversion plate (special item)
L Auxiliary symbol H: Tightening height 36mm (01 size), 58mm (03 size)
Port connection status None: All ports blocked (stop plate)

A: P←→A, B←→T
(Free-flow plate)
B: P←→B, A←→T
M
P→P
AA: G03→G01, G06→G04
T→T 03/01 Switching plate

A→A 06/04 Conversion plate
B→B
N Nominal diameter (size) 01, 03

Model No.
MOB-G01-10
Bolt Dimensions
M5×25
Q'ty
4
Mounting method G: Gasket type MOB-G01-*-10 M5×45 4
MOB-G03-J50
O
Modular valve plate
MOB-G03-A -J50 M6×35 4
B
MOB-G03-AA-J50
•Handling
z Installation bolts are not included. MOB-G03-50
Use the table to the right to specify MOB-G03-A -50 M8×35 4
B
bolts for stand-alone use. MOB-G03-AA-50
MOB-G03-H-50
MOB-G03-A -H-50 M8×70 4
B
MOB-G06-AA-5411A M12×70 6
D-88
MOB-G01-10 MOB-G01-H-10 A
MOB-G01- -10
(B)
30 30 30
6.25
6.25
6.25
T T T
32.5
32.5
32.5
31
45
31
45
31
45
A B A B A B
P P P
8.5 40.5 4- φ 9.5x5.4 counterbore 8.5 40.5 8.5 40.5

60 φ 5.5 holes 60 4- φ 5.5 holes 60 4- φ 5.5 holes
MOB-G01-H-10 MOB-G01-A-10
MOB-G01-10
36
20
36
MOB-G03-J50 MOB-G03-H-50 A
MOB-G03- -J50
Modular Valve
B
4- φ D counterbore 93 93 93
φ d holes 46.5 4- φ 8.5 holes 46.5 46.5
54 54 54
P P P
A B A B A B
70
46
70
46
70
46
T T T T T T
MOB-G03-J50 MOB-G03-A-J50
32
32
MOB-G03-H-50
H
H
58
A MOB-G03-AA-J50
MOB-G03- -H-50 Model No. D H d
B
93 93
46.5 46.5
4- φ 8.5 holes MOB-G03-*-50 14 23.4 8.5
54 54
4-M5x12
40.5 4- φ D counterbore
φ d holes
14 MOB-G03-*-J50 11 26.5 6.5
P
A B
70
46
T T Seal Part List

34.5
T
32.5
A
69
31
46
B Size Part Name Part Number Q'ty

P
01 O-ring AS568-012(NBR-90) 4
58
MOB-G03-A-H-50
03 O-ring AS568-014(NBR-90) 5
O-ring NBR-90 P28 4
06
O-ring NBR-90 P20 2
45
H
Note) The materials and hardness of the O-ring con-

form with JIS B2401.
Hydraulic Operating Fluid

Performance Curves Kinematic Viscosity 32mm2/s
MOB-G06-AA-5411A Pressure Loss Characteristics
12 92
57.2
15.9
MOB-G03-A-J50
2-M6x16
1.4 {14.3}
Pressure Loss
MPa {kgf/cm2}
1.2 {12.2}
101.6
1.0 {10.2}
88.1
2- φ 6
76.6
65.9
169
130.2
0.8 {8.2}
50
34.1
P→A
18.3
0.6 {6.1}
77
0.4 {4.1}
53.2
4-M10x17
52.5
0.2 {2.0}
B→T
0 20 40 60 80 100 120
11.9
1.6 14.3
55.6
6- φ 19x13 counterbore
φ 13 holes
69.9 Flow rate ℓ/min
23.1 71.5
116 65
D-89
SUBPLATE
A Solenoid Valve/Modular Valve

Subplate
B Features
This plate is for when only a single sole- The 01 and 03 sizes include one-side
noid valve and modular is used. piping types.
C
D
Use the following table for specification when a sub plate is 03 (nominal diameter)
required. For back piping
01 (nominal diameter) MSA-03(X)-10 77
4- φ 17.5x2 counterbore
( φ 17.5x10.8)
98 54 φ 11 hole
For back piping (MS-03(X)-30)
Modular Valve
23.8
7.5 83 7.5 4-M6x12
E
20.6
MSA-01Y-10 20 40.5 Sub Plate (M8x15)
30.2 71.5
21.5 30 41.5
12.7 27 11.5 P
0.75
7.5
5.1
12
11.5
B
1.6
A
16.6
114
70
92
46
F
T
T
27.5
T
43.5
9.5
15.5
25.9
31.75
70
55
31
A B B A
P
P 93
4- φ11 counterbore 100
G 4- φ 7
7.5
4-M5x12 4-Rc “E”
35
25
φ 5.5 hole
Sub Plate Number

H Model No.
Pipe Outlet
Size E
Maximum Working Recommended
Pressure
MPa{kgf/cm2}
Flow Rate
ℓ/min
Weight
kg Mounting
A
Model No. Pressure Flow Rate E
32
5
bolt
MSA-01X-10 1/4 20 1.2 MPa{kgf/cm2} ℓ/min
25 T B
22
{255} MSA-03-10 25 45 3/8
I
MSA-01Y-10 3/8 40 1.2 M6
{255} P
MSA-03X-10 80 1/2
MS-03-30 25 45 3/8 5 4-Rc “E”
M8
MS-03X-30 {255} 80 1/2 30 16
J
Note) Dimensions in parentheses indicate MS-03 (X) -30.
For one-side piping For one-side piping

MSA-01Y-T-10 MSA-03(X)-T-10
30 4
(MS-03(X)-T-10)
K A B T
22
24
28
40
45
48
P
64
4-Rc3/8
23
75 93
L 4-M5x12
98
23.8
20.6
66 P φ 14 hole
T
0.75
15.5
7.5
4- φ 7.5
16.6
5.1
P
A B
M
T
90
31.75 12
70
46
B T
25.9
70
45
55
31
A
9.5
1.6
P A B
4-M6x15 54
4-(M8x15) 4- φ11 port
135
7.5
N
12.7
21.5 165
30.2 φ 5.5 hole
20 40.5 4-Rc “E”
7.5 83 7.5
71 A
40
23
28
O P T
7 33
Note) Dimensions in parentheses indicate MS-03 (X) -T-10.
22
Mounting Pipe Outlet Weight

Model No. Pressure Flow Rate
bolt Size E kg
Maximum Working Recommended MSA-03-T-10 45 3/8
Pipe Outlet Weight M6 25 {255} 3.8
Model No. Pressure Flow Rate MSA-03X-T-10 80 1/2
Size E kg
MS-03-T-10 45 3/8
MSA-01Y-T-10 3/8 25 {255} 40 1.9 M8 25 {255} 3.8
MS-03X-T-10 80 1/2
D-90
04 (nominal diameter) 164
MDS-04(X)-10 11 142
20.2 101.6
76.6 2- φ 4 (pin hole)
2-M6x12 50
34.1 3- φ 6
18.3
11
1.6
15.9
14.3
11
T
34.9
57.2
55.6
L P X
69.9
71.5
70
92
A B
Y
65.9 4-M10x17
4- φ 17.5x11 counterbore 88.1 4- φ 17.5
φ 11 holes
35
Modular Valve
21
A B
Y
L
55.7
X
52
41.5
3-Rc 1/4
16
16
T P
14.4
Maximum Working Recommended 17.2

Model No.
Pipe Outlet
Pressure Flow Rate
Weight 4-Rc “E”
Size E kg 37.2
MPa{kgf/cm2} ℓ/min 49.2
MDS-04-10 1/2 80 80.2
25 {255} 4.5 92.2
MDS-04X-10 3/4 150 114.2
125.7
06 (nominal diameter)
MDS-06(X)-30 (for back piping)
154
130.2
112.7
100.8
94.5
77
53.2 2- φ 7x8 (pin hole)
12 29.4
17.5 4- φ 22x13 counterbore
5.6 φ 14 holes
4.7
12
T P Y
19
2- φ 11 hole
46
17.5
L Rc 1/4(back)
74.6
73
92.1
118
A B
X
32 φ 11 hole 25.4 6-M12x25

35 Rc 1/4 (back) 180.8
207
4- φ 20 hole
Rc “E” (back)

Pipe Outlet Weight
Model No. Pressure Flow Rate
Size E kg
MDS-06-30 3/4 150
25 {255} 5.2
MDS-06X-30 1 300
D-91
MDS-06(X)-T-10 (for one-side piping)
A 138.1
102
54.8
41
T P Y
2-Rc 1/4
C Rc “E”
154
130
D
112.7
100.8
94.5
77 2- φ 7x8 (pin hole)
53.2
12 29.4 3- φ 8.4
Modular Valve
17.5
E 5.6 4- φ 20
17.4
12
4.7
T P
46
F
74.6
19
Y
73
L
116
92
A B
X
G 4- φ 17.5 counterbore
φ11 holes
25.3
180.8
6-M12x25
204
H Rc 1/4
X A B
I
70
41
25
42.9
78.6
J 126.2

K Model No.
Pipe Outlet
Size E
Pressure
MPa{kgf/cm2}
Flow Rate
ℓ/min
Weight
kg
MDS-06-T-10 3/4 150

25 {255} 9.0
MDS-06X-T-10 1 300
D-92
Valve Installation Bolt List
01 (nominal diameter) 03 (nominal diameter) SS-G03-***-**-22

SS SS-G03-***-**-J22 SA-G03-***-**-21
-G01-***-**-31
SA SA-G03-***-**-J21
SL
-G01-***-**-40
SE
Modular Valve
Model Number X Model Number X Model Number X
SA-G01-***-**-31 SS-G03-***-R-**-J22 SS-G03-***-R-**-22

60.5 58
SS-G01-***-R-**-31 SA-G03-***-R-**-J21 SA-G03-***-R-**-21
37.5
SL-G01-***-R-**-31
SE-G01-***-GR-**-40
Dimension Dimension Dimension

Type Model Number Bolt length Type Model Number Bolt length Type Model Number Bolt length
L L L
Hexagon Socket
Hexagon Socket
OTH-01-45-10 0 45 OTH-03-125-J30 55 M6×125 OTH-03-125-30 55 M8×125

Head Bolt
Head Bolt
OTH-01-70-10 25 70 -180- 110 M6×180 -180- 110 M8×180

Hexagon Socket Head Bolt
85 40 85 OTD-03-135-J30 55 M6×135 OTD-03-135-30 55 M8×135
110 65 110 -170- 90 M6×170 -170- 90 M8×170
125 80 125 -190- 110 M6×190 -190- 110 M8×190

Stat Bolt
Stat Bolt
150 105 150 -225- 145 M6×225 -225- 145 M8×225
165 120 165 -245- 165 M6×245 -245- 165 M8×245

190 145 190 -280- 200 M6×280 -280- 200 M8×280
205 160 205 -300- 220 M8×300
-300- 220 M6×300
OTD-01-80-10 25 80
Note) 1. Model numbers indicate bolt kits for one
95 40 95 solenoid valve.
2. Up to four modular valves can be ganged
120 65 120 together.
3. 01 Size
135 80 135 Modular valves at a height of 40 + 25 = 65mm
are ganged to one level.
145 90 145 4. 2-pressure reducing valves at a height of
90 mm are ganged to two levels.
160 105 160 5. Refer to page E-31 for installation bolts
for SE-G03.
175 120 175
Stat Bolt
185 130 185
200 145 200
210 155 210
215 160 215
225 170 225
240 185 240
250 195 250
265 210 265
275 220 275
D-93
04 (nominal diameter)
A to to
D Model No. X
Modular Valve
DSS-G04-***-R-**-22
34
E DSA-G04-***-**-22
Dimension
Type Model Number Bolt Size Bolt length
L
F OTH-04-120-10 70
M6 115
Hexagon Socket Head Bolt
M10 120
M6 130
-135- 85
G M10
M6
135
185
-190- 140
M10 190
H -205- 155
M6
M10
200
205
M6 123
OTD-04-135-10 70
I M10
M6
135
138
-150- 85
M10 150
J -205- 140
M6 193
Stat Bolt
M10 205
M6 210
-220- 155
K M10
M6
220
265
-275- 210
M10 275
L -290- 225
M6
M10
278
290
Note) 1. The above model numbers indicate bolt kits for one
solenoid valve.
2. Up to three modular valves can be ganged together.
M 3. There is a bolt for ganging four valves, but the maxi-
mum operating pressure is limited to 21 MPa. For de-
tails, consult your agent.
(See page D-4)
D-94
Tightening Torque
Nominal Diameter A Bolt Size Nominal
Bolt Size Tightening Torque N∙m{kgf∙cm}
Diameter
01 15 M5 01 M5 5 to 7 { 51 to 71}
03 18 M6 03 M6 10 to 13 {102 to 133}
03 22 M8 03 M8 20 to 25 {205 to 255}
18 M6 M6 10 to 13 {102 to 133}
D
04 04
26 M10 M10 45 to 55 {460 to 560}
Dimensions other than bolt length are in accordance

with JIS B 1176.
Modular Valve
Stat Bolts and Nuts
Model No. A B C D E F Bolt Size
OTD-01-***-10 12 9 8.5 16 11 4 M5
OTD-03-***-J30 20 10 10 18 11.5 5 M6
OTD-03-***-30 25 12.5 13 22 15 6 M8
20 10 10 18 11.5 5 M6
OTD-04-***-10
25 18 16 23 15 8 M10
Stat bolts and nuts are included. The E dimension is the effective screw depth.
D-95
BASE BLOCK
A 01, 03 Base Block
B Features
This block, which allows piping from both sides, is designed for use with combinations
of two or more solenoid valves and modular valves.
C
MOB – 01X – B3 – 10
D Design number
Note) Another series of multi-pump blocks is available for the
MBS and MBW Series NACHI PACK. For details, see page
L-16.
Sequential number
Modular Valve
A, B port piping diameter X: One size larger than nominal diameter
E
Y: Two size larger than nominal diameter
Base block for modular valve
F Installation Dimension Drawings

01 (nominal diameter) bass block
MOB-01X-B*-10
G 26
LA
LB 9
φ 9 holes
26 Rc 3/8
Plug Tightening Torque
15
15
T T
31
Plug Configuration Tightening Torque N∙m{kgf∙cm}

33
B B
47
47
66
T P T P
H
P A A P TPHA-1/4 25 to 30 {255 to 305}
TPHA-3/8 40 to 48 {410 to 490}

49 Rc 3/8
LF P-M5x12
LE
LD
I
LC 40
Weight
N-Rc 1/4 4 13 Model No. LA LB LC LD LE LF N P
kg
A1
14
A2 MOB-01X-B2-10 129 111 − 4 8 2.8

38
−
52
J
B2 B1
B3 178 160 − 6 12 3.8
−
B4 227 209 8 16 4.9
Maximum Maximum 98
Pipe Outlet B5 276 258 147 10 20 5.9
Model No. Working Pressure Flow Rate
Size (A, B) 196
K MOB-01X-B*-10 1/4 25 {255} 20
B6 325 307 245 12 24 6.9
MOB-01Y-W*-10
L LA
LB
LC
12
55
LD
LE
2-Rc 1/2 LF P-M5x12
M
36.5 50 36.5
28
28
48.5
T T
52

68
68
B B
T T
97
P P P P
A A TPHA-3/8 40 to 48 {410 to 490}
N 2- φ 14x8.6 counterbore
φ 8.5 holes 2-Rc 1/2
TPHA-1/2 55 to 66 {560 to 675}
P-Rc 3/8
(Dual side outlet) Weight
Model No. LA LB LC LD LE LF P
O
kg
20
54
A2 A1
73
MOB-01Y-W1-10 110 86 4 5.1

B2 B1 −
5 25 W2 160 136 − 8 7.3
2-M10x15 −
W3 210 186 − 12 9.6
Maximum Maximum W4 260 236 16 11.8
Pipe Outlet
Model No. Working Pressure Flow Rate 100
Size (A, B) W5 310 286 150 20 14.0
200
MOB-01Y-W*-10 3/8 25 {255} 40 W6 360 336 250 24 16.2
D-96
03 (nominal diameter) bass block
MOB-03X-B*-(J)30
LF 60 NX4-M6×13
2-Rc 3/4 (NX4-M8×13)
LE
31 LD 31
15 LC 15
10
T
32
10.3
T T
60
60
88
A A
23.8
T
P P
100
120
54
P P
10.3
B B
2- M10×18 1.5
(For hanging bolt) 9.5 16.5 4-φ 8.5 holes
M10×15
LB 46 8 (From back surface) 2-Rc 3/4
LA
52
Modular Valve
70
B2 A2 B1 A1
20 20
60
M-Rc 1/2
(Dual side outlet)

TPHA-1/2 55 to 66 {560 to 675}
TPHA-3/4 90 to 108 {918 to 1100}
Dimensions Weight
Model No.
LA LB LC LD LE LF M N kg
MOB-03X-B2-(J)30 200 184 80 − 8 2 10.3

−
Maximum Maximum
Pipe Outlet B3 280 264 80 160 − 12 3 14.3
Model No. Working Pressure Flow Rate
Size (A, B)
MPa{kgf/cm2} ℓ/min B4 360 344 80 160 240 16 4 18.4
MOB-03X-B*-(J)30 1/2 25 {255} 80 B5 440 424 80 160 240 320 20 5 22.4

Note) Dimensions in parentheses are for model number MOB-03X-B*-30,
which is the model number when using M8 valve mounting bolts.
D-97
M35 VALVE SERIES
A High-pressure M35 Series

50 to 300ℓ/min
35MPa
B Features
The High-Pressure M35 Series re- This valve incorporates NACHI original •Press Machinery
sponds to the needs of high density in a flow control technology and heat treat- Press brakes, punching presses
C variety of fields by enabling higher den-

sity hydraulic systems.
ment, plus precision machining to cre-
ate high-performance valves with the
•Underground Machinery
Shield tunneling machinery, removal systems,
following features: etc.
•Construction Machinery
•High-pressure 35MPa
From mini vehicles to 6 to 10-ton vehicles,
D
•High reliability and compact design
shovels, etc.
•Environmental Related
Granulators, filter presses, scrap presses
•Testing Equipment
Modular Valve
Impulse, durability, performance testers, etc.
E •M35 Series Modular Valve (O * H) •M35 Series Industry Specific Components

By integrating multiple hydraulic devices, this valve can be •Jack Valve
used when configuring hydraulic circuits even in the high-pres- Maximum Working Pressure : 35MPa{357kgf/cm2}
F sure range. See page D-12 for information about the 04 size.
This series consists of pressure, flow rate, and flow direction
Maximum Flow Rate
•Logic Cartridge Mono Block
: to 100ℓ/min
control valves. Maximum Working Pressure : 35MPa{357kgf/cm2}

Maximum Working Pressure : 35MPa{357kgf/cm2} Maximum Flow Rate : to 7000ℓ/min
Maximum Flow Rate : to 300ℓ/min
G •M35 Series Non-leak Solenoid Valve (SNH) •M35 Series Industry Specific Components
A NACHI original structure is used to configure this wettype •
Hydraulic accessories (stop valves, filters, accumulators,
shutoff valve that isolates internal leaks. Installation conforms hoses, etc.); NACHI-MOOG servo level
to ISO4401 standards, so it can be used in a wide range of
H applications in combination with modular valves. For more in-
formation, see page E-57.
Maximum Working Pressure : 35MPa{357kgf/cm2}
I •M35 Series Related Components

•High-response proportional flow control valve
Maximum Working Pressure : 31.4MPa{320kgf/cm2}
J
Specifications
K M35 Series Modular Valve

Maximum Maximum Number of
Modular Valve Product Series
Size Working Pressure Flow Rate Integration

Maximum working pressure MPa
O*H-G01 O*H-G03 O*H-G04

MPa{kgf/cm2} ℓ/min Levels 35
L 01
03 35 {357}
50
100 to 3 25
O*-G01 O*-G03
04 300 21
M
Dimensions
Size Height (mm) Width (mm) Remarks
N 01 40 46 Same dimensions as
0 50 100 200
Maximum flow Rate ℓ /min
300
03 55 70 the M25 Series
O 04 70 91
Note) M8 installation bolts only are used for the 03 size.
D-98
01 03 Size Specifications
Maximum Pressure Adjustment Range
Maximum JIS Symbol
Type
Name Valve Model Number Operating (Cracking Pressure)
Flow Rate
Power MPa{kgf/cm2}
Solenoid
Solenoid SA-G**-**-**-31(21)
Valves
Valves SS-G**-**-**-31(22) P T B A
ORH-G01-P*-10 G01 3:3.5 to 25MPa{35.7 to 255kgf/cm2}

Relief
-W*- 40ℓ/min 5:7 to 35MPa{71.4 to 357kgf/cm2}
Valves
(Balance ORH : Relief valve
ORH-G03-P*-10 G03 P: P (→T) port
Type)
-W*- 80ℓ/min W: AB (→T) port
D
ORH-G01-DW*-10 G01 3:3.5 to 25MPa{35.7 to 255kgf/cm2}

-DA*- 20ℓ/min 5:7 to 35MPa{71.4 to 357kgf/cm2}
Relief
Modular Valve
-DB*-
Valves
(Direct
ORH-G03-DW*-10 G03 DW: AB (→T) port
Type)
-DA*- 30ℓ/min DA: A (→T) port
-DB*- DB: B (→T) port
OGH : Reducing valve

OGH-G01-P*-10 G01 3:3.5 to 25MPa{35.7 to 255kgf/cm2}
-B*- 40ℓ/min
Reducing
Valve OGH-G03-P*-(B)-10 G03 P: P port
-B*- 80ℓ/min B: B port
OYH-G01-W-Y-10 35MPa G01 Y: Meter out

-A-Y- {357kgf/ 50ℓ/min X: Meter in
-B-Y- cm2}
OPH : Pilot check valve
Flow Control Valves
-W-X- W: AB port
-A-X- A: A port
Flow -B-X B: B port
Regulator
Valves OYH-G03-W-Y-10 G03
-A-Y- 100ℓ/min
-B-Y-
-W-X-
-A-X-
-B-X
OCH-G01-P*-10 G01 1:0.04MPa{0.4kgf/cm2}

-T*- 50ℓ/min 2:0.35MPa{3.6kgf/cm2}
Check 3:0.5 MPa{5.1kgf/cm2}
Valves
OCH-G03-P*-10 G03 P: P port
Direction Control Valves
-T*- 100ℓ/min T: T port
OPH-G01-W*-(F)-10 G01 1:0.2MPa{2.0kgf/cm2}

-A*- 50ℓ/min 2:0.5MPa{5.1kgf/cm2}
-B*-
Pilot
OPH-G03-W*-(D)-10 G03 W: AB port
Check
-A*- 100ℓ/min A: A port
Valves
-B**- B: B port
D: Direct type (no small valve,
G03 only)
F: Decomp type (with small
valve, G01 only)
D-99
WET TYPE SOLENOID OPERATED
DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVE
SS Series(Wiring System: Central Terminal Box) 100 to 160ℓ/min

Wet Type Solenoid Valve 35MPa
Features
qVery long life compensation construction provide ing this valve with a modular valve
The movable iron core of the wet type large capacity and low pressure loss. contributes to the compact configu-
solenoid is immersed in oil, which G01 : 35MPa{357kgf/cm2}100ℓ/min ration of the overall device.
keeps it lubricated and cushions it G03 : 35MPa{357kgf/cm2}160ℓ/min uCompliant with global and interna-
from impact and vibration, ensuring rEasy connections tional safety regulations (G01 size
very long life. A special wiring box provides a COM CE, UL, CSA, and G03 size UL). Can
wLow switching noise port and indicator light as standard be used safely around the world.
The wet-type solenoid valve provides for simple wiring and maintenance. Contact us for models and specifica-
very low core switching noise, for tEasy coil replacement tions of compliant products.
quiet operation. A plug-in type coil enables one-touch
eHigh pressure, large capacity, with coil replacement.
E
minimal pressure loss yWide-ranging backward compatibili-
Comprehensive fluid reaction force ty makes it simple to replace previous
compensation and low pressure valve models with this one. Combin-
Solenoid Valve
Specifications
SS-G01 SS-G03
Standard Type
Model No.
Standard Type Shockless Type DC Solenoid Type Shockless Type
AC Solenoid Type
(With built-in rectifier)
Maximum Maximum Working Maximum Maximum Working Maximum Maximum Working Maximum Maximum Working Maximum Maximum Working
Operation
JIS Symbol Flow Rate Pressure Flow Rate Pressure Flow Rate Pressure Flow Rate Pressure Flow Rate Pressure
Symbol ℓ/min MPa{kgf/cm2} ℓ/min MPa{kgf/cm2} ℓ/min MPa{kgf/cm2} ℓ/min MPa{kgf/cm2} ℓ/min MPa{kgf/cm2}
b A B
-A2X-
P T
A B a
40
-H2X- 30 30 85 85
P T
b A B a
-E2X- 85
P T
b A B
-A3X-
P T
A B a
80
-H3X-
P T
b A B a
-E3X- 100
P T
b A B
-A3Z-
P T
A B a
-H3Z- 65
P T
b A B a
-E3Z-
P T
b A B
-A4-
P T
A B a
50
-H4- 35{357} 35{357}
P T
b A B
-A5- 35{357} 25{255} 25{255}
P T
A B a
50 130 160 130
-H5-
P T
A B
b a
-C2-
P T
A B
b a
-C5- 100
P T
A B
b a
-C9-
P T
A B
b a
-C1S-
P T
A B
b a
-C6S-
P T
A B
b a
-C1- AC Solenoid
P T 65
b
A B
a DC Solenoid
-C6- 80
P T
A B
b a
-C4-
P T
A B
b a
-C7Y- 50
P T
A B 40 70 25{255} 100 25{255} 85
b a
-C8-
P T
Note) The maximum flow rate of each valve depends on the pressure. For details, see pages E-9 and E-10.
E-1
SS-G01 SS-G03
DC Solenoid DC Solenoid
AC Solenoid AC Solenoid
Built-in Rectifier Built-in Rectifier
C* E* D* C* E* D*
Maximum
Working P, A, B ports 35(25)MPa{357(255)kgf/cm2}(Note1)
B
Pressure
Maximum
Allowable T port 21MPa{214kgf/cm2} 16MPa{163kgf/cm2}
Backpressure
Switching frequency Standard Type 300 300 300 240
120 120
C (cycles/minute)
Standard
Shockless Type
Indicator light
−
R
120 −
R
120
Shockless − F − F
Option
Surgeless G − G G − G
With manual push-button N N
Quick Return − Q − − Q −
Weight Double Solenoid 1.8 2.0 4.2 5.5
E (kg) Single Solenoid

Dust Resistance/Water Resistance Rank
1.4 1.5 3.5
JIS C 0920 IP64 (Dust-tight, Splash-proof)
4.1
Environment
Ambient Temperature − 20 to 50°C

Operating
Solenoid Valve
Temperature Range − 20 to 70°C

F
Operating
Fluid
Kinematic Viscosity Range 15 to 300mm2/s

Filtration 25 μm or less
M6 × 70 (Four)
Mounting bolt
Size × Length M5 × 45 (Four)

G (M8 × 70 (Four))
M6 10 to 13N·m{102 to 133kgf·cm}
Tightening Torque M5 5 to 7N·m{51 to 71kgf·cm}
(M8 20 to 25N·m{204 to 255kgf·cm})
H Note) 1. Maximum operating pressure depends on the valve type. For details, see page E-1.

2. For mounting bolts, use bolts with 12.9 strength classification or equivalent.
3. Mounting bolts are not included with the 01 size.
4. For 03 size installation bolts and spacers are provided. Attach the spacers to the valve to maintain the appropriate fitting length even if you do
not use the installation bolts provided to add on modular valves.
I •Handling
zIn order to realize the full benefits of Contact your agent when you need ⁄2Note that manual pin operating pres-
the wet type solenoid valve, config- to maintain a switching position for a sure changes in accordance with
ure piping so oil is constantly sup- long period. tank line back pressure.
J plied to the T(R) port. Never use a
stopper plug in the T(R) port.
⁄1When using a detent type (E2X, 3X,
E3Z), use constant energization in or-
⁄3The series described in the table be-
low are available for use as RSS and
xEnsure that surge pressure in excess der to securely maintain the switch- RIS Series solenoid control relief
of the maximum allowable back pres- ing position. valves.
K
sure does not reach the T port.
cNote that the maximum flow rate 15
RSS-***-AR*-(H)-**-
is limited when used as a four-way 23 SS-G01-AR-R-**-31
valve, or by blocking ports for use as RIS-***-AR*-(H)-**-21
a two-way valve or one-way valve.
15
L vAlways keep the operating fluid clean.
Allowable contamination is class
RSS-***-AQ*-(H)-**-
23
RIS-***-AQ*-(H)-**-21
SS-G01-A3X-R-**-31
NAS12 or less.
bWhen using petroleum type operat- 15
RSS-***-*-F(H)-**- SS-G01-A8X0-R-**-31
ing fluid, use JIS K 2213 Class 1 or 23
M Class 2, or equivalent.
nFor details about using fire-resistant
RIS-***-*-F-**-21 SS-G01-A3X-R-**-31
hydraulic fluid, see page D-1 for more ⁄4The coil surface temperature increas- ⁄5Use the following table for specifica-
information. es if this valve is kept continuously tion when a sub plate is required.
mUse this valve only within the allow-
N able voltage range.
,Do not allow the AC solenoid to be-
energized. Install the valve so there is
no chance of it being touched directly
by hand.
come charged until you install the coil
into the valve. Maximum Working Recommended
Pipe Weight
.In the case of operation symbols
O
Model No. Pressure Flow Rate Applicable Valve Type
Diameter (kg)
A2X, H2X, and E2X, run drain piping MPa{kgf/cm2} (ℓ/min)
from the valve T port. MSA-01X-10 1/4 20
⁄0Maintaining a switching position un- 1.2 SS-G01-**-R-**-31
MSA-01Y-10 3/8 40
der high pressure for a long period
can cause abnormal operation due to MSA-03-10 3/8 45
25{255} 2.3 SS-G03-**-R-**-J22
hydraulic lockup. MSA-03X-10 1/2 80
MS-03-30 3/8 45
2.3 SS-G03-**-R-**-22
MS-03X-30 1/2 80
E-2
•Solenoid Assembly Specifications
Power
Solenoid
Voltage Frequency For SS-G01 For SS-G03
Type
Supply
(V) (Hz) Solenoid Coil Drive Current Holding Current Holding Power Allowable Solenoid Coil Drive Current Holding Current Holding Power Allowable
Type Type (A) (A) (W)
Voltage Range
(V) Type (A) (A) (W)
Voltage Range
(V)
50 2.2 0.52 25 80 to 110 5.4 0.92 36.0 80 to 110

AC100
C1 60 EDC64-C1 2.0 0.38 22 ECB64-C1 4.6 0.62 34.0
90 to 120 90 to 120
AC110 60 2.2 0.46 28 5.0 0.78 42.0
50 2.0 0.47 25 90 to 120 5.0 0.85 36.0 90 to 120
AC110
C115 60 EDC64-C115 1.8 0.35 22 ECB64-C115 4.2 0.57 34.0
100 to 130 100 to 130
AC115 60 2.0 0.42 28 4.6 0.72 42.0
AC
50 1.1 0.26 25 160 to 220 2.7 0.46 36.0 160 to 220

AC200
C2 60 EDC64-C2 1.0 0.19 22 ECB64-C2 2.3 0.31 34.0
180 to 240 180 to 240
AC220 60 1.1 0.23 28 2.5 0.39 42.0
50 1.0 0.24 25 180 to 240 2.5 0.42 36.0 180 to 240
AC220
C230 60 EDC64-C230 0.91 0.17 22 ECB64-C230 2.1 0.29 34.0
200 to 260 200 to 260
AC230 60 1.0 0.21 28 2.3 0.36 42.0
E1 AC100 50/60 EDC64-E1-1A 0.31 27 90 to 110 ECB64-E1 0.40 34.0 90 to 110
DC with Built-in Rectifier
AC110 0.26 25 0.33 31.0

E115 50/60 EDC64-E115-1A 100 to 125 ECB64-E115 100 to 125
E
AC115 0.27 27 0.34 34.0
E2 AC200 50/60 EDC64-E2-1A 0.15 26 180 to 220 ECB64-E2 0.22 37.0 180 to 220
AC220 0.12 24 0.16 30.0
E230 50/60 EDC64-E230-1A 200 to 250 ECB64-E230 200 to 250
AC230 0.13 27 0.17 33.0
Solenoid Valve
D1 DC12  EDC64-D1-1A 2.2 26 10.8 to 13.2 ECB64-D1 2.6 31.0 10.8 to 13.2
DC
D2 DC24  EDC64-D2-1A 1.1 26 21.6 to 26.4 ECB64-D2 1.5 36.0 21.6 to 26.4

SS – G 03 – A 3 X – * R – C2 – J22
Design number
31: 01 size
22: 03 size for mounting bolt M8
J22: 03 size for mounting bolt M6
Power supply
C: AC (50/60Hz) C1=AC100V C115=AC110V C2=AC200V C230=AC220V
D: DC D1=DC12V D2=DC24V
E: AC (Built-in rectifier; 50/60Hz)
E1=AC100V E115=AC115V E2=AC200V E230=AC230V
With indicator light
Auxiliary symbol (Can be combined in alphabetic sequence.)

F: Shockless type (Available with power supply D*, E)
G: Surgeless type (Available with power supply C*, D*)
N: With manual push-button
Q: Quick return type (Available with power supply E*)
Transition Flow Path(Specify for A2X, H2X, E2X, A3X, H3X, E3X, A3Z, H3Z, E3Z, C7Y only)
X Y Z
Closed Semi-open Open
Center position
0 1 2 3 4 5
A B A B A B A B A B A B
P T P T P T P T P T P T
6 7 8 9 1S 6S
Note 1: P = Pressure port; A and B = Connection port to cylinder, etc.; T(R) = Connection port to tank
Operation Method
A H C E
Spring Offset Spring Center Detent
b A B A B a A B b A B a
b a
P T P T P T P T
Nominal diameter
01 size
03 size
Mounting method
G: Cascade mounting
Wet type solenoid operated directional control valve
E-3
Options (Auxiliary Symbol Explanations)
Shockless Type Surgeless Type

(Auxiliary Symbol: F) (Auxiliary Symbol: G)
B Switching Response Characteristics The surge pressure waveforms when the DC so-
lenoid valve power supply is opened and closed
The pressure waveforms for each valve in the
hydraulic circuit shown below are shown at the by a relay are shown at the bottom of this block.
bottom of this block. A built-in surge absorber element eliminates
C Opening and closing of a dry type valve gener-

ates shock (noise) and pipe vibration due to the
sparking and surge pressure.
sudden drop or rise in pressure. With a shock-

less solenoid valve, pressure fluctuation when Surge suppressor
Relay contact
the valve is opened or closed is smoothened,
which eliminates shock (noise) and pipe vibra-
tion. DC power
SS-G03-***-GR-D2-J22
supply
φ 63× φ 35×300 W=150kg
E
R=1Ω
Voltage
Current
Solenoid Valve
Storage oscilloscope
F
A B
SS-G03-C5-FR-D2-J22
P T
I Spark time
Dry type Shockless type Normal form Surgeless time
J Manual Button Type Quick Return

(Auxiliary Symbol: N) (Auxiliary Symbol: Q)
K •Handling
zThis type is used in the case of power supply
Push-button type E* (with built-in rectifier) to shorten the
Can be locked by pressing spring return time. This also applies to D*.
L the button and rotating 90°. xQuick return device is built-in to central ter-
minal box.
φD
M Stroke S
L SW
Power supply
Surge absorber
Recovery Time
Rectifier Circuit
Limiter Circuit
Solenoid
Full Wave
N
Model No. L S D
O SS-G01
AC Solenoid
DC Solenoid
133.5
140.5
7.5 30
AC Solenoid 155.5
SS-G03 9.5 35
DC Solenoid 173.5
E-4
Holes for temporary nameplate or customer’s
Installation Dimension Drawings Indicator light nameplate mounting holes for wiring.
SOL b Recommended nameplate dimensions.
AC Solenoid Self-tapping screws for mounting; 3.5 x 10.
SS-G01- A**-R-C*-31 T
SS-G01-H**-R-C*-31 B
26
32
A
Note) SS-G01-H**-R-**-31
P
The solenoid is on the opposite side of that shown
φ 2.8
for SOLa in the illustrations shown here. 12
2 to G (Previously PF) 1/2 φ 7.5
Indicator light
SOL a
87
71.5
SOL b
48
37.5
25.5
46 66
φ 5.5
E
102 48.5
Manual push-button 150.5
Solenoid Valve
SS-G01-C**-R-C*-31
SS-G01- E**-R-C*-31
SOL b SOL a
102 102
49.8 204
Space required for coil removal
DDC Solenoid and Rectifier
SS-G01-A**-R-D/E*-31
SS-G01-H**-R-D/E*-31
SS-G01- C**-R-D/E*-31
SS-G01- E **-R-D/E*-31 SOL b SOL a
φ 5.5
37.5
109 48.5
157.5
60.5 218
For sub plate SS-G01

Model No. E Weight
MSA-01X-10 1/4 1.2kg
MSA-01Y-10 3/8 1.2kg 98

Gasket Surface Dimensions 7.5 83 7.5
ISO 4401-03-02-0-05 20 40.5
(JIS B 8355 D-03-02-0-05 ) 30.2 30
71.5
41.5
21.5
27 11.5
7.5
12.7
0.75
12
5.1
11.5
T
27.5
T
15.5
43.5
25.9
31.75
55
31
70
A B
P B A
P
4- φ 7.5
7.5
4-M5x12 4-Rc “E”

4- φ 9.5x1counterbore
φ 5.5hole
E-5
Installation Dimension Drawings Indicator light
Holes for temporary nameplate or customer’s
nameplate mounting holes for wiring.
SOL.b Recommended nameplate dimensions
AC Solenoid
SS-G03-A**-R-C*-J22 Self-tapping screws for mounting; 3.5 x 10.
P
SS-G03-H**-R-C*-J22
32
26
B
T T
A
φ 2.8
B
12
Indicator light
Note 1.) SS-G03-H**-R-**-J22 SOL.a
The solenoid is on the opposite side of that shown for
SOLa in the illustrations shown here.
C Note 2.) Attach the spacers to the valve, as shown in the dia-
gram at right, to maintain the appropriate fitting length
even if you do not use the installation bolts provided Wiring hole G1/2
with the SS-G03. Note 2) Spacer
SS-G03-**-*R-**-J22 SS-G03-**-*R-**-22
φD φ 6.8 φ 8.5
108.5
L 60.5 58 φD
92
SOL. b
68.5
E
L
36
70 93
Solenoid Valve
117.5 60.5
Manual push-button 178
F
Note 2) Spacer
SS-G03-C**-R-C*-J22
SS-G03- E**-R-C*-J22
G
SOL. b SOL. a
H
117.5 117.5
55 235
I Note 2) Spacer
DC Solenoid and Rectifier

SS-G03- A**-R-D*/E*-J22
J SS-G03-H**-R-D*/E*-J22
SS-G03- C**-R-D*/E*-J22 SOL. b SOL. a
SS-G03- E **-R-D*/E*-J22
K 4- φ 17.5x2 counterbore 63
135.5
196
271
60.5
77 (φ17.5x10.8)
φ11 holes Space required for coil removal
54
23.8
L 20.6 4-M6x12(M8x15)
1.6
P
16.6
114
B
For sub plate SS-G03
M
A
70
92
46
T
9.5
Mounting bolt Model No. E Weight
MSA-03-10 3/8
4- φ 11 holes M6
93 MSA-03X-10 1/2
N 100
M8
MS-03-30 3/8
2.3kg
35
MS-03X-30 1/2
25
M6 gasket surface dimensions
O A

ISO 4401-05-04-0-05
(
JIS B 8355 D-05-04-0-05 )
22 32
5
T B
5
4-Rc “E”
30 16
E-6
Wiring Diagram
Ground terminal Common terminals
Note) 1. In the case of a double solenoid valve, a common ter-

minal is provided to simplify wiring. When the common
COM
terminal is not used, remove the terminal screws.
SOL b SOL a 2. Use the ground terminal when grounding is required.
3. In the case of a solderless terminal, M3 screws.
4. Tighten terminal screws to a torque of 0.5 to 0.7N·m
{5.1 to 7.1kgf·cm}.
SOL b Ground terminal
SOL a
Electrical Circuit Diagram
Type Model No. Electrical Circuit

E
Solenoid Valve
50/60Hz
G01 31
AC Solenoid SS- -***-R-C*-
G03 J22 COM
50/60Hz
AC Solenoid G01 31
SS- -***-GR-C*-
Surgeless Type G03 J22 COM
50/60Hz
G01 31
Built-in Rectifier SS- -***-R-E*-
G03 J22 COM
G01 31
DC Solenoid SS- -***-R-D*-
G03 J22 COM
DC Solenoid G01 31
SS- -***-GR-D*-
Surgeless Type G03 J22 COM
Built-in Rectifier G01 31

SS- -***-QR-E*- See page E-4 for more information.
Quick Return Type G03 J22
E-7
{kgf/cm2 } Pump
Type Flow Path P→A P→B A→T B→T P→T
2.4 24.5
A2X, H2X, E2X d d − − −
2.2 22.4
B 2.0
f e
20.4 A3X, H3X
E3X
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
−
−
1.8 18.4
Pressure Loss
1.6 16.3 A3Z, H3Z, E3Z a a a a −

c b a
C
MPa
1.4 14.3 A4, H4, C4 a a a a a
1.2 12.2 A5, H5, C5, C6S b b b b −

SS-G01
1.0 10.2 C1, C1S b b a b −
0.8 8.2 C2 a b b b −
d
0.6 6.1 C6 b b a a −
0.4 4.1 C7Y f f e e c

0.2 2.0 C8 a f b e c
E 0 20 40 60 80 100
C9 a a b b −
Flow rate ℓ /min

Solenoid Valve
g e d
F
{kgf/cm2 }
1.6 16.3 Pump

Type Flow Path P→A P→B A→T B→T P→T
1.4 14.3 A2X, H2X, E2X e e − − −
G A5 − c c − −
Pressure Loss
1.2 12.2
H5 c − − c −
MPa
1.0 10.2
A3X, H3X, E3X c c d d −
c
H
0.8 8.2 A3Z, H3Z a a d d −
f
0.6 6.1 E3Z b b a a −
b C1 c c a c −
0.4 4.1 SS-G03
C2 a c c c −
I 0.2 2 a A4, H4, C4 a a a a a
C5, C1S, C6S c c c c −

0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160
C6 c c a a −
J Flow rate ℓ/min C7Y g g g g f
C8 a g a g f
C9 a a c c −
K
Switching Response Time
L
Response Time (sec)
Model No. Measurement Conditions
Solenoid ON Spring Return
SS-G01-**-R-C*-31 0.02 to 0.03 0.02 to 0.03

SS-G01-**-(G)R-D*-31 0.03 to 0.04 0.02 to 0.04
M
14MPa{143kgf/cm2}
SS-G01-**-R-E*-31 0.03 to 0.04 0.07 to 0.10
30ℓ/min
SS-G01-**-F(G)R-D*-31 0.07 to 0.10 0.04 to 0.07
SS-G01-**-FR-E*-31 0.07 to 0.10 0.10 to 0.15
SS-G03-**-R-C*-J22 0.02 to 0.03 0.02 to 0.03
N SS-G03-**-(G)R-D*-J22
SS-G03-**-R-E*-J22
0.06 to 0.09
0.07 to 0.10
0.03 to 0.05
0.10 to 0.15
14MPa{143kgf/cm2}
70ℓ/min
SS-G03-**-F(G)R-D*-J22 0.13 to 0.15 0.08 to 0.15
SS-G03-**-FR-E*-J22 0.10 to 0.15 0.15 to 0.20
O Note) 1. The switching response time changes slightly with operating conditions (pressure, flow rate, viscosity, etc.)
2. In the case of power supply type E* (with built-in rectifier), the spring return time using Quick Return (option symbol: Q) is the same as D*.
E-8
Pressure − Flow Volume Allowable Value
Standard Form, with AC, DC solenoid Shockless Type, with DC solenoid
Size Size
SS-G01-**-R-**-31 SS-G01-**-FR-**-31
Operation Operation
A B A B A B
Example b a b a b a
Example b A B a b A B a b A B a
Operation P T P T P T Operation P T P T P T
Symbol Symbol
A2X, H2X − K K A2X, H2X − P P
E2X − J J E2X − O O
A3X, H3X B K K A3X, H3X L P P
E3X A J J E3X L O O
A3Z, H3Z D D D A3Z, H3Z L L L
E3Z D D D E3Z L L L
A5 A − I A5 L − P
H5 A I − H5 L P −
C1, C6 Note1) C(E) I I C1, C6 M P P
C1S, C5, C6S A I I C1S, C2, C5, C6S, C9 L P P
C2, C9 A K K A4, H4 L L L
A4 F F F C4 L L L
E
H4 F F F C7Y, C8 N P P
C4 F F F
C7Y, C8 Note2) G(H) K K
Note) 1. Letter in parentheses is for AC solenoid.
Solenoid Valve
2. Letter in parentheses is for solenoid with built-in rectifier (E*),
but without Quick Return, and for DC solenoid (D*) with surge
voltage absorbing diode on the electrical circuit.
A L
100 50
Flow rate
ℓ/min
40
M
80 30
B N
C O
Flow rate
20
D
ℓ/min
60 10
E P
F
0
G 10 20 25
40 {102} {204} {255}
H
Pressure MPa
I {kgf/cm2}
20 J
K
0
10 20 30 35
{102} {204} {306} {357}
Pressure MPa
{kgf/cm2}
E-9
Standard Form, with AC Solenoid Standard Form, with DC Solenoid
Model No.
SS-G03-**-R-C*-J22 SS-G03-**-R-**-J22
Operation A B A B A B A B A B A B
Example b a b a b a b a b a b a
Operation
Symbol P T P T P T P T P T P T
B A2X
H2X
−
−
F
E
E
F
−
−
G
H
H
G
E2X − C C − D D
A3X A E E A F H
C H3X
A3Z
A
A
E
A
E
C
A
A
H
D
F
D
H3Z A C A A D D
E3X, E3Z A C C A D D
A5 A − D A − G
H5 A D − A G −
C1S, C5, C6S A D D A G G
C1, C6 A D D B G G
E C2
A4, H4, C4
A
A
G
A
D
A
A
A
I
A
G
A
C9 A G G A I I
Solenoid Valve
C7Y, C8 B B B Note1) C(E) C(E) C(E)
F 140
120
A
160
140 B
A
120
Flow rate
Flow rate
100
ℓ/min
ℓ/min
100 C
80
G 60
40 F
B
80
60 I
G
H
E
F
D
C 40
E D
20 G 20
H 0 10
{102}
20
{204}
Pressure MPa{kgf/cm }
30 35
{306} {357}
2
0 10
{102}
20 30 35
{204} {306} {357}
2
Shockless Type, with DC solenoid

Model No.
I
SS-G03-**-FR-**-J22
Operation A B A B A B
Example b a b a b a
Operation
Symbol P T P T P T
J A2X
H2X
−
−
E
F
F
E
E2X − C C
A3X A D F
K H3X
A3Z
A
A
F
C
D
C
H3Z A C C
E3X, E3Z A C C
L A5
H5
A
A
−
E
E
−
C1, C1S, C5, C6, C6S A E E
C2 A G E
M A4, H4, C4
C9
A
A
A
G
A
G
C7Y, C8 Note1) B(H) B(H) B(H)
140
A
N 120
Flow rate
100
ℓ/min
B
80
60
O
G H
E
40
C
20 F D
0 10 20 25
{102} {204} {255}
2
Note) 1. Letter in parentheses is for solenoid with built-in rectifier (E*), but without Quick Return, and for DC solenoid (D*) with surge voltage absorbing
diode on the electrical circuit.
2. There is no shockless type for the AC solenoid (C*), so use a solenoid with built-in rectifier (E*) when shockless operation is required with an AC
power supply.
3. The maximum flow rate is the allowable value of each port.
E-10
SS-G01-A**-R-C*-31 SS-G01-C**-R-C*-31
13 20 14 15 16 13 20 14 15 16
10 18 11 12 6 19 17 3 1 7 4 5 8 2 11 12 9 19 5 4 17 3 1 7 18 10
Solenoid Valve
SS-G01-A**-R-D/E*-31 SS-G01-C**-R-D/E*-31
13 20 14 15 16 13 20 14 15 16
10 18 11 12 6 19 17 3 1 7 4 5 8 2 11 12 9 19 5 4 17 3 1 7 18 10
List of Sealing Parts Part No. Part Name Part No. Part Name
1 Body 11 Rod
Q'ty
Part 2 Plug 12 Solenoid guide
Part Name Part Number Single Double
No. 3 Spool 13 Solenoid coil
Solenoid Solenoid
4 Retainer A 14 Packing
17 O-ring AS568-012(NBR-90) 4 4 5 Retainer B 15 Terminal box kit
18 O-ring NBR-70-1 P20 1 2 6 Retainer C 16 Nameplate
7 Spacer 17 O-ring
19 O-ring NBR-90 P18 2 2
8 Spring A 18 O-ring
20 O-ring S-25(NBR-70-1) 1 2 9 Spring C 19 O-ring
Note) The materials and hardness of the O-ring conforms with JIS 10 Nut 20 O-ring
B2401.
Seal Kit Number

Single Solenoid Double Solenoid
EDCS-A EDCS-C
E-11
SS-G03-A**-R-C*-J22 SS-G03-C**-R-C*-J22
19 20 12 15 16 18 2 19 20 12 15 16 18 10
E 8 10 11 9 7 5 3 17 1 6 4
8 11 9 7 4 3 17 1 6
Solenoid Valve
F SS-G03-A**-R-D/E*-J22 SS-G03-C**-R-D/E*-J22
G 19 20 12 15 16 18 2 19 20 12 15 16 18 10
J 8 10 14 13 11 9 7 5 3 17 1 6 4 8 14 13 11 9 7 4 3 17 1 6
K
1 Body 14 Coil yoke
Type/Part Number Q'ty
L
Part 2 Plug 15 Terminal box kit
Part Name Single Double
No. AC SOL. DC SOL. 3 Spool 16 Nameplate
Solenoid Solenoid
17 O-ring AS568-014(NBR-90) 5 5 5 Retainer B 18 O-ring
18 O-ring NBR-90 P28 2 2 6 Spacer 19 O-ring
M 19 O-ring NBR-70-1 P26 AS568-026(NBR-70-1) 1 2

7
8
9
Spring
Nut
Rod
20 O-ring
20 O-ring AS568-029(NBR-70-1) 1 2
10 Solenoid guide
Note) The materials and hardness of the O-ring conforms with JIS B2401.
11 Solenoid coil
N Seal Kit Number

12
13
Packing B
Coil case
AC SOL. DC SOL.
Single Solenoid Double Solenoid Single Solenoid Double Solenoid
O ECBS-AA ECBS-CA ECBS-AD ECBS-CD
E-12
SA Series(Wiring System: DIN Connector Type) 100 to 160ℓ/min

Wet Type Solenoid Valve 35MPa
Features
qVery long life eShockless yWide-ranging backward compatibili-
The movable iron core of the wet type A switching speed adjustment mech- ty makes it simple to replace previous
solenoid is immersed in oil, which anism enables direct, shockless op- valve models with this one. Combin-
keeps it lubricated and cushions it eration (Option F). ing this valve with a modular valve
from impact and vibration, ensuring rNo surge voltage contributes to the compact configu-
very long life. Sparking and surge voltage during ration of the overall device.
wLow switching noise solenoid switching is canceled for uGlobal support (G01 size)
The wet-type solenoid valve provides stable switching (Option G). Meets overseas safety standards
very low core switching noise, for tEasy coil replacement (CE, UL, and CSA). It can be safely
quiet operation. A DIN connector type coil enables used anywhere in the world. Contact
one-touch coil replacement. your agent for certified products.
E
Specifications
Solenoid Valve
SA-G01 SA-G03
Standard Type
Model No.
Standard Type Shockless Type DC Solenoid Type Shockless Type
AC Solenoid Type
(With built-in rectifier)
Maximum Maximum Working Maximum Maximum Working Maximum Maximum Working Maximum Maximum Working Maximum Maximum Working
Operation
JIS Symbol Flow Rate Pressure Flow Rate Pressure Flow Rate Pressure Flow Rate Pressure Flow Rate Pressure
Symbol ℓ/min MPa{kgf/cm2} ℓ/min MP{kgf/cm2} ℓ/min MPa{kgf/cm2} ℓ/min MPa{kgf/cm2} ℓ/min MPa{kgf/cm2}
b A B
-A2X-
P T
A B a
40
-H2X- 30 30 85 85
P T
b A B a
-E2X- 85
P T
b A B
-A3X-
P T
A B a
80
-H3X-
P T
b A B a
-E3X- 100
P T
b A B
-A3Z-
P T
A B a
-H3Z- 65
P T
b A B a
-E3Z-
P T
b A B
-A4-
P T
A B a
50
-H4- 35{357} 35{357}
P T
b A B
-A5- 35{357} 25{255} 25{255}
P T
A B a
50 130 160 130
-H5-
P T
A B
b a
-C2-
P T
A B
b a
-C5- 100
P T
A B
b a
-C9-
P T
A B
b a
-C1S-
P T
A B
b a
-C6S-
P T
A B
b a
-C1- AC Solenoid
P T 65
b
A B
a DC Solenoid
-C6- 80
P T
A B
b a
-C4-
P T
A B
b a
-C7Y- 50
P T
A B 40 70 25{255} 100 25{255} 85
b a
-C8-
P T
Note) The maximum flow rate of each valve depends on the pressure. For details, see pages E-21 and E-22.
E-13
SA-G01 SA-G03
DC Solenoid DC Solenoid
AC Solenoid AC Solenoid
Built-in Rectifier Built-in Rectifier
C* E* D* C* E* D*
Maximum
Working P, A, B ports 35(25)MPa{357(255)kgf/cm2}(Note1)
B
Pressure
Maximum
Allowable T port 21MPa{214kgf/cm2} 16MPa{163kgf/cm2}
Backpressure
Switching frequency Standard Type 300 300 300 240
120 120
C (cycles/minute) Shockless Type
Indicator light
−
R
120 −
R
120
Shockless − F − F
Option
Surgeless G − G G − G
G Screw Connector J − J J − J
With manual push-button N N
Weight
Double Solenoid 1.8 2.0 4.2 5.5

(kg)
E Single Solenoid
Dust Resistance/Water Resistance
1.4 1.5 3.5
JIS C 0920 IP65 (Dust-tight, Waterjet-proof) (Note 2)
4.1
Environment
Ambient Temperature -20 to 50°C

Operating
Solenoid Valve
F
Temperature Range -20 to 70°C
Operating
Fluid

M6×70 (Four)
Mounting bolt
G
Size × Length M5×45 (Four)
(M8×70 (Four))
M6 10 to 13N·m{102 to 133kgf·cm}
Tightening Torque M5 5 to 7N·m{51 to 71kgf·cm}
(M8 20 to 25N·m{204 to 255kgf·cm})
H
Note) 1. Maximum operating pressure depends on the valve type. For details, see page E-13.
2. The power supply type for E* is IP64 (dust-tight, splash-proof).
3. For mounting bolts, use bolts of 12.9 strength classification or equivalent.
4. Mounting bolts are not included with the 01 size. Bolts are included with the 03 size.
I •Handling
zIn order to realize the full benefits of hydraulic lockup. Contact your agent ⁄2Note that manual pin operating pres-
the wet type solenoid valve, config- when you need to maintain a switch- sure changes in accordance with
ure piping so oil is constantly sup- ing position for a long period. tank line back pressure.
J plied to the T(R) port. Never use a
stopper plug in the T(R) port.
⁄1When using a detent type (E2X, 3X,
E3Z), use constant energization in or-
⁄3The series described in the table be-
low are available for use as the RSA
xEnsure that surge pressure in excess der to securely maintain the switch- Series solenoid control relief valve.
of the maximum allowable back pres- ing position.
K cNote that the maximum flow rate
is limited when used as a four-way
RSA-***-AR*-(H)-**-
15
23 SA-G01-AR-**-31
valve, or by blocking ports for use as 15

a two-way valve or one-way valve. RSA-***-AQ*-(H)-**- SA-G01-A3X-**-31
23
L vAlways keep the operating fluid

clean. Allowable contamination is
class NAS12 or less.
RSA-***-*-F(H)-**-
15
23 SA-G01-A8X0-**-31
bWhen using petroleum type operat-

ing fluid, use JIS K 2213 Class 1 or ⁄4The coil surface temperature increas- ⁄5Use the following table for specifica-
M Class 2, or equivalent.
nFor details about using fire-resistant
es if this valve is kept continuously
tion when a sub plate is required.
hydraulic fluid, see page D-1 for more no chance of it being touched directly
information. by hand.
N
able voltage range. Pipe Weight
Model No. Pressure Flow Rate Applicable Valve Type
Diameter (kg)
,Do not allow the AC solenoid to be- MPa{kgf/cm2} (ℓ/min)
come charged until you install the coil MSA-01X-10 1/4 20
into the valve. 1.2 SA-G01-***-**-31
MSA-01Y-10 3/8 30
.In the case of operation symbols
O A2X, H2X, and E2X, run drain piping
from the valve T port.
MSA-03-10
MSA-03X-10
3/8
1/2
25{255}
45
80
2.3 SA-G03-***-**-J21
⁄0Maintaining a switching position un-
der high pressure for a long period MS-03-30 3/8 45
2.3 SA-G03-***-**-21
can cause abnormal operation due to MS-03X-30 1/2 80
E-14
Power
Solenoid
Voltage Frequency For SA-G01 For SA-G03
Type
Supply
(V) (Hz) Solenoid Coil Drive Current Allowable
Holding Current Holding Power Voltage Solenoid Coil Drive Current Allowable
Holding Current Holding Power Voltage
Type Type (A) (A) (W)
Range
(V) Type (A) (A) (W)
Range
(V)
50 2.2 0.52 25 80 to 110 5.4 0.92 36.0 80 to 110

AC100
C1 60 EAC64-C1 2.0 0.38 22 EBB64-C1 4.6 0.62 34.0
90 to 120 90 to 120
AC110 60 2.2 0.46 28 5.0 0.78 42.0
50 2.0 0.47 25 90 to 120 5.0 0.85 36.0 90 to 120
AC110
C115 60 EAC64-C115 1.8 0.35 22 EBB64-C115 4.2 0.57 34.0
100 to 130 100 to 130
AC115 60 2.0 0.42 28 4.6 0.72 42.0
AC
50 1.1 0.26 25 160 to 220 2.7 0.46 36.0 160 to 220

AC200
C2 60 EAC64-C2 1.0 0.19 22 EBB64-C2 2.3 0.31 34.0
180 to 240 180 to 240
AC220 60 1.1 0.23 28 2.5 0.39 42.0
50 1.0 0.24 25 180 to 240 2.5 0.42 36.0 180 to 240
AC220
C230 60 EAC64-C230 0.91 0.17 22 EBB64-C230 2.1 0.29 34.0
200 to 260 200 to 260
AC230 60 1.0 0.21 28 2.3 0.36 42.0
E1 AC100 50/60 EAC64-E1-1A 0.31 27 90 to 110 EBB64-E1 0.40 34.0 90 to 110
DC with Built-in Rectifier
AC110 0.26 25 0.33 31.0

E115 50/60 EAC64-E115-1A 100 to 125 EBB64-E115 100 to 125
AC115 0.27 27 0.34 34.0
E2 AC200 50/60 EAC64-E2-1A
AC220
0.15
0.12
26
24
180 to 220 EBB64-E2 0.22
0.16
37.0
30.0
180 to 220
E
E230 50/60 EAC64-E230-1A 200 to 250 EBB64-E230 200 to 250
AC230 0.13 27 0.17 33.0
Solenoid Valve
D1 DC12  EAC64-D1-1A 2.2 26 10.8 to 13.2 EBB64-D1 2.6 31.0 10.8 to 13.2
DC
D2 DC24  EAC64-D2-1A 1.1 26 21.6 to 26.4 EBB64-D2 1.5 36.0 21.6 to 26.4

SA – G 01 – A 3 X – ** – C2 – 31
Design number
31:01 size
22:03 size for mounting bolt M8
J22:03 size for mounting bolt M6
Power supply
C:AC (50/60Hz) C1=AC100V C115=AC110V C2=AC200V C230=AC220V
D:DC D1=DC12V D2=DC24V
E:AC (Built-in rectifier; 50/60Hz)

F: Shockless type (Available with power supply D*, E)
GR: Surgeless type with indicator (Available with power supply C*, D*)
J: G screw conversion adapter (For power supply C*, D*)
K: No connector
N: With manual push-button
R: With indicator light
Transition Flow Path (Specify for A2X, H2X, E2X, A3X, A3Z, E3X, E3Z, H3X, H3Z, C7Y only)
X Y Z
Closed Semi-open Open
Center position
0 1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 1S 6S
Note 1: P = Pressure port; A and B = Connection port to cylinder, etc.; T(R) = Connection port to tank
Operation Method
A H C E
b a
P T P T P T P T
Nominal diameter
01 size
03 size
Mounting method
G: Cascade mounting
Wet type solenoid operated directional control valve with DIN connector
E-15
Options (Auxiliary Symbol Explanations)
G Screw Adapter With manual push-button

(Auxiliary Symbol: J) (Auxiliary Symbol: N)
B L 45 G(Previously PF)1/2
Push-button
Can be locked by pressing
φ 28
the button and rotating 90°.
C PG11
φD
H
Stroke S
L
Model No. L H Model No. L S D
E SA-G01 49 81 SA-G01
AC Solenoid
DC Solenoid
133.5
140.5
7.5 30
AC Solenoid 155.5
Solenoid Valve
SA-G03 60.5 100.5 SA-G03 9.5 35
F
DC Solenoid 173.5
G
Other Options
Note) For information about the shockless and surgeless
H
options, see page E-4.
E-16
T
AC Solenoid B
SA-G01- A**-*-C*-31 A
P
SA-G01-H**-*-C*-31
φ 7.5
Note) SA-G01-H**-R-**-31 49
for SOLa in the illustrations shown here.
92.5
81
SOL b
37.5
48
25.5
φ 5.5
46 66
Manual push-button 102 39
141
SA-G01-C**-R-C*-31
E
SA-G01- E**-R-C*-31
Solenoid Valve
SOL b SOL a
102 102
49.8 204

SA-G01- A**-D*/E*-31 49
SA-G01-H**-D*/E*-31
SA-G01- C**-D*/E*-31
SA-G01- E **-D*/E*-31
1)92.5
2) 81
SOL b SOL a
Note) 1. SA-G01-H**-*-D*/E*-31
48
37.5
25.5
The solenoid is on the opposite side of that

shown for SOLa in the illustrations shown
here.
46 φ 5.5
2. SA-G01-**-E*-31
Dimension 1 is 96.
109 39
Manual push-button
Dimension 2 is 73. 148
60.5 218
For sub plate SA-G01

Model No. E Weight
MSA-01X-10 1/4 1.2kg
MSA-01Y-10 3/8 1.2kg

98

(ISO 4401-03-02-0-05
JIS B 8355 D-03-02-0-05 ) 20 40.5
30.2 30
71.5
41.5
21.5
27 11.5
7.5
12.7
0.75
12
5.1
11.5
T
27.5
T
15.5
43.5
25.9
31.75
55
31
70
A B
P B A
P
4- φ 7.5
7.5
4-M5x12 4-Rc “E”

4- φ 9.5x1counterbore
φ 5.5hole
E-17
AC Solenoid P
SA-G03- A**-*-C*-J21 T
A B
T
SA-G03-H**-*-C*-J21
B Note 2) Spacer 60.5

Note 1.) SS-G03-H**-R-**-J22
for SOLa in the illustrations shown here. φD
C Note 2.) Attach the spacers to the valve, as shown in the

diagram at right, to maintain the appropriate fitting
112
100.5
length even if you do not use the installation bolts
68.5
provided with the SS-G03. SOL. b
L
36
SA-G03-**-*-**-J21 SA-G03-**-*-**-21
φD φ 6.8 φ 8.5
70 93
L 60.5 58 Manual push-button 117.5 60.5
178
E SA-G03-C**-*-C*-J21
Note 2) Spacer
SA-G03- E**-*-C*-J21
Solenoid Valve
F SOL. b SOL. a
G 55
117.5
235
117.5
H DC Solenoid and Rectifier Note 2) Spacer 60.5

SA-G03- A**-*-D*/E*-J21
SA-G03-H**-*-D*/E*-J21
SA-G03- C**-*-D*/E*-J21
I
2) 100.5
1)112
SA-G03- E **-*-D*/E*-J21
SOL. b SOL. a
68.5
Note) 1. S
A-G03-H**-*-D*/E-J21
36
The solenoid is on the opposite side of that

shown for SOLa in the illustrations shown
J
here.
2. SA-G03-**-E*-J21
70
Manual push-button
135.5
196
60.5
Dimension 1 is 115.5.
Dimension 2 is 92.5. 63 271
K 4- φ 17.5x2 counterbore
77 (φ17.5x10.8)
54 φ11 holes
L 23.8
20.6 4-M6x12(M8x15)
1.6
P
16.6
For sub plate SA-G03

M
114
A B
70
92
46
T
9.5
MSA-03-10 3/8
4- φ 11 holes M6
MSA-03X-10 1/2
N
93
2.3kg
100 MS-03-30 3/8
M8
MS-03X-30 1/2
35
25
O A

(
ISO 4401-05-04-0-05
JIS B 8355 D-05-04-0-05 )
22 32
5
T B
5
4-Rc “E”
30 16
E-18
•Connectors
Connect the power

COM
supply to terminals
G01 C* 31
SA- -***- - No.1 and No. 2. The
G03 D* (J)21
(EA41-1A) terminal is ground.
50/60Hz
Use this terminal as
required. (In the case of D*: ±)
PG11
COM
G01 31
SA- -***-R-C*-
G03 (J)21
(EA41-R*-1C) 50/60Hz
Solenoid Valve
COM
G01 31
SA- -***-GR-C*-
G03 (J)21
(EA41-GRC*-1C) 50/60Hz
Connect the power
supply to terminals
No.1 and No. 2. The
terminal is ground.
Use this terminal as COM
G01 31 required.
SA- -***-R-D*-
G03 (J)21
(EA41-DR*-1C) PG11
±
COM
G01 31
SA- -***-GR-D*-
G03 (J)21
(EA41-GRD*-1C) ±
COM
G01 31
SA- -***-E*-
G03 (J)21 Connect the power
(EA42-1B) supply to the terminals 50/60Hz
on the board.
Power supply When ground con-
terminal nection is required,
remove the board and
use the terminal. In
COM
this case, do not con-
G01 31 nect the power supply
SA- -***-R-E*-
G03 (J)21 to the No. 1 and No. 2
(EA42-R*-1B) 50/60Hz
terminals.
G(Previously PF)1/2
Symbols in parentheses indicate connector configuration.

Note) 1. Asterisks in the connector configuration and power supply symbols are fillers for the voltage symbol (1 or 2).
2. The connector cord diameter is φ 8 to φ 10. Anything outside this range causes water tightness to be lost.
3. The orientation of the connectors can be changed in 90° increments by changing the terminal block.
4. The cover cannot be removed unless the installation screws are removed.
5. When J is specified for the auxiliary symbol, a G screw conversion adapter is attached to the connector, and the wiring port is a G (previously PF)
1/2 screw (standard: PG11). EA42 and EA42-R* also have a G (previously PF) wiring port.
7. Tighten the M3 screws that secure connectors and terminals to a torque of 0.3 to 0.5N·m (3.1 to 5.1kgf·cm).
E-19
{kgf/cm2 } Pump Type Flow Path P→A P→B A→T B→T P→T
2.4 24.5
A2X, H2X, E2X d d − − −
2.2 22.4
B
A3X, H3X b b b b −
2.0 20.4
f e E3X b b b b −
1.8 18.4
A3Z, H3Z, E3Z a a a a −
Pressure Loss
1.6 16.3
c b a A4, H4, C4 a a a a a
C
MPa
1.4 14.3
A5, H5, C5, C6S b b b b −
1.2 12.2 SA-G01
C1, C1S b b a b −
1.0 10.2
C2 a b b b −
0.8 8.2
d C6 b b a a −
0.6 6.1
C7Y f f e e c
0.4 4.1
C8 a f b e c
0.2 2.0
E 0 20 40 60 80 100
C9 a a b b −
Flow rate ℓ /min

Solenoid Valve
F
Pump Type Flow Path P→A P→B A→T B→T P→T
g e d {kgf/cm }2
A2X, H2X, E2X e e − − −
1.6 16.3 A5 − c c − −
H5 c − − c −
G 1.4 14.3
A3X, H3X, E3X c c d d −
Pressure Loss
1.2 12.2
A3Z, H3Z a a d d −
MPa
1.0 10.2 E3Z b b a a −
H 0.8 8.2 c SA-G03

C1 c c a c −
f C2 a c c c −
0.6 6.1 A4, H4, C4 a a a a a
b
I 0.4 4.1 C5, C1S, C6S
C6
c
c
c
c
c
a
c
a
−
−
0.2 2 a
C7Y g g g g f
J 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160

C8
C9
a
a
g
a
a
c
g
c −
f
Flow rate ℓ/min
K Switching Response Time

Response Time (sec)
L SA-G01-**-(GR)-C*-31
SA-G01-**-(GR)-D*-31
0.02 to 0.03
0.03 to 0.04
0.02 to 0.03
0.02 to 0.04
14MPa {143kgf/cm2}
SA-G01-**-(R)-E*-31 0.03 to 0.04 0.07 to 0.10
30ℓ/min
SA-G01-**-F(GR)-D*-31 0.07 to 0.10 0.04 to 0.07
M SA-G01-**-F(R)-E*-31 0.07 to 0.10 0.10 to 0.15
SA-G03-**-(GR)-C*-J21 0.02 to 0.03 0.02 to 0.03

SA-G03-**-(GR)-D*-J21 0.06 to 0.09 0.03 to 0.05
14MPa {143kgf/cm2}
SA-G03-**-(R)-E*-J21 0.07 to 0.10 0.10 to 0.15
N SA-G03-**-F(GR)-D*-J21
SA-G03-**-F(R)-E*-J21
0.13 to 0.15
0.10 to 0.15
0.08 to 0.15
0.15 to 0.20
70ℓ/min
Note) 1. The switching response time changes slightly with operating conditions (pressure, flow rate, viscosity, etc.)
E-20
Size Size
SA-G01-**-R-**-31 SA-G01-**-FR-**-31
Operation Operation
A B A B A B
Example b a b a b a Example b
A B
a b
A B
a b
A B
a
Operation P T P T P T Operation P T P T P T
Symbol Symbol
A2X, H2X − K K A2X, H2X − P P
E2X − J J E2X − O O
A3X, H3X B K K A3X, H3X L P P
E3X A J J E3X L O O
A3Z, H3Z D D D A3Z, H3Z L L L
E3Z D D D E3Z L L L
A5 A − I A5 L − P
H5 A I − H5 L P −
C1, C6 Note1) C(E) I I C1, C6 M P P
C1S, C5, C6S A I I C1S, C2, C5, C6S, C9 L P P
C2, C9 A K K A4, H4 L L L
A4 F F F C4 L L L
E
H4 F F F C7Y, C8 N P P
C4 F F F
C7Y, C8 Note2) G(H) K K
Note) 1. Letter in parentheses is for AC solenoid.
Solenoid Valve
2. Letter in parentheses is for solenoid with built-in rectifier, but without Quick Return,
and for DC solenoid with surge voltage absorbing diode on the electrical circuit.
A L
100 Flow rate 50
40
M
ℓ /min
80 30
B N
C O
Flow rate
20
D
ℓ/min
60 10
E P
F
0
G 10 20 25
40 {102} {204} {255}
H Pressure MPa
{kgf/cm2}
I
20 J
K
0
10 20 30 35
{102} {204} {306} {357}
Pressure MPa
{kgf/cm2}
E-21
Standard Form, with AC, DC solenoid Standard Form, with DC solenoid

Model No.
SA-G03-**-C*-J21 SA-G03-**-**-J21
Operation A B A B A B A B A B A B
Example b a b a b a b a b a b a
Operation
Symbol P T P T P T P T P T P T
B A2X
H2X
−
−
F
E
E
F
−
−
G
H
H
G
E2X − C C − D D
A3X A E E A F H
C H3X
A3Z
A
A
E
A
E
C
A
A
H
D
F
D
H3Z A C A A D D
E3X, E3Z A C C A D D
A5 A − D A − G
H5 A D − A G −
C1S, C5, C6S A D D A G G
C1, C6 A D D B G G
E C2
A4, H4, C4
A
A
G
A
D
A
A
A
I
A
G
A
C9 A G G A I I
Solenoid Valve
C7Y, C8 B B B Note1) C(E) C(E) C(E)
F 140
120
A
160
140 B
A
120
Flow rate
Flow rate
100
ℓ/min
ℓ/min
100 C
80
G 60
40 F
B
80
60 I
G
H
E
F
D
C 40
E D
20 G 20
H 0 10
{102}
20
{204}
30 35
{306} {357}
2
0 10
{102}
20 30 35
{204} {306} {357}
2
Shockless Type, with DC solenoid

Model No.
SA-G03-**-F-**-J21
I Operation
Example b
A B
a b
A B
a b
A B
a
Operation
Symbol P T P T P T
A2X − E F
J H2X − F E
E2X − C C
A3X A D F
K
H3X A F D
A3Z A C C
H3Z A C C
E3X, E3Z A C C
L
A5 A − E
H5 A E −
C1, C1S, C5, C6, C6S A E E
C2 A G E
M
A4, H4, C4 A A A
C9 A G G
C7Y, C8 Note1) B(H) B(H) B(H)
140
A
N
120
Flow rate
100
ℓ/min
B
80
60
G H
O
E
40
C
20 F D
0 10 20 25
{102} {204} {255}
2
Note) 1. Letter in parentheses is for solenoid with built-in rectifier (E*), but without Quick Return, and for DC solenoid (D*) with surge voltage absorbing
diode on the electrical circuit.
2. There is no shockless type for the AC solenoid (C*), so use a solenoid with built-in rectifier (E*) when shockless operation is required with an AC
power supply.
E-22
SA-G01-A**-C*-31 SA-G01-C**-C*-31
13 20 14 15 16 13 20 14 15 16
10 18 11 12 6 19 17 3 1 7 4 5 8 2 11 12 9 19 5 4 17 3 1 7 18 10
Solenoid Valve
SA-G01-A**-D/E*-31 SA-G01-C**-D/E*-31
13 20 14 15 16 13 20 14 15 16
10 18 11 12 6 19 17 3 1 7 4 5 8 2 11 12 9 19 5 4 17 3 1 7 18 10
1 Body 11 Rod
Q'ty
Part 2 Plug 12 Solenoid guide
Part Name Part Number Single Double
No. 3 Spool 13 Solenoid coil
Solenoid Solenoid
4 Retainer A 14 Packing
17 O-ring AS568-012(NBR-90) 4 4 5 Retainer B 15 Connector
18 O-ring NBR-70-1 P20 1 2 6 Spring pin 16 Nameplate
7 Spacer 17 O-ring
19 O-ring NBR-90 P18 2 2
8 Spring A 18 O-ring
20 O-ring S-25(NBR-70-1) 1 2 9 Spring C 19 O-ring
10 Nut 20 O-ring
Note) The materials and hardness of the O-ring conforms with JIS
B2401.
Seal Kit Number

EDCS-A EDCS-C
E-23
SA-G03-A**-C*-(J)21 SA-G03-C**-C*-(J)21
20 15 21 14 16 17 19 2 20 15 21 14 16 17 19
E 8 10 11 9 7 5 3 18 1 6 4 8 10 11 9 7 4 3 18 1 6
Solenoid Valve
SA-G03-A**-D/E*-(J)21 SA-G03-C**-D/E*-(J)21
F 20 15 21 14 16 17 19 2 20 15 21 14 16 17 19
I
8 10 13 12 11 9 7 5 3 18 1 6 4 8 10 13 12 11 9 7 4 3 18 1 6
K
Type/Part Number Q'ty 1 Body 11 Solenoid coil

Part
L No.
Part Name
AC SOL. DC SOL.
Single
Solenoid
Double
Solenoid
2
3
4
Plug
Spool
Retainer
12
13
14
Coil case
Coil yoke
Connector
18 O-ring AS568-014(NBR-90) 5 5
5 Retainer B 15 Connector packing
19 O-ring NBR-90 P28 2 2 6 Spacer 16 Nameplate
M 20 O-ring NBR-70-1 P26 AS568-026(NBR-70-1) 1 2 7

8
Spring
Nut
17
18
Screw
O-ring
21 O-ring AS568-029(NBR-70-1) 1 2 9 Rod 19 O-ring
Note) The materials and hardness of the O-ring conform with JIS B2401. 10 Solenoid guide 20 O-ring
21 O-ring
N Seal Kit Number

AC SOL. DC SOL.
O ECBS-AA ECBS-CA ECBS-AD ECBS-CD
E-24
SE TYPE SOLENOID OPERATED
DIRECTIONAL VALVE
SE Series (Wiring System: Central Terminal Box) 40 to 60ℓ/min E

Lower Power Solenoid Valve 10 to 16MPa
Features C
qLow current, low power wDirectly drivable by a pro- eLittle coil temperature rise
The SE series magnetic switching
valve’s solenoid has significantly lower
grammable controller
Low-current operation means not only
Low power operation means there is lit-
tle heat generated from the coil, which
C
power consumption. allows direct drive by a programmable minimizes the effects of heat on mecha-
controller (PC) output circuit, it also en- nisms. Even with the AC solenoid, there
is little chance of coil burnout.
ables the use of a compact and simple
control circuit. E
With M12-4 pin connector (option)
r tGlobal compliance (G01 size)
E
Makes it easier to interface with open built in to the terminal box to protect the Meets overseas safety standards
networks like Device Net. This connec- slave unit connection. (With M12-4 pin TÜV (CE marking). Can be used safely
tor streamlines wiring work. The diode connector) around the world.
for preventing current back surge is
Solenoid Valve
F
Specifications
Operation
SE-G01-**-(G)R-**-40
Maximum Maximum Working
SE-G03-**-GR-**-(J)30
Maximum Maximum Working
bWhen using petroleum type operat-
ing fluid, use JIS K 2213 Class 1 or
G
JIS Symbol Class 2, or equivalent.
Symbol Flow Rate Pressure Flow Rate Pressure
ℓ/min MPa{kgf/cm2} ℓ/min MPa{kgf/cm2} nUse the SS series solenoid valve if
using flame resistant operating fluid.
H
b A B
A2X 30 40 mBe sure to note the allowable pres-
P T
sure range of the coil being used.
b A B
A3X 50
,Maintaining a switching position un-
P T der high pressure for a long period
H3X
A
P
B
T
a
40 −
can cause abnormal operation due to
hydraulic lockup. Contact your agent
when you need to maintain a switch-
I
b A B a
E3X
16 10 ing position for a long period.
P T {163} {102} .When using a detent type (E3X), pro-
J
A B
50 vide constant energization when se-
b a
C4 30 cure maintenance of the switching
P T
position is required.
A B
C5
b a ⁄0Note that manual pin operating pres-
P T sure changes in accordance with
C6
b
A
P
B
T
a
40 60 tank line back pressure.
⁄1If you do not select the option with the K
M12-4 pin connector, current back
Note) The maximum flow rate of each valve depends on the pressure. For details, see page E-30. surge may occur because there is no
solenoid in the central terminal box.
•Handling
zIn order to realize the full benefits of
cNote that the maximum flow rate
Therefore, install solenoid valves to
protect against current back surge
L
the solenoid valve, configure piping valve, or by blocking ports for use as on both ends of the coil in the output
so oil is constantly supplied to the a two-way valve or oneway valve. circuit of the programmable control-
M
T(DR) port. vAlways keep the operating fluid clean. ler (PC) if directly operating the sole-
xEnsure that surge pressure in excess Allowable contamination is class noid valves.
of the maximum allowable back pres- NAS12 or less. (Recommended diode: Hitachi V07J
sure can be accidentally at the T port. or equivalent)
•Solenoid Assembly Specifications N

Solenoid
Power For SE-G01 For SE-G03

Frequency
Type
Supply Voltage (V)

(Hz) Solenoid Coil Holding Holding Allowable Voltage Solenoid Coil Holding Holding Allowable Voltage
Type
Type Current (A) Power (W) Range (V) Type Current (A) Power (W) Range (V) O
Built-in rectifier
50
SLH1-03B-
type AC
E1 AC100 EED64-E1 0.08 7.0 80 to 120 0.06 5.8 80 to 120

R1-01
60
SLH1-03B-
DC
D2 DC24 − EED64-D2 0.2 4.8 21.6 to 26.4 0.2 4.8 21.6 to 26.4
D2-01
E-25
SE-G01 SE-G03
Solenoid Type DC Solenoid Internal DC solenoid for rectifier DC Solenoid Internal DC solenoid for rectifier
F D2 E1 D2 E1
Maximum Working Pressure P, A, B Ports 16MPa{163kgf/cm2} 10MPa{102kgf/cm2}
Maximum Allowable 10MPa {102kgf/cm2}

C Backpressure
T port 16MPa{163kgf/cm2}
(In the case of 2MPa {21kgf/cm2} operation symbol E3X)
Changeover Frequency (per minute) 120 120
Indicator light R
C Standard
Surgeless
GR GR
Double Solenoid 2.2 3.5

Weight (kg)
Single Solenoid 1.7 3.3
F Dust Resistance/Water Resistance Rank
Ambient Temperature
JIS C0920 IP64 (Dust-tight, Splash proof)
-20 to 50°C
JIS C0920 IP65 (Dust-tight, Waterjet-proof)
-10 to 50°C
Operating
Operating Fluid
Temperature Range -20 to 70°C 0 to 65°C

Environment
E Kinematic Viscosity Range
Filtration
15 to 300mm /s
25 μm or less
2
Refer to page D-93 for bolt lengths for Refer to page E-31 for bolt lengths for usage
Solenoid Valve
Mounting bolt
usage of M5 x 45 4-module valves. of M6 x 40 (M8 x 40) 4-module valves.
F
Bundled
Accessories M6 10 to 13N·m{102 to 133kgf·cm}
Tightening Torque 5 to 7N·m {51 to 71kgf·cm}
M8 18 to 21N·m{184 to 214kgf·cm}
Note) For mounting bolts, use bolts of 12.9 strength classification or equivalent.
G
H SE − G 03 − A 3 X − GR − D2 − J30
Design number
40: For 01 size
I J30: 03 size for mounting bolt M6 (30 if mounting bolt is M8)
Power supply
D: DC D2=DC24V
E: For AC (joint 50/60 Hz inside rectifier) E 1=AC100V
J Auxiliary symbol
GR: Surgeless type with indicator (applicable for power supply D2 only)
R: With indicator light (applicable for power supply E1 only)
K
V: With M12-4 pin connector, load side - common (applicable for power supply D2 only)
W: With M12-4 pin connector, load side + common (applicable for power supply D2 only)
Transition Flow Path (Specify for A2X, A3X only)

X
L Closed
Center valve position flow path
M A
2
B A
3
B A
4
B A
5
B A
6
B
P T P T P T P T P T
N Operation Method
A H C E
b a
O Nominal pipe diameter

P T P T P T P T
01 size
03 size
Mounting method
G: Gasket type
Central terminal box with low-power solenoid valve
E-26
Mounting holes for temporary nameplate
SE-G01- A***-(G)R-**-40 Indicator light or customer's nameplate for wiring
SE-G01-H***-(G)R-**-40
SOL b Recommended nameplate dimensions
Self-tapping screws for mounting; 3.5 x 10
E
T
Note) For SE-G01-H3X-(G)R-**-40, the solenoid is on the
opposite side as that shown in the diagram (SOL.a). B
A**
26
32
A
P 12
C
Wiring port 2-G1/2 φ 7.5 Indicator light
SOL a
87
71.5 SOL b E
48
37.5
25.5
8
φ4
E
φ 5.5
46 81 66
48.5
60.5 162.5
Space required
Solenoid Valve
for coil removal
SE-G01-C**-(G)R-**-40
Manual push-button
F
SE-G01-E3X-(G)R-**-40
G
SOL b SOL a
H
114 114
For sub plate SE-G01 228
Model No.
MSA-01X-10
E
1/4
Weight
1.2kg
I
MSA-01Y-10 3/8 1.2kg 98
7.5 83 7.5
J
Gasket Surface Dimensions
ISO 4401-03-02-0-05 20 40.5
(JIS B 8355 D-03-02-0-05 ) 30.2 30
71.5
41.5
21.5
27 11.5
7.5
12.7
0.75
12
5.1
11.5
27.5 K
15.5
43.5
25.9
31.75
55
31
70
L
4 − φ 7.5
7.5
4 − M5 X 12 4 − Rc“E”
M
4 − φ 9.5X1 counterbore
φ 5.5 hole
Wiring diagram for central terminal box kit

SE-G01-A**-*R*-**-40 SE-G01-H3X-*R*-**-40
C**
SE-G01-E3X-*R*-**-40 N
Ground terminal SOL b SOL. a
COM
O
SOL b Ground terminal

SOL b SOL. a Ground terminal
SOL a
E-27
Electrical circuit diagram for central terminal box kit
D2 (DC24V) (Note 1) E1 (With built-in rectifier AC100V)
F
COM COM
C 56V
（100V） DC24V
430V AC100V
AC115V
± 50/60Hz
SOL
C Varistor voltage values in (parenthesis) SOL
are for the SE-G03.
Note 1) Install D2 specification solenoid valves to protect against current back surge on both ends
F of the coil in the output circuit of the programmable controller (PC) if directly operating the
solenoid valves.
With M12-4 pin connector
SE-G01-**-GRV-D2-40 67
E SE-G01-**-GRW-D2-40
1
4
M12-4 pin connector
Solenoid Valve
F 2
3
Pin number
positioning diagram
71.5
SOL b
H Pin number position

Operation Symbol C* Operation Symbol A*, H*
4: SOL. b(+) SOL. a PIN No. 2
I
(Type A, C) SOL. a( + )
SOL.
4: SOL. a(+) PIN No. 4
1: Not used PIN No. 3 SOL. a(+) : Type H
Type V
(Type H) COM( − ) SOL. b(+) : Type A
SOL. b PIN No. 1 PIN No. 3

Not used COM (−)
J 2: SOL. a(+)
(For Type C)
3: COM(−) PIN No. 4
SOL. b( + )
PIN No. 1, 2 are not used
4: SOL. b(−) SOL. a PIN No. 2
K 1: COM(+)
(Type A, C)
4: SOL. a(−)
SOL. a( − )
PIN No. 1
SOL.
PIN No. 4
SOL. a(−) : Type H
Type W
(Type H) COM( + ) SOL. b(−) : Type A
SOL. b PIN No. 3 PIN No.1

COM (+)
L
Not used
PIN No. 2,3 are not used
4: SOL. a(−) 3: Not used PIN No. 4
SOL. b( − )
(Type C)
M SE-G03-C*-(G)R-**-(J)30 4-JIS B 240 1-1BP12 O-ring Manual push-button

SE-G03-E3X-(G)R-**-(J)30
4- 8.5(6.5)
4- 14(11)
Current indicator lamp 30
N
6.4
φ
11
P
21.4
32.5
A B
46
68
O
T T
3.2 37
16.7 85.5
27 108.5
37.3
50.8
14 54
95 82 95
SE-G03-A***-(G)R-**-(J)30
E-28
(For M12-4 pin connectors ) (For M12-4 pin connectors )
Space required for solenoid removal Space required for solenoid removal
462 285.5
272
94 5
190.5
94 5
E
For sub plate SE-G03

E
E
MSA-03-10 3/8
M6
MSA-03X-10 1/2 4− φ17.5 X 2 counterbore
2.3kg 77 ( φ 17.5 X 10.8)
MS-03-30 3/8
54 φ 11 hole
Solenoid Valve
M8
MS-03X-30 1/2 23.8
ISO 4401-05-04-0-05
20.6 4−M6 X 12(M8 X 15)
F
(JIS B 8355 D-05-04-0-05 )
1.6
P
16.6
114
A B
70
92
G
46
T
9.5
4 − φ 11 hole
93
100
H
35
25
A I
22 32
5
T B
P J
5
4 - Rc“E”
30 16
E-29
F Pressure Loss 1.0
f
0.8 A2X d f − − −
e
MPa
C d A3X f f e e −
c
0.6 H3X f f e e −
SE-G01 E3X c c e e −
0.4 b
a
C4 b b b b d
C 0.2 C5 e e d d −
C6 f f a a −
0 10 20 30 40
F
Flow rate ℓ/min
1.0
0.8 A2X d d − − −
E d
Pressure Loss
A3X d d d d −
0.6 c
MPa
b E3X d d c c −
SE-G03
Solenoid Valve
0.4 C4 c c a a b
F 0.2 a
C5 d d d d −
C6 d d b b −
0 10 20 30 40 50 60
G Flow rate ℓ/min
Pressure - Flow Pump Type SE-G01 SE-G03
Volume Allowable
Operation
Value A B A B A B A B A B A B
H Example b a b a b a b a b a b a
Operation P T P T P T P T P T P T
Symbol
A2X − D D − E A
A3X A D D C E A
I H3X A D D − − −
E3X A C C D D C
C4 C C C C F C
J
C5 A D D A B B
C6 B D D A B B
A A
40 60
B B
K
C
50
Flow rate
Flow rate
C
30
D
ℓ/min
ℓ/min
40
D E
F
20 30
L 10
20
10
0 5 10 16 0 2 4 6 8 10
M Pressure MPa Pressure MPa
Note) 1. T
he maximum flow rate is the value when a rated 90%V is applied following solenoid temperature rise and saturation.
E-30
Installation bolts
Refer to the following table for length of installation bolts for SE-G03 size. (Refer page D-93 for length of installation bolts
for SE-G01 size.) E
Type Dimensions L Bolt length Type Dimensions L Bolt length
30
socket head bolt

0 (Solenoid only) 40 55 106
C
Hexagon
Stat bolt
55 95 110 161
110 150 165 216
220 271
C
13 20 14 15 16 Part No. Part Name
E
SE-G01-A3X-(G)R-**-40 1 Body
2 Plug
3
4
Spool
Retainer A E
5 Retainer B
6 Spring pin
Solenoid Valve
7 Spacer
8
9
Spring A
Spring C
F
10 Nut
11 Rod
G
12 Solenoid guide
13 Solenoid coil
14 Packing
15 Terminal box kit
16 Nameplate

10 18 11 12 6 19 3 17 1 7 4 5 8 2
17
18
19
O-ring
O-ring
O-ring
H
20 O-ring
SE-G01
Part
No.
Part Name
Part Number
Q'ty
Single Solenoid Double Solenoid I
17 O-ring AS568-012(NBR-90) 4 4
18 O-ring NBR-70-1 P18 1 2
19
20
O-ring
O-ring
NBR-90 P18
S-25(NBR-70-1)
2
1
2
2
J
SE-G03-A3X-GR-**-(J)30
14 17 11 16 10
Part No. Part Name
1 Body
K
2 Spool
3 Spacer
L
4 Holder
5 Spring
6 Spring
7 Plug
T A P B T 8 O-ring
9
10
O-ring
Nameplate M
11 Terminal box kit
12 Solenoid coil
13 Solenoid guide
14
15
Rod
Nut
N
16 O-ring
17 O-ring
15 13 12 6 4 3 8 1 2 9 5 7
List of Sealing Parts Seal Kit Number O

SE-G03 SE-G01 SE-G03
Part
Part Name Q'ty Single Solenoid Double Solenoid Single Solenoid Double Solenoid
No. Part Number
EEDS-01A EEDS-01C EECS-03A EECS-03C
8 O-ring NBR-90 P12 5 5
9, 17 O-ring NBR-90 P18 2 2
16 O-ring NBR-70-1 P3 2 4
E-31
SED TYPE SOLENOID OPERATED
DIRECTIONAL VALVE
F SED Series (Wiring System: DIN Connector Type) 40ℓ/min

Lower Power Solenoid Valve 16MPa
C Features
qLow current, low power wDirectly drivable by a pro- eLittle coil temperature rise
C The SED series magnetic switching
valve’s solenoid has significantly lower
grammable controller
Low-current operation means not only
Low power operation means there is lit-
tle heat generated from the coil, which
power consumption. allows direct drive by a programmable minimizes the effects of heat on mecha-
controller (PC) output circuit, it also en- nisms. Even with the AC solenoid, there
is little chance of coil burnout.
F ables the use of a compact and simple
control circuit.
rEasy coil replacement tGlobal compliance (G01 size)
E
A DIN connector type coil enables one- Meets overseas safety standards
touch coil replacement. TÜV (CE marking). Can be used safely
around the world.
Solenoid Valve
F
Specifications
G Operation
SED-G01-**-(G)R-**-40 bWhen using petroleum type operat-
ing fluid, use JIS K 2213 Class 1 or
JIS Symbol Maximum Flow Rate Maximum Working Pressure Class 2, or equivalent.
Symbol
ℓ/min MPa{kgf/cm2} nUse the SA series solenoid valve if
using flame resistant operating fluid.
H b A B
A2X 30 mBe sure to note the allowable pres-
P T
sure range of the coil being used.
b A B
A3X
,Maintaining a switching position un-
P T der high pressure for a long period
I can cause abnormal operation due to

A B a
H3X 40 hydraulic lockup. Contact your agent
P T
when you need to maintain a switch-
b A B a
E3X
16 ing position for a long period.
P T {163} .When using a detent type (E3X), pro-
J C4
b
A B
P T
a
30
vide constant energization when se-
cure maintenance of the switching
A B
position is required.
C5
b a ⁄0Note that manual pin operating pres-
P T sure changes in accordance with
K C6
b
A
P
B
T
a
40 tank line back pressure.
⁄1If you select the DC solenoid (D2
power model), reverse surge voltage
Note) The maximum flow rate of each valve depends on the pressure. For details, see page E-36. occurs because there is no diode
mounted in the DIN connector.
L •Handling
zIn order to realize the full benefits of
Therefore, install solenoid valves to
protect against current back surge
the solenoid valve, configure piping valve, or by blocking ports for use as on both ends of the coil in the output
so oil is constantly supplied to the a two-way valve or oneway valve. circuit of the programmable control-
M T(DR) port. vAlways keep the operating fluid clean. ler (PC) if directly operating the sole-
xEnsure that surge pressure in excess Allowable contamination is class noid valves. (Recommended diode:
of the maximum allowable back pres- NAS12 or less. Hitachi V07J or equivalent)
sure can be accidentally at the T port.
N •Solenoid Assembly Specifications

Solenoid
Power For SED-G01

Frequency
Type
Supply Voltage (V)

(Hz) Allowable Voltage
O Type Solenoid Coil Type Holding Current (A) Holding Power (W)
Range (V)
Built-in rectifier
50
type AC
E1 AC100 EED64-E1D 0.08 7.0 80 to 120

60
DC
D2 DC24 − EED64-D2D 0.2 4.8 21.6 to 26.4
E-32
SED-G01
Solenoid Type DC Solenoid Internal DC solenoid for rectifier
D2 E1 E
Maximum Working Pressure P, A, B Ports 16MPa{163kgf/cm2}
Maximum Allowable
Backpressure
T port 16MPa{163kgf/cm2}
C
Changeover Frequency (per minute) 120
Indicator light R
Standard
Surgeless
GR
C
Double Solenoid 2.2
Weight (kg)
Single Solenoid 1.7
Dust Resistance/Water Resistance Rank
Ambient Temperature
JIS C0920 IP65 (Dust-tight, Waterjet-proof)
-20 to 50°C
E
Operating
Operating Fluid

Environment
Kinematic Viscosity Range
Filtration
15 to 300mm2/s
25 μm or less
E
Mounting bolt Refer to page D-93 for bolt lengths for usage of M5 x 45 4-module valves.
Solenoid Valve
Bundled
F
Accessories Tightening Torque 5 to 7N·m {51 to 71kgf·cm}
G
SED − G 01 − A 3 X − GR − D2 − 40
H
Design number
40: For 01 size
Power supply I
D: DC D2=DC24V
E: For AC (joint 50/60 Hz inside rectifier) E 1=AC100V
Auxiliary symbol
GR: Surgeless type with indicator (applicable for power supply D2 only)
J
R: With indicator light (applicable for power supply E1 only)
Transition Flow Path (Specify for A2X, A3X only)

X K
Closed
Center valve position flow path L

2 3 4 5 6
A B A B A B A B A B
P T P T P T P T P T
M
Operation Method
A H C E
b A B A B a b
A B
a
b A B a
N
P T P T P T P T
Nominal pipe diameter

01 size
Mounting method
O
G: Gasket type
Low-power solenoid valve with DIN connector
E-33
T
SED-G01- A***-(G)R-**-40
F
DC24VEZ
SED-G01-H***-(G)R-**-40 B
31.75
32.5
25.9
31
A
15.5
Note) For SED-G01-H3X-(G)R-**-40, the solenoid is on the
opposite side as that shown in the diagram (SOL.a). P
5.1
0.75
C 12.7
21.5
30.2
40.5
C
49
F
92.5(96)
81(73)
SOL b
48
37.5
8
φ4
25.5
φ 5.5
Solenoid Valve
66
46 114 39
F Pin for manual operation
65.5
153
SED-G01-C**-(G)R-**-40 T
SED-G01-E3X-(G)R-**-40
G DC24VEZ
DC24VEZ
31.75
32.5
25.9
31
A
15.5
P
5.1
0.75
12.7
H
21.5
30.2
40.5
49
92.5(96)
J SOL b SOL a
81(73)
48
37.5
8 25.5
φ4
K
φ 5.5
66
114 114 46
65.5 228 Pin for manual operation
L Note) Gasket surface dimensions and sub plate are the same as those for SS-G01. See page E-5 for more information.
For sub plate SED-G01

Model No. E Weight
M
MSA-01X-10 1/4 1.2kg
MSA-01Y-10 3/8 1.2kg

ISO 4401-03-02-0-05
(JIS B 8355 D-03-02-0-05 )
N
4−φ 7.5
4−M5 X 12 4 - Rc“E”
4−φ 9.5 X 1 counterbore
φ 5.5 hole
E-34
•Connectors

E
COM
C
Connect the power
SED-G01-***-GR-D2-40 supply to terminals No.1 56V
and No. 2. The termi-
(EA41-EGRD2) nal is ground. Use this ±
terminal as required.
COM E
SED-G01-***-E1-40
Connect the power
(EA42-1B) supply to the terminals 50/60Hz
on the board.
When ground connec-
E
Power supply
terminal tion is required, remove
Solenoid Valve
the board and use the
terminal. In this case, do
not connect the power
COM F
SED-G01-***-R-E1-40 supply to the No. 1 and
No. 2 terminals.
(EA42-R*-1B)
G
50/60Hz
G (Previously PF) 1/2
Symbols in parentheses indicate connector configuration.

Note) 1. Asterisks in the connector configuration and power supply symbols are fillers for the voltage symbol (1 or 2).
2. The connector cord diameter is φ 8 to φ 10. Anything outside this range causes water tightness to be lost. H
3. The orientation of the connectors can be changed in 90° increments by changing the terminal block.
6. Tighten the M3 screws that secure connectors and terminals to a torque of 0.3 to 0.5N·m (3.1 to 5.1kgf·cm).
I
E-35
F Pressure Loss
1.0
f Pump Type Flow Path P→A P→B A→T B→T P→T

0.8
e A2X d f − − −
MPa
C
c A3X f f e e −
0.6
H3X f f e e −
0.4 b SED-G01 E3X c c e e −
a
C4 b b b b d
C 0.2
C5 e e d d −
C6 f f a a −
0 10 20 30 40
Flow rate ℓ/min
F Pressure - Flow Pump Type SED-G01

Volume Allowable
Operation
Value Example b
A B
a b
A B
a b
A B
a
E Operation
Symbol
P T P T P T
A2X − D D
Solenoid Valve
A3X A D D
F H3X
E3X
A
A
D
C
D
C
C4 C C C
C5 A D D
G C6 B D D
A
40
B
H
Flow rate
C
30
ℓ/min
D
20
I 10
0 5 10 16
Pressure MPa
J Note) 1. T
he maximum flow rate is the value when a rated 90%V is applied following solenoid temperature rise and saturation.
E-36
Part No. Part Name
E
12 １４ 13 19 15 1 Body
SED-G01-A3X-(G)R-**-40 2 Plug
3 Spool
4 Retainer A
5 Retainer B
6
7
Spring pin
Spacer C
8 Spring A
9 Nut
10 Rod
11
12
Solenoid guide
Solenoid coil C
13 Packing
14 Terminal box kit
15 Nameplate
16
17
O-ring
O-ring
E
18 O-ring
19 O-ring
９ 17 10 11 6 18 1 7 3 16 4 5 8 2 E
Solenoid Valve
F
SED-G01
Part
Part Name Q'ty
No. Part Number
17 O-ring AS568-012(NBR-90) 4 4
G
18 O-ring NBR-70-1 P18 1 2
19 O-ring NBR-90 P18 2 2
20 O-ring S-25(NBR-70-1) 1 2
SED-G01-C*-(G)R-**-40
Part No. Part Name
1 Body
H
2 Spool
10 11 12 17 13 3 Retainer A
4
5
6
Retainer B
Spacer
Spring C
I
7 Nut
8 Rod
9
10
Solenoid guide
Solenoid coil J
11 Packing
12 Terminal box kit
13 Nameplate
14
15
O-ring
O-ring
K
16 O-ring
17 O-ring
8 9 6 16 4 3 14 2 1 5 15 7
L
Part No. Part Name
M
1 Body
SED-G03-A3X-GR-**-(J)30 2 Spool
3 Retainer A
11 12 13 18 14 4 Retainer B
5 Spacer
6
7
8
Spring C
Detent spring
Nut
N
9 Rod
10 Solenoid guide
11
12
Solenoid coil
Packing O
13 Terminal box kit
14 Nameplate
15 O-ring
16 O-ring
17 O-ring
18 O-ring
9 10 6 17 4 3 15 2 1 5 7 16 8
E-37
F SL Series (Wiring System: Central Terminal Box) 30ℓ/min

Lower Power Solenoid Valve 7MPa
C Features
qVery long life eLow power consumption type. yWide-ranging backward compatibili-
The movable iron core of the wet type The low power for the AC solenoid ty makes it simple to replace previous
C solenoid is immersed in oil, which
keeps it lubricated and cushions it
9.6 W (60 Hz), DC solenoid 10 W con-
tribute to energy conservation.
valve models with this one.
Combining this valve with a modu-
from impact and vibration, ensuring rEasy connections lar valve contributes to the compact
very long life. A special wiring box provides a COM configuration of the overall device.
wLow switching noise port and indicator light as standard uGlobal standard
F The wet-type solenoid valve provides
very low core switching noise, for
for simple wiring and maintenance.
tEasy coil replacement
Meets overseas safety standards
(CE, UL, and CSA). It can be safely
quiet operation. A plug-in type coil enables one-touch used anywhere in the world. Contact
coil replacement. your agent for certified products.
E
Solenoid Valve
Specifications
F Operation Maximum flow
Operation Maximum flow
JIS Symbol JIS Symbol
symbol rate (ℓ/min) symbol rate (ℓ/min)
G
b A B A B
b a
-A5- -C4-
P T P T
A B a A B
b a
-H5- -C5-
H
P T P T
b A B A B
b a
-A3X- -C6- 30
P T P T
A B a A B
I
b a
-H3X- 30 -C9-
P T P T
b A B a A B
b a
-E3X- -C6S-
P T P T
J b
A B
a
-C1-
b
A B
a
-C7Y- 15
P T P T
A B
b a
K
-C2-
P T
DC Solenoid
AC Solenoid
Solenoid Type Built-in Rectifier
L Maximum Working Pressure P, A, B Ports

C1 C2 E1
7MPa{71kgf/cm2}
D2
Maximum Allowable
T Port 7MPa{71kgf/cm2}
Backpressure
M Changeover Frequency (per minute)

Standard Indicator light
240 120
R
240
Surgeless G − G
Options With manual push-button N
N Quick Return
Double Solenoid
−
1.5
Q
2.0
−
Weight (kg)
Single Solenoid 1.2 1.5
O
Dust Resistance/Water Resistance Rank JIS C 0920 IP64 (Dust-tight, Splash-proof)
Ambient Temperature −20 to 50°C
Operating Fluid
Operating Environment Temperature Range −20 to 70°C

Mounting bolt Hex bolt with hole of 12.9 strength classification M5 × 45 4 each
Tightening Torque 5 to 7N·m{51 to 71kgf·cm}
Note) Mounting bolts are not included.
E-38
•Handling
zIn order to realize the full benefits of nUse the SS series solenoid valve ⁄1Note that manual pin operating pres-
the wet type solenoid valve, config- when using fire resistant hydraulic sure changes in accordance with
ure piping so oil is constantly sup-
plied to the T(R) port. Never use a
operating fluid.
tank line back pressure.
⁄2Use the following table for specifica-
E
stopper plug in the T(R) port. able voltage range. tion when a sub plate is required.
xEnsure that surge pressure in excess ,Do not allow the AC solenoid to be-
of the maximum allowable back pres- come charged until you install the coil
into the valve.
.Maintaining a switching position un-
Model No.
Pipe
Diameter
Maximum flow Weight
rate (ℓ/min) (kg)
C
is limited when used as a four-way der high pressure for a long period MSA-01X-10 1/4 20
valve, or by blocking ports for use as can cause abnormal operation due to 1.2
a two-way valve or one-way valve.
C
hydraulic lockup. Contact your agent MSA-01Y-10 3/8 40
vAlways keep the operating fluid clean. when you need to maintain a switch-
(contamination level: 12 or lower) ing position for a long period.
bWhen using petroleum type operat- ⁄0When using a detent type (E3X), use
ing fluid, use JIS K 2213 Class 1 or constant energization in order to se-
Class 2, or equivalent. curely maintain the switching position.
E
Solenoid Type AC Solenoid

DC Solenoid E
Built-in Rectifier
Solenoid Valve
Power Supply Type C1 C2 E1 D2
F
Voltage (V) AC100 AC110 AC200 AC220 AC100 DC24
Cycles (Hz) 50 60 60 50 60 60 50/60 −
Solenoid Coil Type EL64-C1 EL64-C2 ELC64-E1-1A ELC64-D2-1A
Drive Current (A) 1.30 1.10 1.30 0.65 0.55 0.65
0.11 0.42
Holding Current (A) 0.30 0.24 0.28 0.15 0.12 0.14
For 01 Holding Power (W) 12.0
Allowable Voltage Range (V) 80 to 110
9.6 12.2
90 to 120
12.0
160 to 220
9.6
180 to 240
12.2 10
90 to 110
10
21.6 to 26.4
G
Allowable Pressure (MPa{kgf/cm2}) 7{71}
Insulator Resistance (MΩ) 100 or greater (500 V)
Note) 1. A DC solenoid surge absorption circuit is effective in preventing misoperation in sensitive relays and IC circuits. (Applicable for power supply
display D”, option: G) H
2. A DC solenoid RAC type (power supply E1) greatly increases the life of the contacts by eliminating contact arc without changing circuit se-
quence on an AC line, 50/60Hz can be used.
Explanation of model No. I

SL - G 01 - A 3 X - * R - C2 - 31
J
Design Number
Power supply
C: AC (50/60 Hz) C1=AC100V C2=AC200V
D: For DC D2=DC24V
E: AC (Built-in rectifier; 50/60Hz) E1=AC100V
With indicator light
K
G: Surgeless type (Power supply C* D2 Applicable)
N: With manual push-button (Available with power supply D2, E1)
Q: Quick return type (Available with power supple E1)
Transition flow path (A3X, H3X, E3X, C7Y only) L
X Y
Close Semi-open
Center position
M
1 2 3 4 5
A B A B A B A B A B
A
6
T (R)
B
P
A
7
T (R)
B
P
A
9
T (R)
B
P
6S
A
T (R)
B
P T (R)
N
P T (R) P T (R) P T (R) P T (R)
Note P
is pressure port, A and B are connection ports to cylinder.
T (R) shows the connection port to the tank.
Operation Method O
A H C E
Spring Offset type Spring Center Detent
A B A B A B b A B
b a b a a
P T P T P T P T
Nominal Diameter: 01 size

Mounting method: Gasket type
Machine type: SL Series wet magnetic switching valve.
E-39
Options (Auxiliary Symbol)
F
Surgeless Type (Auxiliary Symbol: G)
C The surge pressure waveforms when the DC solenoid valve

power supply is opened and closed by a relay are shown at
the bottom of this block.
A built-in surge absorber element eliminates sparking and
surge pressure.
C Features •Surge voltage is inhibited.
•Sparking at relay contact points is eliminated.
E
Spark time
Solenoid Valve
F Standard Type Surgeless Type
G Manual Push-button Type (Auxiliary symbol: N)
H
Push-button
30
I
Stroke 7.5
140.5
K Quick Return Type (Auxiliary Symbol: Q)
SW
Recovery Time Limiter Circuit
Full Wave Rectifier Circuit
L
Surge absorber
Power supply
Solenoid
M Handling
zThis type is used in the case of power supply type E1 (with
built-in rectifier) to shorten the spring return time.
This also applies to D2.
N xThe quick return mechanism is built-in.
E-40
Holes for temporary nameplate or
Installation Dimension Drawings customer’s nameplate mounting
holes for wiring.
AC Solenoid Indicator light
SL-G01- A**-R-C*-31
SOL b
T
Recommended nameplate dimensions.
Self-tapping screws for mounting; 3.5 x 10. E
SL-G01-H**-R-C*-31
B
26
32
Note) The SL-G01-H**-R-**-31 solenoid, is attached to the A
opposite side (SOL a) as shown in the diagram.
P
φ 2.8
C
12
2-G (Previously PF) 1/2 φ 7.5
Indicator light
C
SOL a
E
87
71.5
48 SOL b
25.5
φ 5.5 E
46 66
79 48.5
Solenoid Valve
Manual push-button 127.5
SL-G01-C**-R-C*-31
F
SL-G01- E**-R-C*-31
G
SOL b SOL a
H
79 79
30.5 158
SL-G01- A**-R-D/E*-31
SL-G01-H**-R-D/E*-31
Space required for
coil removal I
SL-G01- C**-R-D/E*-31
SL-G01- E **-R-D/E*-31
SOL b SOL a
J
φ 5.5 K
37.5
66
109 48.5
60.5 157.5
For sub plate SL-G01

Space required for coil removal L
Model No. E Weight
MSA-01X-10
MSA-01Y-10
1/4
3/8
1.2kg
1.2kg 98
M
20 40.5

(ISO 4401-03-02-0-05
) 71.5
N
JIS B 8355 D-03-02-0-05 30.2 30 41.5
21.5
27 11.5
7.5
12.7
0.75
12
5.1
11.5
O
27.5
T
15.5
43.5
25.9
31.75
55
31
70
A B
P B A
P
4 − φ 7.5
7.5
4 − M5 X 12 4 - Rc“E”
4 − φ 9.5X1 counterbore
φ 5.5 hole
E-41
Wiring Diagram
F
Note) 1. In the case of a double solenoid valve, a common termi-
C SOL b
COM
SOL a
nal is provided to simplify wiring.
When the common terminal is not used, remove the
terminal screws.
2. Use the ground terminal when grounding is required.
3. Use an M3 type as a solderless terminal.
C SOL b Ground terminal

4. Tighten terminal screws to a torque of 0.5 to 0.7N·m {5.1
to 7.1kgf·cm}.
SOL a
F
E Type Model No. Electrical Circuits

Solenoid Valve
F 50/60Hz
AC Solenoid SL-G01-***-R-C*-31
COM
G
50/60Hz
H
AC Solenoid Surgeless Type SL-G01-***-GR-C*-31
COM
I
50/60Hz
J Built-in Rectifier SL-G01-***-R-E*-31

COM
K
±
L DC Solenoid SL-G01-***-R-D*-31
COM
M
±
N DC Solenoid Surgeless Type SL-G01-***-GR-D*-31

COM
O
Built-in Rectifier
SL-G01-***-QR-E*-31 See page E-4 for more information.
Quick Return Type
E-42
Performance Curves Hydraulic Operating Fluid Kinematic Viscosity 20 mm2 /s {cSt}
{kgf/cm2} Flow Path P→A P→B A→T B→T P→T
E
1.4 14.3
A5 − c c − −
C
1.2 12.2 H5 c − − c −
A3X, H3X, E3X b b e e −

Pressure Loss (MPa)
1.0 10.2
e C1 c c a c −
C
0.8 8.2 C2 a c e c −
d C4 a a c c d
0.6 6.1
c C5, C6S c c c c −
b C6 c c a a −
E
0.4 4.1
f a C7Y f f e e d
0.2 2 C9 a a e e −
0
5 10 15 20
Flow rate (ℓ/min)
25 30 E
Solenoid Valve
Pressure − Flow Volume Allowable Value F
Operation A B A B A B
Example b a b a b a
Operation
Symbol
P T P T P T
30
A
G
A5 − B Flow rate (ℓ/min)
B
H
H5 B − 20
A
A3X, H3X, E3X
C
C1, C2, C4, C5 B B
C6, C9, C6S 10
C7Y C C C
I
0
2 4 6 7
J
{21} {41} {61} {71}
Pressure (Mpa)
{kgf/cm2}
K
Response Time (sec)
L
SL-G01-**-R-C*-31 0.010 to 0.020 0.010 to 0.020 7MPa{71kgf/cm2}
M
SL-G01-**-R-E1-31 0.055 to 0.080 0.150 to 0.185 20ℓ/min
SL-G01-**-(G)R-D2-31 0.055 to 0.080 0.025 to 0.035 40mm2/s {cSt}
Note) 1. T
he switching response time changes slightly with operating conditions (pressure, flow rate, viscosity, etc.)
2. In the case of power supply type E1 (with built-in rectifier), the spring return time using Quick Return (option symbol: Q) is the same as D2.
N
E-43
SL-G01-A**-R-C*-31 SL-G01-C**-R-C*-31
F 13 20 14 15 16 13 20 14 15 16
F
10 18 11 12 6 19 17 3 1 7 4 5 8 2 11 12 9 19 5 4 17 3 1 7 18 10
E
Solenoid Valve
SL-G01-A**-R-D/E*-31 SL-G01-C**-R-D/E*-31
F 13 20 14 15 16 13 20 14 15 16
I 10 18 11 12 6 19 17 3 1 7 4 5 8 2 11 12 9 19 5 4 17 3 1 7 18 10
K
1 Body 11 Rod
Type/ Part Number Q'ty
L Part 2 Plug 12 Solenoid guide
Part Name Single Double
No. DC SOL AC SOL 3 Spool 13 Solenoid coil
Solenoid Solenoid 4 Retainer A 14 Packing
17 O-ring AS568-012(NBR-90) 4 4 5 Retainer B 15 Terminal box kit
18 O-ring NBR-70-1 P20 NBR-70-1 P18 1 2 6 Retainer C 16 Nameplate
M 19 O-ring NBR-90 P18 2 2

7
8
Spacer
Spring A
17
18
O-ring
O-ring
20 O-ring S-25(NBR-70-1) AS568-025(NBR-70-1) 1 2 9 Spring C 19 O-ring
10 Nut 20 O-ring
N AS568 is SAE standard.
Seal Kit Number

AC SOL. DC SOL.
O Single Solenoid Double Solenoid Single Solenoid Double Solenoid
ELCS-AA ELCS-CA ELCS-AD ELCS-CD
E-44
DSS(DSA) TYPE SOLENOID CONTROLLED
PILOT OPERATED DIRECTIONAL VALVE
DSS (DSA) 22 Design Series 300 to 600ℓ/min E

Solenoid Control Valve 32 to 35MPa
Features C
qLong-life operation is ensured by use eLow pressure loss tBuilt-in pilot pressure check valve
of the high-performance, renowned
SS(SA)-G01 wet solenoid valve as
the pilot valve.
An original flow path design provides
wide-ranging low pressure loss and
enhanced system circuit efficiency.
When tandem center type valve is
used for the internal pilot valve (op-
tion), pilot pressure required for
C
wHigh pressure, high capacity rInternal modification of the pilot and switching is self-maintained.
The 04 size can provides up to 300 ℓ/ drain can be accomplished without
min, while the 06 size delivers up to
600 ℓ/min.
removing the valve by simply con-
necting and disconnecting plugs. E
Specifications E
Solenoid Valve
Valve Size 04 Size 06 Size
Valve Model Number
P.A.B. Ports
DSS(DSA)-G04-***-R-**-22
35{357}
DSS(DSA)-G06-***-R-**-22
32{326}
F
Maximum Working
Pressure Internal Drain Type 16{163} 16{163}
MPa{kgf/cm2} T Port

External Drain Type 21{214}
300
21{214}
600
G
Rated Flow Rate ℓ/min 150 300
Maximum Pilot Pressure MPa{kgf/cm2} 25{255} 25{255}
A** (Spring Offset Type) H

E** (No-spring Detent Type) 0.8{8.2} 0.8{8.2}
Minimum pilot
pressure C** (Spring Center Type)
MPa{kgf/cm2}
D** (Pressure Center Type) 1.2{12.2} 1.2{12.2} I
Built-in Pilot Pressure Check Valve Type (For Internal Pilot) 0.45 {4.6} (for *3Z, *4, *7*, *8 pilot pressure generation)
Maximum Changeover Frequency (cycles/minute) 120 120
Pilot Volume (cm3)

A** (Spring Offset Type)
C** (Spring Center Type)

8.0
4.0
20.0
10.0
J
A** (Spring Offset Type) 8.7(9.5) 14.5(15.4)
Weight (kg)
E** (No-spring Detent Type)
C** (Spring Center Type)

9.2(10.0) 15.0(15.9) K
D** (Pressure Center Type) 10.5 16.5
Dust-resistance/Water-resistance Rank JIS C 0920
Ambient Temperature
DSS: IP64 (Dust-tight, Splash-proof) DSA: IP65 (Dust-tight, Waterjet-proof)
-20 to 50°C
L
Operating
Environment
Operating Fluid Kinematic Viscosity Range 15 to 300mm2/s
Filtration 25 μm or less M
M6 × 45 (Two)
Mounting bolt M12 × 60 (Six)
Bundled M10 × 50 (Four)
N
Accessories M6 10 to 13{102 to 133}
Tightening Torque N-m{kgf-cm} M12 60 to 70{612 to 714}
M10 45 to 55{460 to 560}
Note) 1. The maximum flow rate of each valve depends on the pressure. For details, see pages E-50 and E-51.
2. Weight in parentheses is for stroke adjustment type.
3. Solenoid specifications are the same as those for SS (SA)-G01. For more information, see pages E-3 and E-15.
O
E-45
•Handling
zPilot pressure values show the dif- even if the pilot is external and the ,Use of the pressure center type is
ferential pressure between the pilot drain is internal. recommended for large-volume flow
F port and tank port or drain port. In
the case of the pressure center, they
vThe maximum operating pressure for
internal pilot is 25MPa because it is
control.
.For the all ports open center type
show differential pressure between limited by the pilot pressure. (A3Z, E3Z, C4, D4), PT mounting
the pilot and drain ports (DR1, DR2). bFor the PT mounting type DSS(DSA)- type (C7X, C7Y, D7X, D7Y), and PAT
xThe standard configuration is inter- G**-C7*-**-22, open cross over with mounting type, use the type with
C nal pilot and external drain, but oth-
er configurations are possible when
restrictor C7Y is standard.
nWhen adjustable spool stroke is de-
built-in external pilot pressure check
valve.
required. See page E-52 for more sired, specify L in the auxiliary sym- ⁄0The coil surface temperature increas-
information. bol position of the model number. es if this valve is kept continuously
cThe JIS number on the nameplate Note, however, that this is not avail- energized.
C indicates the standard internal pilot
and external drain.
able with the pressure center type.
mWhen using a detent type (E3*), use
Install the valve so there is no chance
of it being touched directly by hand.
Note therefore that the JIS numbers constant energization in order to se-
on page E-50 and E-51 are used curely maintain the switching position.
F
Valve Model Number DSS(DSA)-G04 DSS(DSA)-G06
E
Solenoid Valve
F B A
A B
Front Position
H
The pilot solenoid valve on the 04 size and the 06 size are mounted in opposite directions.
Refer to the middle of the next page for models of the pilot solenoid valve that are mounted.
A B A B
I
a b b a
Simplified Symbols
P T Y(DR1) P T Y(DR1)
J
A B A B
K a
A' B'
b b
A' B'
a
Detailed Symbols P' T' P' T'
Y(DR1) Y(DR1)
L
P T P T
AB AB
M
A Port Restrictor: Right side A A Port Restrictor: Left side A
Flow Regulator Adjusting Screw Positions
B Port Restrictor: Left side B B Port Restrictor: Right side B
N A Port Side: P→A, B→T flow rate adjustment

(For C7Y, P→B, A→T)
B Port Side: P→B, A→T flow rate adjustment
O
(For C7Y, P→A, B→T)
A port side
Adjustable Stroke Adjusting Screw Positions B port side
E-46
DSS − G 06 − C 7 Y C − **R* − C2 − 22
Design number
E
Power supply
C: AC (50/60Hz) C1=AC100V C115=AC110V C2=AC200V C230=AC220V
E: AC (Built-in rectifier; 50/60Hz) C
Auxiliary symbol (For multiple specifications, use alphabetic sequence.)
C
A: Internal drain Y: W ith meter-out flow N: With manual lock
E: External pilot regulator valve Q: Quick return type
L: Spool stroke limiter R: With indicator light GR: S urgeless type
P: Flow regulator valve DSS type: Standard with indicator
to restrict P port DSA type: Optional
Pilot pressure check valve
None: No check valve E
C: Built-in check valve X Y Z
Transition flow path (Specify for *3*, *7* only.) Closed Semi-open Open
E
X: Closed Y: Restrictor open Z: Open
Center valve position flow path

1, 2, 3, 4, 4S, 1 2 3 4 4S 5 6 6S 7 8
Solenoid Valve
5, 6, 6S, 7, 8 A B A B A B A B A B A B A B A B A B A B
Operation Method
P T P T P T P T P T P T P T P T P T P T
F
A: Spring offset A E C D
E: No-spring detent Spring Offset No-spring detent Spring Center Pressure center
C: Spring center
G
A B A B A B A B
D: Pressure center
P T Y(DR1) P T Y(DR1) P T Y(DR1) L(DR2) P T Y(DR1)
Nominal diameter 04 size, 06 size
Pump Type DSS: Central terminal box solenoid control valve

DSA: DIN connector type solenoid control valve
H
Pilot (PP), Drain (DR)
*High Pilot Pressure
Use at pressures that do not exceed 25MPa{255kgf/cm2}
*Internal PP, external DR are Nachi-Fujikoshi standards.
Built-in Pilot Solenoid Valve
Valve Model Number For G04 For G06
I
For external PP: Built-in stopper plug (Option E) DSS(DSA)-G**-A** SS(SA)-G01-A3X SS(SA)-G01-H3X
For internal DR: Stopper plug modification (Option A)
DSS(DSA)-G**-E** SS(SA)-G01-E3X
*Internal DR Precautions
Make sure that the differential pressure between the pilot pressure
and tank back pressure is greater than the minimum pilot pressure.
Do not connect any pipe that generates sudden surge pressure.
DSS(DSA)-G**-C**
DSS(DSA)-G**-D**
SS(SA)-G01-C6
SS(SA)-G01-C9 J
Built-in Pilot Pressure
Check Valve
Flow Regulator Valve
*Rotating the adjusting screw
K
*Like the C7Y, this internal PP type is used clockwise (rightward) slows the
in a flow path configuration where mainte- main spool switching speed.
nance of pilot pressure is required. P: Excitation of the solenoid
L
(starting of the actuator) causes a
restrictor effect.
Y: The restrictor effect can be
obtained especially when the
solenoid is de-excited (actuator
stopped).
M
X Y
C
(PP) (DR)
A
Pilot Valve Mounting Bolts
Check Valve Pressure Loss B
{kgf/cm2} P T Standard M5×45 (four)
1.2 12.2
Pressure Loss
N
04 size Stage 1 M5×85 (four)
(MPa)
0.8 06 size 0.82

Stage 2 M5×125 (four)
0.4 0.41 AB Stage 3 M5×165 (four)

Simple a symbols
A B (Tightening Torque: 5 to 7N·m {51 to 71kgf-cm})
O
100 200 300 400 500 a b
Flow rate (ℓ/min)
P T Y(DR1)
Note) Above symbols are for DSS (DSA)-G06. Sub Plate Number
Detent Type Installation Adjustable Stroke Type Connecting Weight
Size Model No. Pipe
*Tightening the adjusting screw makes the (kgf)
Diameter
main spool stroke smaller, which restricts flow. Rc 1/2
MDS-04-10
For G04 4.5
Y(DR1) MDS-04X-10 Rc 3/4
Pressure center
*Install the valve in a horizontal configuration. *Use this valve in a high-pressure, large-vol- MDS-06-30 Rc 3/4
For G06 5.2
*Provide constant energization for secure holding. ume circuit to ensure reliable return of the MDS-06X-30 Rc1
main spool to the neutral position.
E-47
DSS(DSA)-G04-A**-R-**-22
(Spring Offset Type)
F 2- φ 11x1 counterbore
φ 6.6 holes X (PP) port
Used for external pilot
L (DR2) port
Used for pressure center type X
P
C
A
B
T
Y
4- φ 17.5x1 counterbore Y (DR1) port
φ 11 holes Used for external drain
C AC150.5(141)
DC157.5(148)
61 Space required
for coil removal
DSS type
DSA type
AC102
48.5(39) DC109 2-G1/2 (Previously PF)
F SOL b
172.5
188
193.5
182
E
101
35
34
33
Solenoid Valve
52 45.5 2- φ 3
4
102 91
153.6
DSS(DSA)-G04-E **-R-**-22
G C
(No-spring Detent Type)
AC204
DC218
AC102
DSS(DSA)-G04-D**-R-**-22
(Pressure Center Type)
DC109
(Spring Center Type) SOL a SOL b
H SOL a SOL b
Y
Y 93
I
143
245
A
A
E
DSS(DSA)-G04- **-RY-**-22 DSS(DSA)-G04-E **-LR-**-22
C
C
D
J (Flow Regulator Type) (Adjustable Stroke Type)
SOL a SOL b
SOL a SOL b
Lock nut
K
(233.5)
Stroke adjusting screw

228
Pilot flow rate adjusting screw

Y
Stroke adjustment range 8 88

276
L Dimensions in the parentheses are for the DSA-G04-***-RY-**-22.

326 max.
M ISO 4401-07-06-0-05
JIS B 8355 D-07-06-0-05 For sub plate DSS (DSA) -G04
3-Rc1/4
3- φ 6 92 4-M10x17 Model No. E Weight
11 70 4-Rc“E”
2- φ 4 (pin hole) 4- φ 17.5 16
N
MDS-04-10 1/2
4.5kg
Y MDS-04X-10 3/4
X
Y
X
B
P
101.6
O
B
164
142
125.7
114.2
88.1
P A
76.6
123
65.9
92.2
T
80.2
50
34.1
T
18.3
A
49.2
17.2
37.2
L
L
20.2
1.6 21 14.4
11
11
14.3 35 16
2-M6x12 15.9 4- φ 17.5x11 counterbore 41.5
34.9 φ 11 holes 52
55.6 55.7
57.2
69.9
11 71.5
E-48
DSS(DSA)-G06-A**-R-**-22
(Spring Offset Type)
L (DR2) port
Used for pressure center type
Y (DR1) port
Used for external drain E
X (PP) port
6- φ 21x2counterbore
φ 13.8 holes C
Used for external pilot
AC150.5(141) Space required
DC157.5(148) 61 for coil removal
AC102 DSS type DSA type
C
48.5(39) DC109 2-G1/2 (Previously PF)
SOL a
212.5
E
207
191.5
201
145.5
120
48
43
41
E
50.5
6
127.5 58 2- φ 6
255 116
E DSS(DSA)-G06-D**-R-**-22
DSS(DSA)-G06- **-R-**-22
Solenoid Valve
C
(No-spring Detent Type)
(Spring Center Type)
AC204
DC218
(Pressure Center Type)
F
AC102
DC109
SOL b SOL a
SOL b SOL a G
101.5
178.5
306
H
A
A
E
DSS(DSA)-G06- **-RY-**-22
C
DSS(DSA)-G06-E **-LR-**-22
C
I
D
(Flow Regulator Type) (Adjustable Stroke Type)
SOL b SOL a
Lock nut
SOL b SOL a
J
(252.5)
Pilot flow rate adjusting screw Stroke adjusting screw

247
K
Stroke adjustment range 12.5 96
346
417 max.
Dimensions in the parentheses are for the DSA-G06-***-RY-**-21.

L
ISO 4401-08-07-0-05
JIS B 8355 D-08-07-0-05 For sub plate DSS (DSA) -G06 M
154
130.2
112.7 Model No. E Weight
100.8
N
94.5 MDS-06-30 3/4
77 5.2kg
53.2 2- φ 7x8 (pin hole) MDS-06X-30 1
12 29.4
17.5 4 - φ 20x13 counterbore
5.6 φ 14 holes
4.8
12
T P Y O
19
2- φ 11 holes
46
17.5
L Rc1/4 (back)
74.6
73
92.1
118
A B
X
32 φ 11 hole 25.4 6-M12x25

35 Rc1/4 (back) 180.8
207
4- φ 20 holes
Rc“E” (back)
E-49
DSS(DSA)-G04
F
Model No. JIS Symbol Pressure - Flow Rate Allowable Value Model No. JIS Symbol Pressure - Flow Rate Allowable Value
3 3 3 3
2-Position No-spring Detent Type

DSS(DSA) A B DSS(DSA) A B b
2-Position Spring Offset Type
b a
C -G04
-A3X-
P T
4 2
Y
300
-G04
-E3X-
P T
4 2
Y
300
Flow rate
Flow rate
ℓ/min
ℓ/min
2 2 200 2 2 200
A B
b a A B b
-A3Z- 100 -E3Z- 100
C P
3
T
4 1
3
Y
0
10{102} 20{204} 30{306}
P
3
T
4 1
3
Y
0
10{102} 20{204} 30{306}
A B
b Pressure MPa{kgf/cm2} a A B b Pressure MPa{kgf/cm2}
-A3Y- -E3Y-
P T Y P T Y
F
4 2 4 2
3 3 3 3
DSS(DSA) A B DSS(DSA) A B
a b a b
-G04 -G04
P T Y L P T Y
-C1- 4 1 -D1- 4 1
E
PP-0.8MPa{8.2kgf/cm2}
2 3 2 3
A B A B
a b a b
-C2- -D2-
P T Y L P T Y
4 2 PP-1.2MPa{12.2kgf/cm2} 4 2
Solenoid Valve
F
3 3 3 3
A B A B
a b a b
-C5- 300 -D5-
Flow rate
ℓ/min
P T Y L P T Y
4 2 4 2
200
3 3 3 3
3-Position Pressure Center Type
100
3-Position Spring Center Type
A B A B
G
a b a b
-C6- -D6-
P T Y 0 L P T Y
4 1 10{102} 20{204} 30{306} 4 1 300
Flow rate
ℓ/min
Pressure MPa{kgf/cm2}
3 3 3 3 200
A B A B
a b a b
-C6S- -D6S-
H
100
P T Y L P T Y
4 2 4 2
0
3 3 3 3
10{102} 20{204} 30{306}
A B 300 A B Pressure MPa{kgf/cm2}
Flow rate
a b a b
ℓ/min
-C4S- -D4S-
P T Y 200 L P T Y
I 2
4
A B
2
2
100 2
4
A B
2
2
a b a b
-C4- 0 -D4-
10{102} 20{204} 30{306}
P T Y L P T Y
4 3 1 Pressure MPa{kgf/cm2} 4 3 1
J a
2
A B
3
b 300 a
2
A B
3
b
Flow rate
-C8- -D8-
ℓ/min
P T Y 200 L P T Y
4 5 2 4 5 2
100
K
4 4 4 4
A B A B
-C7X- a b
0 -D7X- a b
-C7Y- 10{102} 20{204} 30{306} -D7Y-

P T Y L P T Y
3 6 5 Pressure MPa{kgf/cm2} 3 6 5
Note) The JIS number indicates the standard internal pilot and external drain.
L
Pressure Loss Characteristics Note) Interpreting the Pressure Switching Response Time
Loss Value Model No. : DSS-G04-C5
M 2 2 Voltage Symbol: C1 (AC Solenoid)

6 5 4
A B
3 a b
1.2{12.2}
2 P T Y
1.0{10.2}
Pressure Loss
MPa{kgf/cm2}
4 3 1 (DR1) 0.15
N
At switching
0.8{8.2} 1
SOL, OFF
0.10
sec
0.6{6.1}
P A Curve 2 SOL, ON
0.4{4.1} 0.05
B T Curve 4
0.2{2}
O
At center
Curve 3 0 5{51} 10{102} 15{153} 20{204} 25{255}
0 100 200 300 P T
Pilot pressure MPa{kgf/cm2}
Flow rate /min
E-50
DSS(DSA)-G06
Model No. JIS Symbol Pressure - Flow Rate Allowable Value Model No. JIS Symbol Pressure - Flow Rate Allowable Value
2-Position No-spring Detent Type

1 1 1 1
DSS(DSA) A B DSS(DSA) A B a
2-Position Spring Offset Type
a b
-G06 -G06
P T Y P T Y
-A3X- 2 1 600 -E3X- 2 1 600
Flow rate
Flow rate
500 500
ℓ/min
ℓ/min
C
1 1 400 1 1 400
A B
a A B a
300 b 300
-A3Z- 200 -E3Z- 200
P T Y P T Y
2 1 100 2 1 100
1 1
0 10{102} 20{204} 30{306} 1 1
0 10{102} 20{204} 30{306}
C
A B
a Pressure MPa{kgf/cm2} b A B a Pressure MPa{kgf/cm2}
-A3Y- -E3Y-
P T Y P T Y
2 1 2 1
1 1 1 1
DSS(DSA) A B
DSS(DSA) A B
b a b a
E
-G06 -G06
P T Y L P T Y
-C1- 2 1 -D1- 2 1
PP-0.8MPa{8.2kgf/cm2}
1 1 1 1
A B A B
b a b a
-C2- -D2-
E
P T Y L P T Y
2 1 PP-1.2MPa{12.2kgf/cm2} 2 1
1 1 1 1
A B A B
b a b a
-C5- 600 -D5-
Solenoid Valve
Flow rate
P T Y
500 L P T Y
ℓ/min
2 1 2 1
F
400
1 1 300 1 1
200 3-Position Pressure Center Type
3-Position Spring Center Type
A B A B
b a b a
-C6- 100 -D6-
P T Y L P T Y
2 1 0 10{102} 20{204} 30{306} 2 1 600
Flow rate
Pressure MPa{kgf/cm2} 500
ℓ/min
1 1 1 1 400
A B A B
b a b a 300
-C6S- -D6S- 200
P T Y L P T Y
2 1 2 1 100
1 1 1 1
0 10{102} 20{204} 30{306}
H
b A B
a 600 b A B
a Pressure MPa{kgf/cm2}
Flow rate
-C4S- 500 -D4S-

ℓ/min
P T Y 400 L P T Y
2 1 2 1
300
1 1
200 1 1
b A B
a
100 b A B
a
-C4-
2
P
3
T
1
Y
0 10{102} 20{204} 30{306}
-D4-
L
2
P T
3 1
Y
I
1 1 1 1
b A B
a 600 b A B
a
Flow rate
-C8- 500 -D8-

ℓ/min
J
P T Y 400 L P T Y
2 5 1 2 5 1
300
3 2
200 3 2
A B 100 A B
-C7X- b a -D7X- b a
-C7Y- 0 10{102} 20{204} 30{306} -D7Y-

P T Y L P T Y
K
2 5 4 2 5 4
Note) The JIS number indicates the standard internal pilot and external drain.
Pressure Loss Characteristics Note) Interpreting the Pressure

Loss Value
Model No. : DSS-G06-C5
Voltage Symbol: C1 (AC Solenoid)
L
5 4 1 1
A B
3 b a
M
2.0{20.4}
P T Y
2
Pressure Loss
MPa{kgf/cm2}
1.6{16.3} 2 4 1 (DR1) 0.15

At switching
1
1.2{12.2} SOL, OFF
0.10
sec
0.8{8.2} P A Curve 1
0.4{4.1}
B
At center
T Curve 2
0.05
SOL, ON
N
P T Curve 4 0 5{51} 10{102} 15{153} 20{204} 25{255}
0 100 200 300 400 500 600
Pilot pressure MPa{kgf/cm2}
Flow rate ℓ/min
E-51
DSS(DSA)-G04-C**-R-C*-22
F 18 17 6
C Pilot, Drain System Change

9 A 16 B 8
T P
C P R
C
10
F 15
X
R P Y(DR1) X(PP)
P 7
E
Cross-sectional P-P Cross-sectional R-R
4 1 3 11 13 14 12 5 2
Solenoid Valve
F DSS(DSA)-G06-C**-R-C*-22
18 17 6
G Pilot, Drain System Change

9 A 16 8 B
H P
R
T
C
10
X
R
I 15
P
7
J
X(PP) P Y( DR 1)
Cross-sectional P-P Cross-sectional R-R

4 1 3 13 11 14 12 5 2
Changing the Pilot and Drain Connections

K Part No. Part Name Part No. Part Name Part No. Part Name After Change Hexagon Socket Head Plug
1 Body 8 Plug 14 O-ring
Internal Switch from A to X.
2 Cover 9 Plug 15 O-ring
Pilot
L
3 Spool 10 Plug 16 O-ring External Switch from X to A.
4 Ring 11 Pin 17 Solenoid Valves
5 Spring 12 O-ring 18 Screw Internal Switch from B to C.
6 Nameplate 13 O-ring Drain
External Switch from C to B.
7 Screw
M
List of Sealing Parts Seal Kit Number
N Part
No.
Part Name
04 size
Part Number
06 Size
Q'ty
04 size
06 Size
12 O-ring NBR-90 P34 NBR-90 G45 2 EDBS-04AA-1A EDBS-04CA-1A EDBS-06AA-1A EDBS-06CA-1A

13 O-ring NBR-90 P22 NBR-90 P28 4 Note) The seal kit includes a seal for the pilot solenoid valve.
O 14 O-ring NBR-90 P10A NBR-90 P20 2
15 O-ring NBR-90 P9 NBR-90 P10 2
Note) 1. T
he materials and hardness of the O-ring conforms with JIS B2401.
2.See SS/SA-G01-**-31for information about the seal part for the pilot sole-
noid valve.
E-52
FINE SOLENOID VALVE
Fine Solenoid Valve 10 to 40ℓ/min

SF Series 21MPa
Features
qThe function of two valves in one eSeparate control of forward and back •Handling
A two-speed controller provides cylinder movement zValve differential pressure
smooth speed adjustment from low There are five volume settings for Volume adjustment becomes sensi-
speed to high, and from high-speed highspeed flow rate and accelera- tive when P→A (B) and B(A)→T differ-
to low. tion/deceleration times that can be ential pressure is large. Maintain the
wQuiet starts and stops independently adjusted SOL.a and pressure differential so it is no great-
A low-speed startup and stop feature SOL.b (ON side, OFF side). er than 3.5MPa {35.7kgf/cm2}.
makes startups and stops smooth xLow-speed flow rate
and soft. The spool may not move if the low-
speed flow rate is below the mini-
mum. Use this valve only within the
Specifications allowable minimum low-speed flow
rate range. E
Model No. SF-G01 SF-G01 SF-G01 cDeceleration circuit
Item -C*10-D2-10 -C*20-D2-10 -C*40-D2-10 •Use a C5** spool for the decelera-
Solenoid Valve
Valve Maximum Operating Pressure MPa{kgf/cm2} 21{214} tion circuit. Deceleration is difficult
Maximum Flow Rate ℓ/min(Note1) 10 20 40 with the C6S** spool.
High-speed Flow Rate ℓ/min(Note1) 5 to 10 10 to 20 20 to 40 •When large deceleration is required
Low-speed Flow Rate ℓ/min(Note1) 0.5 to 4 2 to 8 4 to 16 or for a system that uses a vertical
Maximum Allowable Pressure MPa{kgf/cm2} 7{71}
cylinder, equip an external drain
type counter balance valve. See the
Acceleration/Deceleration Time Adjustment Range SEC 0.1 to 2
illustration below.
Hysteresis (Note 2) 7%
vPilot check circuit
Repeatability (Note 2) 3% •For a circuit with a pilot check valve,
Power Supply Voltage V D2: 24V DC regulated DC power supply knocking may occur in the pilot
Maximum Power Consumption W 36W check valve due to large load inertia
Dust Resistance/Water Resistance Rank JIS C 0920 IP63(Dust-tight, Rain-proof) and circuit pressure loss. In cases
Environment
like this, use an external drain type

Operating
Ambient Temperature 5 to 50°C

Temperature Range 5 to 60°C pilot check valve. See the illustration
Operating below.
Fluid
Mounting
Size x Length M5×45 (four)

bolt
Tightening Torque 5 to 7N·m{51 to 71kgf·cm}

DR
Note) 1. The above high-speed and low-speed flow rates are obtained with a differential pressure
(PA, PB) of 1.0MPa {10.2kgf/cm2}. The flow rates depend on differential pressure. DR
2. Hysteresis and repeatability values are those at maximum flow rate. b A B a b A B a
3. For mounting bolts, use bolts of 12.9 strength classification or equivalent. P T P T
4. Mounting bolts are not included.
When large brake pres- When there is the possi-

sure is required bility of pilot check valve
(Use an external drain knocking
Explanation of model No. type counter valve.) (Use an external drain
type pilot check valve.)
SF – G01 – C * * * – * R – D2 – 10
Design number bEnvironmental conditions
•The IC circuit board is located inside
Power supply D2: 24VDC the central control box, so care must
be exercised concerning water-re-
With indicator light sistance and ambient temperature.
· Water: Cover the box so there is no
Auxiliary symbol
None: Sink
direct splashing with water.
· Ambient Temperature: Use in an
A: Source
area where the temperature is 5°C
Maximum flow rate: 10, 20, 40ℓ/min to 50°C.
nOperating Fluid
Center position: 5, 6S •Always keep the operating fluid clean.
Operation Method: C (Spring center)
Allowable contamination is class
NAS11 or less.
Mounting method G: Gasket type •Use oil-based hydraulic operating
Nominal diameter: 01 (01 size) fluid.
•Contact your agent when you want
Fine solenoid valve to use fire-resistant hydraulic fluid.
E-53
mNote the following points to optimize that sufficient low-speed running can cause stopping during decel-
operation. is provided following deceleration eration and shock problems due
(1) Control oil temperature when us- before stopping operation. If low- to fluctuation in load, etc.
ing this valve. Since the valve per- speed operation time is too short
form restrictor valve control on all
processes, temperature differen- Spool Type and JIS Symbols
tial changes flow volume and ac- Spool Type C5** C6S**
celeration/deceleration time. The
B recommended temperature range
is 30°C to 60°C. JIS Symbol
b A B a b A B a
(2) During the positioning operation P T P T

following deceleration, make sure
C
Electrical Wiring
•Sink Type (Auxiliary Symbol: None) •Source Type (Auxiliary Symbol: A)
Switches on load and power supply minus witches on load and power supply plus
S
side side
E COM terminal (+) SW1 Low-speed signal input terminal
Low-speed High-speed Low-speed

Solenoid Valve
Switch SW2 ON
F 24V DC regulated
DC power supply –
+ 24V DC regulated +
DC power supply
–
High-speed
signal
Switch SW1 ON
Low-speed
signal
Time
G
High-speed signal High-speed signal
SW2 input terminal SW2 input terminal
Low-speed signal
SW1 input terminal COM terminal (–)
H Adjustment Elements Electrical Control Precautions

• Do not introduce a high-speed signal
Control Pattern prior to a low-speed signal. Make sure
the two signals are introduced simul-
I Acceleration time
adjustment VR2
High-speed flow rate
adjustment VR3
Decreation time
adjustment VR4
taneously or that the low-speed signal
is introduced first.
(1) Repeatedly introducing the high-
Flow rate
speed signal first in a source type con-

ON side OFF side
J Low-speed flow rate
adjustment VR1
Low-speed flow rate
adjustment VR5
figuration can damage the IC board.
(2) The valve will not operate on the high-
speed signal only.
• The following adjustments in the range
of VR1 through VR5 can be made in-
K 0 dependently for SOL.a and SOL.b.
High-speed
SW 2 ON You can make adjustments for the

best conditions for forward and back
signal
operations when considering the cyl-

L inder operations.
Low-speed
SW 1 ON • Adjustment volume is arranged in from

signal
VR1 through VR5 in clockwise (right-

ward) rotation sequence when viewed
M Time from the coil side.

• The following are the factory default
volume settings.
VR1·2·4·5
Minimum setting
N (SOL a) High-speed flow rate adjustment VR3
VR3Maximum setting
(SOL b) Acceleration time adjustment VR2 All Adjustment VRs
(SOL b) ON side low-speed flow rate adjustment VR1 (SOL a) Deceleration time adjustment VR4
Maximum is
(SOL a) OFF side low-speed flow rate adjustment VR5
clockwise
O SOL b SOL a
(Max.)
(rightward)
rotation.
• The volume rotation angle
(SOL b) OFF side low-speed flow rate adjustment VR5
(SOL a) ON side low-speed flow rate adjustment VR1 is 270°. Contact your agent
(SOL b) Deceleration time adjustment VR4
(SOL a) Acceleration time adjustment VR2 about a three-rotation type
(SOL b) High-speed flow rate adjustment VR3
adjustor for fine adjust-
ment.
E-54
SF-G01-C***-(A)R-D2-10 Indicator light (SOL b)
0.75
5.1
T
15.5
25.9
32.5
B
31
A
12.7 Indicator light (SOL a)

21.5
30.2
40.5
2 to G (Previously PF) 1/2 137
E
112.5
Solenoid Valve
92.5
SOL b SOL a
48
37.5
25.5
φ 5.5
46 66
216

•Pressure − Flow Rate Characteristics
• Use the valve within the allowable flow
rate range shown by the graph to the
Left.
40 • There are no operational problems
C540 within the allowable flow rate range,
C6S40 even when one-pass is used.
30
Flow rate
ℓ /min
20
C520
C6S20
10
C510
C6S10
0 10{102} 20{204}
•Control Waveform Example

• Valve: SF-G01-C510-R-D2-10
Control flow rate 10 ℓ /min • Supply Pressure:21MPa{214kgf/cm2}
• Hydraulic Circuit
Control flow rate Control flow rate
0.5 ℓ /min 0.5 ℓ /min
0
Timer set Timer set
Max SW 2 ON Max
b A B a
OFF
SW 1 ON
P T
OFF
0.00 Time 20.00s
E-55
SF-G01-C***-(A)R-D2-10
19 18 10 13 14 8 9 17 12 11 7
E
Solenoid Valve
G Part No. Part Name

1 Body
2 Cover
H 20 15 2 6 4 3 1 5 16
3
4
Spool
Retainer
5 Spacer
6 Spring
7 Nut
I Seal Part List (Kit Model Number EFS)
8
9
Solenoid guide
Solenoid coil
10 Packing B
Part No. Part Name Type/Part Number Q'ty
11 Coil case
J
16 O-ring AS568-012(NBR-90) 4 12 Coil yoke
17 O-ring AS568-019(NBR-70-1) 4 13 Central terminal box kit
14 Nameplate
18 O-ring AS568-019(NBR-90) 2 15 Hexagon Socket Head Bolt
19 O-ring AS568-017(NBR-90) 2 16 O-ring
K 20 O-ring P3 Note2 2
17
18
19
O-ring
O-ring
O-ring
Note) 1. The materials and hardness of the O-ring conforms with JIS
B2401. 20 O-ring
2. Special flurorubber is used (Part Number: RO-P3-VS).
E-56
NONE LEAK TYPE SOLENOID VALVE
SNH Series Non-leak Type 20 to 100ℓ/min

Solenoid Valve 35MPa
Features
qVirtually no internal leakage eHigh reliability compact device configuration.
A poppet structure minimizes internal Since a wet type solenoid valve is used, tEC connector for improved
leaks from low pressures to as high as
35MPa {357kgf/cm2}.
the movable iron core remains im- switching (06 size)
mersed in oil as it moves, which mini-
Enhanced hydraulic circuit efficiency mizes switching noise and ensures reli- During switching, twice the current
reduces energy needs. able operation. (starting current) flows to the coil than
A wet type valve also provides superior normal (holding current), which ensures
Virtually no pressure loss
w water resistance and longer life than a reliable switching operations. The 06
at high volumes dry type valve. size has compact configuration made
possible by an original design that uses
An original fluid reaction force sup-
pression mechanism is provided for all
sizes. Though compact, this valve pro-
rISO standard mounting
service (01, 03 sizes)
a small coil that provides high output,
without the need for a large coil. E
vides the highest level switching capac- This valve can be ganged together
Solenoid Valve
ity for its class. with a modular valve, enabling simple
configuration of circuits and an overall
Specifications
Model No. SNH-G01 SNH-G03 SNH-G04 SNH-G06 •Handling
zTake care so the B port is not sub-
B jected to abnormal surge pressure
b that is in excess of the maximum op-
AR erating pressure.
xThe manual switching (options M, N)
A push pin receives B port pressure, so
B it cannot be pushed with pressure in
a excess of about 5 MPa {51 kgf/cm2}.
JIS Symbol HQ Also, note that with the HQ and A2K
types, even if the manual switching
A push button (option N) is locked,
leaks are not completely stopped.
cUse this valve only within the allow-
A B
b able voltage range.
A2K  vUse of water- or glycol-based hy-
P
draulic operating fluid is standard.
Contact your agent about using other
Maximum Working Pressure fire-resistant hydraulic fluid.
MPa{kgf/cm2} 35{357} bAlways keep the operating fluid
(P, A, B Ports) clean. Allowable contamination is
class NAS12 or less.
Rated Flow Rate - Maximum Flow Rate AR,HQ;10-20
20-40 40-60 60-100 nIn order to realize the full benefits of
ℓ/min A2K; 5-20 the wet type solenoid valve, config-
Maximum Changeover Frequency (per minute) 120 ure piping so oil is constantly sup-
plied to the B port.
( )
Operating Environment
Dust Resistance/Water JIS C 0920 IP65(Dust-tight, Waterjet-proof) Dust-tight, mThe coil surface temperature increas-
IP64
Resistance Rank (Note 2) Splash-proof
Ambient Temperature -20 to 50°C energized. Install the valve so there
is no chance of it being touched di-
Operating Fluid
Temperature Range -20 to 70°C rectly by hand.

Kinematic Viscosity Range 15 to 300mm2/s ,Never try to take this valve apart.
The cap seal cannot be reassembled
without using special tools.
Weight AR·HQ(A2K)kg 1.8(2.2) 5.2 5.5 6.9
Mounting bolt
Size x Length M5×45 (Four) M8×70 (Four) M8×70 (Four) M10×75 (Four)
Tightening Torque 6 to 8 30 to 35 30 to 35 55 to 60
N·m{kgf·cm} {61 to 81} {306 to 357} {306 to 357} {561 to 612}
Note) 1. Internal leaking does not exceed 1 droplet/minute (0.05cm3/min).
2. The power supply type for E* is IP64 (dust-tight, splash-proof).
4. Mounting bolts are not included with the 01 size. Bolts are included with the 03, 04, 06 sizes.
E-57
•Solenoid Assembly Specifications (SNH-G01)
Power For SNH-G01 For SNH-G03

Solenoid Frequency
Supply Voltage (V)
Type (Hz) Solenoid Coil Allowable Voltage Solenoid Coil Allowable Voltage
Type Current (A) Power (W) Current (A) Power (W)
Type Range (V) Type Range (V)
E1 AC100 50/60 EAC64-E1-1A 0.31 27 90 to 110 EBB64-E1 0.40 34 90 to 110

B
AC110 0.26 25 0.33 31
E115 50/60 EAC64-E115-1A 100 to 125 EBB64-E115 100 to 125
DC with AC115 0.27 27 0.34 34
C Built-in
Rectifier
E2 AC200 50/60 EAC64-E2-1A 0.15 26 180 to 220 EBB64-E2 0.22 37 180 to 220
AC220 0.12 24 0.16 30

E230 50/60 EAC64-E230-1A 200 to 250 EBB64-E230 200 to 250
AC230 0.13 27 0.17 33
E
D1 DC12 − EAC64-D1-1A 2.2 26 10.8 to 13.2 EBB64-D1 2.6 31 10.8 to 13.2
DC
Solenoid Valve
D2 DC24 − EAC64-D2-1A 1.1 26 21.6 to 26.4 EBB64-D2 1.5 36 21.6 to 26.4
F
•Solenoid Assembly Specifications (SNH-G03, G04)
G Solenoid
Type
Power
Supply Voltage (V)
Frequency
(Hz) Solenoid
For SNH-G04
Allowable Voltage
Type Current (A) Power (W)
Coil Type Range (V)
H DC with
Built-in
E1 AC100 50/60 EBB64-E1 0.40 34 90 to 110
Rectifier
E2 AC200 50/60 EBB64-E2 0.22 37 180 to 220
I
DC D2 DC24 − EBB64-D2 1.5 36 21.6 to 26.4
J •Solenoid Assembly Specifications (SNH-G06)
Power For SNH-G06
K
Solenoid Frequency
Supply Voltage (V)
Type (Hz) Solenoid Drive Current Holding Holding Allowable Voltage
Type
Coil Type (A) Current (A) Power (W) Range (V)
E1 AC100 50/60 EBB64-D60 0.71 0.36 33.2 90 to 110
L
DC with
Built-in
Rectifier
E2 AC200 50/60 EBB64-D120 0.39 0.19 36.4 180 to 220
M DC D2 DC24 − EBB64-D17 3.0 1.5 37.4 21.6 to 26.4
E-58
SNH – G 01 – AR – * – D2 – 11
Design number
11: 01size
10: 03, 04, 06size
Power supply
E: AC (Built-in rectifier; 50/60Hz)
E1=AC100V E115=AC115V (only with 01 and 03 sizes, there are no 04 or 06 size settings)
E2=AC200V E230=AC230V (only with 01 and 03 sizes, there are no 04 or 06 size settings)

M: With manual switching pin
N: With manual switching push-button (with lock mechanism)
R: With indicator light (excluding 06 size)
GR: Surgeless type, with indicator (except for 06 size or 01, 03, 04 size power supply type E*)
Operation symbol
AR: 2-port normal close
HQ: 2-port normal open
A2K: 3-port (01 size)
Nominal pipe diameter: 01, 03, 04, 06 size E

Mounting method: Gasket type
Solenoid Valve
Pump type
SNH: Non-leak type solenoid valve
Options (Auxiliary Symbol)

• Select options in accordance with size, as shown in the table to the right. Auxiliary
symbol M N R GR
(1) The 06 size has an EC connector and a built in surge killer as standard.
Size
However, an indicator light is not provided because of space consider-
01 K K K K
ations.
(2) Option N increases the measurement by the size of the pushbutton only. 03 K K K K
04 K K K K
06 K K  
With manual push pin With manual push-button (with lock mechanism)
(Auxiliary Symbol "M") (Auxiliary Symbol "N")

Manual operation
push pin
Overall length
increases by 38mm.
No change in overall length
E-59
Electrical Circuits
• These electrical circuits are for sizes 01, 03, 04. An EC connector is used for size 06. See the next page for more information.
Valve Connector Type Wiring Electrical Circuit Diagram
B Connect the power COM

supply to terminals
EA41-1A No.1 and No. 2. The
C
(Standard for power supply type D*) terminal is ground.
±
required.
PG11
Connect the power COM
E EA41-DR1/2-1C
supply to terminals
No.1 and No. 2. The
(D* option: R) terminal is ground.
±
Solenoid Valve
F
required.
G
G01
H G03
G04 PG11
COM
Size EA41-GRD1/2-1C
(D* option: GR) ±
K COM
EA42-1B Connect the power

(For power supply type E*) supply to the termi-
50/60Hz
L
nals on the board.
When ground con-
Power supply
nection is required,
terminal
remove the board and
use the terminal. In
M this case, do not con-

nect the power supply
COM
EA42-R1/2-1B to the No. 1 and No. 2

(E* option: R) terminals. 50/60Hz
N G (Previously PF) 1/2
Note) 1. Connector types 1 and 2 indicate voltage. (1: 100V AC or 12V DC; 2: 200V AC or 24V DC)
O

2. Use a connector cord with a diameter that is in the range of φ 8 to φ 10.
3. The orientation of the connectors can be changed in 90° increments by modifying the terminal block.
5. Use an M3 type as a solderless terminal.
6. Tighten the M3 screws that secure connectors and terminals to a torque of 0.3 to 0.5N·m (3 to 5.1kgf·cm).
E-60
•06 Size EC Connector
SNH-G06 provides large switching
Starting current Holding current Surgeless
power, so an EC connector is used.
SOL OFF
During switching, this EC con-
nector supplies twice the current
(starting current) that normally
flows to the coil (holding current), Current
and drops the current back to nor-

mal after switching is complete. Voltage
SOL ON
Time
Valve Connector Type Wiring Electrical Circuit Diagram

E
Solenoid Valve
+
PWM Circuit
Timer
Surgeless Type (24V DC) Circuit
EC Connector -
EN41-06D2 Power supply
terminal
Note that correct polarity must be main-
tained with the power supply.
06
Size
G (Previously PF) 1/2
Connect the power supply to the terminals on the board. 50/60Hz Full Wave Rectifier Circuit
Built-in Rectifier
PWM Circuit
When ground connection is required, remove the board and Timer
EC Connector Circuit
use the terminal. In this case, do not connect the power
EN41-06E1/E2
supply to the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals. COM
Round type, Y type, and other solderless terminals cannot

be used.
Note) The orientation of the EN41-06** connector cannot be changed at 90° intervals by modifying the terminal block.
E-61
SNH-G**-AR-**-11 Valve Mounding Surface Dimensions
10
01-AR/HQ(Conforms to ISO 4401-03-02-0-05)
77
24 40.5
30.2
B
A B 12.7
15.5 0.75
φ 7 max.
E
A B
31.75
4-M5x12
31
C D
A

C
B
03-AR/HQ(Conforms to ISO 4401-05-04-0-05)

Rotatable 360° (Note 1)
104
φI 25 54
φJ 37.3
Wiring port (Allowable cabtire 16.7
cord diameter: φ 8 to 10) φ 10 max.
G
21.4
A B
F
70
E
46
4-M8x15
Note) An M6 mounting screw type is not yet available.

Solenoid Valve
F
04-AR/HQ
104
43 30
Dimension Table 26
9.5
Size A B C D E F G(Note)2 H I J
G
A B
28
91
01 100 60.5 160.5 60.5 46 48 37.5 9 5.5
75
56
(94.5)
112
03 114 89 203 63 70 72 58 14 8.5
(115.5)
φ 14 max.
H 04 132 71 203 63 75 71
112
(115.5)
58 14 8.5
4-M8x15
06-AR/HQ
06 137 82 219 63 85 71 115.5 60 18 11 120
48 42
I
Note) 1. The 01, 03, 04 size power supply type E* allows rotation at 90° intervals, but the 06 size
10.5
cannot be rotated.
2. Values in parentheses are for 01, 03, 04 size power supply type E*.
3. The P and T ports of the 01, 03 sizes do not have O-ring grooves, so if the manifold has
A B
32
P and T ports, use end plates to close off the valve P and T ports. Contact your agent for
85
information about end plates.
J
64
φ 23 max.
4-M10x18
K SNH-G**-HQ-**-11
10
L
Rotatable 360° (Note 1)
M
G
A B
F
E
N
Dimension Table
K L
O
C D Size C D E F G(Note)2 K L
Space required for coil removal 91
01 160.5 60.5 46 48 70.5 90
(94.5)
112
03 203 63 70 72 89 114
(115.5)
112
04 203 63 75 71 83 120
(115.5)
06 219 63 85 71 115.5 100 119
E-62
SNH-G01-A2K-*-D*/E*-11
104
52 52
15.5 0.75
A B
25.9
31.75
46
31
P
12.7
21.5
30.2
106.5 40.5 39
60.7 186 Valve Mounding Surface Dimensions
Rotatable 360° Space required for coil removal
(90° steps in the case of Note 1) 01-A2K(Conforms to ISO 4401-03-02-0-05)
Wiring port (Allowable cabtire
cord diameter: φ 8 to 10)
φ9
104
φ 5.5
30.5 40.5
91(94.5)
30.2
79.5
21.5
SOL b
15.5 0.75
12.7
48
37.5
φ 7 max.
24
E
A B
25.9
32.5
31
4-M5x12
46
P
Solenoid Valve
Note) 1. P
ower supply type E* allows rotation at 90° intervals.
2. Values in parentheses are for power supply type E*.

Size
01 03 04 06
Flow Path
A↔B a b c d
P↔A, P↔B a   
{kgf/cm2} {kgf/cm2}
3 30.6 3 30.6
2.5 25.5 2.5 25.5

Pressure Loss
Pressure Loss
2 20.4 2 20.4
MPa
Mpa
a b c d
1.5 15.3 1.5 15.3
1 10.2 1 10.2
0.5 5.1 0.5 5.1
0 0
0 20 40 60 80 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180
Flow rate ℓ/min Flow rate ℓ /min
E-63
Pressure - Flow Volume Allowable Value
G01 Size G03 Size
A: AR(A→B) A: AR(A→B)
B: AR(B→A) B: AR(B→A)
A C: HQ(A→B)&(B→A) C: HQ(A→B)&(B→A)
60 D: A2K(P→A,B)&(A,B→P)
120
B A
Flow rate
Flow rate
ℓ/min
40 80
C
ℓ/min
B B
C C
20 40
D
E 0 10
{102}
20
{204}
30
{306}
0 10
{102}
20
{204}
30
{306}
2
Pressure MPa{kgf/cm } Pressure MPa{kgf/cm2 }
Solenoid Valve
F 200
SNH-G04-AR/HQ
250
SNH-G06-AR/HQ
Note) Available flow rate values depend on pres-
sure and fluid flow direction.
The following shows how to read the data.
A: AR(A-B) A: AR(A-B)
180 B: AR(B-A) 225 B: AR(B-A)
C: HQ(A-B)&(B-A) C: HQ(A-B)&(B-A)
A : AR (A→B)
G
A A
160 200
140 175 Oil flow from A

port to B port
Flow rate
Flow rate
120 150
H
ℓ/min
ℓ/min
B
100 125 Valve operation symbol
B C
80 100
C Indicates curve
60 75
I 40 50
20 25
J
0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
{51} {102} {153} {204} {255} {306} {357} {51} {102} {153} {204} {255} {306} {357}
Pressure MPa{kgf/cm2} Pressure MPa{kgf/cm2}
K Switching Response Time

Power Response Time (SEC)
Size
Pressure supply T1 (ON) T2 (OFF)
L
waveform
D* 0.03 to 0.05 0.04 to 0.06
01
E* 0.04 to 0.06 0.08 to 0.10
T1 T2 D* 0.06 to 0.08 0.04 to 0.06
M
03
E* 0.07 to 0.09 0.08 to 0.10
ON D* 0.09 to 0.11 0.06 to 0.08
04
Solenoid E* 0.12 to 0.14 0.14 to 0.16
signal OFF OFF
N
D* 0.04 to 0.06 0.06 to 0.08
06
Time (ms) E* 0.09 to 0.11 0.14 to 0.16
Pressure : 35MPa{357kgf/cm2} Note) The switching response time changes slightly with
operating conditions (pressure, flow rate, viscosity,
Flow Rate : 01 : 20ℓ/min etc.)
O

03 : 40ℓ/min
04 : 60ℓ/min
06 : 100ℓ/min
Operating Fluid : ISO VG68
E-64
SNH-G01-AR-**-11 SNH-G01-HQ-**-11
13 24 25 23 4 7 18 2 2 18 24 23 25 4 7 13
12 21 5 14 11 9 20 22 6 8 3 19 17 1 10 26 10 1 27 8 3 19 17 6 9 22 20 11 14 5 21 12

E
SNH-G01-A2K-**-11
1 Body 15 Coil case
Solenoid Valve
2 Plug 16 Coil yoke
3 Poppet 17 O-ring
4 Sleeve 18 O-ring
13 24 23 7 25 4 8 18
5 Plunger 19 O-ring
6 Solenoid guide 20 O-ring
7 Ring 21 O-ring
8 Collar 22 Backup ring
9 Solenoid stopper 23 Cap seal
10 Spring 24 Cross recessed head small screw
11 Rod 25 Nameplate
12 Nut 26 Stopper
13 Connector 27 Retainer
12 21 5 14 11 20 22 9 6 19 17 3 1 10 2 14 Solenoid coil
03 03
SNH-G04 -AR-**-10 SNH-G04 -HQ-**-10
06 06
13 24 8 23 25 4 7 18 2 2 18 24 23 25 4 7 22 13
12 21 16 15 5 14 11 20 22 9 6 19 17 3 1 10 26 10 1 27 8 3 19 17 6 9 20 11 14 5 15 16 21 12

Q'ty
Part No. Part Name 01 03 04 06
AR,HQ A2K
17 O-ring AS568-012(NBR-90) NBR-90 P12 NBR-90 P16 NBR-90 P28 2 3
18 O-ring NBR-90 P22 NBR-90 P32 NBR-90 P32 NBR-90 P32 2 2
19 O-ring AS568-017(NBR-90) NBR-90 P22 AS568-120(NBR-90) NBR-90 P26 2 4
20 O-ring S-25(NBR-70-1) AS568-029(NBR-70-1) AS568-029(NBR-70-1) AS568-029(NBR-70-1) 1 1
21 O-ring NBR-70-1 P20 AS568-026(NBR-70-1) AS568-026(NBR-70-1) AS568-026(NBR-70-1) 1 1
22 Backup ring T2-P22 T2-P32 T2-P32 T2-P32 2 2
23 Cap seal * * * * 1 1
Note) The materials and hardness of the O-ring conforms with JIS B2401. Backup ring T2 indicates JIS B 2407-T2.
*Parts marked by an asterisk "*" are not available on the market. Contact your agent for more information.
E-65
SOLENOID VALVE WITH
MONITORING SWITCH
SAW Series 100ℓ/min

Directional control valve with monitoring switch 35MPa
B Features
This valve is a spool activated direction- standards. to the standard solenoid operated di-
C
al control valve that uses mechanical The directional control valve with moni- rectional control valve (SA-G01).
detection to operate a switch to send toring switch was developed as a valve eDIN connectors are used for the
an electric ON/OFF signal. This makes to support this demand. switches and solenoid coil wiring so
it possible, by monitoring the status of qThe switch contact has little dead connections are easy when installing
the spool operations, to use it as an in- zone and almost no temperature drift or replacing valves.
formation source for safety checks by (variable motion caused by chang-
using the ON/OFF signal as a basis for es in temperature) or hysteresis be-
sequence control. In the future, they will cause the reaction of the spool action
be used in machinery that is compatible is mechanical.
with international machine safety (ISO wAll valve functions, except for the
E 12100) and JIS standards (JIS B 9700) monitoring function, are equivalent
Operational Principle Fixed contact point Spool

Solenoid Valve
F When the spool is in the center position,

the fixed and moving parts are in con- SOL-ON
tact forming an electric circuit. Operat-
ing the solenoid moves the spool so the Solenoid
moving part moves breaking the elec-
G tric connection between the fixed and
moving parts. Moving contact point
Spool motion
H
Specifications
I Model No. Standard Type Shockless Type
Operation Maximum Working Pressure Maximum Flow Rate Maximum Working Pressure Maximum Flow Rate
JIS Symbol
J A B
Symbol MPa{kgf/cm2} ℓ/min MPa{kgf/cm2} ℓ/min
b -A2X- 30 30
P T
K b
A B
-A3X- 80
P T
A B
L b
P T
-A5- 100
A B
b a
-C1- 80
M P
A
T
B
35{357} 25{255}
b a
-C5- 100 50
P T
N b
A B
a
-C6- 80
P T
A B
O b
P T
a
-C1S-
100
A B
b a -C6S-
P T
Note) The maximum flow rate of each valve depends on the pressure. For details, see page E-72.
E-66
•Valve Specifications
DC Solenoid
AC Solenoid
Built-in Rectifier
Maximum Working Pressure Standard Type 35MPa

P, A, B ports Shockless Type 25MPa
Maximum Allowable Backpressure T port 21MPa
Maximum Flow Rate See pressure-flow characteristics on page E-72 for more information.
Switching Frequency 120/minute
Double Solenoid 2.8kg 3.0kg
Weight
Single Solenoid 2.1kg 2.2kg
Dust Resistance/Water Resistance Rank JIS C 0920 IP65
Operating Fluid Oil-based operating fluid (Note 1)
Operating Ambient Temperature Range -20 to 50°C

Environment Operating Oil Temperature Range -20 to 70°C
Operating Kinematic Viscosity Range 15 to 300mm2/s
Mounting bolt (Note2)

Size × Length Socket hex head bolt (12.9 strength classification or equivalent) M5 × 45, 4 each E
Tightening Torque 5 to 7N·m
Solenoid Valve
Note) 1. Use a petroleum based operating fluid because the ON/OFF mechanism of the valve's monitoring switch is immersed in oil and the oil must
be a nonconducting fluid.
Use only petroleum based operating fluid (do not use fluids that are water, glycol, W/O emulsion, phosphate, or fatty ester based).
Petroleum based operating fluids must also have a water content that is less than 0.1% by volume.
2. Installation bolts are not provided with valves. Use the specified bolts.
•Monitoring Switch Specifications

Voltage Rating DC24V
Allowable Voltage Range ± 20% of voltage rating
Maximum Current Load 100mA
Residual Voltage (Note 3) max. 1.2V
Wiring for Connector for Switch Connect with wires or M12-4 pin connector
Note) 1. See page E-71 for the procedure to wire the connector for the switch.
2. The programmable controller input circuits are positive (+) common mode and negative (-) common mode.
The directional control valve with monitoring switch uses a source circuit [switch on the positive (+) side of the load and power source] for safety
purposes.
Because of this, it is necessary to use a negative (-) common mode programmable controller to receive input from the monitoring switch output.
3. Set the voltage of the power supply to the monitoring switch within a range that satisfies the following conditions.
Load ON voltage + residual voltage <= switch supply voltage <= 28.8 V (+20% voltage rating)
4. The switch element (photocoupler) in the connector's internal circuit for the monitoring switch may malfunction in the ON state because of over
voltage or over current.
Therefore, in addition to checking the ON output of the monitoring switch, monitor the current at the solenoid and the internal circuits of the
connector and valve in conjunction with the switch output.
Condition of monitoring switch output and valve
Current to Solenoid
ON OFF
Abnormal Normal
ON
Malfunction at internal circuit of connector or valve Spool returns to middle position
Monitoring Switch
Output
Normal Abnormal
OFF
Spool is switching Valve malfunction or signal wire is cut
The monitoring switch outputs according to the motion of the spool, so the solenoid turns on and off according to the output signal which
is delayed only as much as the spool operation is delayed.
Set a 0.3 second delay, including leeway, to monitor the output of the switch.
E-67
•Solenoid Specifications
Same specifications as the SA-G01 series (31 design).
Solenoid Power Supply Frequency Holding Current Holding Power Allowable Voltage
Voltage (V) Solenoid Coil Type Drive Current (A)
Type Type (Hz) (A) (W) Range(V)
B C1
AC100
50
60 EAC64-C1
2.2
2.0
0.52
0.38
25
22
80 to 110
90 to 120
AC110 60 2.2 0.46 28
50 2.0 0.47 25 90 to 120
C C115
AC110
60 EAC64-C115 1.8 0.35 22
100 to 130
AC115 60 2.0 0.42 28
AC
50 1.1 0.26 25 160 to 220
AC200
C2 60 EAC64-C2 1.0 0.19 22
180 to 240
AC220 60 1.1 0.23 28
50 1.0 0.24 25 180 to 240
AC220
E
C230 60 EAC64-C230 0.91 0.17 22
200 to 260
AC230 60 1.0 0.21 28
E1 AC100 50/60 EAC64-E1-1A 0.31 27 90 to 110
Solenoid Valve
AC110 0.26 25
F DC with E115 50/60 EAC64-E115-1A 100 to 125

AC115 0.27 27
Built-in
E2 AC200 50/60 EAC64-E2-1A 0.15 26 180 to 220
Rectifier
AC220 0.12 24
E230 50/60 EAC64-E230-1A 200 to 250
G
AC230 0.13 27
D1 DC12  EAC64-D1-1A 2.2 26 10.8 to 13.2
DC
D2 DC24  EAC64-D2-1A 1.1 26 21.6 to 26.4
H •Handling
zIn order to realize the full benefits of .In the case of operation symbol A2X, ⁄4Use surgeless specification (with va-
the wet type solenoid valve, configure run drain piping from the valve T port. ristor diode) directional control valves
piping so oil is constantly supplied to ⁄0Maintaining a switching position un- with monitoring switches for all elec-
I the T port. Never use a stopper plug

in the T port.
der high pressure for a long period
can cause abnormal operation due to
tric valves on the same machine to
prevent misoperation of the monitor-
xEnsure that surge pressure in excess hydraulic lockup. Contact your agent ing switch caused by noise when the
of the maximum allowable back pres- when you need to maintain a switch- solenoid turns on and off.
sure does not reach the T port. ing position for a long period. ⁄5The coil surface temperature increas-
J cNote that the maximum flow rate
⁄1Note that manual pin operating pres-
sure changes in accordance with
valve, or by blocking ports for use as tank line back pressure. no chance of it being touched directly
a two-way valve or one-way valve. ⁄2The solenoid has a pin for switching by hand.
vAlways keep the operating fluid clean. the spool manually. However, use ⁄6The connector for the solenoid is the
K Allowable contamination is class NAS12
or less.
the cap (option symbol: D) to prevent
manual operation for jobs were man-
same as for the SA series solenoid
valve.See page E-19 for electrical
bUse a JIS K 2213 petroleum-based ual operation would cause a safety circuit drawings and wiring proce-
operating fluid, or an equivalent, that problem. dures.
L
has a water content that is less than ⁄3The only way to prevent misopera- ⁄7Use the following table for specifica-
0.1% by volume. tion of the monitoring switch caused tion when a sub plate is required.
nDo not use fire-resistant operating by noise generated by the solenoid
fluid. turning on and off is to install the
mUse this valve only within the allow- surgeless directional control valve
M able voltage range.

,Do not allow the AC solenoid to be-
with monitoring switch (option sym-
bol: GR).
come charged until you install the coil (If the solenoid power source is C*
into the valve. and D*)
N Pipe Maximum Working Recommended Weight

Model No. Pressure Flow Rate Dimension Drawings Page
Diameter MPa{kgf/cm2} (ℓ/min) (kg)
MSA-01X-10 1/4 20
O MSA-01Y-10 3/8 25{255} 40
1.2 E-17
MSA-01Y-T-10 3/8 40 1.9 D-90
E-68
SAW – G 01 – A3X – FGR V – D2 – 11
Design number

C1 : AC100V 50/60Hz, AC110V 60Hz
C115: AC110V 50/60Hz, AC115V 60Hz
C2 : AC200V 50/60Hz, AC220V 60Hz
C230: AC220V 50/60Hz, AC230V 60Hz
D1: DC12V D2 : DC24V
E1: AC100V 50/60Hz E115: AC110/115V 50/60Hz
E2: AC200V 50/60Hz E230: AC220/230V 50/60Hz
Wiring for connector for switch

None: With 350mm wire
V : With M12-4 pin connector
(Example of connector with cable provided by customer: Omron XS2F-D421-D80-A)
E
Option symbols
Solenoid Valve
None: No options (available with power supply E*)
D : With cap to prevent operation of manual push pin
F : Shockless type (available with power supply D* and E*)
GR : Surgeless type, with indicator light (must be installed with power supply C* and D*)
R : With indicator light (available with power supply E*)
Possible option symbol combinations

Power Supply Option Symbols Note)
C* GR, DGR The only way to prevent misoperation of
the monitoring switch caused by noise
D* GR, DGR, FGR, DFGR
generated by the solenoid turning on
E* None, D, F, DF, R, DR, FR, DFR and off is to install the surgeless di-
rectional control valve with monitoring
switch.
(Power supply E* is the standard surgeless
type, option symbol G is not needed.)
Operation Symbol
A B A B
A2X b C5 b a
P T P T
A B A B
A3X b C6 b a
P T P T
A B A B
A5 b C1S b a
P T P T
A B A B
C1 b a C6S b a
P T P T
Nominal diameter
01 size
Mounting method
G: Cascade mounting
Directional control valve with monitoring switch (DIN connector type)
Note) See page E-4 for an explanation of the shockless type (option symbol F) and surgeless type (option symbol G).
E-69
Dimensions of installation surface of gasket are ISO 4401-03-02-0-05.
SAW-G01-A**-**-**-11
B T
A
B
C P
Connector for solenoid Connector for switch

(wiring holes can be configured for 4 directions) (wiring holes can be configured for 4 directions)
E MONITORING OUTPUT.
DON'T CONNECT A POWER SUPPLY.
112.7
Solenoid Valve
92.5
F SOL b SOL.b
51.5
Solenoid coil Monitoring
37.5
25.5
switch
G φ 5.5
46 66
Manual push-button
119.5(112.5) 70.5
H Coil can rotate
190(183)
I SAW-G01-C**-**-**-11
Connector for switch
Connector for solenoid
Note 6) (wiring holes can be configured for 4 directions)
(wiring holes can be configured for 4 directions)
K
MONITORING OUTPUT.
Nut Nut
L SOL b
Solenoid coil
SOL.a
Monitoring
SOL.b
Monitoring
SOL a
Solenoid coil
switch switch
M 61(50)
140.5(133.5)
281(267)
140.5(133.5)
Space required
for coil removal
N Note) 1. Dimensions in parentheses apply in the case of an AC solenoid.

2. For option symbol D (with cap to prevent manual operation), the nut for fixing coil is 5mm long.
Include this length when calculating the total length of the valve.
3. The connector for the switch in the drawing above is the M12-4 pin connector. In addition there are wire connections also.
O
See page E-71 for more detailed information.
4. The wiring hole for the connector is oriented as shown in the diagram for packaging purposes. The orientation can be changed according to
the direction of the wiring.
5. Use surgeless directional control valves with monitoring switches for all electric valves on the same machine to prevent misoperation of the
monitoring switch caused by noise when the solenoid turns on and off.
6. To orient the wiring hole for the connector for the switch towards the solenoid coil, loosen the nut and rotate the solenoid coil so the connector
for the switch does not interfere with the connector for the solenoid.
E-70
•Details about the Connector for the Switch
(1) With wiring (option symbol: none)
350
Red
White
Black
(2) With M12-4 pin connector (option symbol: V)

40.5
M12 P1.0
1 4
E
Solenoid Valve
2 3
Note) 1. The pin connector is screwed to the housing so it is rotated a certain amount compared to the drawing.
Refer to the electrical circuit diagram below for how to connect it.
2. The connector that the M12-4 pin connector connects to is not provided.
(3) Electrical circuit diagram
Customer's control circuit

Directional control valve
with monitoring switch
Internal circuit connector for switch

2 Power supply (+) Red
DC24V
Internal circuit
A 1 (±20%)
Current
1 B White Load
Load 4, 2
Maximum 100mA
E C Black
Power supply (-) 3
Method for Wiring to Connector with Switch

Wiring Method
Pin Number for M12-4 Connection
Wire Color
pin Connector
Red 1 Power supply (+)
White 4 or 2 Load
Black 3 Power supply (-)
Note) 3. Always install a diode to prevent surges in the current when connecting an inductive load, such as a relay, to the monitoring switch.
4. Do not modify or replace the lead wires.
5. Connect the load for the M12-4 pin connector to either pin number 4 or 2.
6. When connecting monitoring switches in sequence, use the negative (-) common mode (type that current runs to sequence side).
E-71
2.4
Operation
P→A P→B A→T B→T
Symbol 2.2
A2X c c — —
2.0
B A3X b b b b
1.8
Pressure Loss MPa

A5 — b b —
C1 b b a b 1.6
C5 b b b b 1.4
C C6 b b a a 1.2
b
a
C1S b b b b
1.0
C6S b b b b
0.8
0.6 c
0.4
E 0.2
0 20 40 60 80 100
Solenoid Valve
Flow rate ℓ/min

F
Pressure — Flow Volume Allowable Value
G Operation
Symbol
A B A B
a
A B
Operation
Symbol
A B A B
a
A B
b a b b a b a b b a
H A2X
A3X
—
b
f
f
f
f
A2X
A3X
—
a
c
c
c
c
A5 a — e A5 a — c
AC SOL. d C1 b c c
I
C1 e e
DC SOL. c C5 a c c
C5 a e e C6 b c c
AC SOL. d
C6 e e C1S a c c
DC SOL. c
J C1S a e e
C6S a c c
C6S a e e
K
a a
100 50
Flow rate ℓ /min
b
40
L 80
30
Flow rate ℓ /min
b
d
M 60 c
20
c
10
N 40
e 0 10 20 25
O 20
f
Pressure MPa
0 10 20 30 35
Pressure MPa
E-72
Range of Motion of Switch
Stroke of Spool
Positions SOL.b ON Center SOL.a ON
A B
Flow Path
P T
SOL.b
OFF ON
Monitoring Switch
Motion of Switch
SOL.a
ON OFF
Monitoring Switch
Note) 1. Flow path is C5 type (all-port-block), other flow paths also activate switch in middle position.
2. ON and OFF indicate the state of the output transistor on the circuit board in the connector.
Switching Responsiveness
Pressure
Solenoid Valve
T1 T2
T3 T4
Monitoring ON
switch OFF
ON
Solenoid OFF
voltage
Response Time (s)

Type of Machine Model Pressure Switch
T1 T2 T3 T4
AC Solenoid SAW-G01-C5-GR-C1-11 0.02 to 0.03 0.02 to 0.03 0.01 to T1 T2 to 0.05
Standard Type SAW-G01-C5-GR-D2-11 0.03 to 0.04 0.02 to 0.04 0.01 to T1 T2 to 0.06
Built-in Rectifier Type SAW-G01-E1-11 0.03 to 0.04 0.07 to 0.10 0.01 to T1 T2 to 0.15
DC Solenoid Shockless Type SAW-G01-C5-FGR-D2-11 0.07 to 0.10 0.04 to 0.07 0.02 to T1 T2 to 0.10
Built-in Rectifier Type

SAW-G01-C5-F-E1-11 0.07 to 0.10 0.10 to 0.15 0.02 to T1 T2 to 0.20
Shockless Type
Note) May vary depending on switching response time and operating conditions (pressure, flow rate, and oil temperature).
[Measurement Conditions]
Pressure 14MPa
Flow Rate 30ℓ/min
Operating fluid ISO VG32 40°C
E-73
SAW-G01-A**-**-**-11
29 28 44 30 1 21 39 26 41 45 27 9 25 32
40
B 37
16
17
MONITORING OUTPUT.
8
C 31
15
E 22 35 24 7 23 38 36 4 43 18 34 12 33 6 20 13 10 14 11 19 3 42 2
Part No. Part Name Part No. Part Name Part No. Part Name Seal Part List (Kit Model Number EQS-01A)
Solenoid Valve
1 Body 16 Plate (connector) 31 Wave washer Part No. Part Name Part Number Q'ty
F 2
3
4
Plug
Cover (switch)
Cover (one SOL.)
17
18
19
Collar (insulated)
Spring (one SOL. guide side)
Spring (one SOL. contact side)
32
33
34
O-ring *
O-ring *
O-ring *
33 O-ring AS568-012(NBR-90) 4
5 Cover (connector) 20 Spring (main unit) 35 O-ring *
6 Spool 21 Spacer 36 O-ring * 34 O-ring AS568-019(NBR-90) 2
G 7
8
9
Rod (guide)
Rod (conductor)
Bush (insulated)
22
23
24
Nut
Solenoid guide
Solenoid coil
37
38
39
O-ring *
O-ring *
O-ring *
35
36
O-ring
O-ring
NBR-70-1 P20
NBR-90 P18
1
2
10 Retainer (fixed contact) 25 Connector with lead wire 40 Hexagon socket head bolt 37 O-ring S-11.2(NBR-90) 1
11 Retainer (movable contact) 26 Packing 41 Hexagon socket head bolt
H 12 Retainer (main unit) 27 Connector with built-in photo-coupler 42 Hexagon socket head bolt 38 O-ring S25(NBR-70-1) 1
13 Ring (insulation inside) 28 Connector packing 43 Hexagon socket head bolt 39 O-ring S-9(NBR-70-1) 1
14 Ring (insulation outside) 29 Connector 44 Philips pan head screw
15 Stopper 30 Nameplate 45 Hexagon nut Note) The materials and hardness of the O-ring conforms
with JIS B2401.
For details about parts marked with an asterisk "*", refer to the list of seals in the table on the right.
I
SAW-G01-C**-**-**-11
39 26 6 14 35 22 37 40 23 28 7 33 21 36 3 13 25 24
K MONITORING OUTPUT.
M 18 31 20 5 19 34 32 2 38 30 1 17 29 4 10 16 11 8 12 9 27 15
Part No. Part Name Part No. Part Name Part No. Part Name Seal Part List (Kit Model Number EQS-01C)
1 Body 16 Spring (main unit) 31 O-ring *
N
2 Cover (sensor) 17 Spacer 32 O-ring *
3 Cover (connector) 18 Nut 33 O-ring * 28 O-ring NBR-90 P3 2
4 Spool 19 Solenoid guide 34 O-ring * 29 O-ring AS568-012(NBR-90) 4
5 Rod (DC guide) 20 Solenoid coil 35 O-ring *
6 Rod (conductor) 21 Connector with lead wire 36 Hexagon socket head bolt 30 O-ring AS568-019(NBR-90) 2
O 7
8
Bush (insulated)
Retainer (fixed contact)
22
23
Packing
Connector with built-in photo-coupler
37
38
31 O-ring NBR-70-1 P20 2
9 Retainer (movable contact) 24 Connector packing 39 Philips pan head screw 32 O-ring NBR-90 P18 2
10 Retainer (main unit) 25 Connector 40 Hexagon nut 33 O-ring S-11.2(NBR-90) 2
11 Ring (insulation inside) 26 Nameplate
12 Ring (insulation outside) 27 Wave washer 34 O-ring S-25(NBR-70-1) 2
13 Plate (connector) 28 O-ring * 35 O-ring S-9(NBR-70-1) 2
14 Collar (insulated) 29 O-ring *
15 Spring (one SOL. contact side) 30 O-ring * Note) The materials and hardness of the O-ring conforms
with JIS B2401.
For details about parts marked with an asterisk "*", refer to the list of seals in the table on the right.
E-74
POPPET TYPE SOLENOID VALVE WITH
MONITORING SWITCH
SCW Series 50ℓ/min

Poppet type directional control valve with monitoring switch 21MPa
Features
This valve is a poppet activated direc- standards. the standard poppet type directional
tional control valve that uses mechani- The poppet type directional control control valve.
cal detection to operate a switch to send valve with monitoring switch was devel- eDIN connectors are used for the
an electric ON/OFF signal. This makes oped as a valve to support this demand. switches and solenoid coil wiring so
it possible, by monitoring the status of qThe switch contact has little dead connections are easy when installing
the spool operations, to use it as an in- zone and almost no temperature drift or replacing valves.
formation source for safety checks by (variable motion caused by chang-
using the ON/OFF signal as a basis for es in temperature) or hysteresis be-
sequence control. In the future, they will cause the reaction of the poppet ac-
be used in machinery that is compatible tion is mechanical.
with international machine safety (ISO wAll valve functions, except for the
12100) and JIS standards (JIS B 9700) monitoring function, are equivalent to
E
Operational Principle Needle Valve Poppet
Solenoid Valve
When the needle valve is in the center
position, the fixed and moving parts are
in contact forming an electric circuit. SOL-ON
The solenoid turns on, the needle valve
operates so there is no circuit between
the fixed and moving parts.
Solenoid B
A
Moving contact point
Fixed contact point
Specifications
•Valve Specifications
Operation Symbol -AR- -ARC-
B B
JIS Symbol
A A
Maximum Working Pressure (A, B ports) 21MPa

A→B 50ℓ/min
Maximum Flow Rate 50ℓ/min
B→A 
Cracking Pressure of Check Valve 0.3MPa
Switching Frequency 120/minute
Weight 2.3kg
Dust Resistance/Water Resistance Rank JIS C 0920 IP65
Operating Fluid Oil-based operating fluid (Note 1)
Ambient Temperature Range –20 to 50°C
Operating Environment
Operating Oil Temperature Range –20 to 70°C
Operating Kinematic Viscosity Range 15 to 300mm2/s
Filtration 25μm or less
Mounting bolt Size × Length Socket hex head bolt (12.9 strength classification or equivalent) M6 × 55, 4 each
(Note2) Tightening Torque 10 to 13N·m
Note) 1. Use a petroleum based operating fluid because the ON/OFF mechanism of the valve's monitoring switch is immersed in oil and the oil must
be a nonconducting fluid.
Use only petroleum based operating fluid (do not use fluids that are water, glycol, W/O emulsion, phosphate, or fatty ester based).
Petroleum based operating fluids must also have a water content that is less than 0.1% by volume.
2. Installation bolts are provided with valves.
E-75
•Monitoring Switch Specifications
Voltage Rating DC24V
Allowable Voltage Range ± 20% of voltage rating
Maximum Current Load 100mA
Residual Voltage (Note 3) max. 1.2V
B Wiring for Connector for Switch
Note) 1. See page E-78 for the procedure to wire the connector for the switch.
Connect with wires or M12-4 pin connector
2. The programmable controller input circuits are positive (+) common mode and negative (-) common mode.
The directional control valve with monitoring switch uses a source circuit [switch on the positive (+) side of the load and power source] for safety
purposes.
C

Because of this, it is necessary to use a negative (-) common mode programmable controller to receive input from the monitoring switch output.
3. Set the voltage of the power supply to the monitoring switch within a range that satisfies the following conditions.
Load ON voltage + residual voltage <= switch supply voltage <= 28.8 V (+20% voltage rating)
4. The switch element (photocoupler) in the connector's internal circuit for the monitoring switch may malfunction in the ON state because of over
voltage or over current.
Therefore, in addition to checking the ON output of the monitoring switch, monitor the current at the solenoid and the internal circuits of the
connector and valve in conjunction with the switch output.
Condition of monitoring switch output and valve

Current to Solenoid
E ON
Abnormal
OFF
Normal
ON
Malfunction at internal circuit of connector or valve Needle valve returns to middle position
Solenoid Valve
Monitoring Pressure from A port Abnormal
F Switch Output
OFF
Normal
Needle valve is switching
(Closed)
Pressure from B port
Valve malfunction or signal wire is cut
Normal
(Flows from B → A port) Poppet opens and needle valve operates
The monitoring switch outputs according to the motion of the spool, so the solenoid turns on and off according to the output signal which
G is delayed only as much as the spool operation is delayed.

Set a 0.3 second delay, including leeway, to monitor the output of the switch.
•Solenoid Specifications
Same specifications as the SA-G01 series (31 design).
H
Solenoid Power Supply Frequency Holding Current Holding Power Allowable Voltage
Voltage (V) Solenoid Coil Type Drive Current (A)
Type Type (Hz) (A) (W) Range (V)
I E1 AC100 50/60 EAC64-E1-1A 0.31 27 90 to 110

AC110 0.26 25
E115 50/60 EAC64-E115-1A 100 to 125
DC with AC115 0.27 27
J Built-in
Rectifier E2 AC200 50/60 EAC64-E2-1A 0.15 26 180 to 220
AC220 0.12 24
E230 50/60 EAC64-E230-1A 200 to 250
AC230 0.13 27
K DC
D1
D2
DC12
DC24


EAC64-D1-1A
EAC64-D2-1A
2.2
1.1
26
26
10.8 to 13.2
21.6 to 26.4
•Handling
L zDo not allow abnormal surges greater
than the maximum operating pres-
(If the solenoid power source is C*
and D*)
.The connector for the solenoid is the
same as for the SA series solenoid
sure to occur because pressure from mUse surgeless specification (with va- valve.
the B port is used for the solenoid. ristor diode) directional control valves See page E-19 for electrical circuit
M
xAlways keep the operating fluid clean. with monitoring switches for all elec- drawings and wiring procedures.
Allowable contamination is class tric valves on the same machine to ⁄0Use the following table for specifica-
NAS12 or less. prevent misoperation of the monitor- tion when a sub plate is required.
cUse a JIS K 2213 petroleum-based ing switch caused by noise when the
operating fluid, or an equivalent, that solenoid turns on and off.
N has a water content that is less than
0.1% by volume.
,The coil surface temperature increas-
vDo not use fire-resistant operating energized.
fluid. Install the valve so there is no chance
bUse this valve only within the allow- of it being touched directly by hand.
O able voltage range.
nThe only way to prevent misopera- Pipe Maximum Working Recommended Weight
tion of the monitoring switch caused Model No. Pressure
Diameter MPa{kgf/cm2}
Flow Rate
(kg)
Dimension Drawings Page
(ℓ/min)
by noise generated by the solenoid
turning on and off is to install the MSA-03-10 3/8 45
2.3 E-18
surgeless directional control valve MSA-03X-10 1/2 80
with monitoring switch (option sym- 25{255}
MSA-03-T-10 3/8 45
bol: GR). 3.8 D-90
MSA-03X-T-10 1/2 80
E-76
SCW – G 03 – ARC – GR V – D2 – J11
Design number
D1: DC12V D2 : DC24V
E1: AC100V 50/60Hz E115: AC110/115V 50/60Hz
E2: AC200V 50/60Hz E230: AC220/230V 50/60Hz
Wiring for connector for switch

None: With 350mm wire
V : With M12-4 pin connector
Option symbols
None: No options (available with power supply E*)
GR : Surgeless type, with indicator light (must be installed with power supply D*)
R : With indicator light (available with power supply E*)
Possible option symbol combinations
Power Supply Option Symbols Note)
E
D* GR The only way to prevent misoperation of the monitoring switch
caused by noise generated by the solenoid turning on and off is
E* None, R
to install the surgeless directional control valve with monitoring
switch.
(Power supply E is the standard surgeless type, option symbol
Solenoid Valve
Operation Symbol G is not needed.)
B
AR When SOL. is ON does not flow from B→A.

A
B
ARC When SOL. is ON flows both from A→B and B→A

A
Nominal diameter
03 size
Mounting method
G: Cascade mounting
Poppet type directional control valve with monitoring switch

Dimensions of installation surface of gasket are ISO 4401-05-04-0-05.
However, used only for port A and B.
B
A
46
23 54
76 84
160
Connector for switch

40.5 M12 P1.0
Note 3) (wiring holes can be configured for 4 directions)
Connector for solenoid

(wiring holes can be configured for 3 directions)
MONITORING OUTPUT.
110.7
Nut
Solenoid coil
49.5
46
23.5
φ 6.5
Coil can rotate
60
Note) 1. The connector for the switch in the drawing above is the M12-4 pin connector. In addition there are wire connections also.
See page E-78 for more detailed information.
2. Use surgeless directional control valves with monitoring switches for all electric valves on the same machine to prevent misoperation of the
monitoring switch caused by noise when the solenoid turns on and off.
3. To orient the wiring hole for the connector for the switch towards the solenoid coil, loosen the nut and rotate the solenoid coil so the connector
for the switch does not interfere with the connector for the solenoid.
E-77
•Details about the Connector for the Switch
(1) With wiring (option symbol: none)
350
Red
White
B Black
C (2) With M12-4 pin connector (option symbol: V)

M12 P1.0
40.5
1 4
2 3
E
Note) 1. The pin connector is screwed to the housing so it is rotated a certain amount compared to the drawing.
Solenoid Valve
Refer to the electrical circuit diagram below for how to connect it.
F
2. The connector that the M12-4 pin connector connects to is not provided.
(3) Electrical circuit diagram

Customer's control circuit
G Directional control valve

with monitoring switch
Internal circuit connector for switch
H 2 Power supply (+) Red

DC24V
Internal circuit
A 1 (±20%)
Method for Wiring to Connector with Switch
Current
1 B White Load
Wiring Method
4, 2
I
Load Connection
Maximum 100mA Pin Number for
Wire Color
M12-4 pin Connector
E C Black
Red 1 Power supply (+)
Power supply (-) 3
White 4 or 2 Load
J Black 3 Power supply (-)
Note) 3. Always install a diode to prevent surges in the current when connecting an inductive load, such as a relay,
to the monitoring switch.
4. Do not modify or replace the lead wires.
K

5. Connect the load for the M12-4 pin connector to either pin number 4 or 2.
6. When connecting monitoring switches in sequence, use the negative (-) common mode (type that current
runs to sequence side).
L Performance Curves Hydraulic Operating Fluid Kinematic Viscosity 32mm2 /s

Pressure Loss Characteristics 2.0
SOL ON 1.8
M
Pressure Loss MPa
Operation SOL OFF

JIS Symbol
Symbol B→A A→B B→A 1.6
B
AR c a — 1.4
N
A
1.2
B
ARC c a b 1.0
A c
0.8
O 0.6
b
a
0.4
0.2
0 10 20 30 40 50
Flow rate ℓ/min
E-78
Range of Motion of Switch
Stroke of Poppet
Positions SOL. ON Switching Transition Center
B
Flow Path
Motion of Switch OFF ON
Note) 1. Internal leak exists at of switching transition period.
2. ON and OFF indicate the state of the output transistor on the circuit board in the connector.
Switching Responsiveness
Pressure
E
T1 T2
T3 T4
Solenoid Valve
Monitoring ON
switch OFF
[Measurement Conditions]
ON Pressure 14MPa
Solenoid OFF Flow Rate 30ℓ/min
voltage Operating fluid ISO VG32 40°C
Response Time (s)

Type of Machine Model Pressure Switch
T1 T2 T3 T4
DC Solenoid SCW-G03-AR-GR-D2-J11 0.03 to 0.04 0.02 to 0.03 0.01 to T1 T2 to 0.05
DC Solenoid with Built-in Rectifier SCW-G03-AR-E1-J11 0.03 to 0.04 0.08 to 0.11 0.01 to T1 T2 to 0.20
Note) May vary depending on switching response time and operating conditions (pressure, flow rate, and oil temperature).
Cross-sectional Drawing 23 22 16 28 11 36 13 8 42 43 25 27 26 40 24 41
15
MONITORING OUTPUT.
30
39
33
17
32
A B
37 21 19 20 29 3 38 31 18 10 9 14 12 7 5 44 4 45 35 34 1
Part No. Part Name Part No. Part Name Part No. Part Name Seal Part List (Kit Model Number EQS-SC)
1 Body 16 Spacer (sealing prevention) 31 Wave washer
2 Cover (connector) 17 Collar (insulated) 32 Spacer (ring rotation prevention)
3 Needle Valve 18 Spring (contact side) 33 O-ring * 33 O-ring NBR-90 P3 1
4 Poppet 19 Spring (guide side) 34 O-ring *
5 Sleeve 20 Solenoid plunger 35 O-ring * 34 O-ring AS568-014(NBR-90) 2
6 Rod (conductor) 21 Solenoid guide 36 O-ring * 35 O-ring NBR-90 P14 1
7 Bush (needle valve support) 22 Solenoid coil 37 O-ring *
8 Bush (insulated) 23 Nut 38 O-ring * 36 O-ring AS568-119(NBR-90) 1
9 Retainer (fixed contact) 24 Connector with lead wire 39 O-ring * 37 O-ring NBR-70-1 P20 1
10 Retainer (movable contact) 25 Packing 40 O-ring *
11 Retainer (flange side) 26 Connector with built-in photo-coupler 41 Hexagon socket head bolt 38 O-ring S-25(NBR-70-1) 1
12 Ring (insulation inside) 27 Connector packing 42 Hexagon socket head bolt
39 O-ring S-11.2(NBR-90) 1
13 Ring (insulation outside) 28 Connector 43 Hexagon nut
14 Ring (fixed by sleeve) 29 Parallel pin 44 Steel ball  40 O-ring S-9(NBR-70-1) 1
15 Plate (connector) 30 Nameplate 45 Set screw 
Note) NBR are JIS Standard B 2401, while AS568 is SAE
Note) 1. F
or details about parts marked with an asterisk "*", refer to the list of seals in the standard.
table on the right.
2. Products marked with a  use only SCW-G03-ARC-**-**-J11 and do not use
SCWG03-AR-**-**-J11.
E-79
BALANCED PISTON TYPE P
RELIEF VALVE
20 to 380ℓ/min
Relief Valve 21MPa T
Features
qBalanced piston relief valve. eA vent port enables remote control
wOptimum pressure control for hy- of pressure and use of an unloading
draulic circuit allows operation as a circuit.
safety valve.
Specifications
Model No. Nominal Maximum Working Maximum Pressure adjustment range Weight kg
Diameter Pressure Flow Rate
Screw Mounting Gasket Mounting (Size) MPa{kgf/cm2} ℓ/min MPa{kgf/cm2} T Type G Type
R-T03-A-12 R-G03-A-12 * to 1 {* to 10.2}
3/8 20 3.0 4.3
B-12 B-12 * to 2.5 {* to 25.5}
R-T03-1-12 R-G03-1-12 * to 7 {* to 71.4}
3/8 80 3.0 4.3
F
3-12 3-12 21 {214} 3.5 to 21 {35.7 to 214}
R-T06-1-20 R-G06-1-20 P, X (Vent Ports) * to 7 {* to 71.4}
3/4 170 3.9 5.3
3-20 3-20 3.5 to 21 {35.7 to 214}
R-T10-1-20 R-G10-1-20 * to 7 {* to 71.4}

1¼ 380 7.7 7.7
3-20 3-20 3.5 to 21 {35.7 to 214}
Note) See the Flow Rate - Low Pressure characteristics for information about items marked with an asterisk (*).
•Handling v When using a relief valve as a safety m Use the following table for specifica-
z To adjust pressure, loosen the lock valve, use a pressure override that is tion when a sub plate is required.
nut and then rotate the handle clock- higher than the required circuit pres- Pipe Applicable Pump
sure. Model No. Weight kg
wise (rightward) to increase pressure Diameter Model
or counterclockwise (leftward) to de- b When using a remote control valve, MR-03-10 3/8 1.6 R-G03-*-12
crease it. connect piping to the relief valve port.
MR-06-20 3/4
x Make sure that tank port back pres- Pipe capacity can be a source of vi- 3.5 R-G06-*-20
sure is no greater than 0.2MPa bration. Use of thick iron pipe with an MR-06X-20 1
{2.0kgf/cm2}. For tank piping of the A inside diameter of no more than 4mm MR-10-20 1¼
and B type pressure adjusting rang- and a connection length of no more 8.5 R-G10-*-20
MR-10X-20 1½
es, return directly to the tank with- than three meters is recommended.
out connecting any other piping and n Pressure becomes unstable when at
eliminate back pressure. slow control flow rates. Use a flow , The following are the bundled mount-
c The pressure adjustment range for rate of no less than 8 ℓ/min for the 03, ing bolts.
the high vent type is 1.3MPa {13.3kgf/ 06 sizes, and 10 ℓ/min for the 10 size. Bolt Tightening Torque
cm2}. Note that R-T/G03 is not a high Use a drain type relief valve in the Model No. Q'ty
Dimensions N·m{kgf·cm}
vent type. case of a flow rate that is less than
45 to 55
the minimum flow rate. R-G03-*-12 M10×75ℓ 4
{460 to 560}
190 to 235
R-G06-*-20 M16×80ℓ 4
{1940 to 2400}
370 to 460
R-G10-*-20 M20×105ℓ 4
{3770 to 4690}
Note)
For mounting bolts, use bolts of 12.9
strength classification or equivalent.
R – T 06 – 1 – (H) – 20
Design number
Auxiliary symbol H: High vent (excluding 03 size)
Pressure adjustment range 1, 3, A, B
Nominal diameter (size)
Mounting method T: Screw Mounting G: Gasket Mounting
Relief valve
F-1
A R-T03-*-12 (Screw Mounting) R-G03-*-12 (Gasket Mounting)
C
65
63 63
MAX. 104.5
C
42.5 MAX. 104.5 40
Pressure adjusting handle Pressure adjusting handle

(Changeable to two other directions)
E
(Changeable to three other directions)
Vent connection port Vent connection port
Rc 3/8 Rc 3/8
φ 58
φ 58
F Pressure gauge
Pressure gauge attachment port X
56
attachment port
128.5
Rc 1/4
138
P Rc 1/4
P
109
φ6
90
P
60
T
53
13
3-φ 45 3- Rc 3/8 72.5 6 80
85
From back
4- φ 17.5x10.8 counterbore
φ 11 holes
T
H
I R-T**-*-20 (Screw Mounting) R-G**-*-20 (Gasket Mounting)
J
G
H
K 63 63
MAX. 104.5 D MAX. 104.5 F
L Pressure adjusting handle

(Changeable to three other directions)
Pressure adjusting handle
(Changeable to two other directions)
From back
4- φ Jx1 counterbore
Vent connection port φ K holes
Rc 3/8
M
φ 58
φ 58
Pressure gauge
attachment port Pressure gauge
B
attachment port X
Rc 1/4
N
A
P P Rc 1/4
P
φ6
B
C
A
C
3- Rc “J” T
H
E F
L
O T
E 6 D
Model No. A B C D E F G H J Model No. A B C D E F G H J K L

R-T06-*-20 128.5 61.5 47.5 45 90 54 35.5 71 3/4 R-G06-*-20 151 131.5 106.5 102 58 40 65 69.5 26 18 16.1
R-T10-*-20 153.5 72 62 62.5 125 69 47 94 1¼ R-G10-*-20 162.5 143 110 127 80 50 86 70.5 32 22 17.7
F-2
Sub Plate MR-03-10 MR-**-20
Rc 1/4 (back)
Rc 1/4 (back) φ 5 hole
80 φ 3 hole AA 4- M“RR”
24 52 14 BB
20 26 φ 11 holes
EE
MM
LL
X
DD
FF
25
26 15 X
P
KK
4- M10 holes
12
JJ
WW
HH
74.6
GG
66.7
XX
CC
P
66
42
52
90
2- Rc 3/8 (back) T
φ 14.7 holes
T
102 φ 14 holes PP
2- φ “UU”
130 QQ NN
φ 7x8 φ 7x10 YY 2- Rc “VV” (back)
SS
TT
Dimensions (mm)
Model No.
AA BB CC DD EE FF GG HH JJ KK LL MM NN PP QQ RR SS TT UU VV WW XX YY
MR-06-20 3/4
150 127 125 7.9 21.8 9.5 62.5 55.5 42.9 17.5 23.7 14.5 69.9 34.9 16.1 16 38 22 22 98.5 106.5 102
MR-06X-20 1
MR-10-20 1¼
175 152.4 150 6.4 39.2 15.9 71.3 58.7 50.8 14.3 25.6 25.9 92.1 46.1 17.5 20 55 22 28.5 102.5 110 127
MR-10X-20 1½

Pressure - Flow Rate Characteristics F
R-*03-*-12 R-*06-*-20 R-*10-*-20

21 {214} 21 {214} 21 {214}
MPa{kgf/cm }
MPa{kgf/cm }
MPa{kgf/cm }
2
2
Pressure
{194}
Pressure
20 {204}
Pressure
20 {204} 19
19 {194} 19 {194} 17 {173}
7 {71.4} 7 {71.4} 7 {71.4}

6 {61.2} 6 {61.2} 6 {61.2}
5 {51.0} 5 {51.0} 5 {51.0}
0 20 40 60 80 0 50 100 150 200 0 100 200 300

Flow Rate - Minimum Pressure Characteristics

R-*03-A -12 R-*03-A -12 R-*03-1-12
B B

0.20 {2.0} 2.0 {20.4}
Minimum pressure
Minimum pressure
2.5 {25.5}
MPa{kgf/cm }
MPa{kgf/cm }
MPa{kgf/cm }
2
2
2
2.3 {23.5}
Pressure
0.15 {1.5} 1.5 {15.3}

2.1 {21.4}
0.10 {1.0} 1.0 {10.2}
1.0 {10.2}
0.8 { 8.2}
0.05 {0.5} 0.5 { 5.1}
0.6 { 6.1}
0 10 20 30 0 10 20 30 40 0 20 40 60 80
R-*06-1-20 R-*10-1-20
2.0 {20.4} 2.0 {20.4}

Minimum pressure
Minimum pressure
MPa{kgf/cm }
MPa{kgf/cm }
2
1.5 {15.3} 1.5 {15.3}
1.0 {10.2} 1.0 {10.2}
0.5 { 5.1} 0.5 { 5.1}
0 50 100 150 200 0 100 200 300 400

Note) The performance curves do not include T port back pressure.
F-3
A R-G03-A -12

B
13 14 8 7 17 2 20 11 4 6 22 18 19 15
C X
16 Part No. Part Name
1 Body
3 P 2 Cover
E 21
3
4
Spool
Poppet
10 5 Seat
6 Seat
T
F
5 7 Plunger
8 Retainer
23 9 Collar
10 Spring
1
11 Spring
G
12 Spring
13 Handle
14 Nut
15 Spring pin
R-G03-1 -12 16 O-ring
3
H
06 1
R-G - -20
10 3
17
18
O-ring
O-ring
19 O-ring

20 Screw
13 14 8 7 17 11 4 2 20 6 9 22 21 Plug
I 22
23
Plug
Nameplate
Note)
The No. 12 spring is not included when
16 auxiliary symbol H is selected (except with
the 03 size).
J 12
18
X
K 10
3
P
L
21
5
23
19
M T 15
N
Seal Part List
( Kit Model Number RRBS-*** (06, 10 size) )
RRS-*** (03 size)
O Part No. Part Name

Type/Part Number
Q'ty
R-G03-*-12 R-T03-*-12 R-G06-*-20 R-T06-*-20 R-G10-*-20 R-T10-*-20
16 O-ring NBR-90 G30 NBR-90 G30 NBR-90 G30 NBR-90 G30 NBR-90 G40 NBR-90 G40 1
17 O-ring NBR-70-1 P11 NBR-70-1 P11 NBR-70-1 P11 NBR-70-1 P11 NBR-70-1 P11 NBR-70-1 P11 1
18 O-ring NBR-90 P7 − NBR-90 P9 − NBR-90 P9 − 1
19 O-ring NBR-90 P20 − NBR-90 P26 − NBR-90 G35 − 2
*** in the kit number is used for specification of the valve size (G03, T06, etc.)
F-4
BALANCED PISTON TYPE P
RELIEF VALVE (WITH ISO TYPE)
RI Series Relief Valve 40 to 320ℓ/min

T
(ISO Mounting, Balanced Piston Type) 35MPa
Features
qHigh pressure capacity balanced piston e A vent port enables remote control rISO standard mounting service (see
relief valve. of pressure and use of an unloading table below).
wOptimum pressure control for hydraulic circuit.
circuit allows operation as a safety valve.
Specifications
Model No. Nominal Maximum Working Maximum Pressure adjustment range
Diameter Pressure Flow Rate Weight kg Gasket Surface Dimensions
Gasket Mounting (Size) MPa{kgf/cm2} ℓ/min MPa{kgf/cm2}
RI-G03-C-20 3/8 40 0.15 to 3.5 {1.5 to 35.7} 4.5

RI-G03-1-20 0.8 to 7 { 8.2 to 71.4} ISO 6264-06-09-0-97
3 3/8 150 3.5 to 25 {35.7 to 255 } 4.5
F
35 {357}
5 3.5 to 35 {35.7 to 357 }
P, X Ports
RI-G06-1-20 0.8 to 7 { 8.2 to 71.4}
3 3/4 320 3.5 to 25 {35.7 to 255 } 5.6 ISO 6264-08-13-0-97

5 3.5 to 35 {35.7 to 357 }
•Handling b The following are the bundled mount- m Use the following table for specifica-
z To adjust pressure, loosen the lock ing bolts. tion when a sub plate is required.
nut and then rotate the handle clock-
wise (rightward) to increase pressure Bolt Tightening Torque Pipe Weight Applicable Pump
Model No. Q'ty Model No.
Dimensions N·m{kgf·cm} Diameter kg Model
or counterclockwise (leftward) to de-
crease it. 75 to 95 MRI-03-10 3/8
RI-G03-*-20 M12×50ℓ 4 2.6 RI-G03
x Make sure that tank port back pres- {765 to 970}
MRI-03X-10 1/2
sure is no greater than 0.2MPa 190 to 235 MRI-06-10 3/4
RI-G06-*-20 M16×60ℓ 4
{2.0kgf/cm2}. {1940 to 2400} 3.5 RI-G06
c For use as a safety valve, use a pres- MRI-06X-10 1
Note)
sure override that is higher than the strength classification or equivalent.
required circuit pressure.
v When using a remote control valve,
connect piping to the relief valve port. n A small control flow rate can cause
Pipe capacity can cause vibration. pressure instability. Use a control
Use of thick iron pipe with an inside flow rate that is at least 8 ℓ/min. Use
diameter of no more than 4mm and a drain type relief valve in the case of
a connection length of no more than a flow rate that is less than the mini-
three meters is recommended. mum flow rate.

RI – G 06 – 1 – 20
Design number
RI series relief valve
F-5
A RI-G**-*-20
MAX.E
4- φ ax1 counterbore F MAX.G
φ b holes H J
C X
P T
Model No. A B C D E F G H J K L a b
D
L
RI-G03-*-20 132 78 32 80 149.5 106 43.5 31 53.8 13.1 53.8 20 14

RI-G06-*-20 137 83 36 100 158.5 119 39.5 37 66.7 15 70 26 17.5
C
K
φ 58
DEC
INC
54
48
E
25
A
F
B
C
G φ6
I Sub Plate MRI-03*-10 Sub Plate MRI-06*-10

(Maximum Operating Pressure: 25MPa) (Maximum Operating Pressure: 25MPa)
φ3 Rc 1/4 φ5
J
Rc 1/4 4- M16 holes
φ 7x10 (back) 4-M12x20 φ 7x10 (back)
X X
K
125
103
54
P
P
92
YF
90.5
31.8
6.6
136
116
85.7
T
66.7
60
55.6
4- φ 20
11.2
4- φ 14
33.4
22.5
YH
35.5
L
11
14.3
2
10
27 2- φ 13
15 54
11 62
2- Rc “A”
34.9 2- φ 23 14
M
(back)
84 16.1 69.8 38
12.5 102
4-φ 17.5 16 127 2- Rc “A”
(back)
159
32
N Attach a plug when the vent (X) port is not used.

14
4-φ 11
Model No. A Model No. YF YH
O MRI-03-10
MRI-03X-10
3/8
1/2
MRI-06-10
MRI-06X-10
92.5
100.7
13.2
4.7
MRI-06-10 3/4
MRI-06X-10 1
F-6
Pressure - Flow Rate Characteristics
RI-G03-C-20 RI-G03-*-20
3.5 {35.7} 35 {357}
MPa{kgf/cm }
34 {346}
2
MPa{kgf/cm }
Pressure
2
33 {336}
Pressure
32 {326}
3.0 {30.6} 25 {255}
24 {244}
1.0 {10.2}
23 {234}
7 {71.4}
6 {61.2}
0.5 {5.1} 5 {51.1}
0 10 20 30 40 0 25 50 75 100 125 150
RI-G06-*-20
35 {357}
34 {346}
MPa{kgf/cm }
2
33 {336}
Pressure
32 {326}
31 {316}
25 {255}
24 {244}
23
22
7
{234}
{224}
{71.4}
F
6 {61.2}

5 {51.1}
0 50 100 150 200 250 300
320
Flow rate ℓ/min
Note) The performance curves do not include T port back pressure.
RI-G**-*-20
8 20 2 7 13 25 9 10 14 Part No. Part Name Part No. Part Name
1 Body 17 Plate
2 Cover 18 Plug
12
3 Poppet 19 Plug
24 4 Sleeve 20 Screw
29 5 Spring 21 Pin
6 Spacer 22 O-ring
11 7 Poppet 23 O-ring
16 27 8 Seat 24 O-ring
9 Plunger 25 O-ring
18 28 10 Retainer 26 O-ring
23 4 11 Plug 27 O-ring
12 Collar 28 O-ring
32 6
13 Spring 29 Backup ring
17 5 14 Handle assy 30 Backup ring
15 Orifice 31 Screw
31 21 1 3
16 Orifice 32 Choke
15 30
19 28
22 26
23
X P T
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number REBS-***)
Nominal Diameter/Part Number
G03 G06
24 O-ring NBR-90 P10A NBR-90 P10A 1
25 O-ring NBR-70-1 P11 NBR-70-1 P11 1
26 O-ring NBR-90 P18 NBR-90 P28 2
27 O-ring NBR-90 G25 NBR-90 P28 1
28 O-ring NBR-90 G30 NBR-90 P32 2
29 Backup ring T2-P10A T2-P10A 1
30 Backup ring T2-G30 T2-P32 1
For the *** part of the kit number, specify the valve size (G03, G06).
F-7
REMOTE CONTROL
P（V）
PRESSURE REFIEF VALVE
A Remote Control Relief 2 to 15ℓ/min

T（DR）
Valve 21MPa
B Features
qConnecting a relief valve or reducing provides simple remote control of wRCD type can also be used as a di-
valve to the vent port of a balanced pressure. rect type relief valve.
C piston type pressure control valve
Specifications
C
Model No. Nominal Maximum Working Maximum
Pressure adjustment range Weight
Screw Mounting Gasket mounting MPa{kgf/cm2} kg
E RCD-T02-1-11
3-11
−
1/4
21 {214}
15
0.8 to 7 { 8.2 to 71.4}
3.5 to 21 {35.7 to 214 }
2.1
RC-T02-1-12 RC-G02-1-21 P, V ports 0.8 to 7 { 8.2 to 71.4}

2 1.4
3-12 3-21 3.5 to 21 {35.7 to 214 }
F
Note) The pressure adjustment range indicates cracking pressure.
Explanation of model No. •Handling

z To adjust pressure, loosen the lock
nut and then rotate the handle clock-
G RC – G 02 – 1 – (K) – 21 wise (rightward) to increase pressure

or counterclockwise (leftward) to de-
Design number crease it.
x Make sure that drain port back
Adjusting bolt type (gasket type only) pressure is no greater than 0.2MPa
H Pressure adjustment range 1, 3
{2.0kgf/cm2}.
c When configuring pipes for the pres-
Nominal diameter (size) sure control valve and remote control
valve, use of thick iron pipe with an
inside diameter of no more than 4mm
I
Mounting method
T: Screw Mounting and a connection length of no more
G: Gasket Mounting than three meters is recommended.
Pipe capacity can be a source of vi-
Remote control relief valve bration.
J
v When an adjustment bolt type is re-
quired for the pressure adjustment
block, insert K for the type specifi-
cation. See the dimension drawings,
RC-G02 only.
K Installation Dimension Drawings

b Use the following to specify a sub
plate.
Model No. Weight kg

RCD-T02-*-11 (Screw Mounting) MRC-02-20 1.0
L 28 n The following are the bundled mount-

T port ing bolts.
Rc 1/4
Bolt Tightening Torque
Model No. Q'ty
M RC-G02-*-21
Dimensions
M8×25ℓ 4
N·m{kgf·cm}
20 to 25
φ 36
{205 to 255}
φ 60
90
73
Note)
28
N φ 65
φ 11
φ7
10 1
P port
O Rc 1/4
104
65
42
10
MAX.38
F-8
RC-T02-*-12 (Screw Mounting)
Rc 3/8
Vent connection port
φ 58
20
Rc 1/4 2
φ6
DR
4- φ 11x6.5 counterbore
MAX.139.5 φ 6.6 holes
98
(From back)
12 42
φ 44.5
φ 76
DR
V
RC-G02-*-21 (Gasket Mounting) Sub Plate MRC-02-20
DR
70 23
F
48 20
24 10
V 2-Rc 1/4
48
70

2– φ
DR
φ 9 holes 48
15.5
112
90
48
70
V
MAX.139.5
11
98
4-M8 holes φ 11 holes
φ 58
48
22
14
13 MAX.133
φ 35
7
RCD-T02-*-11 Part No. Part Name Part No. Part Name
10 11 2 13 4 6 1 15 14 3 12 7 5 8 9 1 Body 12 O-ring
2 Sleeve 13 O-ring
3 Sleeve 14 O-ring
4 Poppet 15 Nameplate
5 Retainer
6 Spring Seal Part List (Kit Model Number RCS-T02CD)
7 Guide Part No. Part Name Part Number Q'ty
8 Nut
11 O-ring S12.5(NBR-70-1) 1
9 Screw
12 O-ring NBR-70-1 P11 1
10 Plug
11 O-ring 13 O-ring NBR-90 P14 1
8 11 14 13 9 10 2 1 5 12 3 4 7 6 Part No. Part Name

1 Poppet
RC-G02-*-(K)-21 2 Seat
3 Plunger
4 Retainer
5 Spring
6 Handle
7 Nut
8 Cover
9 Collar
10 O-ring
11 O-ring
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number RCBS-G02)
12 O-ring
Part No. Part Name Part Number Q’ty 13 Plug
10 O-ring NBR-90 G30 1 14 Plate
12 O-ring NBR-70-1 P11 1
Note)
The materials and hardness of the O-ring conforms with JIS
B2401.
F-9
SOLENOID CONTROLLED
RELIEF VALVE
A Solenoid Controlled 30 to 380ℓ/min

Relief Valve 21MPa
B Features
(Two-pressure Control
Circuit Example)
b
qThis valve adds a wet type solenoid eA two-pressure control circuit can be
valve to a balanced type piston type configured by adding a relief modular
C relief valve to form a hydraulic device
unload circuit.
valve. Contact your agent for more
information.
wThe shockless type has an internal
structure that prevents shock gener- a
C ated during unloading. This valve can

also be used in a pressure relief cir-
cuit, and has a maximum adjustment
(Pressure Relief Circuit Example)
SOL ON SOL ON
time of three seconds. OFF OFF P
SOL b
T
See the pressure relief circuit exam- Setting ON
E
OFF
ple. pressure
OFF
Shock noise SOL a
Pressure
Shock noise canceled. High pressure
Pressure
generated. ON
Shock noise can be canceled
in about 0.5 second.
Low pressure
F
Unload
Time
0.5SEC Pressure characteristics
0.01 to 0.4.SEC Time 1SEC
MAX 3SEC
Specifications
G Model No. Nominal Maximum Working Maximum Pressure adjustment Weight kg

Diameter Pressure Flow Rate range JIS Symbol
Used Solenoid Valve
Screw Mounting Gasket Mounting (Size) MPa{kgf/cm2} ℓ/min MPa{kgf/cm2} T Type G Type Model Number
RSS 1 RSS 1
(RSA) -T03-AQ 3 -**-15 (RSA)
-G03-AQ -**-15
3
3/8 80 3.2 4.5 P
H RSS
(RSA)
1
-T06-AQ -**-23
3
RSS
(RSA)
1
-G06-AQ -**-23
3
3/4 170
Type 1
4.0 6.4
A B
P T
SS
(SA)
-G01-A3X-**-31
RSS 1 RSS 1 0.8 to 7 T
-T10-AQ -**-23 -G10-AQ -**-23 1¼ 380 8.8 10.0
(RSA) 3 (RSA) 3 21 {214} {8.2 to 71.4}
I
RSS 1 RSS 1 P, X Ports Type 3
-T03-AR -**-15 -G03-AR -**-15 3/8 80 3.2 4.5 P
(RSA) 3 (RSA) 3 3.5 to 21
A B
RSS 1 RSS 1 {35.7 to 214}
-T06-AR -**-23 -G06-AR -**-23 3/4 170 4.0 6.4 SS
(RSA) 3 (RSA) 3 -G01-AR-**-31
P T (SA)
RSS 1 RSS 1 T
-T10-AR -**-23 -G10-AR -**-23 1¼ 380 8.8 10.0
J
(RSA) 3 (RSA) 3
Shockless Type
RSS 1 RSS 1 Type 1
-T03- -F-**-15 -G03- -F-**-15 3/8 80 4.2 5.5 P
(RSA) 3 (RSA) 3 1 to 7
21 {214} {10.2 to 71.4}
K
RSS 1 RSS 1 SS
-T06- -F-**-23 -G06- -F-**-23 3/4 170 5.0 7.4 -G01-A8X0-**-31
(RSA) 3 (RSA) 3 P, X Ports Type 3 T (SA)
RSS 1 RSS 1 3.5 to 21
-T10- -F-**-23 -G10- -F-**-23 1¼ 380
(RSA) 3 (RSA) 3 {35.7 to 214} 9.8 12.0
Note) For information about electrical specifications, see the SS type and SA type solenoid valve items on pages E-1 and E-13.
L •Handling b Pressure becomes unstable when at . The following are the bundled mount-
z To adjust pressure, loosen the lock slow control flow rates. Use a flow ing bolts.
nut and then rotate the adjusting bolt rate of no less than 8 ℓ/min for the 03,
clockwise (rightward) to increase 06 sizes, and 10 ℓ/min for the10 size. Bolt Q' Tightening Torque
M
Model No.
pressure or counterclockwise (left- n Use 90 to 110% of rated voltage. Dimensions ty N·m{kgf·cm}
ward) to decrease it. m The pressure adjustment range for RSS 45 to 55
-G03-***-**-15 M10×75ℓ 4
the high vent type is 1.3MPa {13.3kgf/ (RSA) {460 to 560}
x To adjust the time from onload to un-
load, loosen the lock nut and rotate cm2}. RSS
-G06-***-**-23 M16×80ℓ 4
190 to 235
the restrictor adjusting bolt clockwise Note that RSS (RSA) -T/G03 is not a (RSA) {1940 to 2400}
N (rightward) to make the time longer,
or counterclockwise (leftward) to
high vent type.
, Use the following table for specifica-
RSS
(RSA)
-G10-***-**-23 M20×105ℓ 4
370 to 460
{3770 to 4690}
make it shorter. tion when a sub plate is required. Note)
c Make sure that tank port back pres- strength classification or equivalent.
O sure is no greater than 0.2MPa Pipe Weight

Model No. Applicable Valve Type
Diameter kg
{2.0kgf/cm2}.
v The ** before the design number in MR-03-10 3/8 1.6
RSS
-G03-***-**-15 ⁄ 0The coil surface temperature increas-
(RSA) es if this pump is kept continuously
the model number of the solenoid
valve used shows voltage. See the MR-06-20 3/4 RSS
-G06-***-**-23 energized. Install the valve so there is
3.5 (RSA)
voltage symbols in the model number MR-06X-20 1 not chance of it being touched direct-
explanation. MR-10-20 1¼ RSS ly by hand.
8.5 -G10-***-**-23
MR-10X-20 1½ (RSA)
Note) See page relief valve page item on F-3
for dimensions.
F-10
RSS(RSA) – G 06 – A Q 1 – (H) – C1 – 23
Design number
Voltage symbol
C1 : AC100V 50/60Hz
C2 : AC200V 50/60Hz
D1 : DC12V
D2 : DC24V
E1 : AC100V 50/60Hz
E2 : AC200V 50/60Hz
Auxiliary symbol Other auxiliary symbols can be used

H: High vent (excluding 03 size) (enter them in alphabetic order if there are 2 or more).
F: With shock canceller With SS type solenoid valve G, N, Q (R is omitted).
(See shockless type item.)
With SA type solenoid valve GR, J, N, Q, R
Stop position flow path

Q: Open
Not required with
R: Blocked
the shockless type.
Operation method A: Spring offset
Mounting method T: Screw Mounting

F
G: Gasket Mounting

Solenoid controlled relief valve
(with SA type solenoid valve)
Solenoid controlled relief valve

(with SS type solenoid valve)

RSS
-T**-A**-**-15, 23
(RSA)
Note) Dimensions marked with are for the RSA type.
Note) Dimensions in parentheses apply in the case of H
a DC solenoid valve.
φ 8 to φ 10 G 1/2 lead wire outlet port
Lead wire outlet port
80.5
87
71
25
Manual
Q
operation pin
A
Pressure
adjusting bolt Pressure
E
adjusting bolt
B
B
P
P P P
C
Pressure gauge
attachment port
D
Rc 1/4
G G 3- Rc “N” L
MAX.F K MAX. F K M
J J
T T
RSS RSS 06
-T03-A**-**-15 -T -A**-**-23
(RSA) (RSA) 10
Model No. A B C D E F G H J K L M N Q
RSS -T03-A-**-**-15 154
214.5 129 90 53 56 101 66 85 42.5 32.5 65 3/8 221.5
(RSA) (161)
RSS 156.5
-T06-A-**-**-23 214.5 129 90 47.5 61.5 101 66 90 45 35.5 71 3/4 221.5
(RSA) (163.5)
RSS 164.5
-T10-A-**-**-23 239 153.5 111.5 62 72 98 63 125 62.5 47 94 1¼ 246
(RSA) (171.5)
F-11
RSS
-G**-A**-**-15, 23
(RSA)
A Note) Dimensions marked with are for the RSA type. H

Note) Dimensions in parentheses apply in the case of
φ 8 to φ 10
B Lead wire outlet port G 1/2 lead wire outlet port
80.5
C
87
71
25
Manual operation pin
M
C
A
B
C
D
E Rc1/4
L
K
From back E
J 4- φ PxQ counterbore
G φ d holes
F
MAX.F 6
Model No. A B C D E F G H J K L P Q d M
G
RSS 150.5
-G03-A**-**-15 214.5 129 109 90 80 141 106 72.5 40 13 17.5 10.8 11 221.5
(RSA) (157.5)
RSS 151.5
-G06-A**-**-23 237 151.5 131.5 112.5 102 141 106 58 40 16.1 26 1 18 244
(RSA) (158.5)
RSS 152
-G10-A**-**-23 248 162.5 143 120.5 127 148 113 80 50 17.7 32 1 22 255
H
(RSA) (159)
Note) For gasket surface dimensions, see R-G**-* 12/20.
I RSS
(RSA)
-T**-*-F-**-15, 23
Note) Dimensions marked with are for the RSA type.
J Note) Dimensions in parentheses apply in the case of

H

K
80.5
87
71
L
25

40
R
A
M
E

B
P
P
C
Pressure gauge
N
attachment port
D
Rc 1/4
G 3- Rc “N” L
MAX.F K M
J
O T
Model No. A B C D E F G H J K L M N Q R
RSS 154
-T03-*-F-**-15 254.5 129 90 53 56 101 66 85 42.5 32.5 65 32 3/8 261.5
(RSA) (161)
RSS 156.5
-T06-*-F-**-23 254.5 129 90 47.5 61.5 101 66 90 45 35.5 71 33 3/4 261.5
(RSA) (163.5)
RSS 164.5
-T10-*-F-**-23 279 153.5 111.5 62 72 98 63 125 62.5 47 94 32.5 1¼ 286
(RSA) (171.5)
F-12
RSS
-G**-*-F-**-15, 23
(RSA)
Note) Dimensions marked with are for the RSA type. H

Note) Dimensions in parentheses apply in the case of
80.5
87
71
25
40
N
A
B
C
D
6
L
Rc 1/4
K From back
J 4- φ PxQ counterbore E
F
G φ d holes
MAX.F 6
Model No. A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q d

RSS 150.5
-G03-*-F-**-15 254.5 129 109 90 80 141 106 72.5 40 13 32 261.5 17.5 10.8 11
(RSA) (157.5)
RSS 151.5
-G06-*-F-**-23 277 151.5 131.5 112.5 102 141 106 58 40 16.1 33 284 26 1 18
(RSA) (158.5)
RSS 152
-G10-*-F-**-23 288 162.5 143 120.5 127 148 113 80 50 17.7 32.5 295 32 1 22
(RSA) (159)
Note) For gasket surface dimensions, see R-G**-* 12/20.
RSS-G**-*-F-**-15, 23
37
1 Body 20 Spring
36
2 Cover 21 Nut
18 3 Spool 22 Screw
33 4 Seat 23 Plug
17 5 Spring 24 Plug
23 16 6 Screw 25 Plug
34 35 7 Nut 26 Nut
26 22 19 8 Retainer 27 Spring pin
28 2 20 9 Plunger 28 Spring pin
21 10 15
10 Spring 29 O-ring
11 Poppet 30 O-ring
11 34
12 Seat 31 O-ring
12
13 Collar 32 O-ring
13
14 Nameplate 33 O-ring
25
6 15 Body 34 O-ring
X 29
16 Spool 35 O-ring
7
32 17 Throttle 36 Solenoid Valves
8
P 5 18 Retainer 37 Screw
9
3 19 Spring guide
30
4
24
27
14 T 31
F-13
Seal Parts List (Kit Model Number RSBS-***F)
Part Type/Part Number
A No.
29
Part Name
O-ring
RSS-G03-*-F-**-15
NBR-90 G30
RSS-G06-*-F-**-23
NBR-90 G30
RSS-G10-*-F-**-23
NBR-90 G40
Q'ty
1
30 O-ring NBR-70-1 P11 NBR-70-1 P11 NBR-70-1 P11 1
31 O-ring NBR-90 P20 NBR-90 P26 NBR-90 G35 2
B 32
33
O-ring
O-ring
NBR-90 P7
NBR-90 P4
NBR-90 P9
NBR-90 P4
NBR-90 P9
NBR-90 P4
1
1
34 O-ring NBR-90 P9 NBR-90 P9 NBR-90 P9 2
35 O-ring NBR-90 P12.5 NBR-90 P12.5 NBR-90 P12.5 2
C Note) 1. The materials and hardness of the O-ring conforms with JIS B2401.

2. For the *** part of the kit number, specify the valve size (G03, G06, G10).
3. SS (SA)-G01 pilot valve seal is available separately. For details, see pages E-11(E-23).
F
F-14
SOLENOID CONTROLLED
RELIEF VALVE (WITH ISO TYPE)
RI Series Solenoid Controlled 150 to 320ℓ/min

Relief Valve 35MPa
Features (Two-pressure Control Circuit Example)

qThis valve adds a wet type solenoid eA two-pressure control circuit can be b
valve to a balanced type piston type configured by adding a relief modular

relief valve to form a hydraulic device valve.
unload circuit. Contact your agent for more informa-
wThe shockless type has an internal tion.
structure that prevents shock gener- a
ated during unloading. This valve can (Pressure Relief Circuit Example)
also be used in a pressure relief cir-
cuit, and has a maximum adjustment
time of three seconds. See the pres- SOL ON
OFF
SOL ON
OFF P T
sure relief circuit example. SOL b
Setting ON
pressure OFF
OFF
Shock noise SOL a
Pressure
Shock noise canceled. High pressure
Pressure
generated. ON
Shock noise can be canceled
in about 0.5 second.
F
Low pressure
Unload
Time
0.5SEC Pressure characteristics
0.01 to 0.4.SEC Time 1SEC

MAX 3SEC
Specifications
Model No. Nominal Maximum Maximum Working Pressure adjustment Gasket Surface Used Solenoid Valve
Diameter Flow Rate Pressure range Weight kg JIS Symbol
Gasket Mounting (Size) ℓ/min MPa{kgf/cm2} MPa{kgf/cm2} Dimensions Model Number
1
RIS-G03-AQ3 -**-21 3/8 150 6.0 ISO 6264-06-09-0-97 P
5 A B
SS-G01-A3X-**-31
1 Type 1 0.8 to 7 P T
RIS-G06-AQ3 -**-21 3/4 320 {8.2 to 71.4} 7.1 ISO 6264-08-13-0-97 T
5 35 {357} Type 3 3.5 to 25
1 P, X Ports {35.7 to 255}
RIS-G03-AR3 -**-21 3/8 150 Type 5 3.5 to 35 6.0 ISO 6264-06-09-0-97 P
5 {35.7 to 357} A B
SS-G01-AR-**-31
1 P T
RIS-G06-AR3 -**-21 3/4 320 7.1 ISO 6264-08-13-0-97 T
5
Shockless Type
1 Type 1 1 to 7 P
RIS-G03-3 -F-**-21 3/8 150 {10.2 to 71.4} 7.0 ISO 6264-06-09-0-97
5 35 {357} Type 3 3.5 to 25
SS-G01-A3X-**-31
1 P, X Ports {35.7 to 255}
RIS-G06-3 -F-**-21 3/4 320 Type 5 3.5 to 35 8.1 ISO 6264-08-13-0-97 T
5 {35.7 to 357}
Note) For electrical specifications, see the SS type solenoid valve item on page E-1.
•Handling b A small control flow rate can cause , The following are the bundled mount-
z To adjust pressure, loosen the lock pressure instability. Use a control ing bolts.
nut and then rotate the handle clock- flow rate that is at least 8ℓ/min. Use
wise (rightward) to increase pressure a drain type relief valve in the case of Bolt Tightening Torque
Model No. Q'ty
or counterclockwise (leftward) to de- a flow rate that is less than the mini-
crease it. mum flow rate. 75 to 95
RIS-G03-***-**-21 M12×50ℓ 4
x To adjust the time from onload to un- n Use 90 to 110% of rated voltage. {765 to 969}
load, loosen the lock nut and rotate m Use the following table for specifica- 190 to 235
RIS-G06-***-**-21 M16×60ℓ 4
the restrictor adjusting bolt clockwise tion when a sub plate is required. {1940 to 2400}
(rightward) to make the time longer, Maximum operating pressure is Note)
or counterclockwise (leftward) to 25MPa {255kgf·cm2}. strength classification or equivalent.
make it shorter.
c Make sure that tank port back pres- Pipe Applicable
Model No. Weight kg . The coil surface temperature increas-
Diameter Pump Model
sure is no greater than 0.2MPa es if this pump is kept continuously
{2.0kgf/cm2}. MRI-03-10 3/8
2.6 RIS-G03 energized. Install the valve so there is
v The ** before the design number in MRI-03X-10 1/2 not chance of it being touched direct-
the model number of the solenoid MRI-06-10 3/4
3.5 RIS-G06 ly by hand.
valve used shows voltage. See the MRI-06X-10 1
voltage symbols in the model number
explanation.
F-15
A RIS – G 06 – A Q 1 – (F) – C1 – 21
Design number
B Voltage symbol
C1: AC100V 50/60Hz D1: DC12V
C2: AC200V 50/60Hz D2: DC24V
E1: AC100V 50/60Hz
E2: AC200V 50/60Hz
C Auxiliary symbol

F: With shock canceller
(See shockless type item.)
Other auxiliary symbols G, N, and Q (R is omit-
ted) can be used (enter them in alphabetic or-
der if there are 2 or more).
Pressure adjustment range 1, 3, 5
C Stop position flow path

Q: Open
Not required with
R: Blocked
the shockless type.
E
Operation method A: Spring offset
F RI Series solenoid controlled relief valve

(with SS type solenoid valve)
G Installation Dimension Drawings

RIS-G**-A**-**-21
H 4- φ ax1 counterbore E
D
φ b holes
F G
I
C
J
RIS-G**-*-F-**-21
J
H
K
87
71.5
25.5
87
71.5
L
40
25.5
25
45
45
25
25
M
A
A
B
N
B
φ6
6
φ6
6
O Model No. A B C D E F G H J a b
153
RIS-G03-***-**-21 78 32 80 106 31 53.8 13.1 53.8 20 14
(160)
162
RIS-G06-***-**-21 83 36 100 119 37 66.7 15 70 26 17.5
(169)
Note) 1. For gasket surface dimensions, see RI-G**-* on page F-5.
2. Figures in (parenthesis) are for the DC solenoid valve.
F-16
1 Body
39 49 47 34 35 51 40 44 36 46 48 50 37 38 43 41 45 2 Cover
3 Poppet
4 Sleeve
5 Spring
6 Spacer
7 Poppet
8 Seat
13 9 Plunger
10 Retainer
7
11 Plug
20 2 12 Collar
13 Spring
8 25 14 Handle assy
15 Orifice
12 9 16 Orifice
17 Plate
24 10
29 33
16 27 18 Plug
F
19 Plug
18 28 20 Screw
21 Pin
23 4 22 O-ring

23 O-ring
32 6
24 O-ring
17 5 25 O-ring
26 O-ring
31 21 1 3 27 O-ring
28 O-ring
15 30
29 Backup ring
19 28 30 Backup ring
31 Screw
22 26 32 Choke
33 Nut
23
34 Body
X P T
Part No. Part Name

35 Spool
Seal Part List (Kit Model Numbers: Main REBS-***, Restrictor Valve DFS-01H) 36 Throttle
37 Sleeve
Component Nominal Diameter/Part Number
Part No. Part Name Q'ty 38 Retainer
Parts G03 G06 39 Guide
22 O-ring NBR-90 P8 NBR-90 P8 1 40 Spring
23 O-ring NBR-90 P9 NBR-90 P9 3 41 Nut
24 O-ring NBR-90 P10A NBR-90 P10A 1 42 Plate
25 O-ring NBR-70-1 P11 NBR-70-1 P11 1 43 Nut
Main 26 O-ring NBR-90 P18 NBR-90 P28 2 44 Plug
27 O-ring NBR-90 G25 NBR-90 P28 1 45 Pin
28 O-ring NBR-90 G30 NBR-90 P32 2 46 O-ring
29 Backup ring T2-P10A T2-P10A 1 47 O-ring
30 Backup ring T2-G30 T2-P32 1 48 O-ring
47 O-ring NBR-90 P9 2 50 Backup ring
Restrictor
48 O-ring NBR-90 P10 1 51 Solenoid Valves
Valve
49 O-ring NBR-90 P12.5 1 52 Screw
50 Backup ring T2-P10 1
Note) 1. The materials and hardness of the O-ring conforms with JIS B2401.
2. For the *** part of the kit number, specify the valve size (G03, G06).
3. The restrictor valve kit is required only when a shockless valve is included.
4. SS (SA)-G01 pilot valve seal is available separately. For details, see pages E-11
(E-23).
F-17
G-***-*-21
PRESSURE REDUCING IN
(AND CHECK) VALVE
A Pressure Reducing 20 to 280ℓ/min

DR
(and Check) Valve 21MPa OUT
CG-***-*-21
B Features
IN
qThis valve is used when part of the tomatically and maintained at a con- rThe mounting surface
circuit uses pressure that is lower stant level. of the gasket con-
C than the main circuit.
wEven when pressure changes in the
eConnecting a remote control valve to
the vent port allows remote control of
forms to the ISO stan-
dards shown in the
OUT DR
primary main circuit, the reduced adjustment pressure. table below.

secondary pressure is adjusted au-
C Specifications
Model No. Nominal Maximum Working Maximum Pressure adjustment range Weight kg Gasket Surface
E
Screw Mounting Gasket Mounting (Size) MPa{kgf/cm2} ℓ/min MPa{kgf/cm2} T Type G Type Dimensions
(C) G-T03-A-21 (C) G-G03-A-21 0.25 to 1 {2.6 to 10.2} 3.3 3.9
3/8 20
B-21 B-21 0.3 to 2.5 {3.1 to 25.5} (3.6) (4.2)
ISO 5781-06-07-0-00
(C) G-T03-1-21 (C) G-G03-1-21 0.8 to 7 { 8.2 to 71.4} 3.3 3.9
3/8 50
F 3-21 3-21 21 {214} 3.5 to 21 {35.7 to 214 } (3.6) (4.2)

IN, OUT,
(C) G-T06-1-21 (C) G-G06-1-21 Vent Port 0.8 to 7 { 8.2 to 71.4} 5.7 6.2
3/4 120 ISO 5781-08-10-0-00
3-21 3-21 3.5 to 21 {35.7 to 214 } (6.1) (6.6)
(C) G-T10-1-21 (C) G-G10-1-21 0.8 to 7 { 8.2 to 71.4} 10.0 11.8
1¼ 280 ISO 5781-10-13-0-00

3-21 3-21 3.5 to 21 {35.7 to 214 } (11.3) (13.1)
G Weight values in parentheses are for when a check valve is included. The cracking pressure of the check valve is 0.1MPa{1.0kgf/cm2}

H (C)G – T 03 – 1 – 21 •Handling
z Provide an independent drain pipe
directly to the tank.
Design number
x When using a remote control valve,
connect piping to the reducing valve
I Pressure adjustment ranges 1, 3, A, B

vent port. Pipe capacity can be a
source of vibration.
Use of thick iron pipe with an inside
Mounting method
diameter of no more than 4mm and
T: Screw Mounting G: Gasket Mounting
J Reducing valve
a connection length of no more than
three meters is recommended.
c Use the following table for specifica-
Reducing and check valve tion when a sub plate is required.
K Installation Dimension Drawings Model No.

Pipe Weight
Diameter kg
Applicable
Pump Model
G-T**-*-21 (Screw Mounting) Pressure adjusting handle MG-03-20 3/8
1.6 (C) G-G03-*-21
(Changeable to two other directions) MG-03X-20 1/2
Dimensions (mm)
L Model No.
G-T03-*-21
A B
146 118.5 52
C D
23 52.5
E F
19
MG-06-20
MG-06X-20
3/4
1
3.9 (C) G-G06-*-21
G-T06-*-21 174 148 66.5 27 64 24

MG-10-20 1¼
G-T10-*-21 203.5 178.5 80.5 28 73 30 6.7 (C) G-G10-*-21
MG-10X-20 1½
M Model No. G H
Dimensions (mm)
J K L M P
These sub plates can also be used for pressure
control valves.
G-T03-*-21 35 70 40 32 63 36 3/8
G-T06-*-21 47.5 95 50 37 73 54 3/4
G-T10-*-21 54 108 68.5 47.5 95 69 1¼ L v The following are the bundled mount-
N MAX.104.5 14
Vent connection port
Rc 1/4
ing bolts.
63 Bolt Tightening Torque

Drain port Model No. Q'ty
Rc 1/4
O (C) G-G03-*-21 M10×75ℓ 4

φ 58
3- M
Pressure gauge
attachment port
Rc 1/4 (Primary pressure) 45 to 55
(C) G-G06-*-21 M10×85ℓ 4
IN IN {460 to 560}
A
OUT
D
(C) G-G10-*-21 M10×105ℓ 6

B
Pressure gauge
attachment port Note)
C
3- Rc “P”
E
Rc 1/4 (Secondary pressure) strength classification or equivalent.
G J K
H
Note) After the orientation of the pressure adjusting handle has been changed, also modify the cover alignment
surface O-ring (NBR-90 P6).
F-18
G-G**-*-21 (Gasket Mounting)
Vent connection
port PM J
MAX.104.5 G
63 14 Rc 1/4 K
From back
L- φ 17.5x1 counterbore
φ 11 holes
φ 58
IN
C
Pressure gauge
F
B
attachment port φ6 OUT Drain port
Rc 1/4 (Primary pressure)
F
E
D
Pressure gauge
attachment port
Rc 1/4 (Secondary pressure) M
H 6

Model No. A B C D E F G H J K L M
G-G03-*-21 146 118.5 62 45.1 52.5 19 35 70 60 88 4 60
G-G06-*-21 174 148 82 51.4 64 24 40 80 70 102 4 70
G-G10-*-21 203.5 178.5 102 54 73 30 51 102 92 122 6 92
Note) The orientation of the pressure adjusting handle cannot be change.
CG-T**-*-21 (Screw Mounting)

(Changeable to one other direction)
Vent connection port PM L

MAX.104.5 14
Rc 1/4
63 Drain port
Rc 1/4
3- Rc “P”
φ 58
Pressure gauge
attachment port
Rc 1/4
(Primary pressure) IN IN
B
A
OUT
D
Pressure gauge
3- M
PM
C
attachment port
E
Rc 1/4
(Secondary pressure)
J K G
H
Model No. A B C D E F G H J K L M P
CG-T03-*-21 146 118.5 52 23 52.5 19 35 70 40 54 63 36 3/8
CG-T06-*-21 174 148 66.5 27 64 24 47.5 95 50 60 73 54 3/4
CG-T10-*-21 203.5 178.5 80.5 28 73 30 54 108 68.5 80 95 69 1¼
Note) After the orientation of the pressure adjusting handle has been changed, also modify the cover alignment
surface O-ring (NBR-90 P6).
F-19
CG-G**-*-21 (Gasket Mounting)
A Pressure adjusting handle
C MAX.104.5 G Vent connection port

PM J
K
63 14 Rc 1/4
From back
C φ 11 holes
φ 58
IN
E
A
Pressure gauge
C
F
B
attachment port OUT
Rc 1/4 Drain port
φ6
(Primary pressure)
F
E
D
Pressure gauge
attachment port
Rc 1/4 M
(Secondary pressure) H 6
G
Dimensions (mm)
H
CG-G03-*-21 146 118.5 62 45.1 52.5 19 35 89 60 88 4 60
CG-G06-*-21 174 148 82 51.4 64 24 40 100 70 102 4 70
CG-G10-*-21 203.5 178.5 102 54 73 30 51 131 92 122 6 92
Note) The orientation of the pressure adjusting handle cannot be change.
I Sub Plate MG-***-20 AA

BB
CC
DD
J DR
FF
EE
GG
QQ
K
PP
NN
MM
IN
RR
LL
SS
HH
KK
JJ
TT
OUT
L Piping and plug not required

UU-M10 tap
4- φ 17.5x1 counterbore φ 7 depth 8
φ 11 holes
M 2- φ VV 2- φ 4
N
XX
WW
2- Rc “YY” 2- Rc 1/4
O Dimensions (mm)
Model No. AA BB CC DD EE FF GG HH JJ KK LL MM NN PP QQ RR SS TT UU VV WW XX YY
MG-03-20 3/8
128 106.4 88 66.6 58.7 33.3 7.9 76 62 42.9 31.8 − 21.4 7.2 3.5 21.5 35.7 39.5 4 14 11 30
MG-03X-20 1/2
MG-06-20 3/4
146 123.8 102 79.3 72.9 39.7 6.4 110 82 60.3 44.5 − 20.6 11.1 3.7 39.7 49.2 56.7 4 22 16 40
MG-06X-20 1
MG-10-20 1¼
160 138.1 122 96.8 92.9 48.4 3.9 150 102 84.1 62.7 42.1 24.6 16.7 4.1 59.5 67.5 80.1 6 30 16 53
MG-10X-20 1½
F-20
Pressure Loss Characteristics Pressure – Drain Flow Rate Characteristics

(C) G-G03-*-21 (C) G-G03-*-21 (C) G-***-*-21
Path 1 IN → OUT Path 1 IN→ OUT 1 (C)G-*03-*-21
Drain flow rate cm3/min

1.6 {16.3} 1.6 {16.3} 2 (C)G-*06-*-21
Path 2 OUT → IN 3 Path 2 OUT →IN (main valve open) 3 1500
1.4 (main valve open) {14.3} 1.4 {14.3} 3 (C)G-*10-*-21
MPa {kgf/cm }
Pressure Loss
Path 3 OUT →IN (main valve closed)
Pressure Loss
MPa {kgf/cm }
2
1.2 Path 3 OUT IN

→ 4 (C)G-*03- AB-21 3
2
{12.2} 1.2 {12.2}
(main valve closed) 2 2
1.0 {10.2} 1.0 {10.2} 1000
1 1 1
0.8 { 8.2} 0.8 { 8.2} 2
0.6 { 6.1} 0.6 { 6.1} 4
500
0.4 { 4.1} 0.4 { 4.1}
0.2 { 2.0} 0.2 { 2.0}
0 25 50 75 100 125 150 0 25 50 75 100 125 150 0 5 10 15 20 (1,3 Type)

{51} {102} {153} {204}
Flow rate ℓ /min Flow rate ℓ /min 0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 (A,B Type)
{5.1}{10.2} {15.3} {20.4} {25.5}
2
Differential pressure (MPa) {kgf/cm }
Secondary Pressure – Flow Rate Characteristics

(C) G-G06-*-21 (C) G-T06-*-21 A
(C) G-*03- -21
B
F
Path 1 IN →OUT Path 1 IN →OUT
0.8 {8.2} 0.6 {6.1}
0.8 {8.2}

Path 2 OUT →IN (main valve open)
Pressure MPa {kgf/cm }

2
Path 2 OUT →IN (main valve open) 0.7 {7.1}
0.7 {7.1} 0.5 {5.1}
Pressure Loss
Path 3 OUT → IN (main valve closed)

MPa{kgf/cm }
Path 3 OUT → IN (main valve closed)

MPa {kgf/cm }
Pressure Loss
2
2
0.6 {6.1} 0.6 {6.1}

3 3
0.5 {5.1} 0.4 {4.1}
0.5 {5.1}
1 1
0.4 {4.1} 0.4 {4.1}
2 0.3 {3.1}
2 0.3 {3.1}
0.3 {3.1}
0.2 {2.0} 0.2 {2.0} 0.2 {2.0}
0.1 {1.0} 0.1 {1.0}

0.1 {1.0}
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 0 50 100 150 200 250 300
Flow rate ℓ /min 0 10 20
Flow rate ℓ /min
Flow rate ℓ /min
(C) G-G10-*-21 (C) G-T10-*-21
Path 1 IN→ OUT Path 1 IN→ OUT

0.8 {8.2} 1.6 {16.3}
Path 2 OUT → IN (main valve open) Path 2 OUT → IN (main valve open)
0.7 {7.1} 1.4 {14.3}
Path 3 OUT → IN (main valve closed) Path 3 OUT → IN (main valve closed)
Pressure Loss
Pressure Loss
MPa{kgf/cm }
MPa{kgf/cm }
0.6 {6.1} 1.2 {12.2}

2
2
3 3
0.5 {5.1} 1.0 {10.2}
0.4 {4.1} 0.8 { 8.2}
2
0.3 {3.1} 0.6 { 6.1}
1 2
0.2 {2.0} 0.4 { 4.1}
1
0.1 {1.0} 0.2 { 2.0}
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 0 100 200 300 400 500 600
Flow rate ℓ /min Flow rate ℓ /min
F-21
A A
(C) G-G**- -21
B
6 7 8 10 24 2 18 11 12 20 13 19
B
Part No. Part Name
C 1
2
Body
Cover
3 Cover
4 Piston
5 Spring
C 6
7
Handle
Nut
8 Retainer
9 Spring pin
Push rod
E
10
11 Spring
CG-G-**-*-21 12 Poppet
13 Seat
14 Collar
6 7 8 10 24 2 18 11 12 20 13
F
15 Poppet
16 Spring
17 Spring guide
14 18 Screw
19 Plug
G 19
5
20
21
Plug
O-ring
22 O-ring
23 O-ring
1 24 O-ring
H 23 25
26
O-ring
O-ring
27 27 Nameplate
IN Note) Part numbers 15, 16, 17, and 25 are not required
17 22
I
when there is no check valve.
25 9
16 OUT
J 15
4
26
K 21
3
M
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number RGBS-***(C))
N
Type/Part Number
CG-G03-*-21 CG-T03-*-21 CG-G06-*-21 CG-T06-*-21 CG-G10-*-21 CG-T10-*-21
21 O-ring NBR-90 P22 NBR-90 P22 NBR-90 G30 NBR-90 G30 NBR-90 G40 NBR-90 G40 2
O
24 O-ring NBR-70-1 P11 NBR-70-1 P11 NBR-70-1 P11 NBR-70-1 P11 NBR-70-1 P11 NBR-70-1 P11 1
25 O-ring NBR-90 P11 NBR-90 P11 NBR-90 P14 NBR-90 P14 NBR-90 P22 NBR-90 P22 1
*** in the kit number is used for specification of the valve size (G03, T06, etc.) To specify inclusion of a check valve, add C to the end.
F-22
BALANCING VALVE A
(PRESSURE REDUCING AND RELIEF VALVE) DR
(B)
Balancing Valve 30 to 50ℓ/min
(Pressure Reducing and Relief Valve) 14MPa P T
Features •Handling
nut and then rotate the adjusting
q2-in-1 operation allows a simpler cir- wPressure adjustment using a single screw (bolt) clockwise (rightward) to
cuit configuration. Combination valve screw (bolt). increase pressure or counterclock-
that provides both pressure reducing eCompact and lightweight valve that wise (leftward) to decrease it.
and counter balance functions. can be mounted using the same x For the 01 size, draining is from the
methods as a 01, 03 size solenoid gasket side B port.
valve. c For the drain of a 03 size valve when
auxiliary symbol B is specified, run a
Specifications pipe from the drain discharge port di-
rectly to the tank. The drain discharge
Nominal Maximum Working Maximum
Pressure adjustment range Weight Gasket Surface
port can also be plugged for direct
Model No. Diameter Pressure Flow Rate
MPa{kgf/cm2} kg Dimensions draining from the gasket side B port.
(Size) MPa{kgf/cm2} ℓ/min In the case of modification, be sure to
GR-G01-A1-20 0.8 to 7 { 8.2 to 71.4} change the valve type marking on the
1/8 30 1.5 ISO 4401-03-02-0-05
A2 21 {214} 3.5 to 14 {35.7 to 143 } nameplate. When using drain piping,
GR-G03-A1-(B)-20 P port 1.0 to 7 {10.2 to 71.4} use a tightening torque of 22 to 25N·m
3/8 50 3.5 ISO 4401-05-04-0-05
A2 3.5 to 14 {35.7 to 143 }
F
{215 to 245kgf·cm} for pipe joints.
v The drain of 03 size valve that does
Explanation of model No. not have a B auxiliary symbol can be
directly from the T port.

GR – G 03 – A 1 – BK – 20 b Make sure that drain back pressure is
no greater than 0.2MPa {2.0kgf/cm2}.
Design number n When an adjustment handle is re-
Note: For 03 size, relationship between mounting quired for pressure adjustment block,
bolts and design number is indicated as insert K for the type specification.
J20: M6, 20: M8. m Set the difference between the pres-
Auxiliary symbol
sure at the primary circuit (port P)
B: External drain (03 size only) and the secondary circuit (port A) at
K: With handle least 0.5MPa {5 kgf/cm2}.
Control port: A port
Pipe Outlet
Nominal diameter (size) Model No. Weight kg
Size
MSA-01Y-10 3/8 1.2
Balancing valve
MS-03-30 3/8
3.8
MS-03X-30 1/2
Installation Dimension Drawings . The following are the bundled mount-
GR-G01-A*-20 ing bolts.
φ 9.5x6 counterbore Bolt Tightening Torque
φ 5.5 holes Model No. Q'ty
0.75
7.5
5.1
T 5 to 7
GR-G01-A*-20 M5×45 4
{51 to 71}
15.5
25.9
31.75
A B
46
31
20 to 25
GR-G03-A*-20 M8×30 4
P {205 to 255}
10 to 13
12.7 GR-G03-A*-J20 M6×50 4
Rc 1/4 21.5 24 {102 to 133}
Pressure gauge 30.2 Adjusting 40
attachment port 18.5 40.5 6 stroke Note)
12 106 MAX.43(70) strength classification or equivalent.
MAX.161(188)
GR-G03-A*-B-20 Adjusting Handle (Option)

MAX.223.5(239)
26 98 32 Lock nut
51.5 6 Adjusting stroke 60
54 32.5 Adjusting handle
23.8 23.8 Rc 1/4 13
10.3 10.3
Drain port
P
φ 26( φ 32)
φ 28( φ 36)
28
9.5 16.6
1.6
A B
74
46
70
T T
35
33
“S” 4- φ 14 x 42 4- φ 14 x 20 39(50)
Rc 1/4 42.5 φ 8.5 hole φ 6.8 hole
Pressure gauge
attachment port
Note) 1. For size 03, an escape valve with piping from the drain discharge port is standard for the drain (GR-G03-A*-B-20).
To change from internal drain to external drain, install a plug (NPTF 1/16) in part S, and remove the drain discharge port plug (RC 1/4).
To change from external drain to internal drain, install a plug (RC 1/4) into the drain discharge port, and remove the S part plug (NPTF 1/15).
In this case, however, the B port cannot be used as the tank port.
2. Dimensions in parentheses show dimensions with handle (K type).
F-23
A Pressure – Flow Rate Characteristics Setting Pressure – Drain Flow Rate Characteristics
GR-G01-A*-20 q
GR-G01-A*-20 GR-G03-A*-(B)-20 GR-G03-A*-(B)-20 w
B
1 GR-G01-A*-20
15 {153} 15 {153} 1500
Drain flow rate cm3/min

2

2
2 GR-G03-A*-(B)-20
2
10 {102} 10 {102} 1000
C 1
5 {51}
5 {51} 500
C 0
30 20 10 0 10 20 30 0
60 40 20 0 20 40 60 0 5 10 15
Low pressure flow rate ℓ /min Relief flow rate ℓ /min 0 {51} {102} {153}
(PA) (AT) Low pressure flow rate ℓ /min Relief flow rate ℓ /min
(PA) (AT) Differential pressure MPa {kgf/cm2 }
E (Primary Side Pressure - Setting Pressure)
Part No. Part Name
Cross-sectional Drawings Note) The materials and hardness of the O-ring

1
2
Body
Spool
F
3 Poppet
GR-G01-A*-20
4 Seat
5 Bushing
15 5 20 2 8 9 23 18 4 14 3 19 7 10 17 6 13 11 6 Bushing
7 Retainer
G 8
9
Choke
Spring
10 Spring
11 Screw
12 Plate
H 13
14
Nut
Plug
15 Plug
16 O-ring
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number RJBS-G01) 17 O-ring
I 22 21 12 1 16
18
19
O-ring
O-ring
20 O-ring
17 O-ring NBR-70-1 P10A 1 21 Plug
18 O-ring NBR-90 P12.5 1
J
22 Spacer
19 O-ring NBR-90 P18 1 23 Choke
K GR-G03-A*-B-20 Part No. Part Name

1 Body
16 3 24 4 18 17 12 1 19 22 8 9 6 5 15 2 23 10 21 11 7 13 20 14 2 Cover (A)
L
3 Cover (B)
4 Spool
5 Poppet
6 Seat
7 Retainer
M 8
9
Choke
Spring
10 Spring
11 Screw
12 Plate
N 13
14
Nut
Nut
15 Screw
16 Screw
17 Plug
O Seal Part List (Kit Model Number RJBS-G03)
18
19
Plug
Plug
20 Pin
21 O-ring NBR-70-1 P8 1
21 O-ring
22 O-ring
F-24
PRESSURE CONTROL
(AND CHECK) VALVE
Pressure Control 50 to 280ℓ/min

(and Check) Valve 14MPa
Features
qThis circuit control valve works as a wMaximum operating pressure is rThe mounting surface of the gas-
sequence valve, unloading valve, and 21MPa {214kgf/cm2}. ket conforms to the ISO standards
counter balance valve. eThough a direct type valve, there is shown in the table below.
little pressure override.
Specifications •Handling
Nominal Maximum Working Maximum Pressure adjustment Weight kg Gasket Surface
Model No.
Diameter Pressure Flow Rate range nut and then rotate the adjusting bolt
Screw Mounting Gasket Mounting (Size) MPa{kgf/cm2} ℓ/min MPa{kgf/cm2} T Type G Type Dimensions clockwise (rightward) to increase
(C) Q-T03-*A-21 (C) Q-G03-*A-21 Type A pressure or counterclockwise (left-
B B 0.25 to 0.85 2.9 3.5 ward) to decrease it.
C C 3/8 50 {2.6 to 8.7} ISO 5781-06-07-0-00 x The pressure adjustment range is ex-
D D (3.1) (3.8)
Type B pressed in terms of cracking pressure.
E E 0.5 to 1.75
c Run the out port of Q-T/G** type 1
F
(C) Q-T06-*A-21 (C) Q-G06-*A-21 {5.1 to 17.9}
B B 21 {214} Type C 5.0 6.0
and 4 directly to the tank.
C C 3/4 IN, OUT, 120 0.85 to 3.5 ISO 5781-08-10-0-00 v The following describes the method
D D PP Ports {8.7 to 35.7} (5.4) (6.5) for using Types 2 and 3. Application of
E E Type D

back pressure to the valve output side
(C) Q-T10-*A-21 (C) Q-G10-*A-21 1.75 to 7
{17.9 to 71.4}
such as in the example circuit shown
B B 9.8 11.5
C C 1¼ 280 Type E ISO 5781-10-13-0-00 below, use Type 2 or Type 3 and run
D D 3.5 to 14 (11.1) (12.8) the drain port directly to the tank.
E E {35.7 to 143} b When two or more of these valves are
Weight values in parentheses are for when a check valve is included. The cracking pressure of the ganged in sequence, make sure the
check valve is 0.1MPa {1.0kgf/cm2}. setting pressure (cracking pressure)
differential between them is at least
Example circuit 1 Example circuit 2 1MPa {10.2kgf/cm2}.
n Vibration (chattering) may occur with
When using type 2. When using type 3. the (C) Q-***-1E-21 depending on op-
erating conditions when using type
1 and pressure adjustment range E.
Use external drain type 2E if it hap-
pens.
m Type 2 is standard. When Type 1, 3,
or 4 is required, make modifications
in accordance with the figures on the
next page. Modifications change the
valve type, so be sure to change the
markings on the nameplate.
Pipe Weight Applicable
Model No.
Diameter kg Pump Model
MG-03-20 3/8
1.6 (C) Q-G03-**-21
MG-03X-20 1/2
MG-06-20 3/4
3.9 (C) Q-G06-**-21
MG-06X-20 1
MG-10-20 1¼
6.7 (C) Q-G10-**-21
MG-10X-20 1½
Explanation of model No. Note) These sub plates can also be used for re-
ducing valves.
(C)Q – G 10 – 1 B – 21
. The following are the bundled mounting
Design number bolts.
Pressure adjustment range A, B, C, D, E Bolt Tightening Torque

Model No. Q'ty
(Note: Type E pressure adjustment is note available for Type 1.)
Type 1, 2, 3, 4 (C) Q-G03-**-21 M10×75 4
Nominal diameter (size) 45 to 55
(C) Q-G06-**-21 M10×85 4
{460 to 560}
Mounting method T: Screw Mounting G: Gasket Mounting
(C) Q-G10-**-21 M10×105 6
Pressure control valve
Note)
Pressure control and check valve strength classification or equivalent.
F-25
JIS Symbol
A Q-***-**-21
Type 1 Type 2 Type 3 Type 4
CQ-***-**-21
Type 1 Type 2 Type 3 Type 4
IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN
B PP PP PP PP
DR DR
OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT DR OUT DR OUT
C Type 2 is standard.
Installation Dimension Drawings Q-T**-2*-21(Screw Mounting)
C J
H
Type 1 L
M
K
F External drain port

Hexagon nut
Rc 1/4
Type 3
G
Pressure gauge
attachment port
MAX.A
C
Rc 1/4 3- Rc “Q”
DR OUT (Secondary pressure)
D
G
E
IN IN
H
3-P
Pressure gauge
attachment port
N
Nameplate
B
PP Rc 1/4
(Primary pressure)
Remote pilot
Type 4
I
Attachment port Rc 1/4
Model No. A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q
(C) Q-T03-**-21 179.5 58 88 58 23 61.5 19 72 40 70 35 63 41 36 3/8
(C) Q-T06-**-21 204.5 69.5 101.5 71.5 27 85 24 87 50 95 47.5 73 52.5 54 3/4
J
(C) Q-T10-**-21 251 83.5 132.5 87.5 28 89 30 116 68.5 108 54 95 62.5 69 1¼
Q-G**-2*-21 (Gasket Mounting)

PP G
M
H
Type 1
K
φ6
L
K
J
M
Hexagon nut
Type 3
External φ 11 holes
N
Pressure gauge drain port
attachment port
Rc 1/4
OUT (Secondary pressure) Nameplate
MAX.A
B
F
O Type 4
IN
Pressure gauge
attachment port
E
Rc 1/4 Remote pilot

(Primary pressure)
D
Attachment port
Q-G03-**-21 179.5 146 62 45.1 61.5 19 72 35 88 60 4 60
Q-G06-**-21 204.5 171 82 51.4 75 24 80 40 102 70 4 70
Q-G10-**-21 251 216 102 54 89 30 102 51 122 92 6 92
F-26
Type 1 CQ-T**-2*-21 (Screw Mounting)
H
J
M
K
Hexagon nut
Type 3
External drain port
Rc 1/4
DR
Pressure gauge
attachment port
MAX.A
C
Rc 1/4 3- Rc “Q”
OUT (Secondary pressure)
D
G
E
IN IN
PP
3-P
Pressure gauge
F
attachment port
N
Nameplate
F
B
Rc 1/4
(Primary pressure)
Type 4
Remote pilot

Attachment port Rc 1/4
Model No. A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q
CQ-T03-**-21 179.5 58 88 58 23 61.5 19 94 40 70 35 63 41 36 3/8
CQ-T06-**-21 204.5 69.5 101.5 81.5 27 75 24 110 50 95 47.5 73 52.5 54 3/4
PP
CQ-T10-**-21 251 83.5 132.5 87.5 28 89 30 148.5 68.5 108 54 95 62.5 69 1¼
CQ-G**-2*-21 (Gasket Mounting)

Type 1 G
M
H
φ6
K
J
Hexagon nut
Type 3
External φ 11 holes
Pressure gauge drain port
attachment port
Rc 1/4
(Secondary pressure) Nameplate
MAX.A
OUT
B
F
IN
Pressure gauge
attachment port
E
Rc 1/4 Remote pilot

(Primary pressure)
D
Attachment port
Type 4
CQ-G03-**-21 179.5 146 62 45.1 61.5 19 89 35 88 60 4 60
CQ-G06-**-21 204.5 171 82 51.4 75 24 100 40 102 70 4 70
CQ-G10-**-21 251 216 102 54 89 30 131 51 122 92 6 92
F-27
Sub Plate MG-***-20
A φ 7 depth 8
φ 11 hole
4- φ 17.5 x 1 counterbore
UU- M10 tap
External drain
B OUT
KK
JJ
TT
HH
SS
RR
LL
MM
IN
NN
PP
C
QQ
GG
FF
EE External pilot
DD
CC
C BB
AA
2- φ VV 2- φ 4
E Note1) The figure shows size 10(X), with four

M10 tap holes for size 03(X) and 06(X)
XX
valve mounting bolts.

WW
Note2) When a valve cover external drain and

external pilot port are used, remove the
plugs from the sub plate external drain
F
2- Rc “YY” 2- Rc 1/4
and external pilot port.
Model No. AA BB CC DD EE FF GG HH JJ KK LL MM NN PP QQ RR SS TT UU VV WW XX YY
MG-03-20 3/8
128 106.4 88 66.6 58.7 33.3 7.9 76 62 42.9 31.8 − 21.4 7.2 3.5 21.4 35.7 39.5 4 14 11 30
G
MG-03X-20 1/2
MG-06-20 3/4
160 123.8 102 79.3 72.9 39.7 6.4 110 82 60.3 44.5 − 20.6 11.1 3.7 39.7 49.2 56.7 4 22 16 40
MG-06X-20 1
MG-10-20 1¼
160 138.1 122 96.8 92.9 48.4 3.9 150 102 84.1 62.7 42.1 24.6 16.7 4.1 59.5 67.5 80.1 6 30 16 53
MG-10X-20 1½
H
I Pressure Loss Characteristics
(C) Q-T03-**-21 (C) Q-T06-**-21 (C) Q-T10-**-21
J 1.6
Flow path
Flow path
1 IN → OUT
2 OUT → IN
{16.3} 1.6
Flow path 1 IN→ OUT (pressure adjustment A, B type)
Flow path 2 IN→ OUT (pressure adjustment C, D, E type)

{16.3} 1.6
Flow path 1 IN→ OUT (pressure adjustment A, B type)
Flow path 2 IN→ OUT (pressure adjustment C, D, E type)

{16.3}
1.4 {14.3} 1.4 {14.3} 1.4 {14.3}
3
Flow path 3 OUT→ IN Flow path 3 OUT→ IN
Pressure Loss
Pressure Loss
1.2 {12.2}
MPa{kgf/cm }
Pressure Loss
MPa{kgf/cm }
1.2 {12.2}
MPa{kgf/cm }
1.2 {12.2}
2
2
K 1.0
0.8
1 {10.2}
{ 8.2}
1.0
0.8
2
{10.2}
{ 8.2}
1.0
0.8
2
{10.2}
{ 8.2}
2
0.6 { 6.1} 0.6 { 6.1} 0.6 { 6.1}
1 1
0.4 { 4.1} 0.4 { 4.1} 0.4 { 4.1}
L 0.2 { 2.0} 0.2 { 2.0} 0.2 { 2.0}
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 0 100 200 300 400 500 600
Flow rate ℓ /min Flow rate ℓ /min Flow rate ℓ /min
M (C) Q-G03-**-21 (C) Q-G06-**-21 (C) Q-G10-**-21
Flow path 1 IN → OUT Flow path 1 IN → OUT (pressure adjustment A, B type) Flow path 1 IN → OUT (pressure adjustment A, B type)
1.6 {16.3} 1.6 {16.3} 1.6 {16.3}
N 1.4
Flow path 2 OUT → IN
{14.3} 1.4
Flow path 2 IN → OUT (pressure adjustment C, D, E type)
{14.3} 1.4
Flow path 2 IN → OUT (pressure adjustment C, D, E type)
{14.3}
Pressure Loss
3
MPa{kgf/cm }
2
Flow path 3 OUT → IN Flow path 3 OUT → IN

Pressure Loss
Pressure Loss
MPa{kgf/cm }
1.2 {12.2}
MPa{kgf/cm }
1.2 {12.2} 1.2 {12.2}

2
2 2 3
1.0 {10.2} 1.0 {10.2} 1.0 {10.2}
O 0.8
0.6
1
{ 8.2}
{ 6.1}
0.8
0.6
1
{ 8.2}
{ 6.1}
0.8
0.6
2
{ 8.2}
{ 6.1}
1
0.4 { 4.1} 0.4 { 4.1} 0.4 { 4.1}
0.2 { 2.0} 0.2 { 2.0} 0.2 { 2.0}
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 0 100 200 300 400 500 600
F-28
Pressure – Flow Rate Characteristics : Press rise
: Pressure drop
(C) Q-*03-2A-21 (C) Q-*03-2B-21 (C) Q-*03-2C-21

2.2 {22.4}

2
2
1.2 {12.2} 5.0 {51.0}
2
2.1 {21.4}
1.1 {11.2} 4.5 {45.9}
2.0 {20.4}
1.0 {10.2} 4.0 {40.8}
1.9 {19.4}
0.9 { 9.2} 3.5 {35.7}
1.8 {18.4}
0.8 { 8.2} 3.0 {30.6}
1.7 {17.3}
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
(C) Q-*03-2D-21 (C) Q-*03-2E-21

17 {173}
2
F
10 {102}
16 {163}
9 {91.8}
15 {153}

8 {81.6}
14 {143}
7 {71.4}
13 {133}
6 {61.2}
12 {122}
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
(C) Q-*06-2A-21 (C) Q-*06-2B-21 (C) Q-*06-2C-21

2
2
1.2 {12.2} 2.1 {21.4} 5.0 {51.0}
1.1 {11.2} 2.0 {20.4} 4.5 {45.9}
1.0 {10.2} 1.9 {19.4} 4.0 {40.8}
0.9 { 9.2} 1.8 {18.4} 3.5 {35.7}
0.8 { 8.2} 1.7 {17.3} 3.0 {30.6}
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 0 20 40 60 80 100 120

F-29
Pressure – Flow Rate Characteristics : Press rise
: Pressure drop
A
(C) Q-*06-2D-21 (C) Q-*06-2E-21
18 {184}
2
10 {102}
17 {173}
9 {91.8}
16 {163}
C
8 {81.6}
15 {153}
7 {71.4}
14 {143}
6 {61.2}
C 0 20 40 60 80 100 120
13
0 20 40 60 80 100 120
{133}
E (C) Q-*10-2A-21 (C) Q-*10-2B-21 (C) Q-*10-2C-21

5.5 {56.1}

F
2
2
1.2 {12.2} 2.1 {21.4}

5.0 {51.0}
1.1 {11.2} 2.0 {20.4}
4.5 {45.9}
1.0 {10.2} 1.9 {19.4}

G 0.9 { 9.2} 1.8 {18.4}
4.0 {40.8}
3.5 {35.7}
0.8 { 8.2} 1.7 {17.3}
H
3.0 {30.6}
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 0 50 100 150 200 250 300
I (C) Q-*10-2D-21 (C) Q-*10-2E-21

18 {184}
2
10 {102}
J 9 {91.8}
17 {173}
16 {163}
8 {81.6}
K
15 {153}
7 {71.4}
14 {143}
6 {61.2}
13 {133}
L 0 50 100 150 200 250 300

Flow rate ℓ /min
0 50 100 150 200 250 300
Flow rate ℓ /min
F-30
CQ-G**-**-21
8 Part No. Part Name
9 1 Body
2 Cover
7 3 Cover
21 4 Piston
5 5 Spring
6 Plunger
2 7 Push rod
18 8 Screw
9 Nut
22
10 Spacer
15 11 Nameplate
OUT
10 4 12 Poppet
13 Spring guide
12 1
14 Spring
14 IN 11 15 Pin
24 16 Plug
23
17 Plug
13 20 18 Screw
19 6 19 O-ring
20 O-ring
16
F
21 O-ring
3 22 O-ring
17 23 O-ring
24 O-ring

Note) Part numbers 12, 13, 14,
and 24 are not required
when there is no check
valve.
Note)
The illustration shows the configuration for pressure adjustment ranges
Type C, Type D, and Type E. For Type A and Type B, part number 6 plunger is
eliminated, and the part number 4 piston, part number 5 spring are different.
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number RQBS-***(C))

Type/Part Number
CQ-G03-**-21 CQ-T03-**-21 CQ-G06-**-21 CQ-T06-**-21 CQ-G10-**-21 CQ-T10-**-21
19 O-ring NBR-90 P22 NBR-90 P22 NBR-90 G30 NBR-90 G30 NBR-90 P40 NBR-90 G40 2
21 O-ring NBR-90 P11 NBR-90 P11 NBR-90 P16 NBR-90 P16 NBR-90 P22A NBR-90 P22A 1
For the *** part of the kit number, specify the valve size (G03, T06). To specify inclusion of a check valve, add C to the end.
F-31
FR-*-10
THROTTLE <AND CHECK> VALVE OUT
Throttle (and Check) Valve

190ℓ/min C
21MPa
IN
CFR-*-10
Features
OUT
B
qCompact and lightweight, requires ePressure is internally balanced for
C
very little space for installation. light handle operation, even at high
wSpecial needle valve configuration pressure.
IN
provides smooth flow rate control.
Specifications C
Model No. Maximum Flow Cracking Maximum Working Weight kg
E
Nominal Diameter
Rate pressure Pressure
Screw Mounting Gasket Mounting (Size) T Type G Type
ℓ/min MPa{kgf/cm2} MPa{kgf/cm2}
(C)FR-T03-10 (C)FR-G03-10 3/8 30 0.15{1.5} 1.3 1.7

(C)FR-T06-10 (C)FR-G06-10 3/4 75 21{214} 3.0 3.7
(C)FR-T10-10 (C)FR-G10-10 11/4 190
0.1 {1.0}
5.6 5.8 F
•Handling
zThe control flow rate is increased by
Applicable Pump Model Bolt Size Q'ty Tightening Torque N·m{kgf·cm}
G
counter clockwise (leftward) rotation
of the flow rate control handle. (C)FR-G03-10 M8 × 65ℓ 4 20 to 25{ 205 to 255}
Flow Control Valve

xThe control flow rate does not be-
come zero even if the handle is fully
turned.
(C)FR-G06-10
(C)FR-G10-10
M12 × 75ℓ
M14 × 90ℓ
4
4
75 to 95{ 765 to 969}
120 to 150{1220 to 1530}
H
cThere is no pressure or temperature Note) For mounting bolts, use bolts of 12.9 strength classification or equivalent.
compensation mechanism.
I
vBi-directional restriction is possible
when there is no check valve. •Sub Plate
bUse the table to the right for specifi- Pipe
Recommended
Weight
cation when a sub plate is required. Model No. Flow Rate Applicable Valve Type
Diameter kg
nSee the table to the right for installa- ℓ/min
J
tion hex socket bolts. However, bolts MFR-03-10 3/8 30 1.0 (C)FR-G03-10
are not included for a screw mount- MFR-06-10 3/4 75 2.2 (C)FR-G06-10
ing type.
MFR-10-10 11/4 190 4.1 (C)FR-G10-10
Explanation of model No. K

(C)FR – G 03 – 10
Design number
L
Mounting method
T: Screw Mounting G: Gasket Mounting M
Throttle valve
N
Throttle and check valve
G-1
C (C)FR-T**-10 (Screw Mounting)
SC Lock out stroke

SB Throttle stroke
SA Full stroke
Model No. LA LB DA DB
B φ 58
(C)FR-T03-10
(C)FR-T06-10
66
95
21.5
30.5
38
55
40
55
(C)FR-T10-10 130 38.5 74 70
C MAX.HA HA
130.5
HB
85
HC
35
SA
7
SB
6
SC
1
MA
3/8
2- Rc “MA” 175.5 123 55 10 9 1 3/4
C 206.5 150 70 14 12 2 11/4

HB
φ DA
HC
E LB φ DB
LA
F
(C)FR-G**-10 (Gasket Mounting) Sub Plate MFR-**-10
G
LE
LF LG
LH
HA
HB
LI HE
HC
HD
LJ HF
Flow Control Valve
H
4- M “MA”xHH
6
φ6
MAX. LA
MAX. LC LB
SA Full stroke φ 7x8
SB Throttle stroke OUT IN
I
SC Lock out stroke OUT IN
BC
BD
BB
BA
4- φ DBxHG counterbore
BE
φ DC holes
BC
φ 58
Rc “MB”
φ DD holes
J LD
LF
LE
4- φ DBx2 counterbore (from back)
φ DC holes LK LL
K DB DC DD MA MB SA SB SC
14 8.8 12 8 3/8 7 6 1
20 13 20 12 3/4 10 9 1
L 23 15 30 14 11/4 14 12 2
Model Number LA LB LC LD LE LF LG LH LI LJ LK LL BA BB BC BD BE HA HB HC HD HE HF HG HH
(C)FR-G03-10 130.5 85 45 15 65 10 45 35 22.5 5 10 45 100 80 60 40 20 63 60 52 40 25 20 8.6 18

M (C)FR-G06-10 175.5 123 52 14 96 13 70 55 35 15 14 68 132 106 80 54 27 71 68 57 40 30 25 13 20
(C)FR-G10-10 206.5 150 56 14 120 15 90 72.5 45 17.5 16 88 154 122 90 60 30 83 80 68 45 40 35 15.2 25
G-2
C
Stroke – Flow Rate Characteristics
(C)FR-*03-10 (C)FR-*06-10 (C)FR-*10-10
1 Differential pressure 1 Differential pressure 1 Differential pressure 1 2 3 4
14MPa {143kgf/cm2} 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 300
70 14MPa {143kgf/cm2} 14MPa {143kgf/cm2}
Flow rate ℓ/min
Flow rate ℓ/min

140
Flow rate ℓ/min

B
2 Differential pressure 2 Differential pressure 2 Differential pressure
60 10.5MPa {107kgf/cm2} 10.5MPa {107kgf/cm2} 250 10.5MPa {107kgf/cm2}
120
50 7MPa {71.4kgf/cm2} 100 7MPa {71.4kgf/cm2} 200 7MPa {71.4kgf/cm2}
40 3.5MPa {35.7kgf/cm2} 80 3.5MPa {35.7kgf/cm2}
C
3.5MPa {35.7kgf/cm2}
150
30 60
100
20 40
50
C
10 20
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 2 4 6 8 10 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14
Stroke mm Stroke mm Stroke mm
0 1 2 3
Number of handle rotations
4 5 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 2 4 6 8 E
Number of handle rotations Number of handle rotations

(C)FR-*03-10
(C)FR-*06-10
(C)FR-*10-10 F
OUT→ IN OUT→ IN
G
1.4 {14.3} 1.4 {14.3}
Pressure Loss
MPa{kgf/cm2 }
Pressure Loss
MPa{kgf/cm2 }
IN→ OUT IN→ OUT

1.2 {12.2} 1.2 {12.2}
1 (C)FR-*03-10
1.0 {10.2} 1.0 {10.2}
Flow Control Valve

2 (C)FR-*06-10
0.8
1 2
{ 8.2} 0.8
0.6
{ 8.2}
{ 6.1}
H
0.6 { 6.1}
1 2
0.4 { 4.1} 0.4 { 4.1}
0.2 { 2.0} 0.2 { 2.0} I

0 20 40 60 80 100 120 0 50 100 150 200 250 300
J
CFR-G**-10 15 7 2 17 16 3 13 4 6 5 8 9
K
L
Part No. Part Name
1
2
Body
Poppet M
3 Piston
4 Bracket
5 Stopper
6
7
Screw
Spring N
8 Nut
9 Handle
10 Pin
14 1 IN 10 OUT 12 11 18 11
12
O-ring
O-ring
O
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number FSS-***) 13 O-ring
Part CFR-G03-10 CFR-G06-10 CFR-G10-10 14 Plug
Part Name 15 Plug
No. Part Number Q'ty Part Number Q'ty Part Number Q'ty
11 O-ring NBR-90 P18 1 NBR-90 G25 1 NBR-90 G25 1 16 Ball
12 O-ring NBR-90 P16 2 NBR-90 G25 2 NBR-90 G35 2 17 Plate
18 Rod
13 O-ring NBR-90 P8 1 NBR-90 P8 1 NBR-90 P8 1
*** in the kit number is used for specification of the valve size (G03, T06, etc.)
G-3
FT-G0*-**-22
TEMPERATURE COMPENSATED OUT
FLOW CONTROL <AND CHECK> VALVE
C FT Type Flow Control (and Check) 0.05 to 106ℓ/min

Valve (With Pressure and Temperature Compensation) 21MPa IN
B
CFT-G02-*-22
OUT
Features
qPressure compensation and tem- wA wider control flow rate range as well
C
perature compensation mechanisms as easier minute flow rate adjustabili-
provide a stable control flow rate, ty than previous products. IN
even when oil temperature fluctuates.
Specifications
C Volume
Nominal Maximum Working Reverse
control Cracking pressure Weight
Model No. Diameter Pressure Flow Rate Gasket Surface Dimensions
flow rate MPa{kgf/cm2} kg
E
ℓ/min
(C)FT-G02- 8-22 0.05 to 8
1/4 50 3.7 ISO 6263-06-05-0-97
30-22 0.1 to 30
21{214} 0.1{1.0}
FT-G03- 42-22 0.1 to 42
3/8 *120 7.9 ISO 6263-07-09-0-97
F
106-22 0.2 to 106
Asterisk (*) indicates values for auxiliary plate with check valve.
•Handling
zIn the temperature range of 20°C to mSee the table below for installation hex ,Use the following table for specification
60°C, flow rate fluctuation is within socket bolts. when a sub plate is required.
G ±5% of the standard flow rate at 40°C.
xIn the pressure range of 1.0 to 21MPa •Sub Plate and Auxiliary Plate Application Table
{10.2 to 214kgf/cm2}, flow rate fluctu- Recommended
ation is within ±5% of the setting flow Pipe Weight Applicable Valve Use With
Flow Control Valve
Name Model No. Flow Rate

rate. Diameter kg Type Sub Plate
H
ℓ/min
cNote that flow rate fluctuation ex- MF-02X-10 3/8 30
ceeds the rated fluctuation amount Sub Plate 2.2 (C)FT-G02-*-22 —
slightly in the vicinity of the minimum MF-02Y-20 1/2 50
control flow rate, due to changes in MF-03-10 3/8 42
I
operating temperature and hydraulic 3.3
fluid viscosity. Sub Plate MF-03Y-20 3/4 75
vWhen controlling flow rates that are MF-03Z-20 1 120 4.7 —
less than 0.2ℓ/min, use with a filter FT-G03-**-22
that does not exceed 10μm. Sub Plate with MF-03Y-C-22 3/4 75 5.7
J bFor flow rate control, make sure that Check Valve MF-03Z-C-22 1 120 5.6
the pressure differential between the Auxiliary Plate A
input port and output port is at least MCF-03-A-22 φ 23 120 3.2 MF-03*-*
with Check Valve
1MPa {10.2kgf/cm2}.
nThe control flow rate is increased by .Though FT-G03 does not have a built- valve is used in addition to the normal
K clockwise (rightward) rotation of the

control handle.
in check valve, a sub plate with check
valve and auxiliary plate with check
sub-plate. (Use the auxiliary plate in
combination with the sub plate.)
Applicable Model Bolt Size Q'ty Tightening Torque N·m{kgf·cm}

L (G)FT-G02-*-22 M8 × 55ℓ 4 20 to 25{205 to 255}
FT-G03-*-22 M10 × 75ℓ 4 45 to 55{460 to 560}
With FT-G03 Auxiliary Plate M10 × 110ℓ 4 45 to 55{460 to 560}
M Note) For mounting bolts, use bolts of 12.9 strength classification or equivalent.

N (C) FT – G 02 – 8 – (F) – 22
Design number
O
Anti-jumping mechanism (option)
Temperature compensated flow control valve
Temperature compensated flow control

and check valve
G-4
(C)FT-G02-**-22 Sub Plate MF-02*-*
φ 7x10 4- M8 holes C
11.1
88
95 62
4- φ 14x1 counterbore 47.5 52 IN
Hydraulic
23.8
φ 8.8 holes 60 fluid inlet 45 6
52.4
82.6
102
φ6
Volume control flow rate port
OUT
102
φ 43
φ 8.8 holes 9.5
44.3
54
76.2
79.4
95
FT-G03-***-22
114
133
2- φ A holes
C
4- φ 17.5x1 counterbore Hydraulic fluid inlet
24
φ 11 holes
21
2- Rc “B”
φ6
Sub Plate A B
F
Volume control flow rate port MF-02X-10 14.7 3/8
124
φ 50
MF-02Y-20 17 1/2
52
74
124
62
61
72
84.5
6
G
111.5
Flow Control Valve

Anti-jumping mechanism H
(C)FT-G02-*-F-22 (C)FT-G03-**-F-22
MAX. 22.5 MAX. 26
I
33.5
40
K
Sub Plate MF-03-10 MF-03Z-20
MF-03Y-20
170
146
124
170
146
124
L
101.6 101.6
A 74.9
0.8 20.6 0.8 20.6
11.2
17.5
IN IN M
B
28.6
28.6
80.3
86.6
101.6
101.6
124
C
124
103.2 103.2
2- φ 7x8
N
OUT
OUT
4- φ 17.5x10.8 counterbore 2- φ 7x8 4- φ 17.5x10.8 counterbore 4- M10x25

φ 11 holes φ 11 holes
4- M10 holes
2- φ E
O
2- φ 23
21
24
38
21
2- Rc “F”
2- Rc 1
Sub Plate A B C E F
MF-03-10 71.4 12.7 88.9 14.7 3/8
MF-03Y-20 74.9 11.2 86.6 23.0 3/4
G-5
Sub Plate with Check Valve MF-03*-C-22
C 4- M10x25 φ 11 holes
11.2
11.2
2- φ 7x8
IN
2-φ 23
28.6
A
B
80.3
86.6
101.6
124
2- Rc “B”
OUT
C
26.7 0.8
81
101.6 11.2
102.4 22.2
124 23
146
C
170 Model No. A B
MF-03Y-C-22 11.2 3/4

46
MF-03Z-C-22 17.5 1
21
E Auxiliary Plate with Check Valve MCF-03-A-22

4-φ 10.5 holes
6 0.8 102.4
11.2
11.2
F 2-φ 7 x 8
2-φ 6
28.6
28.6
IN
86.6
IN
101.6
124
G
OUT
OUT
φ 28
2-φ 23
2-φ 32
26.7 2
Flow Control Valve
34
81 0.8
H 101.6
102.4
124
11.2
Performance Curves
I
Hydraulic Operating Fluid Kinematic Viscosity 32mm2 /s
Oil Temperature — Control Flow Rate Characteristics Pressure — Control Flow Rate Characteristics
110
J 110
100
4
100 1 (C)FT-G02- 8-22 4
Flow rate ℓ/min
Flow rate ℓ/min
1 (C)FT-G02- 8-22 2 (C)FT-G02- 30-22

2 (C)FT-G02- 30-22 3 FT-G03- 42-22
3 FT-G03- 42-22 4 FT-G03-106-22
4 FT-G03-106-22 50
K
50
3 3
40 40
2 30
30 3 2
20 20
L
3
2
2
10 1 10 1
1 1
0 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 0 3 6 9 12 15 18 21
{30.6} {61.2} {91.8} {122} {153} {184} {214}
Oil temperature ˚C
M Pressure MPa {kgf/cm2 }
Scale — Control Flow Rate Characteristics Pressure Loss Characteristics
N 120 1.0 {10.2}

Volume control flow rate
1 (C)FT-G02- 8-22 OUT→IN

4
2 (C)FT-G02- 30-22 0.9 CTF-G02-**-22 { 9.2}
100 3 FT-G03- 42-22
Pressure Loss
0.8 { 8.2}
MPa{kgf/cm2}
4 FT-G03-106-22
0.7 { 7.1}
ℓ/min
80
O 60
0.6
0.5
{ 6.1}
{ 5.1}
3 0.4 { 4.1}
40
0.3 { 3.1}
2 0.2 { 2.0}
20
1 0.1 { 1.0}
0
1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 0 10 20 30 40 50
Scale Flow rate ℓ/min
G-6
CFT-G02-*-22
8 13 36
C
24 31 28
X X
3 2 1
4
37
19
17
10
B
27 25
C
E ASE
I N RE A
16 20
C
CR
DE SE
26 11 21
15 32 35
X
X X
7
39
29
33
34
C
E
23 22 3 38 9 5 6 2 30 14 12 18 41 1
Part No. Part Name Part No. Part Name Part No. Part Name List of Sealing Parts
1 Body 15 Knob 29 O-ring Part (C)FT-G02-*-22 FT-G03-*-22
Part Name
2
3
4
Retainer
Stopper
Dial
16
17
18
Screw
Spring
Spring
30
31
32
O-ring
O-ring
Plug
No.
26 Backup ring
Part Number Q'ty
T2-P5 1
Part Number Q'ty
T2-P5 1 F
27 O-ring NBR-90 P5 1 NBR-90 P5 1
5 Plate 19 Snap ring 33 Plug 28 O-ring NBR-90 P18 1 NBR-90 P20 1
6 Plate 20 Poppet 34 Plug 29 O-ring NBR-90 P18 2 NBR-90 P26 2
7
8
Plate
Spring
21
22
Spring
Pin
35
36
Plug
Plug
30
31
O-ring
O-ring
NBR-90 P22
NBR-90 P30
1
1
NBR-90 P26
NBR-90 P38
1
1
G
9 Plate 23 Pin 37 Screw
41 O-ring – – NBR-90 P20 1
10 Plug 24 Pin 38 Screw
Flow Control Valve

Seal Kit Number FBBS-G02-1A FBBS-G03
11 Plug 25 Pin 39 Screw
12
13
Throttle
Piston
26
27
Backup ring
O-ring
40
41
Washer
O-ring
Note) 1. The materials and hardness of the O-ring conforms with

JIS B2401.
2. Backup ring indicates JIS B2407-T2**.
H
14 Sleeve 28 O-ring
I
Anti-jumping mechanism
Anti-jumping mechanism Part No. Part Name
(C)FT-G02-*-F-22 (C)FT-G03-*-22 1 Retainer
2 Bolt
J
3 Nut
2 6 7 1 4 3 5 2 6 7 1 4 3 5 4 Nut
5 Spring pin
6 O-ring
7 O-ring
K
Part (C)FT-G02-*-22 FT-G03-*-22
Part Name
L
No. Part Number Q'ty Part Number Q'ty
6 O-ring NBR-90 P5 1 NBR-90 P8 1
Sub Plate MF-03*-C-22 7 O-ring NBR-90 P18 1 NBR-90 P20 1
IN
Note) 1. The materials and hardness of the O-ring conforms with
JIS B2401.
2. The part number 7 O-ring and part number 28 O-ring are
interchangeable. M
Part No. Part Name
OUT
1 2 5 4 3
MCF-03-A-22 1
2
Sub Plate
Poppet N
IN 3 Spring
4 Plug
Part No. Part Name Part No. Part Name 5 O-ring
1
2
Sub Plate
Poppet
4
5
Plug
O-ring
5
6
6
7
Pin
O-ring
O
3 Spring 8 Screw

List of Sealing Parts OUT
1 2 7 4 3 Part No. Part Name Part Number Q'ty
Part No. Part Name Part Number Q'ty 5 O-ring NBR-90 P26 2
5 O-ring NBR-90 P18 2 7 O-ring NBR-90 P18 2
G-7
F-G**-*-20
FLOW CONTROL <AND CHECK> VALVE OUT
C F Type Flow Control (and Check) 9 to 373ℓ/min

Valve (With Pressure Compensation) 21MPa
IN
B
CF-G**-*-20
OUT
Features
qWide control flow rate range.
C wA pressure compensation mecha-

nism ensures that the control flow IN
rate does not change, even when
there is pressure fluctuation.
C Specifications
Nominal Volume control flow Maximum Working
Cracking pressure Weight Gasket Surface
Model No. Diameter rate Pressure
E (C)F-G06-170-20
(Size)
3/4
ℓ/min
9 to 170
MPa{kgf/cm2}
MPa{kgf/cm2} kg
20.5
Dimensions
ISO 6263-08-13-0-97
21{214} 0.1{1.0}
(C)F-G10-373-20 11/4 20 to 373 43.1 —
F •Handling
zIn the pressure range of 1.0 to 21MPa bUse the following table for specifica-
{10.2 to 214kgf/cm2}, flow rate fluctu- tion when a sub plate is required.
ation is within ±5% of the setting flow
G rate.
xFor flow rate control, make sure that Sub Plate Application Table
the pressure differential between the Recommended
Pipe Weight Applicable Valve
Model No. Flow Rate
input port and output port is at least
Flow Control Valve
Diameter kg Type
ℓ/min
H
1.0MPa {10.2kgf/cm2}.
MF-06-20 3/4 106 6.3
cThe control flow rate is increased by (C)F-G06-170-20
clockwise (rightward) rotation of the MF-06X-20 1 170 9.7
control handle.
vSee the table below for installation
I
hex socket bolts.
Applicable Model Bolt Size Q'ty Tightening Torque N·m{kgf·cm}
(C)F-G06 M16 × 100ℓ 4 190 to 235{1940 to 2400}
J (C)F-G10 M20 × 115ℓ 4 370 to 460{3770 to 4690}

K Explanation of model No.

(C) F – G 06 – 170 – 20
L Design number
M Nominal diameter (size)
Flow control valve
N Flow control and check valve
G-8
Installation Dimension Drawings φ “L” hole
G
C
(C)F-G**-*-20 E A 6
2- φ 6
Hydraulic
B
fluid inlet
F
C
Oil adjustment outlet Lock bolt “N”
C
H
φD
E
B
M
Model No.
Dimensions mm F
A B C D E F G H J K L M N
(C)F-G06-*-20 107 95 63.4 80 178 165 144.5 105 26 1 18 80 M5
(C)F-G10-*-20 124 108 81.8 90 245 225 169.5 140 32 1 22 89 M6

G
Sub Plate MF-06*-20
178
Flow Control Valve

146
H
144.4 4- φ 26x17.5 counterbore
104.8 φ 18 holes
22.2 S
1.6
12.7
IN
R
I
41.3
2- φ 23 holes
104.8
133.4
165
2- φ 7x8
OUT
J
2- Rc “U”
210
241
4- M16 holes
Sub Plate
Dimensions mm K
R S T U
MF-06-20 12.7 25 22 3/4
MF-06X-20 16 43 21 1
L
G-9
C Pressure – Control Flow Rate Characteristics Scale – Control Flow Rate Characteristics Pressure Loss Characteristics
400

2
350 1 CF-G06-170-20
2 1 (C)F-G06-170-20
350
B
1 (C)F-G06-170-20
MPa{kgf/cm }
Pressure Loss
Flow rate ℓ/min
2 (C)F-G10-373-20 2 CF-G10-373-20
2
2 (C)F-G10-373-20 300 1.4 {14.3}
300
1
ℓ/min
250 250 1.2 2
{12.2}
2
200 1.0 {10.2}
200
C
1 0.8 { 8.2}
1
150 150
2 0.6 { 6.1}
100 100
1 0.4 { 4.1}
50 1 50 0.2 { 2.0}
C 0 3 6 9 12 15 18 21
{30.6} {61.2} {91.8} {122} {153} {184} {214}
0 2 4 6
Scale
8 10 0 100 200 300 400
Flow rate ℓ/min
500
Pressure MPa {kgf/cm2 }
E Cross-sectional Drawing
CF-G**-**-20
F 24 1 26 44 43 20 27 2 30 11 36 31 40
IN
14 9
G 19
25
10
18
3 17
Flow Control Valve
29
H
37
23 42
15
I
4
7 12
21 OUT 13
22
J 38 39 28 6 5 32
(C)F-G10-*-20
16 41 40 33 34 13 12 35 34
CF-G10-*-20
K 1
2
3
Body
Cover
Knob
16
17
18
Plug
Plug
Retainer
31
32
33
Plug
Plug
Plug
4 Gear 19 Stopper 34 Plug
5 Gea 20 Pin 35 Plug
L 6
7
Gear
Bushing
21
22
Pin
Pin
36
37
O-ring
O-ring
8 Throttle 23 Pin 38 O-ring
9 Sleeve 24 Pin 39 O-ring
10 Piston 25 Screw 40 O-ring
M 11
12
Spring
Spring
26
27
Screw
Screw
41
42
O-ring
O-ring
13 Poppet 28 Screw 43 Plate
14 Plug 29 Screw 44 Screw
N
15 Plug 30 Washer
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number FBBS-***)

Part CF-G06-170-20 CF-G10-373-20
Part Name
O
36 O-ring NBR-90 G45 1 NBR-90 G60 1
37 O-ring NBR-90 P48 1 NBR-90 G65 1
38 O-ring NBR-90 P28 1 NBR-90 P45 1
39 O-ring NBR-90 P22A 1 NBR-90 P39 1
40 O-ring NBR-90 P29 2 NBR-90 P32 2
41 O-ring NBR-90 P20 1 — —
42 O-ring — — NBR-90 P26 1
For the *** part of the kit number, specify the valve size (G06, G10).
G-10
TN-G02-*-11
TEMPERATURE COMPENSATED
OUT
TN Type Flow Control (and Check) Valve 0.03 to 8ℓ/min C

(Fine Adjustment Type With Pressure and Temperature Compensation) 10.5MPa IN
CTN-G02-*-11
Features
OUT B
qWith a very compact, light- eStable control of each setting accurate control flow rate ad-
C
weight configuration, the inflow rate, even as pressure justment.
telligent design of this valve and oil temperature are fluc- IN
makes it a low-cost option. tuating.
wMinute flow rate control from rDial markings are proportion-
30cm3. al to flow rate for simple and
C
Specifications
Model No.
Nominal Volume control Maximum Working Reverse
Diameter flow rate Pressure Flow Rate
Cracking pressure
MPa{kgf/cm2}
Weight
kg
E
(Size) ℓ/min MPa{kgf/cm2} ℓ/min
(C)TN-G02-2-11 0.03 to 2
1/4 10.5{107} 35 0.1{1.0} 2.2
F
-8-11 0.05 to 8
•Handling
zIn the temperature range of 20°C to mFor connection to piping, normal-
60°C, flow rate fluctuation is within
G
ly connect to the sub plate. Valve
±5% of the standard flow rate at 40°C. mounting is gasket type, using an
xIn the pressure range of 1.0 to O-ring. When a screw in connection
10.5MPa {10.2 to 107kgf/cm2}, flow is required, seal the gasket surface,
Flow Control Valve

rate fluctuation is within ±5% of the remove the side plug, and create a
H
setting flow rate. screw in connection directly to the
cNote that flow rate fluctuation ex- valve unit. In this case, remove all
ceeds the rated flow rate fluctuation seal material affixed to the plug.
amount slightly in the vicinity of the ,Use the following table for specifica-
minimum control flow rate, due to tion when a sub plate is required.
changes in operating temperature
and hydraulic fluid viscosity. Model No
Pipe
Diameter
Recommended
Flow Rate
Weight
kg
I
vWhen controlling flow rates that are ℓ/min
less than 0.2ℓ/min, use with a filter MTL-03-10 3/8 35 1.3
that does not exceed 10μm.
bMake sure that the pressure differen-
tial between the inlet port and out-
.Bundled Accessories: Hex Socket
Bolts M8 x 60ℓ, (four) J
let is at least 0.6MPa {6.1kgf/cm2} at
4ℓ/min or less, and at least 1.0MPa Note) 1. For mounting bolts, use bolts of 12.9
{10.2kgf/cm2} at 4ℓ/min or greater. strength classification or equivalent.
nThe control flow rate is increased by
clockwise (rightward) rotation of the
2. Tightening torque is 20 to 25N·m {205
to 255kgf·cm}. K
adjustment handle.
L
(C) TN – G 02 – 2 – (F) – 11 M
Design number

N
Mounting method G: Gasket type O

Flow control valve
Flow control and check valve
G-11
Installation Dimension Drawings 84.5 6
86 63
(C)TN-G02-**-11 4- φ 14x8.6 counterbore
C 68 9 φ 9 holes 58
φ6
B
IN
4 5 6
3 7
52
52
70
OUT
φ 25
2 8
34
1
20
16
0 10
9
Screw in use- Rc 1/4 17
Lock bolt
37
C
Screw in use- Rc 1/4
Sub Plate MTL-03-10
104
68 18
φ 7x8 50 4- M8x14
34
E 10 4- φ 14x8.6 counterbore
φ 9 holes MAX. 108
MAX. 22
27
IN
52
70
F
34
OUT
16
86 18
122 9
2- φ 11 Anti-jumping mechanism
G
24
20
Flow Control Valve
2- Rc 3/8
H Performance Curves Hydraulic Operating Fluid Kinematic Viscosity 32mm2 /s
Oil Temperature — Control Flow Rate Characteristics Pressure — Control Flow Rate Characteristics
I 12
11
1 (C)TN-G02-2-11
2 (C)TN-G02-8-11
12
11
1 (C)TN-G02-2-11
2 (C)TN-G02-8-11
10 10
Flow rate ℓ/min
Flow rate ℓ/min
9 9
2
J
8 8
2
7 7
6 6
5 5
4 4
K
2 2
3 3
1
2 2 1
1 1
1 1
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
L Oil temperature ˚C
{10.2} {20.4} {30.6} {40.8} {51} {61.2} {71.4}
Pressure MPa {kgf/cm2 }
M Scale – Control Flow Rate Characteristics Pressure Loss Characteristics

Pressure Loss MPa{kgf/cm }
12
2
1 (C)TN-G02-2-11 OUT→ IN
N
2 (C)TN-G02-8-11
10
0.7 { 7.1}
2
8 0.6 { 6.1}
ℓ/min
0.5 { 5.1}
6
O 4
0.4
0.3
{ 4.1}
{ 3.1}
0.2 { 2.0}
2 1
0.1 { 1.0}
0
0 2 4 6 8 10 0 10 20 30 40
Scale Flow rate ℓ/min
G-12
CTN-G02-*-11
C
23
28
30
14
14
B
6
27 28
15
12
16
C
30 1 31 34 35
13
C
IN OUT
FLOW CONTROL VALVE

MODEL
MFG.NO
5 7
E
4 6
3 7
33
2 8
1
0 10
NACHI FUJIKOSHI CORP,
8
19
F
25
24 18 21 26 17 9 10 22 11 2 3 32 27 29 20
G
Flow Control Valve

H
1 Body 13 Spacer 25 Screw
2 Sleeve 14 Snap ring 26 Screw
3 Spool 15 Spring 27 O-ring
4 Piston 16 Spring 28 O-ring
5
6
Plug
Plug
17
18
Plate
Pin
29
30
O-ring
Plug I
7 Plate 19 Pin 31 Ball
8 Knob 20 Pin 32 Ball
9 Ring 21 Pin 33 Washer
10
11
Gear
Gear
22
23
Pin
Pin
34
35
Screw
Plate
J
12 Poppet 24 Screw
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number FNS-G02(C))

Part Part TN-G02-*-11 CTN-G02-*-11
K
No. Name Part Number Q'ty Part Number Q'ty
27 O-ring NBR-70-1 P9 4 NBR-70-1 P9 4
28
29
O-ring
O-ring
NBR-70-1 P14
NBR-70-1 P16
2
2
NBR-70-1 P14
NBR-70-1 P16
3
2
L
Note) Specify C at the end of the model number for the CTN kit.
M
Anti-jumping mechanism Part No. Part Name
(C)TN-G02-*-F-11 1 Retainer
N
2 Bolt
3 Nut
4 Nut
5 Nut
6 Spring pin
7
8
O-ring
O-ring O
Seal Part List
Part Part
Part Name Q'ty
No. Number
7 O-ring NBR-70-1 P9 1
8 O-ring NBR-70-1 P3 1
6 4 5 3 2 1 8 7
Note) Part number 7 O-ring and part number 27
O-ring are interchangeable.
G-13
TS-G01-2-11
TEMPERATURE COMPENSATED
OUT
C TS Type Flow Control (and Check) Valve 0.01 to 2ℓ/min

(Fine Adjustment Type With Pressure and Temperature Compensation) 10.5MPa IN
CTS-G01-2-11
B Features
OUT
qOriginal compact, lightweight config- which means there is no need to in-
C
uration. clude an extra valve in the quick re-
wHigh-precision control up to minute turn circuit. IN
flow rates of 10cm3. rStable control of each setting flow
eDesign allows large 20ℓ/min reverse rate, even as pressure and oil tem-
flow rate relative to control flow rate, perature are fluctuating.
C
Specifications
E
Nominal Volume control Maximum Reverse
Cracking pressure Weight
Model No. Diameter flow rate Working Pressure Flow Rate
MPa{kgf/cm2} kg
(Size) ℓ/min MPa{kgf/cm2} ℓ/min
(C)TS-G01-2-11 1/8 0.01 to 2 10.5{107} 20 0.08{0.8} 0.9
F •Handling
zIn the temperature range of 20°C to
60°C, flow rate fluctuation is within
vWhen controlling flow rates that are
less than 0.2ℓ/min, use with a line fil- Model No.
Pipe Recommended Weight
Flow Rate
Diameter kg
±5% of the standard flow rate at 40°C. ter no greater than 10μm. ℓ/min
xIn the pressure range of 0.6 to bFor flow rate control, make sure that MTS-01Y-10 3/8 20 0.8
G 10.5MPa {6.1 to 107kgf/cm2}, flow

rate fluctuation is within ±5% of the
the pressure differential between the
input port and output port is at least ,Bundled Accessories: Hex Socket
Bolts: M4 x 35ℓ (four)
setting flow rate. 0.6MPa {6.1kgf/cm2}.
cNote that flow rate fluctuation ex- nThe control flow rate is increased by
Flow Control Valve
Note) 1. For mounting bolts, use bolts of 12.9

ceeds the rated fluctuation amount clockwise (rightward) rotation of the
H
slightly in the vicinity of the minimum control handle. 2. Tightening torque is 2.6 to 3.3N·m {27
control flow rate, due to changes in mUse the table to the right for specifi- to 255kgf·cm}.
operating temperature and hydraulic cation when a sub plate is required.
fluid viscosity.
I Explanation of model No.

(C) TS – G 01 – 2 – 11
J Design number
K
Flow control valve
L
Flow control and check valve

(C)TS-G01-2-11
M
φ3
N OUT
45
35
IN
20.5
17.5
14.5
10
O
5
16.5
32 32
42 47.5
3 65 5 58
2 68
G-14
Sub Plate MTS-01Y-10
104
C
89
68
2- φ 11x6.5 counterbore 58 28
φ 3.3x5
φ 6.6 holes 15.5 15.5 22 23 17
3
B
3
C
55
45
35
OUT
IN
3
4- M4x10 2- φ 6.5
C
2- Rc 3/8
Performance Curves Hydraulic Operating Fluid Kinematic Viscosity 32mm /s 2
Oil Temperature — Control Flow Rate Characteristics Pressure — Control Flow Rate Characteristics Scale — Control Flow Rate Characteristics
E
Flow rate ℓ/min

2.0 2.0 2.0
Flow rate ℓ/min
Flow rate ℓ/min
F
1.5 1.5 1.5
1.0 1.0 1.0
0.5 0.5 0.5
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 0 2 4 6 8 10 0 2 4 6 8 10 G
Oil temperature ˚C {20.4} {40.8} {61.2} {81.6} {102} Scale
Pressure MPa{kgf/cm2 }
Flow Control Valve

1.8
OUT→ IN
{18.4} H
MPa {kgf/cm2 }
Pressure Loss
1.4 {14.2}
CTS-G01-2-11 1.0 {10.2}

I
0.6 { 6.1}
22 1 23 3 12 10 7 18 26 11 16 21
0.2 { 2.0}
15
0 10 20 30 J
2 Flow rate ℓ/min
24 Part No. Part Name Part No. Part Name K

1 Body 14 O-ring
19
2 Cover 15 Screw
L
3 Sleeve 16 Screw
17
4 Piston 17 Plug
6 5 Guide 18 Spring pin
6 Spring 19 Spring pin
4 7 Throttle 20 Spring pin
25
8
9
Poppet
Spring
21
22
Spring pin
Spring pin M
10 Spacer 23 O-ring
20 11 Knob 24 O-ring
12 Spring 25 O-ring
13 Plug 26
27
O-ring
Nameplate N
O
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number FKS-G01(C))
Part TS-G01-2-11 CTS-G01-2-11
Part Name
14 O-ring —— —— NBR-90 P8 1
23 O-ring NBR-90 P31 1 NBR-90 P31 1
24 O-ring NBR-90 P14 2 NBR-90 P14 2
25 O-ring NBR-90 P10 2 NBR-90 P10 2
26 O-ring NBR-90 P6 1 NBR-90 P6 1
14 13 9 8 27 Specify C at the end of the model number for the CTS kit.
G-15
RAPID TRAVERSE AND TL-G0*-*-11
FEED CONTROL VALVE IN
C TL (TLT) Type Feed Control Valve 0.08 to 8ℓ/min OUT
(Fine Control Type With Pressure Compensation) 7MPa Note: 04 has DR
TLT-G04-*-*-11
B Features IN
qVery compact, lightweight, and eco- eStable control of each setting flow
C
nomically priced. rate, even as pressure and oil tem-
DR
wApplicable for control of machine tool perature are fluctuating. OUT
table operations. rDial markings are proportional to flow
For example, a single valve provides rate for simple control flow rate ad-
smooth control of: Fast Feed => Cut- justment.
C ting Feed (2 stage) => Fast Return. tSealing the gasket surface allows as-
is screw-in connection.
Specifications
E Model No
Nominal
Diameter
Volume control flow rate ℓ/min Reverse Flow
Rate
Maximum
Working Pressure
Cracking pressure Weight
Feed 1 Feed 2 MPa{kgf/cm2} kg
(Size) ℓ/min MPa{kgf/cm2}
TL-G03-2-11 0.08 to 2
F
3/8 — 35 2.2
8-11 0.1 to 8
TL-G04-2-11 0.08 to 2
— 7{71.4} 0.1{1.0}
8-11 0.1 to 8
1/2 53 7.0
TLT-G04-2-1.5-11 0.1 to 2 0.1 to 1.5
G 8-2-11 0.1 to 8 0.1 to 2
•Handling
zIn the temperature range of 20°C to {10.2kgf/cm2} at 4ℓ/min or greater. Recommended
Flow Control Valve
Pipe Applicable Valve

60°C, flow rate fluctuation is within nThe control flow rate is increased by Model No. Flow Rate
H
Diameter Type
±5% of the standard flow rate at 40°C. clockwise (rightward) rotation of the ℓ/min
xIn the pressure range of 1.0 to 7.0MPa control handle. MTL-03-10 3/8 35 TL-G03-*-11
{10.2 to 71.4kgf/cm2}, flow rate fluctu- mFor connection to piping, normal- MTL-04-10 1/2 53 TL(T)-G04-*-*-11
ation is within ±5% of the setting flow ly connect to the sub plate. Valve
rate. mounting is gasket type, using an ⁄1Cam Down Force
I cNote that flow rate fluctuation ex-
ceeds the rated fluctuation amount
O-ring. When a screw in connection
is required, seal the gasket surface,
TL-G03-11
Cam Down Force
slightly in the vicinity of the minimum remove the side plug, and create a 120N {12.2kgf} minimum
control flow rate, due to changes in screw in connection directly to the TLT-G04-*-*-11
Feed 1 Cam Down Force
J
operating temperature and hydraulic valve unit. In this case, remove all
fluid viscosity. seal material affixed to the plug. 140N {14.3kgf} minimum
vWhen controlling flow rates that are ,See the table below for installation Feed 2 Cam Down Force
less than 0.2ℓ/min, use with a line fil- hex socket bolts. 200N {20.4kgf} minimum
ter no greater than 10μm. .Use the table to the right for specifi- ⁄2Make the cam angle no greater than
K bMake sure that the pressure differen- cation when a sub plate is required. 30 degrees.
tial between the inlet port and out- ⁄0G03 does not require drain pipe con-
let is at least 0.6MPa {6.1kgf/cm2} at nection. G04 requires drain pipe con-
4ℓ/min or less, and at least 1.0MPa nection.
L Applicable Model Bolt Size Q'ty Tightening Torque N·m{kgf·cm}

TL-G03-*-11 M8 × 60ℓ 4 20 to 25{205 to 255}
TL(T)-G04-*-11 M10 × 75ℓ 4 45 to 55{460 to 560}
M Note) For mounting bolts, use bolts of 12.9 strength classification or equivalent.

N TLT – G 04 – 2 – (1.5) – (F) – 11
Design number
O
Maximum volume control flow rate (Feed 2)
2-position feed control valve
1-position feed control valve
G-16
TL-G03-*-11
Lockout stroke 2
Throttle stroke 6
86 84.5 6
Sub Plate MTL-03-10
104
C
68 18
Full stroke 8
68 9 63 50
18 φ 16 4 4-M8x14
4- φ 14x8.6 counterbore φ 7x8 34
Refer to φ 9 holes 10 4- φ 14x8.6 counterbore
B
detail view. φ 9 holes
φ6
IN
52 ±0.2
IN
MAX. 87
70
4 5 6
34
3 7
52
70
52
OUT
16
C
2 8 OUT
φ 25
34
1
20
16
0 10
86 18
9
122
Screw in use - Rc 3/8 2- φ 11
17
9
Lock bolt Screw in use - Rc 3/8

6.4
37
24
20
58
2-Rc3/8
Roller operation range detail view G03
(Throttle stroke) Anti-jumping Mechanism TL-G03-*-F-11
E
(Full stroke)
MAX. 108
MAX. 22
6
8
F
27
(Lockout stroke 2)
G
TL(T)-G04-*-*-11 Feed 1 full stroke 9 Sub Plate MTL-04-10
Feed 2 full stroke 9 73 6
φ 20 Throttle stroke 6 6 140
11 59 118
Lockout stroke 3
84
82
MAX. 35
18
Refer to
Flow Control Valve

MAX 50
Rc 3/8 74 φ 7x8
detail view. Feed 2 (TLT) 59
H
49
φ6
Feed 1
11 41 4- M10x20
FEED CONTROL VALVE
22
MODEL φ 11 holes
15
IN
MFG.NO.
52
52
108
4 5 6 4 5 6 Hydraulic fluid inlet IN

108
71
22
78
3 7 3 7 Lock bolt 4- φ 17.5x11 counterbore
I
φ 25
2 8 2 8 φ 11 holes
OUT
1 9 1 9
TL-G04-*-11 OUT Rc 1/2
35.63
0 10 0 10
does not have this knob. DR
NACHI-FUJIKOSHI CORP
MADE IN JAPAN FL80-042-0A 160
180
27 27 DR 26 DR Rc 1/8
7
φ6
70 52 2- φ 14
Oil adjustment outlet
78
60
140
J
99.5
30
20
2- Rc 1/2 Rc 1/4
Roller operation range detail view G04
(First throttle stroke) (First lockout stroke) Full stroke 9 (TL)
(Feed 1 only)
(Feed 1 full stroke) TL(T)-G04-*-*-F-11
MAX. 162
MAX. 22 K
6
9
18 (full stroke)
Full stroke 18 (TLT)
L
(Feed 1, Feed 2)
37
6
9
3
(Feed 2 full stroke)
M
(The second lockout stroke)
(The second throttle stroke)
Oil Temperature — Control Flow Rate Characteristics Pressure — Control Flow Rate Characteristics Scale – Control Flow Rate Characteristics Pressure Loss Characteristics
N
12 12 12
11 1 2ℓ 1 2ℓ 1 2ℓ
2 8ℓ
11 IN→OUT Scale 0
O
2 8ℓ 2 8ℓ
10
MPa {kgf/cm2}
10
Flow rate ℓ/min
Pressure Loss
10
Flow rate ℓ/min
3 1.5ℓ 3 1.5ℓ OUT→IN Scale 0 Spool pressed

Flow rate ℓ/min
9 3 1.5ℓ 0.7 {7.1}

2 9
2 1 TL—G03
8 8 8 0.6
2
{6.1}
2
7 7 2 TLT—G04
6 6 0.5 {5.1}
6 1
5 5 0.4 2 {4.1}
4 2 4 4 0.3 {3.1}
2
3 3 1
2
1 1 1 0.2 {2.0}
3 2 2 3
1 1 3 0.1 {1.0}
1 1
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 2 4 6 8 10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
Oil temperature ˚C {10.2} {20.4} {30.6} {40.8} {51} {61.2} {71.4} Scale Flow rate ℓ/min
Pressure MPa{kgf/cm } 2
G-17
C TLT-G04-*-*-11
55 50 21 17 6 15 4 44 57 43
IN
26
B
48
24
FEED CONTROL VALVE
7 MODEL
MFG.NO.
42
C 9
22 2
3
4 5 6
7
8 2
3
4 5 6
7
8
41 1 9 1 9
0 10 0 10
1 NACHI-FUJIKOSHI CORP
C
MADE IN JAPAN FL80-042-0A
35
49
OUT DR
46
10 53 23 19 56 2 40 51 37 8 29 38 31 54 18 32 9 5 16 27
E
12
34
20
36
3
39
25
F 45
11
13
33
52
47 28 14
G
Flow Control Valve
Note) The drawings on the left are TLT cross sections. In the case of TL, there is no
H
knob on the right side.
Anti-jumping mechanism
TL-G03-*-F-11
TL(T)-G04-*-*-F-11 1 Body 20 Spacer 39 Screw
2 Cover 21 Pin 40 Plug
I 3
4
Plug
Plug
22
23
Spring
Spring
41
42
Plug
Plug
5 Throttle 24 Spring 43 Screw
6 Spool 25 Snap ring 44 Screw
7 Poppet 26 Snap ring 45 O-ring
J 8
9
Piston
Sleeve
27
28
Plate
Washer
46
47
O-ring
O-ring
10 Sleeve 29 Pin 48 O-ring
11 Gear 30 Pin 49 O-ring
K
12 Gear 31 Pin 50 O-ring
13 Knob 32 Pin 51 O-ring
14 Ring 33 Pin 52 Ball
15 Stopper 34 Pin 53 Ball
6 4 5 3 2 1 8 7
16 Plate 35 Pin 54 Ball
L
17 Roller 36 Screw 55 Ball
18 Pin 37 Screw 56 Ball
Part No. Part Name 19 Spacer 38 Screw 57 Plate
1 Retainer
2 Bolt
M 3
4
Nut
Nut
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number FLS-***(2))
5 Nut Part TL-G03-*-11 TL-G04-*-11 TLT-G04-*-*-11
6 Spring pin Part Name
No. Part Number Q'ty Part Number Q'ty Part Number Q'ty
N
7 O-ring
8 O-ring 45 O-ring NBR-70-1 P9 4 NBR-70-1 P9 4 NBR-70-1 P9 6
46 O-ring — — NBR-70-1 P10 1 NBR-70-1 P10 1
47 O-ring NBR-70-1 P16 2 NBR-70-1 P16 2 NBR-70-1 P16 4
O Seal Part List

48
49
O-ring
O-ring
NBR-70-1 P14
NBR-70-1 P14
1
2
NBR-70-1 P18
NBR-70-1 P20
1
2
NBR-70-1 P18
NBR-70-1 P20
1
7 O-ring NBR-70-1 P9 1 50 O-ring NBR-70-1 P18 2 NBR-70-1 P24 1 NBR-70-1 P24 1

8 O-ring NBR-70-1 P3 1 51 O-ring — — NBR-70-1 P20 1 NBR-70-1 P20 1
Note) 1. Part number 7 O-ring and part number Note) 1. * ** in the kit number is used for specification of the valve size. To specify TLT,
45 O-ring are interchangeable. add 2 to the end.
2. The materials and hardness of the 2. The materials and hardness of the O-ring conforms with JIS B2401.
O-ring conforms with JIS B2401.
G-18
RIGHT ANGLE CHECK VALVE OUT
IN-LINE CHECK VALVE
Right Angle Check Valve 320ℓ/min

In-line Check Valve 21MPa IN
Features B
qThe right angle type check valve wThe cracking pressures of these
changes the flow direction of fluid 90
degrees, while the in-line check valve
allows only axial direction flow.
valves are fixed, so fluid passes freely
in one direction, but is restricted from
flowing in the opposite direction.
C
Specifications D
Model No. Nominal Maximum Maximum Cracking Pressure Weight kg
Diameter Working Pressure Flow Rate
MPa{kgf/cm2}
E
Screw Mounting Gasket Mounting (Size) MPa{kgf/cm2} ℓ/min T Type G Type
CA-T03-1-20 CA-G03-1-20 0.04 {0.4}
Right Angle Check Valve
2 2 3/8 40 0.35 {3.6} 1.0 1.8

3 3 0.50 {5.1}
CA-T06-1-20 CA-G06-1-20 0.04 {0.4}
2
3
2
3
3/4 110 0.35 {3.6}
0.50 {5.1}
2.2 3.9
F
CA-T10-1-20 CA-G10-1-20 0.04 {0.4}
2 2 1¼ 320 0.35 {3.6} 4.0 6.1
3 3 0.50 {5.1}
G
21 {214}
CN-T03-1-11 0.04 {0.4}
2 3/8 30 0.35 {3.6} 0.4
In-line Check Valve
3 0.50 {5.1}
CN-T06-1-11 0.04 {0.4}
H
2 − 3/4 75 0.35 {3.6} 0.7 −
3 0.50 {5.1}
CN-T10-1-11 0.04 {0.4}
2 1¼ 190 0.35 {3.6} 2.2

3 0.50 {5.1}
•Handling
I
z Use the following table for specifica- x The following are the bundled mount-
tion when a sub plate is required. ing bolts.
Pipe Recommended
Model No. Diam- Flow Rate
Weight Applicable Valve
kg Type
Model No. Bolt Dimensions Q'ty Tightening Torque N·m{kgf·cm} J
eter ℓ/min CA-G03-*-20 M8×45ℓ 4 20 to 25 {205 to 255}
MCA-03-20 3/8 40 1.4 CA-G03-*-20 CA-G06-*-20 M16×65ℓ 4 190 to 235 {1940 to 2400}
MCA-06-21 3/4
MCA-10-20 1¼
110
320
3.5
6.1
CA-G06-*-20
CA-G10-*-20
CA-G10-*-20 M20×75ℓ 4 370 to 460 {3770 to 4690}
K
Explanation of model No. L
CA – T 03 – 1 – 20 M
Design number
11: In-line type
20: Right angle type
N
Cracking pressure
1, 2, 3

O
Mounting method
T: Screw Mounting
G: Gasket Mounting
CA: Right angle check valve

CH: In-line check valve
H-1
CA-T**-20 (Screw Mounting)
LA
φDA
B 2- Rc “Q”
HD
HC
C
Model No. LA HA HB HC HD DA DB Q
HA
CA-T03-*-20 59 91 81 45 10 52 40 3/8
2- DB
HB
OUT CA-T06-*-20 72 106 96 55 10 60 45 3/4
φ
CA-T10-*-20 96 139 127 70 12 80 62 1¼
D
IN
E CA-G**-*-20 (Gasket Mounting) Sub Plate MCA-03-20

MCA-06-21
MCA-10-20
LA LH
F
LB LG
LA
φ 7x8
G IN OUT
BB
BA
BB
BA
BC
H
4- φ DBx1 counterbore
φ DC holes
LE 4- φ DEx1 counterbore
I
φ DA 4-M "X" holes LD φ DF holes
LC
LF LB 2- φ DD
HD
J
HF
HG
HA
HB
K
HC
HE
2-Rc"Q"
Note)
E xternal appearance of the sub- DC DD DE DF Q X
plate is slightly different from the
drawing depending on the size. 9 14.7 14 9 3/8 8
φ 6 pin
6
L 17
22
23
30
20
20
14
14
3/4
1¼
16
20
Model No. LA LB LC LD LE LF LG LH BA BB BC HA HB HC HD HE HF HG DA DB
CA-G03-*-20 86 65 46.5 32.5 18.5 10.5 105 125 71 50 25 80 70 41 10 33 28 19 42 14
M CA-G06-*-20
CA-G10-*-20
117
133
81
92
68.2
71.4
40.5 22.2
46 20.6
18
20.5 152
140 172
187
101
133
65
92
32.5
46 119
98 88
107
58
65
10
12
43
46
31
40
19
28
52
68
26
32
N CN-T**-*-11 (Screw Mounting)

2-Rc"Q"
LA BB
Model No. LA BA BB D
O
CN-T03-*-11 70 31.2 27 3/8
CN-T06-*-11 95 43.9 38 3/4
CN-T10-*-11 130 69.3 60 1¼
BA
IN OUT
H-2
CA-*03 CN-T03 CA-*06 CN-T06 CA-*10 CN-T10
Pressure Loss MPa {kgf/cm2}


c c
1.0 {10.2} 1.0 {10.2} 1.0 {10.2}
b
B
c
b
0.8 {8.2} 0.8 {8.2} 0.8 {8.2}
f a
a
b e
0.6 {6.1} 0.6 {6.1} 0.6 {6.1}
f d
f
0.4 {4.1} 0.4 {4.1} 0.4 {4.1}
e e
C
a
d
0.2 {2.0} 0.2 {2.0} 0.2 {2.0}
d
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 0 50 100 150 200 0 100 200 300 400 500 600

Applicable Valve Type

a. CA-*03-1-20
a. CA-*06-1-20
a. CA-*10-1-20
D
b. CA-*03-2-20 b. CA-*06-2-20 b. CA-*10-2-20
c. CA-*03-3-20 c. CA-*06-3-20 c. CA-*10-3-20
d. CN-T03-1-11
e. CN-T03-2-11
d. CN-T06-1-11
e. CN-T06-2-11
d. CN-T10-1-11
e. CN-T10-2-11
E
f. CN-T03-3-11 f. CN-T06-3-11 f. CN-T10-3-11
F
CA-G**-*-20
G
Part No. Part Name
1 Body
2
3
Poppet
Seat H
4 Plug
5 Spring

6 Pin
7
8
O-ring
O-ring
I
9 Nameplate
4 8 5 9 1 2 3 7 6 K
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number DAS-***)
L
Type/Part Number
CA-G03 CA-G06 CA-G10
7 O-ring NBR-90 P18 NBR-90 G30 NBR-90 G40 2
*** in the kit number is used for specification of the valve size (G03, G06, G10, etc.) M
H-3
Normal form
PILOT OPERATED CHECK VALVE OUT
320ℓ/min
Pilot Check Valves 21MPa
PP
IN
External drain type

B Features
OUT
qNormally, fluid is allowed to flow check valve is pushed upwards by
C in a single direction, just as with a

standard check valve. Reverse flow
can be enabled, however, when the
external pilot pressure.
wVery compact configuration. DR IN
PP
D Specifications
Model No Nominal Maximum Maximum Cracking Weight kg Area Ratio
Diameter Working Pressure Flow Rate Pressure
E
Pilot Small
Screw Mounting Gasket Mounting (Size) MPa{kgf/cm2} ℓ/min MPa{kgf/cm2} T Type G Type Valve
Piston Valve
CP-T03-1-*-20 CP-G03-1-*-20 0.2 {2.0} 3.8 4.3
3/8 40 1 0.35 0.05
2 2 0.5 {5.1} ( 4.7) ( 5.2)
CP-T06-1-*-20 CP-G06-1-*-20 0.2 {2.0} 7.0 6.6
3/4 21 {214} 110 1 0.37 0.03
F
2 2 0.5 {5.1} ( 8.2) ( 7.8)
CP-T10-1-*-20 CP-G10-1-*-20 0.2 {2.0} 12.0 12.5
1¼ 320 1 0.36 0.03
2 2 0.5 {5.1} (14.3) (14.8)
Note) Weight values in parentheses are for the external drain type.
G
•Handling
z The following explains how to use the x Minimum pilot pressure is altered by c Use the following table for specifica-
H
external drain. Be sure to always use input side B pressure during reverse tion when a sub plate is required.
the external drain type when back flow. Because of this, operate the Recommended
pressure is applied to fluid outlet port valve so pressure is at least twice as Pipe Weight Applicable
Model No. Flow Rate
Diameter kg Valve Type
side A during reverse flow as in the high as the required pilot pressure ℓ/min
circuit illustrated below. obtained using the minimum pilot MCP-03-20 3/8 40 1.1 CP-G03-*-20
I pressure characteristics. MCP-06-21

MCP-10-20
3/4
1¼
110
320
1.7 CP-G06-*-20
3.6 CP-G10-*-20
v The following are the bundled mounting

bolts.
J Explanation of model No.
CP – G 03 – 1 – B – 20 Model No. Bolt Dimensions Q'ty Tightening Torque N·m{kgf·cm}
K Design number
CP-G03-*-*-20 M8×45ℓ 4 20 to 25 {205 to 255}
-G06- M10×55ℓ 4 45 to 55 {460 to 560}
Auxiliary symbol -G10- M10×65ℓ 6 45 to 55 {460 to 560}
L
None: Standard Note) For mounting bolts, use bolts of 12.9 strength classification or equivalent.
B: External drain type
F: With anti-shock mechanism (decompression type)
BF: With external drain, with shock-resistant mechanism
Cracking pressure
M 1, 2
Mounting method
B B
N T: Screw Mounting
G: Gasket Mounting
Pilot check valve

A A
H-4
CP-T**-*-*-20 (Screw Mounting) BC
IN
DR
BB
BA
PP C
Rc1/4
OUT Pressure gauge attachment port
LA
LE
LF
LG LD
LC
LB LH
D
BD
BB
F
Rc1/4 Rc1/4 2-Rc"D"
Model No. LA LB LC LD LE LF LG LH BA BB BC BD D
CP-T03-*-(F)-20
CP-T03-*-B(F)-20
146
174
106 61 46
30
58
15
39
−
16
10 84 65 54 32 3/8 G
CP-T06-*-(F)-20 180 30 15 −
140 85 66 10 122 76 64 41 3/4
CP-T06-*-B(F)-20 212 62 43 16
CP-T10-*-(F)-20
CP-T10-*-B(F)-20
225
266
178 108 85
35
76
15
57
−
16
12 150 95 85 58 1¼ H

CP-G**-*-*-20 (Gasket Mounting) Sub Plate MCP-03-20
MCP-06-21
MCP-10-20
I
LJ
LK N-M"P"x20 2- φ 5 holes 2-Rc1/4
LL N- φ DAx1 counterbore
LM φ DB holes
J
LN
DR
BC
IN OUT
BC
BG
BH
BB
BA
BB
BA
BF
K
BD
BD
BC
BC
PP
2-φ DC holes
LE 2-Rc"Q"
LD
L
LC
LN
LF LB LH HE
LA LM 4-φ 17.5x1 counterbore
LL φ 11 holes HD
Rc1/4
LG Pressure gauge attachment port LK
LJ
LE
LD Note 1) Drain piping is not required for standard products.
LP Drain piping is required in the case of external drain type (B).
M
BE
BF
Note 2) External appearance of the sub-plate is slightly different from

HA
the drawing depending on the size.

HB
HC
Installation dimensions are as shown in the dimension tables.
BH HA HB HC HD HE DA DB DC N P Q
φ 6 pin
N
6
106 68 35.5 33 30 19 14 9 14.7 4 8 3/8
124 79 41 38 30 19 17.5 11 22 4 10 3/4
138 100 52.5 50 40 29 17.5 11 30 6 10 1¼ O

Model No. LA LB LC LD LE LF LG LH LJ LK LL LM LN LP BA BB BC BD BE BF BG
CP-G03-*-(F)-20 146 30
106 51 64 44 61 10 37 − − 16 7 − 82 64 23 18 32 65 126
CP-G03-*-B(F)-20 174 58
CP-G06-*-(F)-20 180 30
140 66 83 60.3 85 10 49.2 44.5 − 20.6 11.1 − 102 79.4 33.3 − 41 76 146
CP-G06-*-B(F)-20 212 62
CP-G10-*-(F)-20 225 35
178 85 105 84.1 108 12 67.5 62.7 42.05 24.6 16.6 120 118 96.8 44.5 − 58 95 159
CP-G10-*-B(F)-20 266 76
H-5
CP-*03 Applicable Valve Type CP-*06 Applicable Valve Type

a. CP-*03-1-*-20 Free Flow a. CP-*06-1-*-20 Free Flow
b. CP-*03-2-*-20 b. CP-*06-2-*-20
B
″ ″
c. CP-*03-*-*-20 Reverse Flow c. CP-*06-*-*-20 Reverse Flow
b
1.4 {14.3} 1.4 {14.3}
MPa {kgf/cm2}
MPa {kgf/cm2}
Pressure Loss
Pressure Loss
1.2 {12.2} b
1.2 {12.2}
C
1.0 {10.2} 1.0 {10.2}
a
0.8 a {8.2} 0.8 {8.2}
0.6 {6.1} 0.6 {6.1}
0.4 {4.1} 0.4 c {4.1}
c
0.2 {2.0} 0.2 {2.0}
D 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
Flow rate ℓ /min
0 50 100 150 200
Flow rate ℓ /min
250
CP-*10 Applicable Valve Type Minimum Pilot Pressure Characteristics

a. CP-*10-1-*-20 Free Flow
E b. CP-*10-2-*-20 ″ 12.5 {127}

c. CP-*10-*-*-20 Reverse Flow
10.0 {102}
MPa {kgf/cm2}
b
1.4 {14.3} c
7.5 {76.5}
MPa {kgf/cm2}
Pressure Loss
b
1.2 {12.2}
F
a a
1.0 {10.2} 5.0 {51.0}
0.8 {8.2} 2.5 {25.5}
d
0.6 {6.1} e
c
0.4 {4.1} 0 5 10 15 20 25
0.2 {2.0} {51} {102} {153} {204} {255}
G 0 100 200 300 400

Flow rate ℓ /min
500
Reverse flow inlet side pressure
MPa {kgf/cm2}
Applicable Valve
Model No. Valve Open Small Valve Open
H CP-*03
CP-*06
a
b
d
e
CP-*10 c e
I Cross-sectional Drawings Note) O -ring 1B-** refers to JIS B2401-1B-**.

Part No.
1
Part Name
Body
Part No.
10
Part Name
O-ring
2 Cover 11 O-ring
CP-G**-*-20 3 Piston 12 O-ring
4 Poppet 13 O-ring
J
5 Seat 14 Screw
16 14 11 2 10 3 9 5 4 15 17 12 8 1 7 13 6
6 Plug 15 Plug
7 Spring 16 Plug
8 Pin 17 Plate
9 O-ring
K Seal Part List (Kit Model Number DPS-***)

Part No. Part Name CP-G03-*-20 CP-G06-*-20 CP-G10-*-20 Q'ty
10 O-ring NBR-90 G25 NBR-90 G40 NBR-90 G55 1
L 11
12
O-ring
O-ring
NBR-90 P7
NBR-90 P9
NBR-90 P9
NBR-90 P9
NBR-90 P9
NBR-90 P9
2
2
***in the kit number is used for specification of the valve size.
CP-G**-*-BF-20
M Part No. Part Name Part No. Part Name Part No. Part Name
1 Body 9 Plug 17 O-ring
18 13 12 2 5 8 17 21 7 19 15 1 20 6 14 3 4 11 10 9 16
2 Cover 10 Spring 18 O-ring
3 Poppet 11 Spring 19 O-ring
4 Poppet 12 Screw 20 O-ring
N 5
6
Piston
Seat
13
14
15
Plug
Plug
Pin
21
22
O-ring
Plate
7 Rod
8 Bushing 16 O-ring
O Seal Part List (Kit Model Number DPS-***R)

Part No. Part Name CP-G03-*-BF-20 CP-G06-*-BF-20 CP-G10-*-BF-20 Q'ty
17 O-ring NBR-90 G25 NBR-90 G40 NBR-90 G55 1
21 O-ring NBR-90 P18 NBR-90 P30 NBR-90 G45 1
***in the kit number is used for specification of the valve size.
H-6
GAUGE COCK
Gauge Cock 35MPa
Features B
qUltra-compact configuration requires eMaximum operating pressure of
C
minimal installation space. 35MPa{357kgf/cm2} allows operation
wIntelligent design packs plenty of across a wide range.
function into a simple configuration.
Specifications D
Model No. Maximum
G "A" B C Weight
Working Pressure
E
Float Type Flange Type (Nominal Dimension) mm mm kg
MPa{kgf/cm2}
K2-T02-11 K2-F02-11 G1/4 10 19 21 {214}
K2-T03-10 K2-F03-10 G3/8 16 23 0.35
35 {357}
K2-T04-10 K2-F04-10 G1/2 16 26
F
K2 – T 02 – 10(11)
G
Design number
11: For K2-T02, F02
Mounting method
H
T: Float type F: Flange type

I
Gauge cock K2: Rotatable pressure gauge attachment.

K2-T**-10 (11) K2-F**-10 (11)
J
MAX.74 MAX.96
C 58 72
G"A"
12
G"A"
X Y Z
K
B
L
(49)53
Note 2
(49)53
Note 2
φ 40
φ 40
26
26
13
13
Rc1/4 27
M
Rc1/4 27 6 12
45 45
MAX.9
Note) 1. Maximum iron plate thickness: 9t; Mouting Bolt Hole Diameter: 3. For information about G "A" and B, see the specifications. The Oring
N
φ 20 When mounted to panel shown below is used as a pressure gauge seal beneath screw G.
Loosen the X lock nut and Y cap nut, and pull out the Z ad- G1/4 JIS B2401-1B-P5
justing screw. G3/8 JIS B2401-1B-P6
To return to its original position, reverse this process. G1/2 JIS B2401-1B-P9
2. Dimensions in parentheses are for the 02 size.
H-7
DMA TYPE MANUALLY OPERATED
DIRECTIONAL VALVE
40 to 100ℓ/min
DMA Type Manual Valve 35MPa
B Features
qThe compact 01 and 03 sizes are per- use with back pressures up to 16MPa ular valve can be used, so circuit
C fect for small flow rate control.

wSince a balanced type valve is used,
there is no need for drain piping, and
(163kgf/cm2) is possible.
eMounting methods are the same as
SAG01/ 03, and the 01, 03 size mod-
configuration is quick and easy.
Specifications
D
Nominal Maximum Tank Port Back Maximum Spool Stroke (mm) Weight
Model No. Diameter Working Pressure Pressure Flow Rate
(Size) MPa{kgf/cm2} MPa{kgf/cm2} ℓ/min 2-position 3-position kg
E DMA-G01-***-20
DMA-G03-***-(J)20
1/8
3/8
35(25) {357(255)} 16 {163}
40
100
4
6
4×2
6×2
1.3
3.3
Maximum •Handling
Positions Type JIS Symbol Model No. Working Pressure z The following are the three types of
F
MPa{kgf/cm2}
A B lever operations.

Closed Cross DMA-
G01
-A3X-
20 qSpring Offset Type (Type A)
P T
G03 (J)20 The lever is normally kept in the
A B end position by the spring. Raising

G01 20 the lever performs switching, and
G 2-position
Open Cross
A
P
B
T
DMA-
G03
-A3Z-
(J)20 the lever returns to its original po-
sition when released.

Closed Cross DMA-
G01
-E3X-
20 wSpring Center Type (Type C)
P T
G03 (J)20 The spool is normally in the center
H A B of position 3. After switching to ei-

Open Cross DMA-
G01
-E3Z-
20 ther end, the spring returns the le-
G03 (J)20 ver to its center position when the
P T
A B lever is released.

DMA-
G01
-C4-
20 eDetent Type (Type F, Type E)
I
G03 (J)20 A notch at spool position 3 or posi-
P T
All Ports Open A B
35 {357} tion 2 acts as a stop.

DMA-
G01
-F4-
20 x Pressure loss is the same as that for
G03 (J)20 the SA-G01/ G03, so see SA-G01/
P T
A B G03 for more information.
J

DMA-
G01
-C5-
20 c The lever mounting orientation can
G03 (J)20 be positioned at 90° increments by
P T
All Ports Blocked A B changing the orientation of the lever

G01 20 side cover.
DMA- -F5-
G03 (J)20 v For PT connection type DMA-G01/
K
P T
A B G03-*7*-(J)20, closed cross DMA-G01/
G01 20 G03-*7X-(J)20 is the standard type.
DMA- -C6-
G03 (J)20 b The relationship between the lever
P T
ABT Connection A B switching positions and JIS symbols

G01 20 is shown below. (See the installation
L
3-position DMA- -F6-
G03 (J)20 dimension diagrams for symbols &
P T
Closed G01 20 and & .)
A B DMA- -C7X-
Cross G03 (J)20
PT Connection
Restricted G01 20
M
P T DMA- -C7Y-
Open Cross G03 (J)20 2-position 3-position
25 {255}
Closed G01 20
A B DMA-
G03
-F7X-
(J)20
n Mounting bolts are not included with
Cross
the 01 size.
Restricted G01 20
P T DMA- -F7Y- DMA-G01-***-20 M5×45ℓ 4
N
Open Cross G03 (J)20
DMA-G03-***-J20 M6×70ℓ 4
A B
G01 20 DMA-G03-***-20 M8×70ℓ 4
DMA- -C8- Note) Use bolts of 12.9 strength classification or
G03 (J)20
P T equivalent.
PAT Connection A B
35 {357}

G01 20 m The following shows the sub plates.
O P T
DMA-
G03
-F8-
(J)20
Maximum Recommended
Pipe Weight
Model No. Working Pressure Flow Rate Applicable Valve Type
Diameter (kg)
MPa{kgf/cm2} (ℓ/min)
MSA-01Y-10 3/8 40 1.2 DMA-G01-***-20
MSA-03-10 3/8 45
2.3 DMA-G03-***-J20
MSA-03X-10 1/2 25 {255} 80
MS-03-30 3/8 45
2.3 DMA-G03-***-20
MS-03X-30 1/2 80
These sub plates can also be used with SA (SS)-G01/G03, so see SA (SS)-G01/G03 for mounting methods.
H-8
DMA – G 01 – A 3 X – 20
Design number 20: 01 size and 03 size for M8 mounting bolt

J20: 03 size for M6 mounting bolt
Transition flow path (*3*, *7* only) X: Closed Y: Restrictor open Z: Open B
Center valve position flow path 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8
Operation Method A: Spring offset type C: Spring center

Nominal diameter 01, 03

E, F: Detent
C
Manual valve (DMA type)

D
DMA-G01-***-20
Gasket Surface Dimensions ISO 4401-03-02-0-05
DMA-G03-***-(J)20
Gasket Surface Dimensions ISO 4401-05-04-0-05 E
JIS B8355 D-03-02-0-05 JIS B8355 D-05-04-0-05
φ 19 φ 19
2-position 2-position
F
3-position
φ8 3-position
φ8 9˚ 11.3 ˚
9˚ 9˚ 11.3 ˚ 11.3 ˚
G
222
252
H
30
25
68.5
L
48
37.5
36
25.5

I
φ 5.5 69.5
53 69 91.5 104.5
46 73 73 196
146
66 93
33 46.5
P
J
9.5
A B
31.75
32.5
T T
25.9
31
46
15.5
1.6
A B
T
0.75
5.1
P
16.6
12.7
K
21.5
30.2 10.3 10.3
40.5 23.8 23.8
54
DMA-G03-**-J20 DMA-G03-**-20
φD
L
φ 6.8
60.5
φ 8.5
58 L
Cross-sectional Drawing Part No. Part Name Part No. Part Name
1 Body 13 Screw
DMA-G01-***-20 2
3
4
Cover A
Cover B
Spool
14
15
16
Pin
Knob
O-ring
M
5 Ring 17 O-ring
6 Bush 18 O-ring
7 Lever 19 Backup ring
15
7
8
9
10
Spring
Rod cover
Nameplate
20
21
22
Snap ring
Guide
Ball
N
9 11 Stopper screw 23 Retainer
13
12 Screw
14
2
19 16 10 4 17 1 11 18 6 8
Seal Part List O
12 5 21 22 23
Part Model No.
Part Name
No. DMA-G01 Q'ty DMA-G03 Q'ty
20
16 O-ring NBR-70-1 P7 2 NBR-70-1 P10 2
3
17 O-ring AS568-012(NBR-90) 4 AS568-014(NBR-90) 5
12
18 O-ring AS568-019(NBR-90) 2 NBR-90 P28 2
19 Backup ring T2-P7 2 T2-P10 2
H-9
Flange Type
1300ℓ/min
Check Valve/Throttle Valve
25MPa
Pilot Operated Check Valve
B Features
qThis series provides high capaci- and Japan Oil Hydraulic Standards wMeasurable higher pressure and
C ty and flange connection, as well

as compliance with new standards
(JOHS). higher capacity than previous mod-
els.
Specifications
D Contact your agent for more information about mounting methods, etc.
Model No. Nominal Maximum Rated flow

Cracking pressure Weight Japan Fluid Power Association
Diameter Working Pressure rate
Flange Mounting MPa{kgf/cm2} kg Standard Number
E CA-F06-1-30
2 3/4 125
0.04 {0.4}
0.35 {3.6} 3.8
3 0.50 {5.1}
Right Angle Check Valve
CA-F10-1-30 0.04 {0.4}

F 2
3
1¼ 300 0.35 {3.6}
0.50 {5.1}
7.5
25 {255} JFPS1009
CA-F16-1-30 0.04 {0.4}
2 2 600 0.35 {3.6} 20.1
G 3
CA-F24-1-30
0.50 {5.1}
0.04 {0.4}
2 3 1300 0.35 {3.6} 63
3 0.50 {5.1}
H CP-F06-1-*-30 0.2 {2.0}

Pilot Operated Check
3/4 125 6.4

2 0.5 {5.1}
CP-F10-1-*-30 0.2 {2.0}

Valve
1¼ 25 {255} 250 11.5 JFPS1010
I
2 0.5 {5.1}
CP-F16-1-*-30 0.2 {2.0}

2 600 32
2 0.5 {5.1}
J Model No. Nominal

Diameter
Maximum
Working Pressure
Rated flow
rate
Cracking pressure Weight Japan Fluid Power Association
Flange Mounting MPa{kgf/cm2} kg Standard Number
(C)FR-F06-30 3/4 85 4.7
Slot Valve
K (C)FR-F10-30
(C)FR-F16-30
1¼
2
25 {255} 230
500
0.1 {1.0} 11.0
21.5
JFPS1012
H-10
ELECTRO-HYDRAULIC
PROPORTIONAL VALVE
Electro-hydraulic 2 to 500ℓ/min E
Proportional Valve Series 21,25,28,35MPa
Overview C
Today's hydraulic systems demand electronic components deliver out- Valve Series includes the pressure
high levels of automation, power effi- standing response and fluid pressure control valves, flow control valves,
ciency, and energy efficiency, which is
why the use of electro-hydraulic pro-
that allows high output, as well as
superior operation, and control. The
and direction control valves that make
it easy to meet these needs.
C
portional valves is on the rise. Built-in NACHI Electrohydraulic Proportional
Features E
qPressure Control Valve Series A force feedback mechanism is used This dual configuration provides easy
for main spool positioning, and am- installation along with dramatically re-
EPR Series Small-volume direct
driver type pilot relief
plification is performed by the pilot
spool. The result is superior response
duced space requirements.
E
with small hysteresis and outstanding tPower Amplifiers
valve
flow rate reproduction.
ER Series Large-volume bal- EMA Series Amplifier type
anced piston type
relief valve
eDirection Flow
Valve Series
Control EMC Series Controller type
A current-feedback amplifier system is
E
EGB Series Large-volume balanced used to virtually eliminate output cur-
piston type pressure ESD Series This electro-hydraulic rent fluctuation. The same power sup-
reducing valve with relief proportional valve provides both direc-
function
The pressure control section uses a pop-
tion control and flow control functions.
Mounting methods are the same as
ply specifications apply to all types.
yCompact Power Amplifiers

E
pet structure, which is virtually impervi- those for standard directional valves,
ous to the effects of dirt in the operating which allows simple structuring and EBA Series Amplifier type
fluid for outstanding pressure stability. maintenance. The highly efficient PWM control sys-
tem of this new series ensures high H
wFlow Control Valve Series Modular Type
r Control reliability in a compact configuration.
Valve Series
This 2-directional uCompact, Multi-function
I
ES Series
valve provides propor- EOG-G01 This reduction valve with Power Amplifiers
tional flow control in relief function can be
accordance with input used in ganged configu- EDA Series Amplifier type
Electro-hydraulic control valve

current. rations.
This compact amplifier can drive two
ESR Series With a built-in rod
sensing function, this
EOF-G01 This flow control valve
combines a restrictor
solenoids with a single DC input.
EDC Series Amplifier controller type
J
3-way valve is for use valve with a pressure
in low-energy circuits. compensation valve. A choice of inputs: 6-contact or DC 2
input/4- contact.
Series List K
Maximum Working Rated Flow Rate ℓ/min
Name Pressure 1 2 10 50 100 200 300 400 500
MPa {kgf/cm2}
01 Size
L
Electro-hydraulic Proportional Pilot Relief Valve (EPR) 35 {357}
Electro-hydraulic Proportional Relief Valve (ER) 35 {357} 03 06
Electro-hydraulic Proportional
Relief and Reducing Valve
(EGB) 25 {255} 03 06
M
Electro-hydraulic Proportional 02 03 06 10
(ES) 21 {214}
Flow Control Valve
Load Sensitive Electro-hydraulic
Proportional Relief and Flow Control Valve
(ESR) 25 {255} 03 06 10 N
Electro-hydraulic Proportional 01 03 04 06
(ESD) 25 {255}
Flow Control Valve 140
Modular Type Electro-hydraulic
Proportional Reducing Valve
(EOG) 25 {255} 01
O
Modular Type Electro-hydraulic 01
(EOF) 21 {214}
Flow Control Valve
(EMA)
Power Amplifier 
(EMC)
Compact Power Amplifier (EBA) 
Compact, Multi-function (EDA) 

Power Amplifier (EDC)
I-1
ELECTRO-HYDRAULIC
P
PROPORTIONAL PILOT RELIEF VALVE
F Electro-hydraulic Proportional 1.2ℓ/min

T
Pilot Relief Valve 0.3 to 35MPa
C Features
This DC solenoid relief valve match- poppet of a balanced piston type pres-
es the suction force of a DC solenoid sure control valve, this valve provides
C with fluid pressure. When connected to
a small-volume hydraulic system or the
continual pressure control in proportion
to input current.
Specifications •Handling
F zAir Bleeding
To enable proper pressure control,
Model No. loosen the air vent when starting up
EPR-G01-*-****-12
Item the pump in order to bleed any air
from the pump, and fill the inside of
F Rated Current ℓ/min 1.2
B:0.3 to 2.5{ 3.1 to 25.5}
the solenoid with hydraulic operating
fluid. The position of the air vent can
1:0.7 to 7 { 7.1 to 71 } change by loosening the M4 screw
Pressure Control Range MPa{kgf/cm2}
2:1.0 to 14 {10 to 143 } and rotating the cover.
F
3:1.5 to 21 {15.3 to 214 } xMounting Method
4:1.5 to 28 {15.3 to 286 } Mounting on a vertical surface caus-
5:2.0 to 35 {20 to 357 } es minimum pressure to increase by
Rated Current mA 800 0.2MPa {2kgf/cm2}.
cManual Pressure Adjusting Screw
F
Coil Resistance Ω 20 (20°C) For the initial adjustment or when
Hysteresis % 3 max. (Note) there is no input current to the valve
due to an electrical problem or some
Weight kg 1.6 other reason, valve pressure can be
increased by rotating the manual
H
Note) Value when a Nachi-Fujikoshi special amplifier is used (with dithering).
adjustment screw clockwise (right-
ward). Normally, the manual adjust-
ing screw should be rotated back ful-
Explanation of model No. ly to the left (counterclockwise) and
secured with the lock nut.
I EPR – G 01 – 2 – 00 12 S – 12
vMinimum Relief Flow Rate
A small flow rate can cause setting
Design number pressure to become unstable. Use a
flow rate of at least 0.3ℓ/min.
Plunger orifice symbol bLoad Capacity

J None: No orifice
S: With orifice
When using this valve to control di-
rect circuit pressure, make sure the
Tank port orifice symbol (Table 1)
load volume (valve P port side vol-
ume) is at least 40cm3.
K Pressure port orifice symbol (Table 1)
Pressure control range B, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5

nBundled Accessories (Valve Mount-
ing Bolts)
M5 x 45ℓ(four) Tightening torque: 5
to 7N·m {51 to 71kgf·cm}
Nominal diameter 01 mSub Plate
L Mounting method G: Gasket type

When a sub plate is required, order
using the following model number.
MSA-01Y-10 (See the next page for
Electro-hydraulic proportional pilot relief valve
dimensions.)
,Use an operating fluid that conforms
M to the both of the following. Oil Tem-
perature: –20 to 70°C Kinematic Vis-
cosity: 12 to 400mm2/s. The recom-
mended kinematic viscosity range is
15 to 60mm2/s.
N Table 1 Pressure Port and Tank Port Orifice Symbols
Orifice
00 08 09 10 11 12 13
Symbol
Orifice
Diameter None φ 0.8 φ 0.9 φ 1.0 φ 1.1 φ 1.2 φ 1.3
O Note) The following are the standards for the orifice auxiliary symbols.
Pressure Control Range Orifice Auxiliary Symbol

Type B, Type 1 0013S
Type 2, Type 3 0012S
Type 4 1212S
Type 5 1111S
I-2
EPR-G01 Sub Plate
MSA-01Y-10 E
15.5
φ 5.5 holes
0.75
98
T 7.5 83 7.5
C
P 20 40.5
31.75
5.1
30.2 71.5
45
31
21.5 30 41.5
22.5
12.7 27 11.5
21.5
0.75
7.5
5.1
11.5
12
30.2
11.5 40.5 T
MAX 110.8 59
27.5
T
43.5
MAX 171.3
15.5
25.9
31.75
70
55
31
A B B
Connector cord diameter φ 8 to 10 P A
M4 set screw P
(hex width across flats 2) 4-φ 7.5
7.5
4-M5x12 4-Rc (Previously PT) 3/8
Air vent (Air bleeding)
(hex width across flats 3)
89.5
4-φ 9.5x1 counterbore
E
78
φ 5.5 holes
46
23.5
Note) Install the sub plate so the valve's P port is aligned with the sub plate's
Lock nut (width across flats 13) B port.
Manual pressure adjusting screw The gasket surface dimensions comply with the ISO standard shown
below.
Performance Curves
ISO 4401-03-02-0-05
E
Hydraulic Operating Fluid Kinematic Viscosity 32mm2 /s
Input Current – Pressure Characteristics

20 {204} 40 {408} E
35 {357}
EPR-G01-2 Type 5
15 {153} 30 {306}
E
Pressure MPa
Pressure MPa
Type 4
25 {255}
10 {102} Type 3
EPR-G01-1 20 {204}
15 {153}
5
EPR-G01-B
{51} 10 {102} H
{kgf/cm2} 5 {51}
{kgf/cm2}
0 200 400
Input current mA
600 800 1000 0 200 400 600 800
Input current mA
1000
I

EPR-G01-*-****-12
J
14 15 30 16 31 17 19 20 21 6 5 4 23 2 Part No. Part Name
K
1 Body
2 Plug
3 Seat
4 Poppet
5 Spring
6 Retainer
L
7 Cover
8 Stopper
9 Guide
10 Shim
11 Plunger
12 Rod
13 Cover
14
15
Nut
Screw M
16 Screw
17 Screw
18 Screw
19 Connector
27 13 26 9 29 12 11 10 8 28 7 18 25 24 22 3 1
20
21
22
Coil
Ball bush
Choke
N
23 O-ring
Seal Part List (Kit Model NumberJPS-G01-1A) 24 O-ring
25 O-ring
Part No.
23
Part Name
O-ring
Part Number
NBR-90 P11
Q'ty
1
26
27
28
O-ring
O-ring
O-ring
O
25 O-ring NBR-90 P22 1 30 Seal
31 Screw
26 O-ring AS 568-016 (NBR-90) 1
27 O-ring NBR-90 P7 1 Note) Coil model number JD64-D2
28 O-ring S-25 (NBR-70-1) 1
29 O-ring NBR-70-1 P20 1
30 Seal WF-4-7.4-1.0 1
I-3
ELECTRO-HYDRAULIC P
PROPORTIONAL RELIEF VALVE
F Electro-hydraulic 150 to 320ℓ/min

T
Proportional Relief Valve 0.3 to 35MPa
C Features
This valve combines a compact, Throughput volume and oil temperature •Handling
high-performance electro-hydraulic fluctuation has little effect on control zAir Bleeding
C proportional pilot relief valve and bal-
anced piston type relief valve to provide
pressure, so this valve provides open
loop control of even complex pressures
loosen the air vent when starting up
pressure control in proportion to input (forces). the pump in order to bleed any air from
current. the pump, and fill the inside of the so-
lenoid with hydraulic operating fluid.
F Specifications xManual Pressure Adjusting Screw
For the initial adjustment or when there
is no input current to the valve due to
Model No. an electrical problem or some other rea-
ER-G03-*-21 ER-G06-*-21
Item son, valve pressure can be increased by
F Maximum Flow Rate ℓ/min 150 320 rotating the manual adjustment screw
clockwise (rightward). Normally, the
B:0.3 to 2.5{ 3.1 to 25.5}(Note 1)
manual adjusting screw should be rotat-
1:0.7 to 7 { 7.1 to 71 }
2:1.0 to 14 {10 to 143 }
ed back fully to the left (counterclock-
F wise) and secured with the lock nut.

Pressure Control Range MPa{kgf/cm2}
3:1.5 to 21 {15.3 to 214 }
4:1.5 to 28 {15.3 to 286 } cTank Port Back Pressure
5:2.0 to 35 {20 to 357 } Make sure that tank port back pres-
sure is as small as possible; no
Rated Current mA 800 greater than 0.2MPa {2kgf/cm2}.
F Coil Resistance Ω
Hysteresis %
20 (20°C)
3 max. (Note 2)
vSafety Valve Setting Pressure
The safety valve is set to maximum
adjustment pressure plus 1.5 to
Minimum Relief Flow Rate ℓ/min 5 8 2.0MPa {15.3 to 20.4kgf/cm2}. When
actually using the valve, adjust in ac-
H Weight kg
Note) 1. G03 type only Flow rate: 40ℓ/min
6.0 7.1 cordance with actual pressure.
bBundled Accessories (Valve Mount-
2. Value when a Nachi-Fujikoshi special amplifier is used (with dithering). ing Bolts)

I
Model No. Bolt Size Q'ty Tightening Torque N·m{kgf·cm}
ER-G03 M12×50ℓ 4 75 to 95{ 765 to 970}
ER – G 03 – 3 – 21 ER-G06 M16×60ℓ 4 190 to 235{1940 to 2400}
Design number
nUse an operating fluid that conforms
J Pressure control range B, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
to the both of the following. Oil Tem-
Nominal diameter 03, 06 cosity: 12 to 400mm2/s. The recom-
K
Mounting method G: Gasket type 15 to 60mm2/s.
Electro-hydraulic proportional relief valve
Installation Dimension Drawings 4- φ ax1 counterbore

E
L
F
φ b holes G H
ER-G**-*-21
M
D
K
Connector cord diameter

J
φ 8 to 10

M4 set screw Manual pressure adjusting screw
N
Relief valve pressure adjusting bolt
89.5
78
23.5
A
45
O
25
B
C
φ6
6
The gasket surface dimensions comply with the Model No. A B C D E F G H J K a b

ISO standard shown below.
G03…ISO 6264-06-09-0-97 ER-G03 212.5 78 33 80 194.8 106 31 53.8 13.1 53.8 20 14
G06…ISO 6264-08-13-0-97
ER-G06 217.5 83 37 100 203.8 119 37 66.7 15 70 26 17.5
I-4
Sub Plate (Maximum Operating Pressure: 25MPa)
MRI-03*-10 MRI-06*-10
E
φ 7 drillingx10 φ 3 drilling Rc 1/4 φ5 Rc 1/4 4-M16 holes
(back) φ 7x10
(back)
4 to M12 screwsx20
X X
P
C
125
103
54
YF
90.5
31.8
92
6.6
85.7
136
116
T
66.7
60
55.6
4- φ 20
4- φ 14
11.2
22.5
33.4
T
YH
35.5
14.3
2
C
10
27 2 to φ 13
11
15 54 34.9
2- φ 23
14
2 to Rc "A" 16.1 69.8 38
11 62 (back) 12.5 102
84 16 127
2-Rc "A"
159
4 to φ 17.5 (back)
Model No.
MRI-03-10
A
3/8
Model No. YF YH
E
32
MRI-06-10 92.5 13.2

Attach a plug when the vent MRI-03X-10 1/2 MRI-06X-10 100.7 4.7
4 to φ 11 (X) port is not used.
14
MRI-06-10 3/4
MRI-06X-10 1
E
Flow Rate – Pressure Characteristics Input Current – Pressure Characteristics
ER-G06-*-21
35
Type 5
{357}
ER-G06-*-21
40
Type 5
{408} E
30 {306} 35 {357}
MPa {kgf/cm2}
MPa {kgf/cm2}
30 {306}
Pressure
Pressure
25 {255} Type 4
20
Type 4
Type 3
{204}
25
20
Type 3
{255}
{204}
E
15 Type 2 {153} Type 2
15 {153}
10 {102}
10 {102}
H
Type 1 Type 1
5 {51} 5 {51}
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 0 200 400 600 800 1000
Relief flow rate ℓ/min Input current mA
Cross-sectional Drawing I
ER-G**-*-21

35 34
ER Valve Built-in Pilot Relief Valve List
13
7
25
9 Model No. Built-in Pilot Relief Valve J

20 2 10 ER-G03-B-21 EPR-G01-B-0011S-12
8 33 1 1-0011S-12
2 2-1313S-12
K
12
3 3-1212S-12
24
4 4-1111S-12
29 5 5-1010S-12
11 14 ER-G06-1-21 EPR-G01-1-0011S-12
16 27 2 2-1313S-12
3 3-1212S-12
L
18 28
23 4
4 4-1111S-12
5 5-1010S-12
32 6
17 5
31 21 1 3
15
19
30
28 M
22 26
23
X P T
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number REBS-**)

Part Nominal Diameter/Part Number
Part No.
1
Part Name
Body
Part No. Part Name
18 Plug
N
Part Name Q'ty 2 Cover 19 Plug
No. G03 G06 3 Poppet 20 Screw
22 O-ring NBR-90 P8 NBR-90 P8 1 4 Sleeve 21 Pin
O
23 O-ring NBR-90 P9 NBR-90 P9 3 5 Spring 22 O-ring
6 Spacer 23 O-ring
24 O-ring NBR-90 P10A NBR-90 P10A 1 7 Poppet 24 O-ring
25 O-ring NBR-70-1 P11 NBR-70-1 P11 1 8 Seat 25 O-ring
26 O-ring NBR-90 P18 NBR-90 P28 2 9 Plunger 26 O-ring
27 O-ring NBR-90 G25 NBR-90 P28 1 11 Plug 28 O-ring
28 O-ring NBR-90 G30 NBR-90 P32 2 12 Collar 29 Backup ring
29 Backup ring T2-P10A T2-P10A 1 13 Spring 30 Backup ring
14 Handle 31 Screw
30 Backup ring T2-G30 T2-P32 1 15 Orifice 32 Choke
Note) 1. The materials and hardness of the O-ring conforms with JIS B2401. 16 Orifice 33 Nut
17 Plate 34 Pilot relief valve
2. For the ** part of the kit number, specify the valve size (G03, G06).
35 Screw
3. EPR-G01 pilot valve seal is available separately. See page I-3 for more information.
I-5
EGB-G03
ELECTRO-HYDRAULIC PROPORTIONAL 0UT
REDUCING AND RELIEF VALVE
F Electro-hydraulic Proportional 50 to 100ℓ/min

Relief and Reducing Valve 0.3 to 25MPa
IN T DR
EGB-G06
C Features
0UT
This valve combines a compact, Since this valve includes a relief function, •Handling
high-performance electro-hydraulic pi- OUT side pressure can be maintained at a zAir Bleeding
C lot relief valve, and a reducing and relief
valve for low-pressure control of pres-
virtually fixed level, even when the valve's
OUT side is used as reaction force. This
To enable proper pres-
sure control, loosen the IN T
sure within a hydraulic system in pro- valve also provides outstanding response air vent when starting
portion to input current. as pressure drops. up the pump in order to bleed any air
F
from the pump, and fill the inside of the
solenoid with hydraulic operating fluid.
Specifications xDR Port Piping
When configuring piping, ensure that
Model No. the DR port (T port for the G06 size)
F
EGB-G03-*-11 EGB-G06-*-11
Item is filled with operating fluid.
Maximum Operating Pressure MPa{kgf/cm } 2
25{255}
cManual Pressure Adjusting Screw
Maximum Flow Rate ℓ/min 50 100 is no input current to the valve due to
B:0.3 to 2.5{3.1 to 25.5 }(Note 1) an electrical problem or some other rea-
F Pressure Control Range MPa{kgf/cm2}
1:0.7 to 7 {7.1 to 71 }
2:1.0 to 14 {10 to 143 }
son, valve pressure can be increased by
rotating the manual adjustment screw
3:1.5 to 21 {15.3 to 214} clockwise (rightward). Normally, the
Rated Current mA 800 manual adjusting screw should be rotat-
ed back fully to the left (counterclock-
F Coil Resistance Ω
Hysteresis %
20 (20°C)
3 max. (Note 2)
wise) and secured with the lock nut.
vLoad Capacity
Weight kg 5.5 7.8 The G03 load capacity (valve OUT
side volume) is at least 2ℓ, while the
Note) 1. G03 type only Rated flow rate: 20ℓ/min
G06 load capacity is at least 5ℓ.
H 2. Value when a Nachi-Fujikoshi special amplifier is used (with dithering).
bBundled Accessories (Valve Mount-
ing Bolts)
Explanation of model No. Model No. Bolt Size Q'ty Tightening Torque N·m{kgf·cm}
I
EGB-G03 M10×75ℓ 4 45 to 55{460 to 560}
EGB – G 03 – 2 – 11 EGB-G06 M10×85ℓ 4 45 to 55{460 to 560}
Design number
nUse an operating fluid that conforms
to the both of the following. Oil tem-

J Pressure control range B, 1, 2, 3
Nominal diameter 03, 06

15 to 60mm2/s.
Mounding Gasket Dimensions
K Electro-hydraulic proportional relief and reducing valve EGB-G03-*-11
77
10.1 54.9
42.9
35.7
31.8
L
21.4
4 to M10x18
10.7
7.1
φ 8 hole
22.3
33.3
T
EGB-G03-*-11 EGB-G06-*-11
58.7
66.6
IN OUT
88
M
MAX 210.8 MAX 223.7
50.1 MAX 160.7 58.9 MAX 164.8 DR
42.9 60.2
Tank port (T) 2 to φ 14 hole
Tank port (T)
T T φ 7x8 drilling
IN OUT φ 6 hole (positioning pin hole)
66.6
88
IN OUT
N
79.3
102
DR
Manual pressure Mounding Gasket Dimensions
adjusting screw
Primary pressure port (IN) Lock nut
Manual pressure EGB-G06-*-11
Drain port (DR) adjusting screw
Air vent (Air bleeding) Primary pressure port (IN) Air vent (Air bleeding) 82
Secondary pressure port (OUT) (hex width across flats 3) Secondary pressure port (OUT) (hex width across flats 3) Lock nut 10.9 60.3
4- φ 17.5x1 counterbore 49.2
O
φ 11 holes 44.5
φ 11 holes 30.1 4 to M10x18
11.1
11.3
M4 set screw M4 set screw

8.6
(hex width across flats 2) (hex width across flats 2)

3 to φ 22 hole
T
39.6
171.5
102
79.3
IN OUT
159.5
105.5
93.5
70
82
70
60
35
40
φ6
4
φ 7x8 drilling
φ6 (positioning pin hole)
4
I-6
Input Current – Pressure Characteristics

EGB-G03 EGB-G06
E
25 {255} 25 {255}
EGB-G06-3
C
EGB-G03-3

20 {204} 20 {204}
EGB-G03 EGB-G06
15 {153} 15 {153}
-2 -2
10
EGB-G03
{102} 10
EGB-G06
{102} C
-1 -1
5 {51} 5 {51}
EGB-G03
-B E
0 200 400 600 800 1000 0 200 400 600 800 1000
Input current mA Input current mA

E
EGB-G**-*-11 EGB Valve Built-in Pilot Relief Valve List
E
Model No. Built-in Pilot Relief Valve
E
EGB-G03-B-11 EPR-GO1-B-0000-12
EGB-G03-1-11 1-0013-12
EGB-G03-2-11 2-0012-12
EGB-G03-3-11 3-0011-12
EGB-G06-1-11 EPR-G01-1-0013-12
EGB-G06-2-11 2-0012-12
EGB-G06-3-11 3-0012-12
H
Manual adjustment section

I

J
Part No. Part Name
8 6 4 10 5 1 2 9 7 11 12 14 13 3 6 15 1
2
Body
Piston
K
3 Cover
4 Cover
5 Spring
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number JGS-**)
Part EGB-G03-*-11 EGB-G06-*-11
6
7
8
Screw
Pin
Pin
L
Part Name
No. Part Number Q'ty Part Number Q'ty 9 Choke
10 Choke
11 O-ring NBR-90 P20 2 NBR-90 P26 3 11 O-ring
12
13
O-ring
O-ring
NBR-90 P10A
NBR-90 P22
2
2
–
NBR-90 G30
–
2
12
13
14
O-ring
O-ring
O-ring
M
14 O-ring NBR-90 P6 2 NBR-90 P6 2 15 Pilot relief valve
Note) 1. The materials and hardness of the O-ring conforms with JIS B2401. Note) Coil model number JD64-D2
N
2. For the ** part of the kit number, specify the valve size (G03, G06).
3. EPR-G01 pilot valve seal is available separately. See page I-3 for more information.
I-7
ES-G**
ELECTRO-HYDRAULIC PROPORTIONAL
OUT
FLOW CONTROL VALVE
F Electro-hydraulic Proportional 0.5 to 500ℓ/min 0
Flow Control Valve 21MPa M IN DR
C
CES-G**
Features OUT
This valve controls actuator speed in re- speed control. This valve is the perfect •Handling 0
sponse to the size of input current. choice for actuator acceleration and
zAir Bleeding
C Pressure and control oil temperature
fluctuation has little effect on setting
deceleration control, and remote con-
trol.
To enable proper pres- M
sure control, loosen
IN DR
pressure, which enables high-precision the air vent when start-

ing up the pump in order to bleed any
F
air from the pump, and fill the inside
Specifications of the solenoid with hydraulic op-
erating fluid. The position of the air
Model No. (C)ES-G02- ES-G03- vent can change by loosening the M4
(C)ES-G06- ES-G10-
10-(F)-12 60-(F)-12 screw and rotating the cover.
F
Item 30 125 250-11 500-(F)-11 xManual Flow Rate Adjusting Screw
Maximum Operating Pressure MPa{kgf/cm2} 21{214} 21{214} 21{214} 21{214} For the initial adjustment or when
there is no input current to the valve
Flow Rate Control Range ℓ/min 0.5 to 10/0.5 to 30 2 to 60/2 to 125 5 to 250 15 to 500
Minimum Allowable Valve Pressure
1.0{10}(Note1) 1.3{13.3}(Note1)1.5{15.3}(Note1) 2{20.4}(Note1) other reason, the flow rate can be in-
F
Differential MPa{kgf/cm }
2
Reverse Flow Rate ℓ/min creased by rotating the manual ad-

50 (125)(Note3) 200 – justment screw clockwise (rightward).
(With check valve only)
Normally, this adjusting screw should
Hysteresis % 3 max. (Note 2) 3 max. (Note 2) 3 max. (Note 2) 3 max. (Note 2) be returned completely to its original
Rated Current mA 800 800 800 800 position and secured with the lock nut.
F Coil Resistance Ω 20 (20°C) 20 (20°C) 20 (20°C) 20 (20°C) cDrain Port
Make sure that back pressure is no
Weight kg 8.5 13 25 55 greater than 0.2MPa {2kgf/cm2}, and
Note) 1. Control valve inlet and outlet pressure differential required to obtain favorable pressure compensation. that his port is connected directly to
the fluid tank at a point that is below
H
2. Value when a Nachi-Fujikoshi special amplifier is used (with dithering).
3. ES-G03 does not have a built-in check valve, but a sub plate with check valve (Model No. the oil surface.
MCF-03-D-22) is available for it.
Explanation of model No. (C)ES-G02 M 8× 80ℓ 4 20 to 25{ 205 to 255}
I (C)ES – G 02 – 30 – (F) – 12
ES-G03
(C)ES-G06
M10× 75ℓ
M16×140ℓ
4
4
45 to 55{ 460 to 560}
190 to 235{1940 to 2400}
ES-G10 M20×160ℓ 4 370 to 460{3770 to 4690}
Design number
vBundled Accessories (Valve Mount-

Auxiliary symbol F: With pressure compensation piston
ing Bolts)
J opening adjustment screw
Note: Nominal diameters 02, 03, 10 only available
bThe loss coefficient and control valve
can cause resonance when there is a
Rated flow rate great distance between the flow con-
trol valve and actuator (when the pipe
Nominal diameter: 02, 03, 06, 10
K Mounting method G: Gasket type
internal volume is large). Be sure to
keep the distance between the flow
control valve and actuator as small as
Pump type CES: Electro-hydraulic proportional flow control valve with check valve 02, 06 only possible, and to avoid the use of flex-
ES: Electro-hydraulic proportional flow control valve ible hose as much as possible.
L Installation Dimension Drawings
nSub Plate
See the next page for more informa-
tion about sub plates.
6 MAX.D Hydraulic inlet port
mUse an operating fluid that conforms
C 4-φ Mx1 counterbore (IN) to the both of the following. Oil tem-
M
φ N holes
B K MAX.L perature: –20 to 70°C Kinematic Vis-
A H J
M4 set screw
Air vent (Air bleeding) mended kinematic viscosity range is
E

15 to 60mm2/s.
2-φ 6
,Since this valve has a built-in pres-

N sure compensation valve, changing
F
Pressure compensation piston

G
opening adjustment screw of the inertial load (using a high in-

Manual flow rate ertial oil motor, etc.) can create the
adjusting screw
risk of hunching under certain con-
O ditions. Contact your sales agent be-

Cover Lock nut
Outlet port Drain port fore changing the inertial load.
(OUT) (DR)
Note) Use a hex wrench that has a width across
flats of 8 to adjust the aperture adjust-
Model No. A B C D E F G H J K L M N ment screw of nominal diameter 10.
(C)ES-G02 66 80 132 242.8 9.7 48 102 9.4 38.1 95 22.5 14 8.8
· The gasket surface dimensions comply with the
ES-G03 61 82.5 134.5 245.3 11.2 67.8 124 11.2 50.8 124 26 17.5 11 ISO standard shown below.
(C)ES-G06 115 130 182 292.8 16.8 104.8 167 17 73 180 – 26 18 (C) ES-G02…ISO 6263-06-05-0-97
ES-G03…ISO 6263-07-09-0-97
ES-G10 137 160 215 326.3 25 148 228 23.5 98.5 244 18 32 22 (C) ES-G06…ISO 6263-08-13-0-97
I-8
Sub Plate
MES-02*-10 MES-03*-10
9.4
19 95
79.4
11.2
23 124
102.4 E
101.6
76.2 2- φ 14.7 74.9
4-M8 tap holes 54 Rc "E" (back) 4-M10x20 tap 50.8 2- φ 23
38.1
9.5 φ 7x10
20.6
2-Rc "E" C
9.7
11.1
0.8
11.2
(back)
17.5
11.2
IN
23.8
28.6
52.4
44.3
61.8
C
55
80.3
86.6
101.6
82.6
102
124
DR IN
2- φ 7x10
OUT DR
Rc 1/4
E
OUT
(back)
4- φ 14x8.6 counterbore 9.5 114 4- φ 17.5x1 counterbore 12 146
φ 8.8 holes φ6 φ 11 holes φ 11
133 170
Rc 1/4 (back)
38
21
24
21
Model No. E Model No. E
MES-02X-10
MES-02Y-10
3/8
1/2
MES-03Y-10
MES-03Z-10
3/4
1
E
MES-06*-10
Auxiliary Plate with Check Valve
MCF-03-D-22
E
246 124 2
33 180 102.4 11.2
H
17 146 101.6
81
144.4 2- φ 29
50.8
4-M16x30 tap 104.8 4- φ 10.5 holes 34 6 0.8 102.4
26.7
73 2-Rc "E" 11.2
2-φ 32
2- φ 7x10 22.2 (back) 2- φ 7x8
0.8
I
16.8
1.6
12.7
2-φ 6
28.6
28.6
61.8
φ6 IN
C
41.3
11.2
86.6
DR IN DR
104.8
101.6
124
133.4
99
167
IN OUT
D

2- φ 23 OUT
φ 30
J
DR
OUT
4-φ 26x1 counterbore
2
F
φ 18 holes 17 212 φ 14
Rc 3/8 (back) Bundled Items (Mounting Bolts) M10 x 110ℓ (Four)
K
A
B
Model No.
MES-06X-10
A
45
B
25
C
16
D
104.8
E
1
F
55.2
L
MES-06Y-10 60 40 23 99 11/4 62
ES-G10 Mounting Gasket Surface Dimensions M

244
23.5 198.5
196.9
N
144.5
4-M20x30
98.5
1.6 35
2- φ 7x8
(positioning pin hole)
25
O
18
56.1
IN
145
177.8
228
DR
OUT
2- φ 44 φ6
I-9
F Input Current – Flow Rate Characteristics

(C) ES-G02 ES-G03 (C) ES-G06 ES-G10
35 140 350 700
30 120 300 600
C
Flow rate ℓ/min
Flow rate ℓ/min
Flow rate ℓ/min
Flow rate ℓ/min

25 100 250 500
(C)ES-G02-30 ES-G03-125
20 80 200 400
15 60 150 300
10 40 100 200
C 5
(C)ES-G02-10
20
ES-G03-60
50 100
0 0 0 0
0 200 400 600 800 0 200 400 600 800 0 200 400 600 800 0 200 400 600 800
Input current mA Input current mA Input current mA Input current mA
F
Oil Temperature – Control Flow Rate Characteristics Pressure – Control Flow Rate Characteristics
140
F 150 120
Flow rate ℓ/min
Flow rate ℓ/min

100
100 80
60
F 50
Supply Pressure 14MPa
Load Pressure
Operating Fluid VG32
10MPa 40
Supply Pressure 21MPa
Operating Fluid VG32
Oil Temperature 40°C
10 20 Value when a Nachi-Fujikoshi special
Value when a Nachi-Fujikoshi special
amplifier is used (with dithering). amplifier is used (with dithering).
0 0
0 20 30 40 50 60 0 10 20
F Oil temperature °C {102} {204}


1 Body 17 Pin
H 2
3
4
Cover
Piston
Sleeve
18
19
20
Spring
Spring
Spring
Cross-sectional Drawing 5
6
Plug
Plug
21
22
Spring
Spring
7 Retainer 23 Spring
I ES-G**-*-11 (12) 8
9
10
Sleeve
Spool
Guide
24
25
26
O-ring
O-ring
O-ring
5 18 31 19 1 4 3 30 7 6 17 24 8 20 10 9 11 11 Sleeve 27 O-ring
J 14
15
16
Sleeve
Piston
Ball
30
31
32
O-ring
O-ring
Proportional
solenoid
Note) Coil model number JD64-D2
K 29 12 21 13 32
Manual adjustment
section
M
25 26 27 28 16 22 15 14 2 23
N Part No. Part Name
(C) ES-G02 ES-G03 (C) ES-G06 ES-G10
Part Number Q'ty Part Number Q'ty Part Number Q'ty Part Number Q'ty
24 O-ring NBR-90 P18 2 NBR-90 P26 2 NBR-90 G35 2 NBR-90 P48 2
O 25
26
O-ring
O-ring
NBR-90 P24
–
1
–
NBR-90 P28
–
1
–
NBR-90 G35
NBR-90 G35
1
2
NBR-90 P48
NBR-90 G50
1
2
27 O-ring NBR-90 P29 1 NBR-90 P29 1 NBR-90 G45 1 NBR-90 G60 1
28 O-ring NBR-90 P5 4 NBR-90 P5 4 NBR-90 P8 3 NBR-90 P9 3
29 O-ring NBR-90 P9 1 NBR-90 P9 1 NBR-90 P9 1 NBR-90 P9 1
30 O-ring NBR-90 P18 1 NBR-90 P20 1 NBR-90 G55 1 NBR-90 G75 2
31 O-ring NBR-90 P30 1 NBR-90 P38 1 NBR-90 P50 1 NBR-90 G75 1
Seal Kit Number JFS-G02 JFS-G03 JFS-G06 JFS-G10
I-10
ELECTRO-HYDRAULIC PROPORTIONAL ESR-G**
A V
RELIEF AND FLOW CONTROL VALVE
DR
Load Response Electro-hydraulic 1 to 500ℓ/min
T
E
Proportional Relief and Flow Control Valve 25MPa
P
C
ESR-G**-R*
Features A V
The load sensing function of this meter Using this valve suppresses wasteful •Handling DR
in flow control valve makes it possible pump pressure rises and makes it pos- zAir Bleeding
to control pump discharge pressure au-
tomatically in accordance with the size
sible to configure an energy-efficient
circuit.
In order to ensure stable
control, loosen the air P
T
C
of the load pressure. vent and bleed air from
the valve before starting operation.
Specifications
E
xManual Adjusting Screw
Model No. ESR-G03-125 ESR-G06-250 ESR-G10-500 is no input current to the valve due to
Item (R*)-12 (R*)-12 R*-11 an electrical problem or some other
reason, pressure or flow rate can be
Maximum Operating Pressure MPa{kgf/cm2} 25{255} 25{255} 25{255}
Rated Flow Rate ℓ/min 125 250 500
increased by rotating the manual ad-
justment screw clockwise (rightward). E
Flow Rate Control Range ℓ/min 2 to 125 5 to 250 15 to 500 Normally, this adjusting screw should
Flow Rate Control System
be returned completely to its original

Valve Differential Pressure MPa{kgf/cm2} 0.5{5.1}(Note1) 0.7{7.1}(Note1) 0.9{9.2}(Note1)
position and secured with the lock nut.
Hysteresis %
Repeatability %
3 max. (Note 2)
1
3 max. (Note 2)
1
3 max. (Note 2)
1
cDrain Port
Minimum control pressure is in- E
creased by drain port back pressure,
Rated Current mA 800 800 800
so be sure to connect the drain port
Coil Resistance Ω 20(20°C) 20(20°C) 20(20°C) directly to the fluid tank at a point
R1 : 1.2 to 7{12.2 to 71} R1 : 1.2 to 7{12.2 to 71} R1 : 1.2 to 7{12.2 to 71}
that is below the oil surface. E
Pressure Control System (Note 3)
Pressure Control Range vSafety Valve Setting Pressure

R2 : 1.4 to 14{14.3 to 143} R2 : 1.4 to 14{14.3 to 143} R2 : 1.4 to 14{14.3 to 143}
R3 : 1.6 to 21{16.3 to 214} R3 : 1.6 to 21{16.3 to 214} R3 : 1.6 to 21{16.3 to 214} For a safety valve without an electro-hy-
MPa{kgf/cm2}
R4 : 1.6 to 25{16.3 to 255} R4 : 1.6 to 25{16.3 to 255} R4 : 1.6 to 25{16.3 to 255} draulic proportional pilot relief valve,
safety valve pressure is set to minimum
Hysteresis % 3 max. (Note 2) 3 max. (Note 2) 3 max. (Note 2) pressure (3.5MPa max.) In the case of a
safety valve with an electrohydraulic pro-
H
Repeatability % 1 1 1
portional pilot relief valve, the safety valve
Rated Current mA 800 800 800 setting pressure is set to the minimum
Weight kg
Coil Resistance Ω 20 (20°C)
14
20 (20°C)
28
20 (20°C)
60
adjustment pressure plus 1.5MPa. When
actually using the valve, adjust in accor-
dance with hydraulic circuit pressure.
I
Note) 1. Indicates the pressure differential between the valve P port and A port. bMinimum Relief Flow Rate During Pres-

2. Value when a Nachi-Fujikoshi special amplifier is used (with dithering).
sure Control
J
3. These specifications apply to valves that include an electro-hydraulic proportional pilot
relief valve (i.e. ESR-G06-250R2-11). Setting pressure can become unstable
4. The maximum adjustment pressure is 25MPa {255kgf/cm2} for a valve that does not include when the relief flow rate to the valve's
an electro-hydraulic proportional pilot relief valve. Factory default is minimum output (3.5MPa T port is small. Because of this, use a
max.) Set this value in accordance with the pressure of the hydraulic circuit being used. relief flow rate of at least10ℓ/min with
a nominal diameter of 03 or 06, and a
Explanation of model No. relief flow rate of at least 20ℓ/min with a
nominal diameter of 10.
K
ESR – G 06 – 250 (**) – 12 nValve Mounting Orientation
Design number When an electro-hydraulic proportional
pilot relief valve main valve is mounted
12: For 03, 06 size
11: For 10 size
Pressure control function
on a vertical surface with the pilot relief
valve part facing downwards make it
L
None: Without electro-hydraulic proportional pilot relief difficult to bleed air from the pilot relief
valve (available with G03, G06) valve. Because of this, you should not
M
R * : With electro-hydraulic proportional pilot relief valve use this type of mounting orientation.
Rated flow rate M10× 75ℓ 2

ESR-G03 45 to 55{ 460 to 560}
M10× 90ℓ 2
Nominal diameter 03, 06, 10
ESR-G06
M16×100ℓ
M16×135ℓ
2
2
190 to 235{1940 to 2400} N
ESR-G10 M20×130ℓ 6 370 to 460{3770 to 4690}
Pump type ESR: Load sensitive electro-hydraulic
O
proportional relief and flow control valve mBundled Accessories (Valve Mounting Bolts)
,Sub Plate
See the next page for more information about sub plates.
.Use an operating fluid that conforms to the both of the fol-
lowing. Oil temperature: – 20 to 70°C Kinematic Viscosity:
12 to 400mm2/s. The recommended kinematic viscosity
range is 15 to 60mm2/s.
⁄0Since this valve has a built-in pressure compensation valve,
changing of the inertial load (using a high inertial oil motor,
etc.) can create the risk of hunching under certain conditions.
Contact your sales agent before changing the inertial load.
I-11
F Manual pressure adjusting screw

Safety valve pressure adjusting screw
M4 set screw
G (hex width across flats 3) S Electro-hydraulic proportional pilot relief valve 4- φ TX counterbore
F R φ U holes
C
T
Lock nut DR
V Tank port (T)
P
Q
Manual adjusting screw
N
Vent port (V)
A
2-φ 6
Drain port (DR)
M
Outlet port (A)
L
M4 set screw
F
A Air vent Input port (P) H J
B Lock nut K
C Manual adjusting screw
D
6 MAX-E
F Model No. A B C D E F G H J K L M N Q R S T U
ESR-G03 61 76 87 142 252.8 117 165.5 14.2 48.8 130 11.2 23.8 81.8 124 32 80.3 17.5 11
ESR-G06 76 110 120 172 282.8 154 195.5 16.8 57.2 167 17 28 118 180 21 68.3 26 18
F Sub Plate
ESR-G10 107 107 150 205 317.3 183 228.5 25 76 228 23.5 35 162 244 -3 35.3 32 22
MSR-03*-10 MSR-06*-10
F φ 11
Rc 1/4 (back) 3-Rc “A”
(back)
3-Rc “E”
(back) C
D 2- φ 7x10
2- φ 7x10 3- φ 23 4- φ M16x30
H
φ6
φ 14
Rc 1/4 (back)
T Rc 3/8 (back)
T φ6
Rc 1/4 (back)
P
102.4
101.6
144.4
DR V P
I
212
170
146
124
246
180
146
77.8
DR
118
A V
106
50.8
73
A
23.8
1.6
28
40
J
12
33
17
17
0.8
11.2
12.7
21 12.7
4-φ 17.5x1 counterbore 19 3- φ 29 B
38 4-φ 26x1 counterbore 41.3
φ 11 hole 28.6 A
φ18 holes 85.7
K
59 4-M10x20
107
80
16.8 133.4
89
167
95.3
14.2 101.6
130
L Model No. A Model No. A B C D E
MSR-03Y-10 3/4 MSR-06X-10 95 25 16 107 1
ESR-G10 Mounting Gasket Surface MSR-03Z-10 1 MSR-06Y-10 60 40 23 99 11/4
M Dimensions 2- φ 7x8
(positioning pin hole) · The gasket surface dimensions comply with the
ISO standards shown below.
ESR-G03···ISO 6263-07-11-1-97
N T ESR-G06···ISO 6263-08-15-1-97
2- φ 6
3- φ 44
198.5
196.9
P
244
DR V
162
O 4-M20x30
98.5
A
35
23.5
17.5
1.6
55.5
115
144.5
25 177.8
228
I-12
Input Current – Flow Rate Characteristics

ESR-G03 ESR-G06 ESR-G10 E
140 350 700
120 300 600
100 250 500 C
Flow rate ℓ/min

Flow rate ℓ/min
Flow rate ℓ/min

80 200 400
60 150 300
40 100 200 C
20 50 100
E
0 0 0
0 200 400 600 800 0 200 400 600 800 0 200 400 600 800
Oil Temperature – Control Flow Rate Characteristics Pressure – Control Flow Rate Characteristics
E
140
150 120
Flow rate ℓ/min
Flow rate ℓ/min

100
100 80
60
E
Electro-hydraulic Proportional Pilot
50 Relief Valve Setting Pressure 21MPa
Load Pressure: 10MPa 40
Operating Fluid: VG32
10
Operating Fluid: VG32
amplifier is used (with dithering).
20
Oil Temperature: 40°C
amplifier is used (with dithering).
E
0 0
0 20 30 40 50 60 0 10 20
Oil temperature °C {102} {204}
Load pressure MPa{kgf/cm2}
H
I
ESR-G**-***-11,12
23 22 3 32 14 24 29 28 30 7 11 33 10 9 18 8 15 17 2 21 Flow volume adjustment section
1 Body 18 Spring
2 Cover (A) 19 Spring
3 Cover (B) 20 Spring

4 Sleeve 21 Screw
5
6
7
Spool
Guide
Sleeve
22
23
24
Screw
Safety valve
Choke
J
10 Piston 27 O-ring
K
11 Sleeve 28 O-ring
12 Sleeve 29 O-ring
13 Poppet 30 O-ring
14 Guide 31 O-ring
15 Ball 32 O-ring
16 Pin 33 Proportional solenoid
L
Pressure adjustment section 17 Spring
M
13 20 12 31 25 26 1 4 19 6 27 16 5

ESR-G03 ESR-G06 ESR-G10
N
Part No. Part Name
Part Number Q'ty Part Number Q'ty Part Number Q'ty
25 O-ring NBR-90 P26 4 NBR-90 G35 4 NBR-90 P48 4
26
27
O-ring
O-ring
NBR-90 P9
NBR-90 G25
1
2
NBR-90 P9
NBR-90 G35
1
2
NBR-90 P9
NBR-90 G50
1
2 O
28 O-ring NBR-90 G35 1 NBR-90 G45 1 NBR-90 G60 1
31 O-ring NBR-90 G35 3 NBR-90 P46 3 NBR-90 G65 3
Seal Kit Number JLS-G03R JLS-G06R JLS-G10R
2. EPR-G01 seal is available separately. See page I-3 for more information.
I-13
ELECTRO-HYDRAULIC PROPORTIONAL
FLOW AND DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVE
F Electro-hydraulic Proportional Flow 10 to 250ℓ/min

and Direction Control Valve 25MPa
C Features
This valve uses a DC solenoid in a tradi- proportional solenoid valves, and the •Handling
tional 4- way solenoid valve to create a size of the flow rate is controlled in ac- zAir Bleeding
C solenoid valve capable of both direction
switching and highspeed control. The
cordance with the size of the input cur-
rent.
In order to ensure stable control,
loosen the air vent and bleed air from
lineup consists of the direct system 01 This type of valve can be used for re- the valve before starting operation.
size and the pilot system 03, 04, and 06 mote control and shockless accelera- For details, see the user's guide.
F
sizes. tion and deceleration control, and for xT Port Piping
Direction control is performed by sup- simple configuration of hydraulic cir- When configuring piping, ensure that
plying input current to one of the two cuits. the T port (pilot valve T port for the
G03, G04, and G06 sizes) is filled
Specifications with operating fluid.
F Model No. ESD-G01-** 10 ESD-G03-** ESD-G04- ESD-G06-

cManual Adjusting Screw
For the initial adjustment or when
20 40-(**)-12 there is no input current to the valve
Item **140-(**)-12 **250-(**)-13
-12 80 due to an electrical problem or some
Maximum Operating Pressure MPa{kgf/cm2} 25{255} other reason, the valve can be op-
F Rated Flow Rate ℓ/min 10/20(Note 1) 40/80(Note 1) 140(Note 1) 250(Note 1)
erated and valve pressure can be
increased by rotating the manual
Maximum Flow Rate ℓ/min 25(Note 2) 100(Note 2) 140(Note 2) 250(Note 2) adjustment screw clockwise (right-
Pilot Pressure MPa{kgf/cm2} – At least 1.0{10}(Note 3) ward). Normally, the manual adjust-
ing screw should be rotated back
F Pilot Flow Rate ℓ/min
T Port Allowable Back
– At least 2(Note 4) At least 3(Note 4) At least 5(Note 4)
Internal Drain: 2.5 {25.5}
fully to the left (counterclockwise).
vValve Mounting Orientation
2.5{25.5} Install the valve so the spool axis line
Pressure MPa{kgf/cm2} External Drain: 21 {214}
is horizontal.
Rated Current mA 850
bCombining with a Pressure Compen-
H Coil Resistance Ω 20(20°C) sation Valve
Use of the optional pressure com-
Hysteresis % 5 max.(Note 5)
pensation kit is recommended when
Response Time S 0.04(Note 6) 0.05(Note 6) 0.08(Note 6) 0.1(Note 6) higher precision flow rate control is
I Weight kg 2.2 7
Note) 1. Value when pressure drop volume to P→A and P→B is ΔP = 1.0MPa {10kgf/cm2}.
9.2 15 required or in high-pressure applica-
tions. For details, see page I-20.
nIf pilot pressure (ESD-G03, G04, G06)
2. Indicates maximum throughput volume value between each port.
3. Indicates differential between the pilot port and tank port, or drain port. exceeds 9MPa {92kgf/cm2} use a
4. Value when 0.1 second is assumed for the response time from zero to the rated flow volume. modular type P port reduction valve
J

5. Value when a Nachi-Fujikoshi special amplifier is used.
6. Response time is typical value for a supply pressure of 14MPa {143kgf/cm2} and oil tempera-
ture of 40°C (kinematic viscosity: 40mm2/s).
(OG-G01-P1-21) at a setting of 2MPa
{20kgf/cm2}.
mOn a system that requires large brake
pressure during deceleration or a
Explanation of model No. system that uses a vertical cylinder,
K ESD – G 03 – C5 80 – (***) – 12
equip a counter balance valve.
Use a single rod, if the rod exit is not
Design number slowed sufficiently, use a counter
Auxiliary symbol (Can be combined in alphabetic sequence.) balance valve on the rod.
,Maintain hydraulic operating fluid
L
(For G03, G04, G06 size only)
None: Internal pilot, external drain (standard) contamination so it is at least Class 9.
A : Internal pilot, internal drain Use of a G01 modular filter (Abso-
E : External pilot, external drain lute: 8μm) is also helpful.
A E : External pilot, internal drain (Example: Taisei Kogyo Co., Ltd.
M
G : Modular pilot MVF-01-8C-1)
With pressure reducing valve (OG-G01-P1-21) (Continued on next page)
(See Note n under “Handling.”)
Rated flow rate (See the rated flow rate item in the specifications.)
Spool type (See Table 1.)
N Nominal diameter: 01, 03, 04, 06
O Table 1
Pump type ESD: Electro-hydraulic proportional flow and directional control valve
Hydraulic Circuit
Spool Type
ESD-G01 ESD-G03,G04 ESD-G06
A B A B A B
b a b a b a
C5
P T P T DR P T DR
A B A B A B
b a b a b a
C6S
P T P T DR P T DR
I-14
Installation Dimension Drawings .Bundled Accessories (Valve Mounting Bolts)

ESD-G01
4-φ 9.5x11 counterbore
φ 5.5 holes Manual pressure adjusting screw
ESD-G01
ESD-G03
M 5×45ℓ
M 6×35ℓ
4
4
5 to 7{ 51 to 71}
10 to 13{ 102 to 133}
E
4- φ 7.5 Air vent (Air bleeding)
(hex width across flats 3) M 6×45ℓ 2 10 to 13{ 102 to 133}
ESD-G04
T M10×50ℓ 4 45 to 55{ 460 to 560}
A
P
B
ESD-G06 M12×60ℓ 6 60 to 70{ 610 to 715}
C
For information about sub plates, see
66
MAX 287.6 MSA-01Y-10 on page I-3.

(ISO 4401-03-02-0-94) C
M4 set screw
(hex Width across flats 2) ⁄0Use an operating fluid that conforms
91.5
to the both of the following. Oil tem-
E
80
48
SOL.b SOL.a
25.5
ESD-G03 15 to 60mm2/s.
E
P port
A port B port φ 6.8 hole
ESD-G03 Mounting Gasket Surface Dimensions
PP port
54 DR port Gasket Surface Mounting Dimensions (ISO4401-05-0-05)
(Used in the case of external pilot port.) (Used in the case of external drain.)
P
External pilot port 5 to φ 10.5 (max.)
E
A B
46
T T External drain port
6.4
M4 set screw
T port T port (hex Width across flats 2) P
11
70 min.
21.4
32.5
A B
E
Manual flow rate adjusting screw 46 T T
MAX 287.6
MAX 143.8 1
2 to φ 7 (max.)
SOL.b
16.7
27
3.2
H
SOL.a 4 to M6x12 tap
37.3
178.5
50.8
I
54
135
8 62
112.5
94 min.
87

36
· Auxiliary symbol G: Equipping a

27
94
170
38 70
modular type pilot reduction valve in-
creases the height by 40mm. J
· The gasket surface dimensions com-
ESD-G04 ply with the ISO standards shown
below.
K
φ 6.6 hole P port ESD-G04…ISO 4401-07-06-0-05
4- φ 17.5x1 counterbore PP port (Used in the case of external pilot.) ESD-G06…ISO 4401-08-07-0-05
φ 11 hole
ESD-G10…ISO 4401-10-08-0-05
1.6
Note) The coil cover has an M4 set screw.

L
35
69.9
71.5
To change the air vent orientation, loosen

the M4 screw and then rotate the cover.
After bleeding air, tighten the cover and
T port Y
34.1
then secure it with the M4 screw.
M
B port DR port (Used in the case of external drain.)
50
A port
20 101.6
140
M4 set screw
(hex Width across flats 2)
MAX 287.6 (hex width across flats 3)
N
Manual flow rate
adjusting screw
SOL.a SOL.b
O
192.5
126.5
101
Y
35
33
4
102 2- φ 3
204 91
I-15
ESD-G06
6-φ 21x2 counterbore
T port P port
φ 13.8 holes DR port (Used in the case of external drain.)
46
92.1
C
53.2
PP port 77
(Used in the case 12 130.2 B port
154
C
of external pilot port.)
A port MA set screw
MAX287.6 (hex width across flats 3)
F Manual flow rate

adjusting screw
SOL.b SOL.a
F 211.5
145.5
120
F
48
43
6
127.5 2- φ 6
58
255 116
F
Performance Curves
H Hydraulic Operating Fluid Kinematic Viscosity 32mm2 /s
Input Current – Flow Rate Character- For Pressure – Flow Rate Character- (between P, A, B, T), and flow rate is
istics are characteristic when the P→A istics, the horizontal shaft valve differ- measured at the oil motor.
or P→B pressure drop is ΔP = 1.0MPa ential pressure indicates the pressure
I {10kgf/cm2}. drop volume of the entire control valve
Input Current – Flow Rate Characteristics

J ESD-G01
25 100
ESD-G03
250
ESD-G04
ESD-G03-**80-12 ESD-G04-**140-12
ESD-G01-**20-12
20 75 200
Flow rate ℓ/min
Flow rate ℓ/min
K
Flow rate ℓ/min
15 50 150
10 25 100
ESD-G03-**40-12
L 5
ESD-G01-**10-12
0
0 200 400 600 800 1000
50
0 Input current mA
0 200 400 600 800 1000 0 200 400 600 800 1000
Input current mA
M
Input current mA
ESD-G06
250
ESD-G06-**250-13
N 200
Flow rate ℓ/min
150
O 100
50
0
0 200 400 600 800 1000
Input current mA
I-16
Pressure – Flow Rate Characteristics
ESD-G01-C520-12 ESD-G03-C580-12 ESD-G04-C5140-12
40
E
125 250
i=850mA i=850mA
100 200
30
Flow rate ℓ/min
Flow rate ℓ/min
Flow rate ℓ/min

i=850mA
75 150 i=700mA
C
20 i=700mA
i=700mA 50 100 i=600mA

i=600mA
10 i=600mA 25 50
i=500mA
0 5 10 15 20 25
{51} {102} {153} {204} {255}
0 5 10 15 20 25
{51} {102} {153} {204} {255}
0 5 10 15 20 25
{51} {102} {153} {204} {255}
C
Valve differential pressure Valve differential pressure Valve differential pressure
MPa{kgf/cm2} MPa{kgf/cm2} MPa{kgf/cm2}
E
ESD-G06-C5250-13
300
250
i=850mA
E
Flow rate ℓ/min
200
i=600mA
150
E
100
i=500mA
50
0 5 10 15 20 25 E
{51} {102} {153} {204} {255}
Valve differential pressure
MPa{kgf/cm2}
H
ESD-G01-****-12 I
Part No. Part Name

1 Body
2
3
4
Spool
Retainer
Spring
J
5 Coil
6 O-ring
7 O-ring
8
9
10
O-ring
O-ring
O-ring
K
11 O-ring
12 O-ring
13 Seal
L
13 10 9 12 5 11 8 7 4 6 2 1 3 M
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number JDS-G01-1A)

N
6
7
O-ring
O-ring
AS 568-012(NBR-90)
AS 568-019(NBR-90)
4
2
O
9 O-ring AS 568-016(NBR-90) 2
11 O-ring S-25(NBR-70-1) 2
12 O-ring NBR-70-1 P20 2
13 Seal CW1000F0 2
I-17
ESD-G03-****-(**)-12 Manual adjustment section
(ESD-G03, G04, G06, G10)
8 7
F M4 set screw
Air vent
C
Note) The coil cover has an M4 set screw. When
changing the orientation of the air vent,
loosen the M4 screw and rotate the cover.
F Retighten after bleeding the air.
Methods for Changing the Pilot/Drain System

PP C A B D DR After Change Hexagon Socket Head Plug
F 15 6 4 5 12 13 11 10 2 1 3 9
Pilot
Internal
External
Change to PP port from C.
Change from PP port to C.
Internal Change from D to DR port.
Drain
External Change from DR port to D.
F ESD-G04-****-(***)-12
F
7 8 15
H
A
C B
P T
P
R
I
Y(DR1) X(PP)
J 4 12 6 5 10 2 1
P
11 16
R
13 3 9
Cross Section P-P
14
Cross Section R-R
K Part No. Part Name

1 Body
Methods for Changing the Pilot/Drain System
After Change Hexagon Socket Head Plug
2 Spool
3 Cover Internal Remove from A
Pilot
4 Retainer External Insert from A
L 5
6
7
Ball
Spring
Pilot spool
Drain
Internal
External
Change from B to C
Change from C to B
8 Stopper
Screw Note) A single hex head plug (NPTF 1/16) is re-
9
10 O-ring quired when changing to external pilot.
M 11
12
13
O-ring
O-ring
O-ring
Hex Head Plug: TPUA-1/16
14 O-ring Seal Part List (Kit Model Number JHS-**)

15 Proportional solenoid
N Note) Coil model number JD64-D2 Part- ESD-G03 ESD-G04

Part Name
10 O-ring NBR-90 P12 5 NBR-90 P22 4
11 O-ring NBR-90 P9 2 NBR-90 P10A 2
O 12
13
O-ring
O-ring
NBR-90 P28
NBR-90 P9
2
6
NBR-90 P34
NBR-90 P9
2
2
14 O-ring ——— – NBR-90 P8 3
Kit Model No. JHS·G03 JHS·G04
Note) The materials and hardness of the O-ring conforms with
JIS B2401.
I-18
ESD-G06-****-(***)-13
11 10 17
E
Pilot, Drain System Change
9 A 16 8 B
C
R
C
T
C
R 10
P
E
E
X(PP) P Y(DR1)
8 6 7 12 9 13 14 15 Cross-sectional P-P Cross-sectional R-R
Changing the Pilot and Drain Connections
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number JHS-G06) After Change Hexagon Socket Head Plug
E
Part No. Part Name Part Number Q'ty Internal Switch from A to X.
Pilot
E
12 O-ring NBR-90 P28 4 External Switch from X to A.
Internal Switch from B to C.
14 O-ring NBR-90 G45 2 Drain
15 O-ring NBR-90 P10 2 External Switch from C to B.
H

Part No. Part Name
1
2
3
Body
Spool
Cover
J
4 Retainer
5 Ball
6 Spring
7
8
9
Spring
Screw
Pin
K
10 Pilot spool
11 Stopper
12 O-ring
13
14
15
O-ring
O-ring
O-ring
L
16 O-ring
17 Proportional solenoid
I-19
Pressure compensation valve kit
F Specifications
Model No.
JHF-01027 JHF-03040(E) JHF-03080(E) JHF-06170(E)
Item
C Maximum Operating Pressure

MPa{kgf/cm2}
Pressure Compensation Differential Pressure
21{214} 25{255} 25{255} 21{214}
MPa{kgf/cm2} 1.0{10} 0.6{6} 1.4{14} 0.8{8}
Maximum Flow Rate ℓ/min 27 40 80 170
C Weight kg 1.5 4.7 5.0 12

F JHF – 03 040 (E)
Auxiliary symbol (See "Handling.")
F
None : Internal pilot
E : External pilot
Maximum Flow Rate (ℓ/min)
Nominal diameter 01, 03, 06

F Pressure compensation valve kit
F •Handling
zWhen using the pressure compensa- xAn internal pilot type pressure com- port) on the manifold. An external pi-
tion kit, use an external pilot type for pensation valve kit is used when the lot type pressure compensation valve
the ESD valve (G03, 06). pilot flow rate is supplied from the P kit is used when there is an external
H port, without an eternal pilot port (Pp pilot port (Pp port) on the manifold.
I
Pressure compensation valve kit

J JHF-01027
I-20
JHF-03040(E) JHF-03080(E)
JHF-06170(E)
E

J
K
Note) Mounting bolts are not included with the pressure compensation kit.
Use the valve mounting bolt lists on pages D-93 through D-95 to select
mounting bolts. L
N
PP DR P T A B PP DR P T A B
Internal pilot External pilot O
I-21
MODULAR TYPE ELECTRO-HYDRAULIC
PROPORTIONAL REDUCING VALVE
C Modular Type Electro-hydraulic 30ℓ/min P T B A
Proportional Reducing Valve 0.3 to 14MPa
B Features
This valve incorporates the ease- control of hydraulic system pressure for continuous proportional control
ofuse principles of the modular valve in proportion to input current. This of lathe chuck pressure. A relief func-
C into an electro-hydraulic proportional
reducing valve to provide reduction
valve is perfect for a small-scale hy-
draulic system, such as those used
tion ensures outstanding pressure re-
sponse characteristics.
C Specifications
Model No. •Handling
EOG-G01-P*-11
Item zAir Bleeding
E Maximum Operating Pressure MPa{kgf/cm2}
25{255}
30
loosen the air vent when starting up
the pump in order to bleed any air
B : 0.3 to 2.5{3.1 to 25.5} from the pump, and fill the inside of
Pressure Control Range MPa{kgf/cm2} 1 : 0.4 to 7 {4 to 71 } the solenoid with hydraulic operating
F T Port Allowable Back Pressure MPa{kgf/cm2}
2 : 0.6 to 14 {6 to 143 }
2.5{25.5}max
fluid
xManual Pressure Adjusting Screw
Rated Current mA 850 For the initial adjustment or when
Coil Resistance Ω 20 (20°C) there is no input current to the valve
F
Hysteresis % 3 max. (Note 1)
other reason, valve pressure can be
Weight kg 3.6 increased by rotating the manual
Note) Value when a Nachi-Fujikoshi special amplifier is used (with dithering). adjustment screw clockwise (right-
ward). Normally, the manual adjust-
H Explanation of model No.

ing screw should be rotated back ful-
ly to the left (counterclockwise) and
secured with the lock nut.
cMinimum Control Pressure
EOG – G 01 – P 1 – 11 Since this valve has an internal drain
I Design number
system, T port back pressure has an
effect on minimum control pressure.
vLoad Capacity
Pressure control range: B, 1, 2 Make load capacity (valve OUT side
capacity) at least 0.5ℓ.

J
Control port: P port
bUse an operating fluid that conforms
Nominal diameter 01 to the both of the following. Oil tem-
perature : –20 to 70°C Kinematic Vis-
Mounting method G: Gasket type cosity : 12 to 400mm2/s. The recom-
K Modular type electro-hydraulic proportional reducing valve
15 to 60mm2/s.
L Installation Dimension Drawings

EOG-G01-P*-11 Manual pressure adjusting screw
4- φ 5.5 hole Air vent (Air bleeding)
M (hex width across flats 3)

32.5
31
46
N 12
40.5
95
31
MAX 157.8
MAX 264.8
Nameplate
O Pressure gauge
attachment port
Rc 1/4
M4 set screw
98.47
65
32.5
I-22
Input Current — Pressure Characteristics

14
EOG-G01
{142.9}
C

12 {122.4}
2
-P
B
01
10 {102}
-G
G
8 {81.6}
EO
1 -P1
6 G0 {61.2}
G-
EO
4 {40.8}
2 EOG-G
01-PB
{20.4} C
0
0 200 400 600 800
Flow Rate — Pressure Characteristics Input current mA
C
EOG-G01-PB EOG-G01-P1 EOG-G01-P2
3.0 EOG-G01-PB {30.6} 8 EOG-G01-P1 {81.6} 14 EOG-G01-P2 {142.9}
3.0 {30.6} 8 {81.6} 14 {142.9}
}
}
{122.4}
2} 2
2} 2
2} 2
12
{kgf/cm
{kgf/cm
{kgf/cm
2.5 {25.5}
6 {61.2} 12 {122.4}
{kgf/cm
{kgf/cm
{kgf/cm
2.5 {25.5}
2.0 {20.4} 6 {61.2}
2.0 {20.4} 8 {81.6}
E
MPa
MPa
MPa
1.5 {15.3} 4 {40.8} {81.6}
8
MPa
MPa
MPa
1.5 {15.3} 4 {40.8}
Pressure
Pressure
Pressure
1.0 {10.2} 4 {40.8}
2 {20.4}
Pressure
Pressure
Pressure
1.0 {10.2} 4 {40.8}
F
0.5 {5.1} 2 {20.4}
0.5 {5.1}
0 0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 0 10 20 30 40 0 10 20 30 40
0 0 0
0 5 Flow
10 rate
15 ℓ/min
20 25 30 0 10 20 ℓ/min
Flow rate 30 40 0 10 20 ℓ/min
Flow rate 30 40
Oil Temperature Characteristics
EOG-G01-PB EOG-G01-P1 EOG-G01-P2
F
2.5 EOG-G01-PB {25.5} 6 EOG-G01-P1 {61.2} 14 EOG-G01-P2 {142.9}
}
}
2.5 {25.5} 6 {61.2} 14 {142.9}
2} 2
2} 2
2} 2
{kgf/cm
{kgf/cm
{kgf/cm
12 {122.4}
H
2.0 {20.4}
{kgf/cm
{kgf/cm
{kgf/cm
{20.4} 12 {122.4}
2.0 4 {40.8}
1.5 {15.3} 4 {40.8} {81.6}
MPa
MPa
1.5 {15.3} MPa 8

{81.6}
MPa
MPa
MPa
8
1.0 {10.2}
Pressure
Pressure
Pressure
I
{10.2} 2 {20.4}
1.0 4 {40.8}
Pressure
Pressure
Pressure
{5.1} 2 {20.4}
0.5 4 {40.8}
0.5 {5.1}
0 0 0

0 0 20 30 40 50 60 0 0 20 30 40 50 60 0 0 20 30 40 50 60
0 20 Oil temperature
30 40 50
˚C
Oil temperature ˚C
60 0 20Oil 30 40 50
temperature ˚C 60
Oil temperature ˚C
0 20 Oil30 40
temperature50
˚C
Oil temperature ˚C
60
J
Part No. Part Name
EOG-G01-P*-11
1
2
3
Body
Spool
Retainer
K
4 Plug
5 Cover
6 Seat
7
8
9
Poppet
Retainer
Spring
L
10 Spring
11 Choke
12 Screw
13
14
15
O-ring
O-ring
O-ring
M
16 O-ring
17 Proportional
solenoid
Note) Coil model number
JD64-D2 N
4 14 1 13 2 9 3 15 16 6 11 7 10 8 5 12 17
Manual adjustment
O
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number JBS-G01)
section
13 O-ring AS568-012(NBR-90) 4
I-23
EOF-G01-P25
MODULAR TYPE ELECTRO-HYDRAULIC
PROPORTIONAL FLOW CONTROL VALVE
C
P' T' B' A'
Modular Type Electro-hydraulic 0.3 to 25ℓ/min

x
Proportional Flow Control Valve 21MPa

P TB A
EOF-G01-T25
B Features
P' T' B' A'
An electro-hydraulic proportional re- The pressure fluctuations have little in- •Handling
strictor valve and pressure compensa- fluence on the setting flow rate making zAir Bleeding
C tion valve are combined into a modular
configuration, available as one of two
this valve perfect for electro-hydraulic
proportional control of small hydraulic
To enable proper pres-
sure control, loosen the P
x
T B A
types: the meter in control EOF-G01-P systems used for machine tool APC air vent when starting
and meter out control EOF-G01-T. and ATC high-speed shockless control, up the pump in order to bleed any air
C
remote control, etc. from the pump, and fill the inside of
Specifications the solenoid with hydraulic operating
fluid. The position of the air vent can
Model No. change by loosening the lock screw
Item EOF-G01- P 25-11 and rotating the cover.
E
T
xManual flow rate adjusting screw
Maximum Operating Pressure MPa{kgf/cm2} 21{214} For the initial adjustment or when
Flow Rate Control Range ℓ/min 0.3 to 25 there is no input current to the valve
EOF-G01-P : P port
Flow Rate Control Port other reason, the flow rate can be ad-
F
EOF-G01-T : T Port
justed by rotating the manual adjust-
T Port Allowable Back Pressure MPa{kgf/cm2} 2.5 {25.5} max. ment screw. Rotate clockwise (right-
Hysteresis % 3 max. (Note 1)
ward) to increase flow rate.
Normally, this adjusting screw should
Response Speed S 0.05 be returned completely to its original
F Rated Current
Coil Resistance
mA
Ω
800
20 (20°C)
position and secured with the lock nut.
cT Port Back Pressure
Since this valve has an internal drain
Weight kg 3.7
system, make sure that valve T port
H Note) Value when a Nachi-Fujikoshi special amplifier is used (with dithering). back pressure is no greater than
2.5MPa {25.5kgf/cm2}.
vUse an operating fluid that conforms
Explanation of model No. to the both of the following. Oil tem-
EOF – G 01 – P 25 – 11
I Design number
15 to 60mm2/s.
Rated flow rate bO-ring Plate Orientation
Control port: P, T q The port nearest the nameplate
J Nominal diameter 01
w
surface is the P port.
The port with a mounting pitch
width of 31 (narrow pitch width) is
Modular type electro-hydraulic proportional flow control valve the A port.
e The cutout on the O-ring plate is on
K Installation Dimension Drawings
the A port side.
EOF-G01-P25-11 EOF-G01-T25-11
L
Manual flow rate
4- φ 5.5 hole adjusting screw
Manual flow rate
Nameplate Air vent (Air bleeding) adjusting screw
M
4- φ 5.5 hole Air vent (Air bleeding)
T (hex width across flats 3)
32.5
46
31
A B T
A
32.5
P
46
31
B
40.5 21 P
N
M4 set screw
80 (hex Width across flats 2)
40.5 21
7 115 MAX 110.8 80
MAX 232.8 7 115 MAX 110.8
MAX 232.8
Nameplate
O
38.6
65
M4 set screw
32.5

105
105
65
40
32.5
1.4
1.4
I-24
C
Input Current - 30 Pressure - 30
Flow Rate Flow Rate
25 25
Characteristics Characteristics
Flow rate ℓ/min

20 20
Flow rate ℓ/min

15 15 B
10 10
5 5 C
0 0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 0 5 10 15 20
{51} {102} {153} {204}
Input current mA Pressure MPa {kgf/cm2} C
Oil Temperature 30
Characteristics
25 E
20
Flow rate ℓ/min
15
F
10
F
5
0
10 20 30 40 50 60
Oil temperature ˚C
H
EOF-G01-T25 Part No. Part Name
20 8 6 11 12 4 2 21 9
1
2
Body
Body
Spool
I
3
4 Piston

5 Retainer
J
6 Retainer
7 Plug
8 Plug
9 Plug
10 Spring
11 Spring
K
12 Spring
13 Plate
14 Screw
15 Screw
16 O-ring
17 O-ring
O-ring
L
18
19 O-ring
20 O-ring
21 O-ring
22 Proportional
solenoid
Note) Coil model number

JD64-D2 M
19 18 7 10 17 5 3 13 16 15 1 14 22 N
Manual adjustment
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number JMS-G01) section
Part No.
16
Part Name
O-ring
Part Number
AS568-012(NBR-90)
Q'ty
4 O
I-25
POWER AMPLIFIER SERIES FOR ELECTRO-
HYDRAULIC PROPORTIONAL VALVE DRIVE
C Power Amplifier Series for Electrohydraulic

Proportional Valve Drive
B Overview
This special amplifier is for driving electro- Power Amplifier Types and Functions
hydraulic proportional pressure control valves,
C electro-hydraulic proportional flow control valves,
and electro-hydraulic proportional direction con-
Type Model No. Drive Control Valve Functions
Pressure Control Valves Three functions: open loop control,
trol valves. It comes in a choice of two different Amp Type EMA-PD5-N-20 Flow Control Valves feedback control, and acceleration/
types: an amp type and a controller type. Direction Control Valves deceleration control.
C
Basically, the amp type converts 0 to 10V DC
range command voltage to a DC current of in the Built-in command voltage setting
range of 0 to 900mA, which is then supplied to units (potentiometers)
Same as
the control valve. Controller Type EMC-PC6-A-20 Setting unit selection is performed by
above.
The control type performs multi-stage control of relay contacts, limit switches, timer
E output current in accordance with the ON-OFF

signal of external contacts.
contacts, etc.
Selecting a Power Amplifier Operation Type Setting Unit Type Drive Amplifier
F One-Point Setting
•Manual setting by rotating
a knob.
10KΩ knob control or 0 to
10V DC voltage
Multi-stage Setting
F
Multi-knob control and
•Selection of multiple setting selector relays EMA Series
values
Control Method
•Computer control Design according to device
•Movement by particular specifications
H waveform 0 to 10V DC output
•Multi-stage control Setting unit sequence circuit

•Acceleration/deceleration configured of relays, timers, EMC Series
control etc.
I Specifications Explanation of model No.

Model No. EMA– P D5 –N – – 20

EMA-PD5-N-20 EMC-PC6-A-20
J Item
Function Amp Type (Closed Loop) Controller Type Design number
Number of Inputs 5 DC inputs –
Auxiliary symbol
Number of Channels – 6 (Up to six characters can be combined
K
900mA 900mA in alphabetic sequence.)
Maximum Output Current
(20Ω solenoid) (20Ω solenoid)
Input voltage 0 to +10V DC –
(Auxiliary Symbol List)
Input amplifier C 4-20mA input (R1, RT3)
Feedback Voltage 0 to +10V DC –
1-5V input (R2, RT4)
Input Impedance At least 50kΩ – D5, DC 5 input D Adjustment by 10-rotation potentiometer
L Externally Set Variable Resistance

Zero Adjust(NULL)
10kΩ
0 to 900mA
–
0 to 900mA Mounting method: Panel type
K
T1
Moisture resistance
T-UP,T-DOWN
0.1-1sec
Time Lag (T-UP, DOWN) 0.3 to 3sec – Electro-hydraulic proportional T5 0.5-5sec
Gain Adjustment 900mA 900mA 900mA valve amplifier T10 1-10sec
to 0 to
M
10VDC 1.5V
(GAIN) 80% channel setting EMC – P C6 –A – – 20
External power supply +10VDC (10mA) –
External Contact Resistance – 10Ω max. when closed Design number
Dither Level: 0 to 500mAp-p Level: 0 to 500mAp-p
(Internal, semi-fixed) Frequency: 50 to 220Hz Frequency: 50 to 220Hz Auxiliary symbol
N Channel Time Lag

(TIME)
–
0.3 to 3 seconds
Externally variable
(Up to five characters can be combined
in alphabetic sequence.)
AC100, 110, 200, 220V AC100, 110, 200, 220V (Auxiliary Symbol List)
Power Supply Voltage Externally variable
(±10%)50/60Hz (±10%)50/60Hz D Adjustment by 10-rotation potentiometer
channel time lag
O
Power Consumption 50VA 50VA K Moisture resistance
C6, 6 channel T1 T-UP,T-DOWN
Allowable Ambient Temperature 0 to 50°C 0 to 50°C
0.1-1sec
Temperature Drift 0.2mA/°C max. 0.2mA/°C max. Mounting method: Panel type T5 0.5-5sec
Weight 3.5kg 3.5kg T10 1-10sec
Electro-hydraulic proportional
valve controller
•Handling Note: T-UP, DOWN, and TIMER all become 0.3-3 sec when there is no signal for T1, T5, and T10.
zPower supply voltage can be either humidity, and select an area where vWhen performing valve output signal
100V or 200V. there is little vibration and dust. line ON-OFF switching with a relay,
xWhen selecting a location, avoid areas cUse shielded wire for the analog sig- connect a surge absorber or varistor
subject to high temperatures and high nal and valve output signal wires. parallel with the relay.
I-26
Power Amplifier Series for Electro-
hydraulic Proportional Valve Drive
EMA-PD5-N-20
No.
1 R1, Input
Name No.
8
Name
Output terminal to C
2 R2, Input 9 VALVE COIL valve
3 RT3, delay input 10 FG, case ground
B
4 RT4, delay input 11
AC200, 220V
5 FB5, feedback input 12
6 P10, external power supply 13
AC100, 110V
7 COM, signal land 14
F
Application Examples
F
qMulti-stage Setting Using Multiple Potentiometers
EMA-PD- 5-N-20
6 (10)
S1 S2 S3 Valve coil
H
3 3 3 8
2 2 2
Output current
10k Ω 1 1 1
1 (R1) 9
S1 S2 S3
10
7(COM)
10
0 t
I
11 12 13 14

S1
Contact
AC200V AC100V Either one can be used.

S2
S3 t J
(1) Wiring the amp and external poten- Note) 1. A range of 5KΩ to 10KΩ is rec-
ommended for external knobs
K
tiometer Wiring
A potentiometer has Amp terminal 7 (0V) and potentiometers.
three terminals num- Potentiometer terminal 1 2. In order to prevent current loss
2
bered 1, 2, and 3. 1 3 Amp terminal 6 (10V) across terminals 6 and 7, insert
Potentiometer terminal 3 relays between terminal 6 and
L
Amp terminal 1 (R1) the potentiometers and termi-
Potentiometer terminal 2 nal 7 and the potentiometers.
(2) Setting the adjusting knobs With this wiring, rotating the potentiom- 3. Do not enable more than one
Terminals 2 (R2), 3 (RT3), and 4 (RT4) eter clockwise causes the output cur- potentiometer at the same
can also be used in place of terminal 1. rent to increase. time.
An RT34T-UP and RT34T-DOWN accel-
eration/deceleration timer can also be
qIf an output in the range of 0 to 600mA
is desired even
(3) The following is available for the ex-
ternal setting knob. M
used in the case of terminal 3 (RT3) and while the manual R12RT34ATT
terminal 4 (RT4). setting unit is ro- 6
GAIN
Model No. FZS-6350-101
In this case, the settings of the knobs tated fully clock-
on the front panel of the amp are nor-
mally as shown in the illustration below.
wise, restrict the
setting of R12R-
0
40
50 60 N
The manual set- T34ATT to 6.
70
30
RT34 R12RT34
T-UP ATT NULL ting unit provides wWhen the level deceleration ratio and 1.5
output current other factors limit
80
O
20
1 2 3
0 8 0 control in the the effective use 30
90
10
RT34
T-DOWN
FB5
ATT GAIN
range of 0 to of the manual set- R12RT34 10
0
900mA as it is ting unit to only ATT
0
φ 50
0 0 0
rotated from full 150°of the 300°, GAIN 70 4- φ 5
3 80
c o u n te r c l o c k- use GAIN to ad- 10
wise to full clock- just the output

wise. current to 900mA.
I-27
(4) Acceleration time adjustment (RT34T-UP) and deceleration time adjustment This circuit creates a fixed acceleration
(RT34T-DOWN) time lag in accordance with the voltage
RT3 that added the input signal to terminals
C RT4
Input signal
10V 10V RT34 T-DOWN 3 and 4 (RT3, RT4).
The time lag is adjustable in the range of
5V
0.3 to 3 seconds, as standard.
As shown in the diagram to the left,
even when RT34T-UP is set to 3 sec-
B 0
RT34
t onds, the change to 5V during stepped
input from 0 to 10V and stepped input
T-UP from 0 to 5V takes 1.5 seconds, which
is half the set time.
C
900mA
With the wiring shown to the left, out-
Output current put current is increased or decreased in
accordance with the feedback signal of
0 t the sensor, which regulates pressure or
C
the flow rate.
wFeedback Control.
Note)
EMA-PD5-N-20 Using terminal 3 (RT3) and terminal 4
(RT4) in place of terminal 1 (R1) enables
E
6 (P10)
3 Valve coil T-UP and T-DOWN, which allows feed-
2
1 (R1) 8 back control without overshooting or
1
0 to +10V undershooting, even when input signal
7 (COM) voltage is stepped.
10
F Sensor Sensor
amplifier 0 to +10V
5 (FB5) 9 Adjustment Method
qInitially, set FB5ATT to 0 as shown in
10 the illustration to the left, and check
7 (COM)
(0 to +5V) 11 12 13 14 to see if open look control is possible.
wNext, set FB5ATT to 2 and GAIN to 2,
F and input a feedback signal.
Gradually rotate FB5ATT clockwise
and increase gain.
AC200V AC100V Set the feedback gain to the level that
H
Either one can be used. is immediately before the point where
vibration is generated in the control
RT34 R12RT34 system.
T-UP ATT NULL (FB5ATT, GAIN)
I 0 8 0
Note)
1.
To measure current, measure the
voltage at terminal 9, using terminal 7
RT34 FB5 as reference. The voltage across the
T-DOWN ATT GAIN 0.5Ω current detection resistor at 1A

J 0 0 0
is 0.5V. Use a measurement device
with an input impedance of at least
1MΩ.
2. Switch the terminal 8 line using a re-
eDirection Control Valve (ESD) Drive lay. Make sure that both relays are
K not on at the same time.
3. To absorb surge voltage, include 82V
varistors in parallel with the relay
EMA-PD5-N-20,EMC-PC6-A-20
contacts.
L
8 CRa Recommended Varistor
KOA NVD10SCD082
Panasonic ERZV10D820
SOLa
4. For relays, use OMRON LY type pow-
Varistor er relays or the equivalent.
9
M
5. Too much noise in the 100V AC or
200V AC power supply line can re-
CRa sult in unstable output current. If this
happens, equip a surge absorber on
the power supply.
N Varistor SOLb
Recommended Model
TDK NOISE FILTER
ZMB2201-13
13 14
7
O Hi
Digital multi-meter, etc.
Surge suppressor
TDK NOISE FILTER Lo
ZMB 2201-13
AC100V
I-28
Power Amplifier Series for Electrohydraulic
Proportional Valve Drive
EMC-PC6-A-20
No. Name No. Name C
1 CH1Input command contact 8 Output terminal to valve
2 CH2 ″ 9 VALVE COIL
3 CH3 ″ 10 FG, case ground
4
5
CH4
CH5
″
″
11
12
AC200 220V B
6 CH6 ″ 13
AC100 110V
7 Common COM input contact 14
F
Note) When external contacts S1 through S6 are closed, use a non-voltage contact
no greater than 10Ω.
LEDs are provided to indicate
•
F
Application channel selection.
i The TIME knob of each channel
•
CH1 TIME CH3 TIME

CH5 TIME
adjusts the time until the select-
ed channel's level is reached, as H
CH2
shown to the left. Make sure that
TIME CH4 CH6 TIME the lap time (or time when channel
TIME
is not selected) when changing the
I
ALTOFF
channel selection is 30msec max-
CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4 CH5 CH6
t imum.
LEVEL LEVEL LEVEL LEVEL LEVEL LEVEL Use independent external con-
•

(0mA)
close
tacts. Even when external contacts
CH1
close
are superimposed, output is not
the sum of each channel, so use of J
CH2
superimposed external contacts is
close not supported.
CH3
CH4
close Note)
When replacing a Design Num-
ber 10 controller with a Design
K
close Number 20 controller, you must
CH5
also change the sequence from
CH6
close superimposed external contacts
to independent. L
Dither Adjustment Method (Dither is set to load 400mAp-p, 100Hz.)
(1) EMA-PD5-N-20 (2) EMC-PC6-A-20
Removing the left side panel when

viewed from the front reveals the con-
M
figuration shown in the illustrations to
the left.
N
qIf piping or other items vibrate in re-
sponse to the dither, raise the dith-
er frequency by rotating the trimmer
clockwise.
wWhen repeat stability is poor and the
hysteresis is large, increase the dith-
er level by rotating clockwise. If this O
does not resolve the problem, lower
the dither frequency by rotating the
trimmer counterclockwise.
eWhen repeatability is poor with the
ES valve or ESD valve due to insuf-
ficient air bleeding within the guide,
raise the dither frequency by rotating
the tripper clockwise, as described
in q.
I-29
SMALL TYPE POWER AMPLIFIER SERIES FOR
ELECTRO-HYDRAULIC PROPORTIONAL VALVE DRIVE
C Small Type Power Amplifier Series for

Electro-hydraulic Proportional Valve Drive
B Features
This power amplifier provides high efficiency and reliability in a compact configuration.
C
Lightweight, compact design –The configuration of this amplifier is 1/3 the weight and 1/2 the volume of existing models.
High efficiency –A PWM control system enables a highly efficient design with little heat generation.
High reliability –All functions are integrated onto a single circuit board for a highly reliable design with no internal wiring.
C
Specifications
E Item
Model No.
EBA-PD1-N-C1-10 EBA-PD1-NW-C1-10 EBA-PD1-N(Z)-D2-10 EBA-PD1-NW(Z)-D2-10
Function Amp Type (Open Loop) Amp Type (Open Loop) Amp Type (Open Loop) Amp Type (Open Loop)
Number of Inputs 1 DC inputs 1 DC inputs 1 DC inputs 1 DC inputs
F Drive Solenoid
Maximum Output Current
SOL a
900mA (20Ω solenoid)
SOL a, SOL b
SOL a
SOL a ,SOL b
Input voltage 0 to +10V DC –10 to +10V DC 0 to +10V DC –10 to +10V DC
Input Impedance 50kΩ 50kΩ 50kΩ 50kΩ
F Externally Set Variable Resistance

Zero Adjust
10kΩ
0 to 900mA
10kΩ
0 to 900mA
10kΩ
0 to 900mA
10kΩ
0 to 900mA
900mA 900mA 900mA 900mA
Gain Adjustment 0 to 0 to 0 to 0 to
5V input 5V input 5V input 5V input
H
+5V DC (5mA) +5V DC (5mA)
External power supply +5V DC (5mA) +5V DC (5mA)
–5V DC (5mA) –5V DC (5mA)
Dither Frequency Variable: 80 to 220Hz Variable: 80 to 220Hz Variable: 80 to 220Hz Variable: 80 to 220Hz
Internally Variable: Internally Variable: Internally Variable: Internally Variable:
Time Lag
0.05 to 2 seconds 0.05 to 2 seconds 0.05 to 2 seconds 0.05 to 2 seconds
I Power Supply Voltage
Power Consumption
AC100 · 110V±10%
(50/60Hz)
30VA
AC100 · 110V±10%
(50/60Hz)
30VA
DC24V
(DC24 to 30V)
30VA
DC24V
(DC24 to 30V)
30VA
Allowable Ambient Temperature 0 to 50°C 0 to 50°C 0 to 50°C 0 to 50°C
Temperature Drift 0.2mA/°C max. 0.2mA/°C max. 0.2mA/°C max. 0.2mA/°C max.
J Weight 2.2kg 2.2kg

0.14kg
(0.6kg with Z)
1.14kg
(0.6kg with Z)
Pressure Control Valves Pressure Control Valves
Driven Valve Direction Control Valve Direction Control Valve
Flow Control Valves Flow Control Valves
K •Handling
zWhen selecting a location, avoid ar- where there is little vibration and dust. cThe brightness of the LED changes in
eas subject to high temperatures and xUse shielded wire for the analog sig- accordance with the size of the out-
high humidity, and select an area nal and valve output signal wires. put current.
L
M EBA – PD1 – NWZ – D2 – 10
Design number
N
Voltage symbol
C1 : AC100,110V±10%(50/60Hz)
D2 : DC24V
Auxiliary symbol
O
N : Open loop with one output (SOL a)
NW : Open loop with two outputs (SOL a, SOL b)
Z : With case (Can be used with voltage symbol D2 only.)
Type Classification
D1, DC 1 input
Small type power amplifier
I-30
EBA-PD1-N-C1-10
No. Name No. Name
C
1 Input signal terminal IN1 5 Output terminal to
2 Input signal terminal COM 6 valve SOL a
3 External power supply P5 7
8 B
9
AC100 · 110V
10
•With EBA-PD1-N (Z), current is

F
supplied to the control valve in pro-
portion to input signal voltage in the
range of 0 to +10V.
• F
voltage at terminal 6, using terminal
2 as reference. The voltage across
the 0.5Ω current detection resistor
at 1A is 0.5V. Input impedance of
the measurement device should be
H
at least 1MΩ.
•With EBA-PD1-NW (Z), the polarity •NULL and GAIN for SOL a and SOL
of the input voltage is determined,
and current is supplied to SOLa
b are enabled when each of their in-
put signal voltage is ±0.1V or more. I
when it's positive and to SOLb
when it is negative.

J
EBA-PD1-NW-C1-10
K
No. Name No. Name
3 External power supply P5 7 Output terminal to
4 External power supply N5 8 valve SOL b
9
10
AC100 · 110V L

• the 0.5Ω current detection resistor
voltage at SOLa terminal 6 and at 1A is 0.5V. Input impedance of
SOLb terminal 6, using terminal 2 the measurement device should be
as reference. The voltage across at least 1MΩ.
I-31
EBA-PD1-N(Z)-D2-10
No. Name No. Name
C 1
2
Input signal terminal IN1
Input signal terminal COM
5 Output terminal to
6 valve SOL a
3 External power supply P5 7
8
B
9 +
DC24V
10 –
F 2 to φ 4.5 hole
H EBA-PD1-N-D2-10 EBA-PD1-NZ-D2-10
I EBA-PD1-NW(Z)-D2-10
No. Name No. Name
J 3
4
External power supply P5
External power supply N5
7
8
Output terminal to
valve SOL b
9 +
DC24V
10 –
EBA-PD1-NW-D2-10 EBA-PD1-NWZ-D2-10
I-32
Note) Use a 24V switching regulator with a Example
capacitance of at least 1A.
Manufacturer Model No.

H1000e 6

Transféré par

Informations du document

Description originale:

Titre original

Copyright

Formats disponibles

Partager ce document

Partager ou intégrer le document

Options de partage

Avez-vous trouvé ce document utile ?

Ce contenu est-il inapproprié ?

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

H1000e 6

Transféré par

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

2017

As a comprehensive manufacturer of a full range of hydraulic equipment, Nachi-Fujikoshi

■ Interpreting Model Numbers

Example: PVS Series Variable Volume Piston Pump

(Note)Design numbers are always two digits.

■■ Hydraulic Operating Fluid Precautions

■■ Precautions when Preparing for a Test Run

1. Checking the Product Model Number

Warning Never attempt to modify an accumulator by mechanical processing or welding.

■■ Precautions During a trial operation

2. Priming (Air Bleeding)

Solenoid Valves, Proportional Valves, Servo Valves

■■ Maintenance Precautions During Normal Daily Operation

■■ Handing Precautions During Non-use

■■ Disassembly and Inspection Work Precautions

[NACHI Hydraulic Valves]

F Pressure Control Valve Solenoid Valve E

G Flow Control Valve

H Direction Control Valve

I Electro-hydraulic control valve Technical data N

O Model No. Index

qLimit the eccentricity between the

{kgf/cm2} 1 2 5 10 20 50 100 200 500 1000 2000 5000

B PVS series variable piston 21

VDS series compact variable 7

F VDR22 design series variable

VDC series high-pressure 14 5 88.9

UVN series variable vane 8 8.1 26.0

K IPH series double IP pump IPH

VARIABLE VOLUME PISTON PUMP *

PVS Series Variable Volume 8.0 to 45.0cm3/rev M

A tion speed. body. sure adjusting CW

E is started under condition λ−∆. Consult

F Explanation of model No. mote control mode)

PVS series variable piston pump

Discharge pressure Discharge pressure Discharge pressure

0 * sure. The discharge rate can be

Drain port 2-pressure, 2-flow rate control type

N * formed on a single pump unit,

Pressure Solenoid cutoff control type

adjusting screw Drain port A solenoid valve for unload is

Pressure Pressure 2-pressure control type

adjusting screw adjusting screw Two pressure compensation

Suction Drain set to a constant speed.

adjusting screw q1 2-pressure, 2-flow rate control type

q2 flow rate Drain port adjusting screw q1

Installation Dimension Drawing

214( MAX) PVS-0B-8N*-30

Pump capacity q cm3/rev

1500min–1 1500min–1 Q=14.4

150 180 150

N Axial Input at Full Cutoff

Noise level dB(A)

Pump capacity q cm3/rev

(axial port type)

42.5 Key width

(suction port 12.5

24 mm dia.) 26.2±0.2 22±0.2 24 mm dia.)

Noise level dB(A)

Input Lin m in 8 150 4

Measurement position: 1m rear of pump

0.5 1500min At full cutoff

D RQ A : 2-pressure, 2-flow rate control w/